--12-31 false 0002018064 0002018064 2024-11-29 2024-11-29

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

 

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): November 29, 2024

 

 

TECHTARGET, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   001-42428   99-2218610
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation)
 

(Commission

File Number)

  (IRS Employer
Identification No.)

 

275 Grove Street  
Newton, Massachusetts   02466
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (617) 431-9200

Toro CombineCo Inc.

(Former Name or Former Address, if Changed Since Last Report)

 

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading
Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value   TTGT   Nasdaq Global Select Market

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§ 230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§ 240.12b-2 of this chapter).

Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

 

 


Introductory Note

On December 2, 2024 (the “Closing Date”), TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.) (“New TechTarget”) and TechTarget Holdings Inc. (formerly known as TechTarget, Inc.) (“Former TechTarget”) completed the previously announced Transactions (as defined below) contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 10, 2024 (the “Transaction Agreement”), by and among Former TechTarget, New TechTarget, Toro Acquisition Sub, LLC (“Merger Sub”), Informa PLC (“Informa”), Informa US Holdings Limited (“Informa HoldCo”), and Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc. (“Informa Intrepid”).

Pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, among other things, the following occurred:

 

   

The Informa Tech Digital Businesses Reorganization. Prior to the closing of the Transactions (the “Closing”), Informa undertook certain restructuring transactions to separate the digital businesses of Informa’s Informa Tech division (the “Informa Tech Digital Businesses”) from Informa’s other business activities (the “Informa Tech Digital Businesses Separation”). Following the Informa Tech Digital Businesses Separation, all Informa Tech Digital Businesses were held directly or indirectly by Informa Intrepid.

 

   

The Contribution. At the Closing, in exchange for an aggregate of 41,651,366 shares of New TechTarget’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“New TechTarget common stock”), (i) Informa HoldCo contributed all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Informa Intrepid to New TechTarget and (ii) Informa HoldCo contributed to New TechTarget $350.0 million in cash (collectively, the “Contribution”) to New TechTarget.

 

   

The Merger. At the Closing, Merger Sub merged with and into Former TechTarget, with Former TechTarget as the surviving corporation (the “Merger” and, collectively, with the Informa Tech Digital Businesses Separation, the Contribution and the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the “Transactions”). As a result of the Merger, each issued and outstanding share of Former TechTarget common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Former TechTarget common stock”), as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (other than Toro Excluded Stock (as defined in the Transaction Agreement), which were cancelled without consideration, and Toro Dissenting Shares (as defined in the Transaction Agreement)) were converted into the right to receive (i) one share of New TechTarget common stock and (ii) a pro rata share of an amount in cash equal to $350 million, which per share cash consideration amount is equal to approximately $11.6955 per share of Former TechTarget common stock (the “Merger Consideration”) (the Merger, together with the Informa Tech Digital Businesses Separation, the Contribution and the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the “Transactions”). At the Closing, Former TechTarget changed its name from “TechTarget, Inc.” to “TechTarget Holdings Inc,” and New TechTarget changed its name from “Toro CombineCo, Inc.” to “TechTarget, Inc.”

The issuance of New TechTarget common stock pursuant to the Merger was registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to New TechTarget’s definitive proxy statement/prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) on October 25, 2024 relating to the registration statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-280529) initially filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on June 27, 2024 (as amended, the “Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus”), and declared effective by the SEC on October 25, 2024. For a more detailed description of the Transactions and the Transaction Agreement, please see the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

The foregoing description of the Transaction Agreement is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Transaction Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 2.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 1.01

Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement

Stockholders Agreement

On the Closing Date, New TechTarget entered into a stockholders agreement (the “Stockholders Agreement”) with Informa and Informa HoldCo, which, subject to certain New TechTarget common stock ownership thresholds, outlines certain rights and obligations of New TechTarget, Informa and Informa HoldCo related to Informa HoldCo’s ownership of New TechTarget shares. A summary of the principal terms of the Stockholders Agreement is


set forth in the section titled “Certain Agreements Related to the Transactions” of the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus on pages 194-204, which summary is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Stockholders Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Registration Rights Agreement

On the Closing Date, New TechTarget entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with Informa HoldCo, which grants Informa HoldCo certain market registration rights, including, demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights, with respect to its registrable securities, consisting of shares of New TechTarget common stock. A summary of the principal terms of the Registration Rights Agreement is set forth in the section titled “Certain Agreements Related to the Transactions” of the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus on pages 204-205, which summary is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Registration Rights Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Tax Matters Agreement

On the Closing Date, New TechTarget entered into a tax matters agreement (the “Tax Matters Agreement”) with Informa, Informa USA, Inc. (“Informa USA”), Informa Tech LLC (“Informa LLC”), and Informa Intrepid, which governs certain of the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to taxes of the parties and their respective subsidiaries. A summary of the principal terms of the Tax Matters Agreement is set forth in the section titled “Certain Agreements Related to the Transactions” of the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus on pages 205-208, which summary is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Tax Matters Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.3 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Transitional Services Agreements

 

   

Transitional Services Agreement. On the Closing Date, Informa Group Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Informa (“IGL”), and New TechTarget entered into the transitional services agreement (the “Transitional Services Agreement”), which governs certain transitionary services to be provided by IGL to New TechTarget. A summary of the principal terms of the Transitional Services Agreement is set forth in the section titled “Certain Agreements Related to the Transactions” of the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus on page 208-209, which summary is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Transitional Services Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.4 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

   

Reverse Transitional Services Agreement. On the Closing Date, IGL and New TechTarget entered into a reverse transitional services agreement (the “Reverse Transitional Services Agreement”), which permits IGL to use and occupy certain identified desk spaces of New TechTarget. A summary of the principal terms of the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement is set forth in the section titled “Certain Agreements Related to the Transactions” of the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus on page 209, which summary is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.5 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Data Sharing Agreement

On the Closing Date, Informa and New TechTarget entered into a data sharing agreement (the “Data Sharing Agreement”), which governs how Informa and New TechTarget will leverage their respective data sets and Shared Personal Data (as such term is defined in the Data Sharing Agreement) in furtherance of the Agreed Use Cases (as such term is defined in the Data Sharing Agreement). A summary of the principal terms of the Data Sharing Agreement is set forth in the section titled “Certain Agreements Related to the Transactions” of the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus on page 210, which summary is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Data Sharing Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.6 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.


Brand License Agreement

On the Closing Date, IGL and New TechTarget entered into the brand license agreement (the “Brand License Agreement”). Pursuant to the Brand License Agreement, IGL granted to New TechTarget a non-exclusive, fully paid, royalty-free, non-sublicensable, non-transferrable license to the word “INFORMA” to New TechTarget for use as part of the name “Informa TechTarget” globally in connection with the co-branded business activities of the parties. Under the Brand License Agreement, New TechTarget may not take any action which may bring IGL or the word “INFORMA” into disrepute, damage the goodwill or reputation of IGL or the word “INFORMA.” This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Brand License Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.7 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Commercial Cooperation Agreement

On the Closing Date, New TechTarget and IGL entered into a commercial cooperation agreement (the “Commercial Cooperation Agreement”), which outlines certain commercial services to be provided by and between each of New TechTarget and IGL and grants certain intellectual property rights. A summary of the principal terms of the Commercial Cooperation Agreement is set forth in the section titled “Certain Agreements Related to the Transactions” of the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus on page 211, which summary is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Commercial Cooperation Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.8 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Supplemental Indentures

On November 29, 2024, Former TechTarget, New TechTarget and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association (the “Trustee”) entered into (i) the First Supplemental Indenture (the “2025 Supplemental Indenture”) to the Indenture, dated as of December 17, 2020 (the “2025 Indenture”), by and between Former TechTarget and the Trustee, relating to Former TechTarget’s 0.125% Convertible Senior Notes due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”), and (ii) the First Supplemental Indenture (the “2026 Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the 2025 Supplemental


Indenture, the “Supplemental Indentures”) to the Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2021 (the “2026 Indenture” and, together with the 2025 Indenture, the “Indentures”), by and between Former TechTarget and the Trustee, relating to Former TechTarget’s 0.000% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “2026 Notes” and, together with the 2025 Notes, the “Notes”). As of the date hereof, approximately $3.04 million aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes are outstanding and approximately $414.00 million aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes are outstanding.

Each Supplemental Indenture provides, among other things, that, from and after the Notes Effective Date (as defined below), (a) the right of holders of the Notes to convert each $1,000 principal amount of such Notes into shares of Former TechTarget common stock shall be changed into a right to convert such principal amount of such Notes into the Reference Property (as defined below) and (b) New TechTarget shall, as the successor company to Former TechTarget, succeed to the obligations of Former TechTarget under the Indentures and the Notes as provided in the applicable Supplemental Indenture. Reference Property in the context of the Transactions is defined in each Supplemental Indenture as one share of New TechTarget common stock and $11.6955 in cash.

The consummation of the Transactions constitutes a Fundamental Change, a Make-Whole Fundamental Change and a Specified Corporate Event (each as defined in the applicable Indenture) under each of the Indentures. The effective date of the Fundamental Change, Make-Whole Fundamental Change and Specified Corporate Event in respect of each series of Notes is December 2, 2024 (the “Notes Effective Date”).

As a result of the Fundamental Change, each holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase its Notes, pursuant to the terms and procedures set forth in the applicable Indenture, for a cash repurchase price equal to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price (as defined in the applicable Indenture). In addition, as a result of the Fundamental Change, Make-Whole Fundamental Change and Specified Corporate Event, holders of the Notes will, subject to the terms of the Indentures, have a right to convert their Notes into Reference Property commencing on the Notes Effective Date and ending at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (as defined in the applicable Indenture).

The foregoing description of the Supplemental Indentures does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the applicable Supplemental Indenture, copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibit 4.1 and Exhibit 4.2 and are incorporated herein by reference.

Credit Agreement

On December 2, 2024, New TechTarget, as borrower, and Former TechTarget, as guarantor, entered into a $250 million unsecured five-year revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with Informa Group Holdings Limited, an affiliate of Informa, as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”), and the lenders from time to time party thereto (such agreement, the “Credit Agreement”).

The Credit Facility expires on December 2, 2029 (the “Maturity Date”) and is guaranteed by New TechTarget’s existing and future material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to customary exceptions. The Credit Facility also contains an expansion option permitting New TechTarget to request incremental commitments of up to the greater of (A) $125 million and (B) 100.0% of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of the trailing four fiscal quarters plus an unlimited amount, so long as the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) does not exceed 2.50:1.00, from lenders that elect to make such incremental commitments available, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at New TechTarget’s option as follows: (1) SOFR Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement) bear interest at a variable rate equal to the Term SOFR (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus a margin of between 2.50% and 3.00% per annum, depending on New TechTarget’s Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus a 0.10% credit spread adjustment; and (2) ABR Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement) bear interest at a variable rate equal to the highest of (a) the Federal funds rate (as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York from time to time) plus 1/2 of 1.0%, (b) the “prime rate” appearing in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal and (c) the Daily SOFR Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus 1.00%, plus in each case a margin of between 1.50% and 2.00% per annum, depending on New TechTarget’s Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio. In no event will SOFR Loans or ABR Loans bear interest at a rate lower than 0.0%. New TechTarget is required to pay to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date a funding fee equal to 0.75% of the aggregate principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Facility. In addition, New TechTarget is required to pay a commitment fee of between 0.30% and 0.50% per annum (depending on New TechTarget’s Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio) based on the average daily unused amount of commitments under the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility requires New TechTarget to maintain (i) a Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 or less; provided, that the maximum Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio will, at New TechTarget’s election, be increased to 3.50 to 1.00 for the four consecutive fiscal quarters following the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition (as defined in the Credit Agreement) by New TechTarget in which the aggregate cash consideration exceeds $150 million and (ii) a Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of at least 3.00 to 1.00. The Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio will be tested beginning with the first full fiscal quarter ending after the completion of the Transactions.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility are prepayable at New TechTarget’s option in whole or in part without premium or penalty. Amounts borrowed under Credit Facility may be repaid and reborrowed from time to time prior to the Maturity Date. There is no scheduled amortization under the Credit Facility.

New TechTarget’s obligations under the Credit Facility are unsecured. The Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, conditions precedent, events of default, indemnities and affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of New TechTarget and certain of its subsidiaries to: incur liens; incur indebtedness; make investments; sell or otherwise dispose of New TechTarget’s or certain of its subsidiaries’ assets; enter into certain mergers or consolidations; enter into sale and lease back transactions; and use proceeds of borrowings under the Credit Facility for other than permitted purposes. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. Certain changes of control with respect to New TechTarget would constitute an event of default under the Credit Facility; provided, that the Transactions shall not constitute a change of control. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, the lenders may terminate any unfunded commitments and declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the Credit Facility immediately due and payable.

The foregoing summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Credit Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.9 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2.01

Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

The disclosures under the Introductory Note of this Current Report on Form 8-K are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2.03

Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.

The disclosures under Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K under the captions “Supplemental Indentures” and “Credit Agreement” are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2.04.

Triggering Events That Accelerate or Increase a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement.

The disclosures under Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K under the caption “Supplemental Indentures” are incorporated herein by reference.


Item 3.01

Notice of Delisting or Failure to Satisfy a Continued Listing Rule or Standard; Transfer of Listing

On December 2, 2024, Former TechTarget (i) notified the Nasdaq Global Market (“Nasdaq”) of the consummation of the Transactions and (ii) requested that Nasdaq (a) suspend trading of shares of Former TechTarget common stock effective as of prior to the open of the trading day on December 3, 2024, and (b) file with the SEC a Form 25 Notification of Removal from Listing and/or Registration to delist and deregister all shares of Former TechTarget common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As a result, shares of Former TechTarget common stock will no longer be listed on Nasdaq. Former TechTarget intends to file with the SEC a certification on Form 15 under the Exchange Act, requesting the suspension of Former TechTarget’s reporting obligations under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the Form 25 becomes effective.

 

Item 3.02

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

In connection with the Contribution, New TechTarget issued an aggregate 41,651,366 shares of New TechTarget common stock to Informa HoldCo. The shares of New TechTarget common stock issued to Informa HoldCo were issued in reliance upon an exemption from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act, which exempts transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering.

The disclosures set forth under the Introductory Note of this Current Report on Form 8-K are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 3.03

Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders

A summary of the principal changes to the rights of holders of New TechTarget common stock following the Closing is set forth in the section titled “Comparison of Stockholders Rights and Corporate Governance Matters” of the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus on pages 235-246, which summary is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, which are filed as Exhibit 3.1 and Exhibit 3.2, respectively, to this Current Report on Form 8-K and are incorporated herein by reference.

The disclosures set forth under the Introductory Note, Item 2.01 and Item 5.03 of this Current Report are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.01

Changes in Control of Registrant

The disclosures set forth under the Introductory Note, Item 2.01, Item 3.01, Item 5.02 and Item 5.03 of this Current Report are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.02

Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers

Appointment and Resignation of Directors

On the Closing Date, in connection with the completion of the Transactions and consistent with the information set forth in the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus, each of the following individuals were elected to the board of directors of New TechTarget: Mary McDowell, Gary Nugent, Sally Ashford, Stephen A. Carter, David Flaschen, M. Sean Griffey, Don Hawk, Perfecto Sanchez, and Christina Van Houten, with Ms. McDowell being elected as Chair.

Ms. Van Houten and Messrs. Flaschen and Sanchez were appointed to the Audit Committee with Ms. Van Houten serving as the chair of the Audit Committee. Messes. McDowell and Van Houten and Mr. Sanchez were appointed to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, with Ms. McDowell serving as the chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Messrs. Carter and Flaschen and Messes. Van Houten and Ashford were appointed to the Compensation Committee, with Mr. Flaschen serving as the chair of the Compensation Committee.


On the Closing Date, in connection with the completion of the Transactions and consistent with the information set forth in the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus, each of Daniel T. Noreck and Michael Cotoia resigned and ceased to be directors of New TechTarget and members of any committee of New TechTarget’s board of directors. These resignations were not a result of any disagreement between New TechTarget and the directors on any matter relating to New TechTarget’s operations, policies or practices.

Appointment and Resignation of Officers

On the Closing Date, in connection with the completion of the Transactions, New TechTarget also appointed as its officers Gary Nugent as Chief Executive Officer, Don Hawk as Executive Director, Product Innovation, Rebecca Kitchens, President, and Steven Niemiec as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Revenue Officer.

The biography of each of Messer. Nugent, Hawk and Niemiec and Ms. Kitchens is contained on pages 337-338 of the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus and incorporated herein by reference.

On the Closing Date and effective as of the effective time of the Merger, Michael Cotoia resigned as the Chief Executive Officer of New TechTarget. Mr. Cotoia’s resignation was not a result of any disagreement between New TechTarget and Mr. Cotoia on any matter relating to New TechTarget’s operations, policies or practices.

Incentive Plan

Former TechTarget held a special meeting of stockholders on November 26, 2024 (the “Special Meeting”), during which the stockholders of Former TechTarget voted to approve the TechTarget, Inc. 2024 Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”). The board of directors of Former TechTarget previously approved the adoption of the Incentive Plan by New TechTarget’s board of directors, subject to Former TechTarget stockholder approval and the Closing.

The Incentive Plan provides for the award of incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock-based awards and cash awards. Employees, directors, officers, advisors or consultants of New TechTarget, its present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code or any other business venture (including, without limitation, joint venture or limited liability company) in which New TechTarget has a controlling interest, as determined by the board of directors of New TechTarget (each such entity, a “Covered Entity”) are eligible to participate in the Incentive Plan, as are prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors of any Covered Entity who have agreed to serve a Covered Entity in those capacities. The number of shares of New TechTarget common stock available for issuance under the Incentive Plan is provided in the formula set forth in Section 4 of the 2024 Incentive Plan.

A summary of the principal terms of the Incentive Plan is set forth in the section titled “Proposal No. 3 Approval of TechTarget, Inc. 2024 Incentive Plan” of the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus on pages 247-262, which summary is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text the Incentive Plan, which is filed as exhibit 10.10 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

ESPP

At the Special Meeting, the stockholders of New TechTarget voted to approve the TechTarget, Inc. 2024 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). The board of directors of Former TechTarget previously approved the adoption of the ESPP by New TechTarget’s board of directors, subject to Former TechTarget stockholder approval and the Closing. A total of 1,400,000 shares of New TechTarget common stock are available for grants under the ESPP, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances described in the ESPP. The ESPP permits full-time and part-time employees of a Covered Entity to purchase shares of New TechTarget common stock at a discounted price.

A summary of the principal terms of the ESPP is set forth in the section titled “Proposal No. 4 Approval of TechTarget, Inc. 2024 Employee Stock Purchase Plan” of the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus on pages 263-268, which summary is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text the ESPP, which is filed as exhibit 10.11 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.


Entry into Secondment Agreement and Restrictive Covenant Agreement

On the Closing Date, New TechTarget entered into a secondment agreement with Informa Support Services, Inc. (the “Secondment Agreement”), which governs the provision of Gary Nugent’s services as the Chief Executive Officer of New TechTarget, and a restrictive covenant agreement, under which Mr. Nugent has agreed to customary confidentiality protections in favor of New TechTarget, its subsidiaries, and its affiliates (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”). A summary of the principal terms of the Secondment Agreement and the Restrictive Covenant Agreement is set forth in the section titled “NewCo Executive and Director Compensation” of the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus on pages 339-343, which summary is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Secondment Agreement and the Restrictive Covenant Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.12 and Exhibit 10.13, respectively, to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.03

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year.

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

On the Closing Date, in connection with the completion of the Transactions and in accordance with the Transaction Agreement, New TechTarget (i) amended its certificate of incorporation to change the corporate name of New TechTarget from “Toro CombineCo, Inc.” to “TechTarget, Inc.” (the “Amendment”) and (ii) amended and restated its certificate of incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Charter”) and its bylaws (the “Amended and Restated Bylaws”) to reflect the changes contemplated by the Transaction Agreement and described in the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

The foregoing summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Amendment, the Amended and Restated Charter and the Amended and Restated Bylaws, which are attached as Exhibit 3.1, Exhibit 3.2 and Exhibit 3.3, respectively, to this Current Report on Form 8-K and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.05

Amendments to the Registrant’s Code of Ethics, or Waiver of a Provision of the Code of Ethics.

On the Closing Date, New TechTarget adopted a code of conduct that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions and that relates to elements of the code of ethics definition enumerated in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K, a copy of which is available on New TechTarget’s website at https://www.informatechtarget.com/. New TechTarget’s website address is included in this Current Report on Form 8-K as an inactive textual reference and is not intended to be an active link to New TechTarget’s website. The information on New TechTarget’s website and the information contained or linked therein or otherwise connected thereto is not a part of or incorporated by reference into this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

Item 8.01

Other Events.

On December 2, 2024, New TechTarget issued a press release announcing the consummation of the Transactions. A copy of the press release is attached as Exhibit 99.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

New TechTarget’s Risk Factors and New TechTarget’s Business Section are filed herewith and attached hereto as Exhibits 99.2 and 99.3, respectively, and incorporated herein by reference.

No Offer

This Current Report on Form 8-K does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any security and shall not constitute an offer, solicitation or sale in any jurisdiction in which such offering would be unlawful.


Item 9.01

Financial Statements and Exhibits

(a) Financial Statements of Business Acquired.

New TechTarget will provide the financial statements required to be filed by Item 9.01(a) of Form 8-K by amendment to this Current Report on Form 8-K.

(b) Pro Forma Financial Information.

New TechTarget will provide the financial statements required to be filed by Item 9.01(a) of Form 8-K by amendment to this Current Report on Form 8-K.

(d) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit

Number

   Description of Exhibit
 2.1^    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 10, 2024, among TechTarget Holdings Inc. (formerly known as TechTarget, Inc.), TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.), Toro Acquisition Sub, LLC, Informa PLC, Informa US Holdings Limited, and Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc., as it may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (incorporated herein by reference from Annex A to the Combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus).
 3.1    Amendment No. 1 to Certificate of Incorporation of TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.), dated December 2, 2024.
 3.2    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.), dated December 2, 2024.
 3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws of TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.), dated December 2, 2024.
 4.1    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 29, 2024, by and among Toro CombineCo, Inc., TechTarget, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee to Indenture, dated as of December 17, 2020, by and between TechTarget, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
 4.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 29, 2024, by and among Toro CombineCo, Inc., TechTarget, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee to Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2021, by and between TechTarget, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
10.1    Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2024, by and among TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.), Informa PLC and Informa US Holdings Limited.
10.2    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2024, by and between TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.) and Informa US Holdings Limited.
10.3    Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2024, by and among TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.), Informa PLC, Informa USA, Inc., Informa Tech LLC and Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc.
10.4    Transitional Services Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2024, by and between TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.) and Informa Group Limited.
10.5    Reverse Transitional Services Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2024, by and between TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.) and Informa Group Limited.
10.6    Data Sharing Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2024, by and between TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.) and Informa PLC.
10.7    Brand License Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2024, by and between TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.) and Informa Group Limited.
10.8    Commercial Cooperation Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2024, by and between TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.) and Informa Group Limited.
10.9    Credit Agreement, dated December 2, 2024, by and among Toro CombineCo, Inc., the Lenders party thereto and Informa Group Holdings Limited.
10.10    TechTarget, Inc. 2024 Incentive Plan.
10.11    TechTarget, Inc. 2024 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.


10.12    Secondment Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2024, by and among TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.), Gary Nugent and Informa Support Services, Inc.
10.13    Restrictive Covenant Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2024, by and between TechTarget, Inc. (formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.) and Gary Nugent.
99.1    TechTarget, Inc. Press Release dated December 2, 2024.
99.2    Risk Factors of TechTarget, Inc.
99.3    Business Section of TechTarget, Inc.
104    Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document).

 

^

Certain annexes to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, Transitional Services Agreement, Reverse Transitional Services Agreement, and Credit Agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. Certain schedules, annexes and exhibits to the Agreement and Plan of Merger have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. Certain portions of the Transitional Services Agreement have been omitted pursuant to Rule 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish copies of any such schedules, annexes and exhibits to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

    TECHTARGET, INC.
    By:  

/s/ Charles D. Rennick

Dated: December 3, 2024     Name:   Charles D. Rennick
    Title:   Vice President, General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TORO COMBINECO, INC.

(Pursuant to Section 242 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Toro CombineCo, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

  1.

The name of the Corporation is Toro CombineCo, Inc. The date of the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was January 4, 2024 (the “Original Certificate”). The name under which the Corporation filed the Original Certificate was Toro CombineCo, Inc.

 

  2.

The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended by striking out Article FIRST thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article the following new Article FIRST:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is TechTarget, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

  3.

That said amendment was adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law.

[Remainder of page intentionally blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation to be executed this 2nd day of December, 2024.

 

TORO COMBINECO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel T. Noreck

Name:   Daniel T. Noreck
Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TECHTARGET, INC.

The name of the corporation is TechTarget, Inc. (the “Corporation”). The date of the filing of the Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was January 4, 2024 (the “Original Certificate”). The name under which the Corporation filed the Original Certificate was Toro CombineCo, Inc. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (this “Certificate”) amends and restates the Original Certificate, and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended from time to time, the “DGCL”).

The Original Certificate is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1

NAME

The name of the corporation is TechTarget, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE 2

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE 3

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE 4

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 4.01. Authorized Shares. The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 255,000,000, consisting of 250,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”). The powers, preferences and rights of, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions on, the Corporation’s shares of capital stock shall be determined in accordance with, or as otherwise set forth in, this Certificate. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, subject to obtaining a vote of the holders of any classes or series of Preferred Stock, if such a vote is required pursuant to the terms of this Certificate (including any Preferred Designation).

 


Section 4.02. Common Stock.

(a) Subject to all the powers, preferences and rights of the Preferred Stock, and except as provided by law, each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders of the Corporation generally are entitled to vote; provided, however, that no holder of Common Stock, in such holder’s capacity as such, shall be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate (including any Preferred Designation) that alters or changes the powers, preferences or rights of one or more outstanding classes or series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected class or series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such classes or series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate (including any Preferred Designation) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate (including any Preferred Designation) or required by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class (or, if the holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with the holders of such other classes or series of Preferred Stock) on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders generally.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate (including any Preferred Designation) or by applicable law, dividends and other distributions may be declared and paid on the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) in its discretion shall determine.

(d) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, and subject to the right, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock as to distributions upon dissolution or liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder.

Section 4.03. Preferred Stock. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2024 (as amended from time to time, the “Stockholders Agreement”), by and among the Corporation, Informa PLC, and Informa US Holdings Limited (Informa PLC, its affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries), and their respective Permitted Assignees (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), in each case at any time and for so long as any such Person (as defined below in Article 8) beneficially owns (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) any shares of Common Stock, the “Principal Stockholders”), Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issuance duly adopted by the Board and the filing of a certificate of designations with respect thereto with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the applicable provisions of the DGCL (a “Preferred Designation”), authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board. The Board is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions, of any such classes or series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation the number of shares constituting any such classes or series and the designation thereof. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of a class or series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Certificate (including any Preferred Designation).

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE 5

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.01. Power of the Board of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, subject to the terms of this Certificate, the Stockholders Agreement, any Preferred Designation and applicable law.

Section 5.02. Number and Election of Directors. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement and any Preferred Designation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation (as may be amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”). There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Bylaws.

Section 5.03. Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement and any Preferred Designation, vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, removal or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled solely by a majority of the directors then in office (although less than a quorum) or by the sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders of the Corporation, and each director so elected shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal; provided, however, that at any time the Principal Stockholders collectively beneficially own at least 50% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, any such vacancy may be filled by the stockholders.

Section 5.04. Removal. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement and any Preferred Designation, any director or the entire Board may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon; provided, however, that no Ivory Director (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) may be removed (other than for cause) without the prior written consent of the Principal Stockholder that designated such Ivory Director pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement.

Section 5.05. Quorum. A quorum for a meeting of the Board shall require the attendance of the numbers and categories of the directors of the Corporation specified in the Stockholders Agreement, the Bylaws, and the DGCL, in each such case in the manner specified therein.

ARTICLE 6

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 6.01. Meetings of Stockholders. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement and any Preferred Designation:

(a) An annual meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such place, if any, and on such date and at such time as the Bylaws may provide.

 

- 3 -


(b) Any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of capital stock of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in lieu of a meeting by such holders; provided, however, that at any time when the Principal Stockholders collectively beneficially own at least 40% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (and only at any such time), any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of capital stock of the Corporation instead may be taken, without a meeting or prior notice, by signed consent, delivered to the Corporation, of stockholders having the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

(c) Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called only by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board, if any, or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation; provided, however, that at any time when the Principal Stockholders collectively beneficially own at least 40% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (and only at any such time), special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes also shall be called by or at the direction of the Board or the Chairman of the Board upon the request of any Principal Stockholder.

ARTICLE 7

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.01. Limited Liability. A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any amendment or repeal of this Article 7 by either (a) the stockholders of the Corporation or (b) an amendment to the DGCL, shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or amendment with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or amendment of a person serving as a director of the Corporation at the time of such repeal or amendment.

Section 7.02. Right to Indemnification.

(a) Each person (and the heirs, executors or administrators of such person) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (each, a “Covered Person”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. To the fullest extent authorized by applicable law, the right to indemnification conferred in this Article 7 shall also include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article 7 shall be a contract right.

(b) If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of any such action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article 7 is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any such action, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article 7 or applicable law.

 

- 4 -


(c) The Corporation may, by action of the Board, provide indemnification and advancement of expenses to such of the employees and agents of the Corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by applicable law.

Section 7.03. Insurance. The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under applicable law.

Section 7.04. Priority of Corporation Obligations. The Corporation hereby acknowledges that a Covered Person may have certain rights of indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided by persons (any such person, an “Other Indemnitor”) other than the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation. The Corporation agrees and undertakes for the benefit of each Other Indemnitor that (a) the Corporation is the indemnitor of first resort (and accordingly the Corporation’s obligations to the Covered Persons under and pursuant to this Article 7 or by contract are primary and any obligation of the Other Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Covered Persons is secondary), (b) the Corporation shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Covered Persons, as incurred, and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement, in each case to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Certificate or the Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Corporation and such Covered Persons), without regard to any rights such Covered Persons may have against the Other Indemnitors, and (c) the Corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Other Indemnitors from any and all claims that the Corporation otherwise might have against the Other Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Corporation further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Other Indemnitors on behalf of such Covered Persons with respect to any claim for which such Covered Persons have sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the foregoing and the Other Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Covered Persons against the Corporation. The Other Indemnitors are express third- party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 7.04.

Section 7.05. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights and authority conferred in this Article 7 shall be in addition to, and shall not limit or exclude, any other right that any person may otherwise have or hereafter acquire (by contract or otherwise).

Section 7.06. Preservation of Rights. None of the amendment or repeal of this Article 7, the adoption of any provision of this Certificate or the Bylaws, or, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any modification of law, shall adversely affect any right or protection of any person granted pursuant to this Certificate existing at, or arising out of or related to any event, act or omission that occurred prior to, the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification (regardless of when any proceeding (or part thereof) relating to such event, act or omission arises or is first threatened, commenced or completed).

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE 8

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

The Corporation has waived certain claims related to corporate opportunities and agreed to certain other provisions in the Stockholders Agreement to regulate and define the conduct of certain business and affairs of the Corporation in relation to Informa PLC and the other Persons specified therein and the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve Informa PLC and the other Persons specified therein, and the powers, rights, duties, and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors, and stockholders in connection therewith, as a result of which, among other things, Informa PLC and the other Persons specified therein shall not be liable to the Corporation, its affiliates, or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder, director, or officer of the Corporation in connection with certain business activities and opportunities as set forth in the Stockholders Agreement. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in the shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENTS TO CERTIFICATE AND BYLAWS

Section 9.01. Certificate. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement and applicable law, the Corporation reserves the right to amend this Certificate in any manner permitted by the DGCL, and all rights and powers conferred upon stockholders, directors and officers herein are granted subject to this reservation.

Section 9.02. Bylaws. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, this Certificate (including any Preferred Designation) and applicable law, (a) the stockholders have the power to adopt, amend or repeal, in whole or in part, the Bylaws, and (b) the Board shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal, in whole or in part, the Bylaws, without the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Certificate (including any Preferred Designation).

ARTICLE 10

EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION FOR CERTAIN ACTIONS

Section 10.01. Designated Forum Generally. Unless the Board otherwise approves in writing the selection of an alternate forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware, or, if the Superior Court of the State of Delaware also does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim for or based on a breach of a duty (including any fiduciary duty) owed to the Corporation or its stockholders by any of the Corporation’s current or former directors, officers or other employees or stockholders, including a claim alleging the aiding and abetting of such a breach of a fiduciary duty, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Certificate or the Bylaws, (d) any action asserting a claim related to, involving or against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine or (e) any action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as that term is defined in Section 115 of the DGCL.

Section 10.02. Designated Forum for US Federal Securities Laws Claims. Unless the Board otherwise approves in writing the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the federal securities law of the United States of America.

 

- 6 -


ARTICLE 11

DGCL SECTION 203 AND CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Section 11.01. DGCL Section 203 and Certain Business Combinations.

(a) The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

(i) prior to such time, the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

(ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (A) persons who are directors and also officers and (B) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

(iii) at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 11.02. Definitions. For purposes of this Article 11:

(a) “Affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

(b) “associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

(c) “Ivory Direct Transferee” means any Permitted Assignee (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) that (i) acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from Informa US Holdings Limited, any of its successors, or any “group,” or any member of any such group, of which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation and (ii) agrees to be bound by such transferor’s obligations under the Stockholders Agreement with respect to such stock.

 

- 7 -


(d) “Ivory Indirect Transferee” means any Permitted Assignee (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) that (i) acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from any Ivory Direct Transferee or any other Ivory Indirect Transferee, beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation and (ii) agrees to be bound by such transferor’s obligations under the Stockholders Agreement with respect to such stock.

(e) “business combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:

(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (A) with the interested stockholder, or (B) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 11.01(b) of this Article 11 is not applicable to the surviving entity;

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;

(iii) any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (E) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under items (C) through (E) of this subsection (e)(iii) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);

(iv) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or

(v) any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in clauses (A) through (E) in subsection (e)(iii) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

 

- 8 -


(f) “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing the restrictions on business combinations set forth in this Article 11, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

(g) “interested stockholder” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder, and the Affiliates and associates of such person; provided, however, that “interested stockholder” shall not include (A) Ivory, any Ivory Direct Transferee, any Ivory Indirect Transferee, or any of their respective Affiliates or successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, to which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, or (B) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation; provided, further, that in the case of clause (B), such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

(h) “owner” (including the terms “own” and “owned”), when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or associates:

(i) beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or

(ii) has (A) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s Affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or

(iii) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (B) of subsection (h)(ii)), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

 

- 9 -


(iv) “person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

(v) “stock” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

(vi) “voting stock” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of voting stock shall refer to such percentages of the votes of such voting stock.

ARTICLE 12

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

The Stockholders Agreement shall be publicly available with the Corporation’s public filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ARTICLE 13

SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Certificate shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any Person or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate (including each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

[Signature page follows]

 

 

- 10 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on December 2, 2024.

 

TECHTARGET, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel T. Noreck

Name:   Daniel T. Noreck
Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Signature Page

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

TECHTARGET, INC.

ARTICLE 1

OFFICES

Section 1.01. Registered Office. The registered office of TechTarget, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation (as may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

Section 1.02. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere (and may change the Corporation’s registered agent) as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE 2

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.01. Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of the Corporation’s stockholders shall be held at such place either within or outside the State of Delaware (or, if applicable, by such means of remote communication), on such date, and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board or its designee (or the Chair of the Board, if any, in the absence of a designation by the Board). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that meetings of stockholders shall not be held at any place but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 2.08 of these Bylaws in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended from time to time, the “DGCL”).

Section 2.02. Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.03. Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes (except for the filling of board vacancies and newly created directorships, which is governed by Section 3.10 of these Bylaws) may only be called in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and may be held at such place either within or outside of the State of Delaware (or, if applicable, by such means of remote communication), on such date, and at such time as shall be stated in a notice of meeting or in a written waiver of such notice, in each case in accordance with Section 2.04. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders.

 

1


Section 2.04. Notice of Meetings and Adjourned Meetings; Waivers of Notice.

(a) Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place (or, if applicable, the means of remote communication), date, and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided by the DGCL, such notice shall be given not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. The Board or the chair of the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another place (or, if applicable, other means of remote communication), date, or time (whether or not a quorum is present), and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place (or, if applicable, the means of remote communications), date, or time, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, are announced at the meeting at which such adjournment is made or are provided in any other manner permitted by the DGCL. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If, after the adjournment, a new record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

(b) A written waiver of any such notice signed by the person entitled thereto, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission.

(c) Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.05. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, and subject to the DGCL, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation generally entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, however, that if a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. If a quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the chair of the meeting or, if directed to be voted upon by the chair of the meeting, the stockholders, acting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy, may adjourn the meeting until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

2


Section 2.06. Voting.

(a) Unless a different or minimum vote is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, in which case such different or minimum vote shall be the applicable vote on the matter, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast at the meeting at which a quorum is present on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Abstentions and broker non-votes shall not be counted as votes cast. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2024, by and among the Corporation, Informa PLC, and Informa US Holdings Limited (as amended from time to time, the “Stockholders Agreement”), and the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, which rights are expressly granted by the Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Designation (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation)), a nominee for director shall be elected to the Board if the nominee receives a majority of the votes cast with respect to that nominee’s election at any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present; provided, however, if as of the tenth day preceding the date the Corporation first mails its notice of meeting for such meeting to the stockholders of the Corporation, the number of nominees for director exceeds the number of directors to be elected, the directors shall be elected by the vote of a plurality of the shares represented in person or by proxy at any such meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

(b) Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to a corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless said proxy provides for a longer period.

(c) The Corporation shall prepare, no later than the tenth day before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of 10 days ending on the day before the meeting date: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 2.06(c) or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.07. No Action by Consent. Except as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or the Stockholders Agreement, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in lieu of a meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.08. Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(a) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

 

3


(b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication; provided, however, that:

(i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder;

(ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and

(iii) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

Section 2.09. Organization. At each meeting of stockholders, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Chair of the Board, if any, or in the Chair’s absence or if one shall not have been elected, the director designated by the vote of the majority of the directors present at such meeting of stockholders, shall act as chair of the meeting. The Secretary (or in the Secretary’s absence or inability to act, the person whom the chair of the meeting shall appoint as secretary of the meeting) shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof. The Board shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board, if any, the chair of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chair, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chair shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot at the meeting. The chair of the meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such chair should so determine, such chair shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chair of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

Section 2.10. Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of stockholders shall be as determined by the chair of the meeting.

Section 2.11. Nomination of Directors and Proposal of Other Business.

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board or the proposal of other business to be transacted by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof, (C) as may be provided in any Preferred Designation, (D) pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement or (E) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in paragraph (ii) of this Section 2.11(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth

 

4


in this Section 2.11(a), and, except as otherwise required by law, any failure to comply with these procedures shall result in the nullification of such nomination or proposal; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 2.11(a), and the corresponding requirements of Section 2.11(c), shall not apply to (x) any nomination of persons for election to the Board or (y) any proposal of other business to be transacted by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders that in either such case (1) is made by a party to the Stockholders Agreement, including any Permitted Assignee (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), and (2) is not prohibited under the Stockholders Agreement.

(ii) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by a stockholder pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i)(E), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business (other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board) must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such annual meeting. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders (which date of the preceding year’s annual meeting date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of common stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on June 4, 2024 for all purposes of these Bylaws); provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than 90 days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received by the Corporation no earlier than 120 days prior to such annual meeting and no later than the later of 90 days prior to the date of the meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting was first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the recess, adjournment or postponement of any meeting, or any announcement thereof, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iii) Except for any nomination pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director: (1) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended, the “Exchange Act”), including such person’s written consent to being named in the Corporation’s proxy statement and associated proxy card and materials as a nominee of the stockholder and to serving as a director if elected; and (2) a reasonably detailed description of any compensatory, payment or other financial agreement, arrangement or understanding that such person has with any other person or entity other than the Corporation, including the amount of any payment or payments received or receivable thereunder, in each case in connection with candidacy or service as a director of the Corporation (a “Third-Party Compensation Arrangement”), (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the text of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made:

(1) the name and address of such stockholder (as they appear on the Corporation’s books) and any such beneficial owner;

 

5


(2) for each class or series, the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by such stockholder and by any such beneficial owner;

(3) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among such stockholder and any such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any other person or persons (including their names), including, in the case of a nomination, the nominee, in connection with the proposal of such nomination or other business;

(4) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been made, the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any such beneficial owner or any such nominee with respect to the Corporation’s securities;

(5) a description of any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder and such beneficial owner, if any, or any of their respective affiliates or associates has the right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation;

(6) any short interest of such stockholder and such beneficial owner, if any, or any of their respective affiliates or associates in any security of the Corporation (for purposes of these Bylaws, a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security);

(7) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, if any, or any of their respective affiliates or associates that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of capital stock of the Corporation;

(8) any proportionate interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation or derivative instruments, held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or such beneficial owner, if any, or any of their respective affiliates or associates is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner;

(9) any performance related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder and such beneficial owner, if any, or any of their respective affiliates or associates is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of capital stock of the Corporation or derivative instruments, if any;

(10) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring such nomination or other business before the meeting;

(11) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any such beneficial owner intends or is part of a group that intends to (i) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or to elect each such nominee and/or (ii) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination;

 

6


(12) any other information relating to such stockholder, beneficial owner, if any, or director nominee or proposed business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies in support of such nominee or proposal pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and

(13) such other information relating to any proposed item of business as the Corporation may reasonably require to determine whether such proposed item of business is a proper matter for stockholder action.

Such notice must also be accompanied by a representation as to whether or not such stockholder, beneficial owner and/or other person acting on its or their behalf intends to solicit proxies in support of any director nominees other than the Corporation’s nominees in accordance with Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act, and, where such stockholder, beneficial owner and/or other person acting on its or their behalf intends to so solicit proxies, the notice and information required by Rule 14a-19(b) under the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws, unless otherwise required by law, if any stockholder, beneficial owner and/or other person acting on its or their behalf (i) provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) under the Exchange Act and (ii) subsequently fails to comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(2) and Rule 14a-19(a)(3) under the Exchange Act (or fails to timely provide reasonable evidence sufficient to satisfy the Corporation that such stockholder, beneficial owner and/or other person acting on its or their behalf has met the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act in accordance with the following sentence), then the nomination of each of the director nominees proposed by such stockholder, beneficial owner and/or other person acting on its or their behalf shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of the election of such proposed nominees may have been received by the Corporation (which proxies and votes, as they relate to such disregarded nominee, shall be disregarded). Upon request by the Corporation, if any stockholder, beneficial owner and/or other person acting on its or their behalf provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) under the Exchange Act, such stockholder, beneficial owner and/or other person acting on its or their behalf shall deliver to the Corporation, no later than five business days prior to the applicable meeting, reasonable evidence that it has met the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(3) under the Exchange Act.

If requested by the Corporation, the information required under Sections 2.11(a)(iii)(C)(2), (3), and (4) shall be supplemented by such stockholder, beneficial owner and/or other person acting on its or their behalf not later than ten days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such information as of the record date.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in the third sentence of Section 2.11(a)(ii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at the annual meeting is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under Section 2.11(a)(ii) and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.11 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the Board at a special meeting of stockholders that is not a special meeting called by the stockholders in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation may be made by stockholders only (i) pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement or (ii) if the election of directors is included as business to be brought before a special meeting in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, then only by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time that the notice of meeting is given pursuant to this Section 2.11(b), is entitled to vote at the time of the special meeting, and complies with the procedures set forth in this

 

7


Section 2.11(b). Stockholders shall not be permitted to propose business to be brought before a special meeting of stockholders that is not a special meeting called by the stockholders in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder before a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, such stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (A) not earlier than 120 days prior to the date of the special meeting nor (B) later than the later of 90 days prior to the date of the special meeting and the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting was first made. Such stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall comply with the notice requirements of Section 2.11(a)(iii). The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such special meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of the recess, adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. This Section 2.11(b) and the corresponding requirements of Section 2.11(c) shall not apply to any nomination of persons for election to the Board, or any removal or replacement of a member of the Board, by a stockholder that is a party to the Stockholders Agreement (including any Permitted Assignee) provided such action is not prohibited under the Stockholders Agreement.

(c) Information Requirements For Director Nominations.

(i) To be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i)(E) or clause (ii) of the first sentence of Section 2.11(b), the proposed nominee must provide to the Secretary of the Corporation in accordance with the applicable time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 2.11(a)(ii) or Section 2.11(b): (1) a completed D&O questionnaire (in the form provided by the Secretary of the Corporation at the request of the nominating stockholder) containing information regarding the nominee’s background and qualifications and such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation or to serve as an independent director of the Corporation, (2) a written representation that, unless previously disclosed to the Corporation, the nominee is not and will not become a party to any voting agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity as to how such nominee, if elected as a director, will vote on any issue or that could interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director, with his/her fiduciary duties under applicable law, (3) a written representation and agreement that, unless previously disclosed to the Corporation pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(iii)(A)(2), the nominee is not and will not become a party to any Third-Party Compensation Arrangement and (4) a written representation that, if elected as a director, such nominee would be in compliance and will continue to comply with the Corporation’s corporate governance guidelines as disclosed on the Corporation’s website, as amended from time to time. At the request of the Board, any person nominated by the Board (except any such person nominated pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement) for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation the information that is required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice of nomination that pertains to the nominee.

(ii) No person shall be eligible to be nominated by a stockholder to serve as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.11. No business proposed by a stockholder shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders except in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.03 of these Bylaws and this Section 2.11.

 

8


(iii) The chair of the meeting of stockholders shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws or that business was not properly brought before the meeting, and if he/she should so determine, he/she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded or such business shall not be transacted, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder nominating a director nominee or proposing other business, in each case pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i)(E) or clause (ii) of the first sentence of Section 2.11(b) (or a qualified representative of such stockholder), does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or other proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded or such proposed business shall not be transacted, as the case may be, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation and counted for purposes of determining a quorum. For purposes of this Section 2.11, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. For purposes of this Section 2.11, “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or other national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(iv) Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11, a stockholder nominating a director nominee or proposing other business, in each case pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i)(E) or clause (ii) of the first sentence of Section 2.11(b), shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.11; provided, however, that, any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.11, and compliance with this Section 2.11 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than as provided in these Bylaws).

(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws, the notice requirements set forth herein with respect to the proposal of any business pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if such stockholder has submitted a proposal to the Corporation in compliance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for the meeting of stockholders.

ARTICLE 3

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.01. Power of the Board of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Stockholders Agreement, or the DGCL.

Section 3.02. Number, Election and Term of Office. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement and any Preferred Designation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the Whole Board. For purposes of these Bylaws, “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors constituting the Board whether or not there exist any vacancies or other unfilled seats. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, the Board may elect a Chair of the Board, who shall be a member of the Board.

 

9


Section 3.03. Quorum and Manner of Acting. Unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws require a greater number, and subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders Agreement, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board and, except as otherwise expressly required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or the Stockholders Agreement, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. To the fullest extent permitted by law, when a meeting is adjourned to another date, time, or place (or, if applicable, means of remote communication) (whether or not a quorum is present), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time, and place (or, if applicable, means of remote communication) thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Board may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the directors present thereat shall adjourn the meeting, from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 3.04. Regular Meetings. After the place (or, if applicable, by such means of remote communication), date, and time of regular meetings of the Board shall have been determined and notice thereof shall have been once given to each member of the Board, regular meetings may be held without further notice being given.

Section 3.05. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chair of the Board, if any, or the Chief Executive Officer and shall be called by the Chair of the Board, if any, Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary, on the written request of three directors. Notice of the date, place and time of any special meeting of the Board shall be given to each director (a) in person or by telephone at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, (b) by sending written notice by reputable overnight courier, telecopy, electronic mail, facsimile or other means of electronic transmission, or delivering written notice by hand, to such director’s last known business, home or means of electronic transmission address at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) by sending written notice by first-class mail to such director’s last known business or home address at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the meeting. Such notice may be given by the Secretary or by the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

Section 3.06. Committees. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to the stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or the resolution of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required. The foregoing provisions of this Section 3.06 shall be subject in all respects to the requirements of the Stockholders Agreement.

 

10


Section 3.07. Action by Consent; Waiver of Notice.

(a) Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, signed consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, delivered to the Corporation. Following such action, the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions, shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

(b) A written waiver of any notice required by Article 3 of these Bylaws signed by the person entitled thereto, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission.

Section 3.08. Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board or of any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 3.09. Resignation. Any director may resign from the Board at any time by giving notice to the Board or to the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such notice must be in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board or to the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.10. Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, removal or any other cause and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 3.11. Removal. Any director or the entire Board may be removed from office at any time in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 3.12. Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board shall have authority to fix the compensation of directors, including fees and reimbursement of expenses.

Section 3.13. Emergency Bylaws. In the event of any emergency, disaster, catastrophe or other similar emergency condition of a type described in Section 110(a) of the DGCL (an “Emergency”), notwithstanding any different or conflicting provisions in the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, during such Emergency:

(a) Notice and Business. A meeting of the Board or a committee thereof may be called by any director, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary by such means as, in the judgment of the person calling the meeting, may be feasible at the time, and notice

 

11


of any such meeting of the Board or any committee may be given, in the judgment of the person calling the meeting, only to such directors as it may be feasible to reach at the time and by such means as may be feasible at the time. Such notice shall be given at such time in advance of the meeting as, in the judgment of the person calling the meeting, circumstances permit. At any meeting called pursuant to this Section 3.13, the only business that may be conducted is business directly related to the Emergency.

(b) Quorum. The director or directors in attendance at a meeting called in accordance with Section 3.13(a) of these Bylaws shall constitute a quorum.

(c) Liability. No officer, director or employee acting in accordance with this Section 3.13 shall be liable except for willful misconduct. No amendment, repeal or change to this Section 3.13 shall modify the prior sentence with regard to actions taken prior to the time of such amendment, repeal or change.

ARTICLE 4

OFFICERS

Section 4.01. Principal Officers. The principal officers of the Corporation shall be one or more Chief Executive Officers, one or more Presidents, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and a Secretary who shall have the duty, among other things, to record the proceedings of the meetings of stockholders and directors in a book kept for that purpose. The Corporation may also have such other principal officers, including one or more Controllers, as the Board may in its discretion appoint. One person may hold the offices and perform the duties of any two or more of said offices.

Section 4.02. Appointment, Term of Office, and Remuneration. The principal officers of the Corporation shall be appointed by the Board in the manner determined by the Board. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor is appointed, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. The remuneration of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board. Any vacancy in any office shall be filled in such manner as the Board shall determine.

Section 4.03. Subordinate Officers. In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 4.01 of these Bylaws, the Corporation may have one or more Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers and such other subordinate officers, agents and employees as the Board may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such period as the Board may from time to time determine. The Board may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and to remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

Section 4.04. Removal. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time, by resolution adopted by the Board.

Section 4.05. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Board (or to a principal officer if the Board has delegated to such principal officer the power to appoint and to remove such officer). The resignation of any officer shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

12


Section 4.06. Powers and Duties. The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties incident to each of their respective offices and such other duties as may from time to time be conferred upon or assigned to them by the Board.

ARTICLE 5

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 5.01. Certificates for Stock; Uncertificated Shares. The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated; provided, however, that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its shares of capital stock shall be certificated shares or a combination of certificated and uncertificated shares. Any such resolution that shares of a class or series will only be uncertificated shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Except as otherwise required by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of shares represented by certificates of the same class and series shall be identical. Every holder of shares of capital stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation, which shall include the Chair of the Board, if any, any Chief Executive Officer, any President or Vice President, the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer and the Secretary and Assistant Secretary. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

Section 5.02. Transfer of Shares. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be transferred on the record of stockholders of the Corporation by the holder thereof or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney upon surrender of a certificate therefor properly endorsed or upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of uncertificated shares or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney and upon compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form, unless waived by the Corporation.

Section 5.03. Authority for Additional Rules Regarding Transfer. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, the Board shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificated or uncertificated shares of the stock of the Corporation, as well as for the issuance of new certificates in lieu of those which may be lost or destroyed, and may require of any stockholder requesting replacement of lost or destroyed certificates, bond in such amount and in such form as they may deem expedient to indemnify the Corporation, and/or the transfer agents, and/or the registrars of its stock against any claims arising in connection therewith.

 

13


ARTICLE 6

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 6.01. Fixing the Record Date.

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing such record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may in its discretion or as required by law fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall fix the same date or an earlier date as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6.02. Dividends. Subject to limitations contained in the DGCL and the Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Designation), the Board may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation, which dividends may be paid either in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 6.03. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.

Section 6.04. Voting of Stock Owned by the Corporation. The Board may authorize any person, on behalf of the Corporation, and the Chief Executive Officer shall have the authority, to attend, vote at and grant proxies to be used at any meeting of stockholders or equity holders of any entity (except the Corporation) in which the Corporation may hold shares of capital stock or other interests.

Section 6.05. Amendments. These Bylaws may be amended in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

14

Exhibit 4.1

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (“Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of November 29, 2024, among TechTarget, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Toro CombineCo, Inc. (the “Successor Company”), and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association (as successor-in-interest to U.S. Bank National Association), a national banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee are parties to an Indenture, dated as of December 17, 2020 (the “Indenture”), pursuant to which the Company issued its 0.125% Convertible Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, On January 10, 2024, the Company, the Successor Company, Toro Acquisition Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of CombineCo (“Merger Sub”), Informa PLC, a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (“Informa”), Informa US Holdings Limited, a private company organized under the laws of England and Wales and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Informa (“Ivory HoldCo”), and Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Ivory HoldCo (“Informa Tech”), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Transaction Agreement”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, among other things, (i) Ivory HoldCo will contribute all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Informa Tech, plus $350 million in cash (subject to certain adjustments set forth in the Transaction Agreement) to Successor Company in exchange for shares of Successor Company common stock, $0.001 par value per share, (“Successor Company Common Stock”), and (ii) Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company surviving the merger and becoming a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Successor Company (collectively, the “Combination”);

WHEREAS, at the effective time of the Combination (the “Effective Time”), each share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Company Common Stock”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than shares of Company Common Stock held in treasury or otherwise owned by the Company, Informa, or any of their respective subsidiaries) will be converted into the right to receive one share of Successor Company Common Stock (such shares received, the “Share Consideration”) and $11.6955 in cash (the “Cash Consideration,” and together with the Share Consideration, the “Transaction Consideration”);

WHEREAS, Section 11.01(b) of the Indenture provides that the Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into or otherwise combine with another person (other than one or more of the Company’s direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries), or sell, lease or otherwise transfer or dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ consolidated assets, taken as a whole, to another person (other than one or more of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries), unless, upon such consolidation, merger, combination or sale, lease or other transfer or disposition, the successor company expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture;

 

1


WHEREAS, as a result of the Combination, the Company will have transferred all of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ consolidated assets to Successor Company, which will not be a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company at the Effective Time;

WHEREAS, pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, the Successor Company will expressly assume all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with Section 11.01(b) of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Combination constitutes a Specified Corporate Event under Section 14.07(a) of the Indenture, and Section 14.07(a) of the Indenture provides, among other things, that, upon the occurrence of a Specified Corporate Event, the Company shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing that, at and after the effective time of such Specified Corporate Event, the right to convert each $1,000 principal amount of Notes will be changed into a right to convert such principal amount of Notes into Reference Property upon such Specified Corporate Event; provided, however, that at and after the effective time of such Specified Corporate Event: (A) the Successor Company shall continue to have the right to determine the form of consideration to be paid or delivered, as the case may be, upon conversion of Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 of the Indenture; and (B) (I) any amount payable in cash upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with such Section 14.02 shall continue to be payable in cash, (II) any shares of Company Common Stock that the Company would have been required to deliver upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 shall instead be deliverable in the Units of Reference Property that a holder of that number of shares of Company Common Stock would have been entitled to receive in such Specified Corporate Event and (III) the Daily VWAP shall be calculated based on the value of a Unit of Reference Property;

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 10.01(b) of the Indenture, the Company, the Successor Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture without the consent of any Holder, to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture pursuant to Article 11 of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 10.01(i) of the Indenture, the Company, the Successor Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture without the consent of any Holder in connection with any Specified Corporate Event to provide that the Notes are convertible into Reference Property, subject to the provisions of Section 14.02 and Section 14.07 of the Indenture, and to make such related changes to the terms of the Notes to the extent expressly required by the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has duly adopted resolutions authorizing the Company to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture and each of the Company and the Successor Company have, pursuant to Sections 10.05, 11.01(c), 14.07(b) and 17.06 of the Indenture, heretofore delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel; and

 

2


WHEREAS, all conditions for the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture have been complied with or have been done or performed.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH, for and in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 General. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Section 1.02 Unit of Reference Property. Unit of Reference Property” shall mean one share of Successor Company Common Stock and $11.6955 in cash.

ARTICLE 2

MODIFICATIONS TO INDENTURE

Section 2.01 Assumption. Pursuant to, and in compliance and in accordance with, Section 11.01(b) of the Indenture, the Successor Company hereby expressly and unconditionally assumes all of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the Notes, the due and punctual delivery or payment, as the case may be, of any consideration due upon conversion of the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture to be performed by the Company.

Section 2.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. In accordance with Section 11.01(b) of the Indenture, upon the Effective Time of the Combination, the Successor Company shall succeed to, and shall be substituted for the Company under the Indenture and the Notes, with the same effect as if the Successor Company had been named in the Indenture as the party of the first part.

Section 2.03 Conversion Right. Pursuant to Section 14.07 of the Indenture, as a result of the Combination: (a) at and after the Effective Time, the right to convert each $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be changed into a right to convert such principal amount of Notes into the number of Units of Reference Property equal to the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time; (b) at and after the Effective Time (i) the Successor Company shall continue to have the right to determine the Settlement Method applicable upon conversion of Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 of the Indenture and (ii)(A) any amount payable in cash upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 of the Indenture shall continue to be payable in cash, (B) any shares of Company Common Stock that the Company would have been required to deliver upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 of the Indenture shall instead be deliverable in Units of Reference Property that a Holder of that number of shares of Company Common Stock would have received in such Specified Corporate Event if such Holder owned such number of Company Common Stock on the Effective Date, and (C) the Daily VWAP shall be calculated based on the value of a Unit of Reference Property; (c) the definitions of “Scheduled Trading Day,” “Trading Day” and “Market Disruption Event”

 

3


shall be determined by reference to Successor Company Common Stock; and (d) the provisions of the Indenture, as modified herein, including without limitation, (i) all references and provisions respecting the terms “Common Stock,” “Conversion Price,” “Conversion Rate,” and “Last Reported Sale Price” and (ii) the provisions of Article 14 of the Indenture shall continue to apply, mutatis mutandis, to the Holders’ right to convert each Note into Reference Property.

Section 2.04 Anti-Dilution Adjustments. As and to the extent required by Section 14.07(a) of the Indenture, the Conversion Rate shall be subject to anti-dilution and other adjustments with respect to the portion of Reference Property constituting Successor Company Common Stock that shall be as nearly equivalent as is possible to the adjustments provided for in Article 14 of the Indenture.

Section 2.05 Repurchase of Notes at Option of Holders. References to the “Company” and to “Common Stock” in the definition of “Fundamental Change” in Section 1.01 of the Indenture shall instead be references to “Successor Company” and “Successor Company Common Stock,” respectively. Except as amended hereby, the purchase rights set forth in Article 15 of the Indenture shall continue to apply.

ARTICLE 3

ACCEPTANCE OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Section 3.01 Trustee. The Trustee makes no representation as to and shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. The recitals shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. All of the provisions contained in the Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, immunities, indemnities, powers, and duties of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of this Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like force and effect as though fully set forth in full herein.

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 4.01 Confirmation of Indenture. The Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

Section 4.02 Headings. The titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 4.03 Execution in Counterparts. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile, electronic or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

4


The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Indenture or any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means. For the avoidance of doubt, all notices, approvals, consents, requests and any communications hereunder must be in writing (provided that any communication sent to the Trustee hereunder must be in the form of a document that is signed manually or by way of a digital signature provided by DocuSign (or such other digital signature provider as specified in writing to the Trustee by the authorized representative), in English. The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of using digital signatures and electronic methods to submit communications to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. The Trustee shall have no liability for relying on such digital signatures or electronic methods.

Section 4.04 Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 4.05 Severability. In the event any provision of this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then (to the extent permitted by law) the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

Section 4.06 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE SUCCESSOR COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

TECHTARGET, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel Noreck

  Name: Daniel Noreck
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
TORO COMBINECO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel Noreck

  Name: Daniel Noreck
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
U.S. BANK TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE
By:  

/s/ David J. Ganss

  Name: David J. Ganss
  Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to First Supplemental Indenture – 2025 Notes]

Exhibit 4.2

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (“Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of November 29, 2024, among TechTarget, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Toro CombineCo, Inc. (the “Successor Company”), and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association (as successor-in-interest to U.S. Bank National Association), a national banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee are parties to an Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2021 (the “Indenture”), pursuant to which the Company issued its 0.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, On January 10, 2024, the Company, the Successor Company, Toro Acquisition Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of CombineCo (“Merger Sub”), Informa PLC, a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (“Informa”), Informa US Holdings Limited, a private company organized under the laws of England and Wales and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Informa (“Ivory HoldCo”), and Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Ivory HoldCo (“Informa Tech”), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Transaction Agreement”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, among other things, (i) Ivory HoldCo will contribute all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Informa Tech, plus $350 million in cash (subject to certain adjustments set forth in the Transaction Agreement) to Successor Company in exchange for shares of Successor Company common stock, $0.001 par value per share, (“Successor Company Common Stock”), and (ii) Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company surviving the merger and becoming a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Successor Company (collectively, the “Combination”);

WHEREAS, at the effective time of the Combination (the “Effective Time”), each share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Company Common Stock”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than shares of Company Common Stock held in treasury or otherwise owned by the Company, Informa, or any of their respective subsidiaries) will be converted into the right to receive one share of Successor Company Common Stock (such shares received, the “Share Consideration”) and $11.6955 in cash (the “Cash Consideration,” and together with the Share Consideration, the “Transaction Consideration”);

WHEREAS, Section 11.01(b) of the Indenture provides that the Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into or otherwise combine with another person (other than one or more of the Company’s direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries), or sell, lease or otherwise transfer or dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ consolidated assets, taken as a whole, to another person (other than one or more of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries), unless, upon such consolidation, merger, combination or sale, lease or other transfer or disposition, the successor company expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture;

 

1


WHEREAS, as a result of the Combination, the Company will have transferred all of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ consolidated assets to Successor Company, which will not be a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company at the Effective Time;

WHEREAS, pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, the Successor Company will expressly assume all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with Section 11.01(b) of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Combination constitutes a Specified Corporate Event under Section 14.07(a) of the Indenture, and Section 14.07(a) of the Indenture provides, among other things, that, upon the occurrence of a Specified Corporate Event, the Company shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing that, at and after the effective time of such Specified Corporate Event, the right to convert each $1,000 principal amount of Notes will be changed into a right to convert such principal amount of Notes into Reference Property upon such Specified Corporate Event; provided, however, that at and after the effective time of such Specified Corporate Event: (A) the Successor Company shall continue to have the right to determine the form of consideration to be paid or delivered, as the case may be, upon conversion of Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 of the Indenture; and (B) (I) any amount payable in cash upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with such Section 14.02 shall continue to be payable in cash, (II) any shares of Company Common Stock that the Company would have been required to deliver upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 shall instead be deliverable in the Units of Reference Property that a holder of that number of shares of Company Common Stock would have been entitled to receive in such Specified Corporate Event and (III) the Daily VWAP shall be calculated based on the value of a Unit of Reference Property;

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 10.01(b) of the Indenture, the Company, the Successor Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture without the consent of any Holder, to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture pursuant to Article 11 of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 10.01(i) of the Indenture, the Company, the Successor Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture without the consent of any Holder in connection with any Specified Corporate Event to provide that the Notes are convertible into Reference Property, subject to the provisions of Section 14.02 and Section 14.07 of the Indenture, and to make such related changes to the terms of the Notes to the extent expressly required by the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has duly adopted resolutions authorizing the Company to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture and each of the Company and the Successor Company have, pursuant to Sections 10.05, 11.01(c), 14.07(b) and 17.06 of the Indenture, heretofore delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel; and

 

2


WHEREAS, all conditions for the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture have been complied with or have been done or performed.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH, for and in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 General. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Section 1.02 Unit of Reference Property. Unit of Reference Property” shall mean one share of Successor Company Common Stock and $11.6955 in cash.

ARTICLE 2

MODIFICATIONS TO INDENTURE

Section 2.01 Assumption. Pursuant to, and in compliance and in accordance with, Section 11.01(b) of the Indenture, the Successor Company hereby expressly and unconditionally assumes all of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the Notes, the due and punctual delivery or payment, as the case may be, of any consideration due upon conversion of the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture to be performed by the Company.

Section 2.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. In accordance with Section 11.01(b) of the Indenture, upon the Effective Time of the Combination, the Successor Company shall succeed to, and shall be substituted for the Company under the Indenture and the Notes, with the same effect as if the Successor Company had been named in the Indenture as the party of the first part.

Section 2.03 Conversion Right. Pursuant to Section 14.07 of the Indenture, as a result of the Combination: (a) at and after the Effective Time, the right to convert each $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be changed into a right to convert such principal amount of Notes into the number of Units of Reference Property equal to the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time; (b) at and after the Effective Time (i) the Successor Company shall continue to have the right to determine the Settlement Method applicable upon conversion of Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 of the Indenture and (ii)(A) any amount payable in cash upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 of the Indenture shall continue to be payable in cash, (B) any shares of Company Common Stock that the Company would have been required to deliver upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 of the Indenture shall instead be deliverable in Units of Reference Property that a Holder of that number of shares of Company Common Stock would have received in such Specified Corporate Event if such Holder owned such number of Company Common Stock on the Effective Date, and (C) the Daily VWAP shall be calculated based on the value of a Unit of Reference Property; (c) the definitions of “Scheduled Trading Day,” “Trading Day” and “Market Disruption Event”

 

3


shall be determined by reference to Successor Company Common Stock; and (d) the provisions of the Indenture, as modified herein, including without limitation, (i) all references and provisions respecting the terms “Common Stock,” “Conversion Price,” “Conversion Rate,” and “Last Reported Sale Price” and (ii) the provisions of Article 14 of the Indenture shall continue to apply, mutatis mutandis, to the Holders’ right to convert each Note into Reference Property.

Section 2.04 Anti-Dilution Adjustments. As and to the extent required by Section 14.07(a) of the Indenture, the Conversion Rate shall be subject to anti-dilution and other adjustments with respect to the portion of Reference Property constituting Successor Company Common Stock that shall be as nearly equivalent as is possible to the adjustments provided for in Article 14 of the Indenture.

Section 2.05 Repurchase of Notes at Option of Holders. References to the “Company” and to “Common Stock” in the definition of “Fundamental Change” in Section 1.01 of the Indenture shall instead be references to “Successor Company” and “Successor Company Common Stock,” respectively. Except as amended hereby, the purchase rights set forth in Article 15 of the Indenture shall continue to apply.

ARTICLE 3

ACCEPTANCE OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Section 3.01 Trustee. The Trustee makes no representation as to and shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. The recitals shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. All of the provisions contained in the Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, immunities, indemnities, powers, and duties of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of this Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like force and effect as though fully set forth in full herein.

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 4.01 Confirmation of Indenture. The Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

Section 4.02 Headings. The titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 4.03 Execution in Counterparts. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile, electronic or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

4


The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Indenture or any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means. For the avoidance of doubt, all notices, approvals, consents, requests and any communications hereunder must be in writing (provided that any communication sent to the Trustee hereunder must be in the form of a document that is signed manually or by way of a digital signature provided by DocuSign (or such other digital signature provider as specified in writing to the Trustee by the authorized representative), in English. The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of using digital signatures and electronic methods to submit communications to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. The Trustee shall have no liability for relying on such digital signatures or electronic methods.

Section 4.04 Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 4.05 Severability. In the event any provision of this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then (to the extent permitted by law) the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

Section 4.06 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE SUCCESSOR COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

TECHTARGET, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel Noreck

  Name: Daniel Noreck
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
TORO COMBINECO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel Noreck

  Name: Daniel Noreck
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
U.S. BANK TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE
By:  

/s/ David J Ganss

  Name: David J Ganss
  Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to First Supplemental Indenture – 2026 Notes]

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Version

Dated as of December 2, 2024

TECHTARGET, INC.

INFORMA PLC

and

INFORMA US HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I Definitions

     3  

Section 1.1

  Certain Defined Terms      3  

Section 1.2

  Other Defined Terms      9  

ARTICLE II Term

       10  

Section 2.1

  Term and Termination      10  

ARTICLE III Corporate Governance Matters

     10  

Section 3.1

  Initial Board Composition      10  

Section 3.2

  Subsequent Board Composition      10  

Section 3.3

  Committees of the Company Board      12  

Section 3.4

  Ivory Agreement to Vote      13  

Section 3.5

  Initial Chief Executive Officer      13  

Section 3.6

  Consent Rights      13  

Section 3.7

  Quorum Requirement      15  

ARTICLE IV Other Agreements

     16  

Section 4.1

  Confidentiality      16  

Section 4.2

  Restrictions on Transferability and Acquisitions      18  

Section 4.3

  Preemptive Rights      19  

Section 4.4

  Percentage Maintenance Share      21  

Section 4.5

  Related Party Transactions      22  

Section 4.6

  Non-competition      23  

Section 4.7

  Non-solicitation of Employees      23  

Section 4.8

  Corporate Opportunity      24  

Section 4.9

  Nasdaq      25  

Section 4.10

  Change of Control Transactions      25  

ARTICLE V Financial and Other Information

     26  

Section 5.1

  Annual, Quarterly, and Monthly Financial Information; Ivory’s Operating Reviews      26  

Section 5.2

  Ivory Public Filings      28  

Section 5.3

  Other Financial Reporting and Compliance Matters      28  

Section 5.4

  Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation      30  

Section 5.5

  Privilege      30  

ARTICLE VI Dispute Resolution

     30  

Section 6.1

  General Provisions      31  

Section 6.2

  Consideration by Senior Executives      31  

Section 6.3

  Attorneys’ Fees and Costs      32  

 

- i -


ARTICLE VII Miscellaneous

     32  

Section 7.1

  Governing Law      32  

Section 7.2

  Notices      32  

Section 7.3

  Severability      34  

Section 7.4

  Entire Agreement; No Other Representations and Warranties      34  

Section 7.5

  Binding Effect; Assignment      34  

Section 7.6

  No Third Party Beneficiaries      35  

Section 7.7

  Amendment; Waiver      35  

Section 7.8

  Interpretation      35  

Section 7.9

  Exercise of Rights      36  

Section 7.10

  Privileged Matters      36  

Section 7.11

  Specific Performance      37  

Section 7.12

  Counterparts; Effectiveness      37  

 

SCHEDULE 4.5(b)    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS POLICY
SCHEDULE 4.5(c)    PRE-AGREED PROCEDURES
SCHEDULE 7.10(a)    IVORY LAW FIRMS
SCHEDULE 7.10(e)    COMPANY LAW FIRMS

 

- ii -


THIS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of December 2, 2024 (as hereafter amended from time to time, this “Agreement”), is made by and among INFORMA PLC, a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (“Ivory Parent”), INFORMA US HOLDINGS LIMITED, a private company organized under the laws of England and Wales and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Ivory Parent (“Ivory”), and TECHTARGET, INC., a Delaware corporation, formerly known as TORO COMBINECO, INC. (the “Company,” and together with Ivory Parent and Ivory, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 10, 2024, by and among TechTarget, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Legacy Toro”), the Company, Toro Acquisition Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Ivory Parent, Ivory, and Informa Intrepid Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (as may be amended from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), Ivory Parent and Legacy Toro combined the Bluefin Business (as defined in the Merger Agreement) with Legacy Toro and effected the Transactions (as defined in the Merger Agreement) provided for in the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Transactions, as of the date of this Agreement Ivory holds 41,651,366 shares (the “Initial Ivory Shares”) of the Company Common Stock; and

WHEREAS, the Parties are entering into this Agreement in accordance with the requirements of the Merger Agreement, in order to set forth certain of their respective rights and obligations as a result of the Transactions and in respect of the Company Common Stock, corporate governance, and other related matters.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

Section 1.1 Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Action” means any action, claim, suit, or proceeding, in each case by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority.

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by, or under direct or indirect common Control with such specified Person; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, no member of the Ivory Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the Company Group, and no member of the Company Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the Ivory Group. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Control (and the correlative terms “Controlling,” “Controlled by,” and “under common Control with”), with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement, or otherwise.

beneficially own” means, with respect to Company Common Stock, having “beneficial ownership” of such stock for purposes of Rule 13d-3 or 13d-5 promulgated under the Exchange Act, without


giving effect to the limiting phrase “within sixty days” set forth in Rule 13d-3(1)(i). The terms “beneficial owner” and “beneficial ownership” shall have correlative meanings.

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or any day on which banks are required or permitted to close in New York, New York, or in London, England.

Change of Control Transaction” shall mean any of the following transactions occurring after the date hereof: (i) a recapitalization, merger, share exchange, conversion, transfer, domestication, business combination or similar extraordinary transaction or series of related transactions as a result of which, the Persons that beneficially own the voting shares of the Company (immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions) would cease to beneficially own (immediately after consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions) voting shares entitling them to vote a majority or more of the voting power in the elections of directors at any annual or special meeting (or, if the Company is not the surviving or resulting entity, the equivalent governing body of such surviving or resulting entity); or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (determined on a consolidated basis) in one transaction or series of related transactions; provided, however, that neither (x) a sale of shares of Company Common Stock to a Permitted Assignee in a transaction that complies with the requirements of Section 7.5 nor (y) any other sale of shares of Company Common Stock solely by members of the Ivory Group or their Permitted Assignees in connection with which holders of Company Common Stock other than the Ivory Group do not participate or have the option to participate, shall constitute a Change of Control Transaction.

Closing” has the meaning specified in the Merger Agreement.

Common Equivalents” means (i) with respect to Company Common Stock, shares of Company Common Stock, (ii) with respect to any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Company Common Stock, the shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of such securities into Company Common Stock, (iii) with respect to any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Company Common Stock, the shares of Company Common Stock issuable thereunder, and (iv) with respect to any shares of Company Common Stock subject to restrictions, including the risk of forfeiture or repurchase or voting restrictions, such shares of Company Common Stock.

Company Board” means the board of directors of the Company as duly constituted from time to time.

Company Common Stock” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company and any securities issued in respect thereof, or in substitution therefor, pursuant to any stock split, stock dividend, stock combination, or any reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange, conversion, transfer, domestication or other similar reorganization.

Company Group” means, as of any time, the Company and each Subsidiary of the Company as of such time.

Company Independent Director” means each director of the Company who (i) is an Independent Director and (ii) (A) is not a present or former director, officer or employee of any Ivory Group member and (B) would not be a director described under clauses (A) through (F) of Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq listing rules in relation to Ivory Parent if Ivory Parent were the “Company” thereunder.

Company Securities” means (i) the Company Common Stock, (ii) any preferred stock of the Company, (iii) any other capital stock issued by the Company, and (iv) any securities convertible into or

 

- 4 -


exchangeable for, or options, warrants, or other rights to acquire, Company Common Stock or any other securities described in clause (ii) or (iii).

Competitive Business” means any businesses that offer (i) digital demand generation and digital advertising, and purchase intent data or sales and marketing workflow solutions targeted toward customers that offer technology or communications solutions inclusive of hardware, software, and services; (ii) market data, research, and advisory services or consulting services incorporating industry analyst content targeted toward customers that offer technology or communications solutions inclusive of hardware, software, and services; or (iii) content marketing services inclusive of custom content creation targeted toward customers that offer technology or communications solutions inclusive of hardware, software, and services.

Contract” means any legally binding agreement, lease, license, contract, consent, settlement, note, mortgage, indenture, arrangement, understanding, or other obligation.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder, in each case as amended from time to time.

First Trigger” means the members of the Ivory Group ceasing collectively to beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding Company Common Stock.

First Trigger Date” means the date that is 45 days following the earliest of (i) the date on which the Company notifies Ivory in writing of the First Trigger, (ii) the date on which Ivory files a Schedule 13D amendment with the SEC that discloses the First Trigger, and (iii) the date on which the Group General Counsel or Group Finance Director of Ivory Parent gains actual knowledge (and not constructive, imputed, or other similar concepts of knowledge) of the First Trigger; provided, however, that if on such 45th day members of the Ivory Group collectively beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding Company Common Stock, the First Trigger and the First Trigger Date shall be deemed to not have occurred for purposes of this Agreement.

Fourth Trigger Date” means the date on which members of the Ivory Group cease collectively to beneficially own at least ten percent of the outstanding Company Common Stock.

Fully Diluted basis” means, when used in respect of a calculation of percentage ownership as of any time, that the denominator used in the calculation shall include, without duplication, the sum of (i) the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding at such time, plus (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable in respect of any outstanding securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Company Common Stock as of such time (calculated for this purpose on a pro forma basis as if all conditions to the exercise of those conversion or exchange privileges have been satisfied), plus (iii) the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock that are issuable under the terms of any outstanding options, warrants or other rights to acquire Company Common Stock (calculated for this purpose on a pro forma basis as if all vesting and other conditions to the exercise of those options, warrants or other rights have been satisfied), plus (iv) all outstanding shares of Company Common Stock that are subject to restrictions, including the risk of forfeiture or repurchase or voting restrictions (regardless of whether the restrictions are still in force).

GAAP” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Governmental Authority” means any supranational, national, federal, state, or local government, foreign or domestic, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, or any entity, authority, agency, ministry, department, board, commission, court, or other similar body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, or administrative authority or any functions of or pertaining to government, including

 

- 5 -


any authority or other quasi-governmental entity established by a Governmental Authority to perform any of such functions.

Group” means the Ivory Group or the Company Group, as the context requires.

Independent Director” means a director of the Company who is independent under Nasdaq’s listing rules; provided, however, that the fact that a director of the Company also is an employee, officer or director of a member of the Ivory Group shall not be the sole basis for determining whether a director is an Independent Director for purposes of this Agreement.

Intercompany Commercial Agreements” means any and all Contracts between any member of the Company Group, on the one hand, and any member of the Ivory Group, on the other hand, whether entered into before, contemporaneously with, or after the date of this Agreement, and in each case as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, that provide in whole or in part for the provision or receipt of goods, products, or services; provided, however, that none of this Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, or any other Transaction Document is an Intercompany Commercial Agreement.

Ivory Annual Statements” means the audited annual financial statements and annual reports to shareholders of any Ivory Group member.

Ivory Director” means a member of the Company Board who is an Ivory Designee.

Ivory Group” means, at any time, Ivory Parent and each Person (other than any member of the Company Group) that is a Subsidiary of Ivory Parent as of such time.

Ivory Fully Diluted Ownership Percentage” means, as of any time, the percentage of the then-outstanding Company Common Stock (determined on a Common Equivalents basis) beneficially owned by the members of the Ivory Group as of such time, calculated on a Fully Diluted basis.

Ivory Independent Director” means an Ivory Director who (i) is not an executive officer or employee of any Ivory Group member and (ii) is not a director described in clauses (A) through (F) of Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq listing rules as applied to the Company.

Ivory Ownership Percentage” means, as of any time, the percentage of the then-outstanding shares of Company Common Stock beneficially owned by the members of the Ivory Group as of such time.

Law” means any federal, state, local, foreign, or transnational law, statute, or ordinance, common law, or any rule or regulation, including any rule or regulation of the SEC.

Nasdaq” means The Nasdaq Global Market, or any successor thereto, or if the Company Common Stock no longer is traded on The Nasdaq Global Market, any other stock exchange or quotation system on which the Company Common Stock is traded.

Percentage Maintenance Share” means, with respect to any transaction in which Company Securities are issued or proposed to be issued or sold (the “Percentage Maintenance Issued Shares”), a number of other shares of Company Common Stock or other Company Securities, as applicable (which, for the avoidance of doubt, are not the Percentage Maintenance Issued Shares), such that, after taking into account the total number of outstanding shares of Company Common Stock (calculated on a Common Equivalents and Fully Diluted basis) immediately after giving effect to such issuance or sale (including the number of shares of Company Common Stock or such other Company Securities acquired by Ivory assuming it exercised its right to buy its full Percentage Maintenance Share with respect to such

 

- 6 -


transaction), the Ivory Fully Diluted Ownership Percentage would be equal to the Ivory Fully Diluted Ownership Percentage immediately prior to such issuance or sale if Ivory acquired such number of Company Securities.

Permitted Assignee” means (i) any member of the Ivory Group or (ii) any other Person to whom Ivory or any other member of the Ivory Group has Transferred, before the Third Trigger Date and in accordance with this Agreement, all of the Company Common Stock then beneficially owned by the members of the Ivory Group.

Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, or unincorporated organization, or Governmental Authority.

Pro Rata Portion” means, with respect to any Company Securities issued or proposed to be issued or sold in connection with any transaction (the “Pro Rata Issued Shares”), the number of such Pro Rata Issued Shares (calculated on a Common Equivalents and Fully Diluted basis) such that, after taking into account the total number of outstanding shares of Company Common Stock (on a Common Equivalents and Fully Diluted basis) immediately after giving effect to such issuance or sale, the Ivory Fully Diluted Ownership Percentage would be equal to the Ivory Fully Diluted Ownership Percentage immediately prior to such issuance or sale if Ivory acquired such number of Company Securities.

Regulation S-K” means Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, as amended from time to time.

Related Party Transaction” means any transaction between any member of the Company Group, on the one hand, and any member of the Ivory Group, or, solely in their capacity as such, any director, officer, employee or “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any member of the Ivory Group, on the other hand.

Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s directors, officers, employees, investment bankers, attorneys, accountants, and other advisors, agents, and representatives.

RPT Committee” means an ad-hoc committee formed by the Company Board from time to time consisting of at least three directors of the Company, all of which are Independent Directors and all but one of which are Company Independent Directors who also are Non-Ivory Directors and the membership on such committee of such Company Independent Directors is approved by a majority of the Independent Directors.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Second Trigger” means the members of the Ivory Group ceasing to beneficially own more than 40% of the outstanding Company Common Stock.

Second Trigger Date” means the date that is 45 days following the earliest of (i) the date on which the Company notifies Ivory in writing of the Second Trigger, (ii) the date on which Ivory files a Schedule 13D amendment with the SEC that discloses the Second Trigger, and (iii) the date on which the Group General Counsel or Group Finance Director of Ivory Parent gains actual knowledge (and not constructive, imputed, or other similar concepts of knowledge) of the Second Trigger; provided, however, that if on such 45th day members of the Ivory Group collectively beneficially own more than 40% of the outstanding Company Common Stock, the Second Trigger and the Second Trigger Date shall be deemed to not have occurred for purposes of this Agreement.

 

- 7 -


sole discretion” means, with respect to a determination or other action by any Person, such Person’s being entitled to consider only such interests and factors in respect of such determination or other action as such Person desires, including solely its own interests, without having any duty or obligation (fiduciary or otherwise) to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company or any other Person.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person (a) of which (i) in the case of a corporation, at least (x) a majority of the equity and (y) a majority of the voting interests are owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by such first Person, by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) in the case of any Person other than a corporation, such first Person, one or more of its Subsidiaries, or such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries (x) owns a majority of the equity interests thereof and (y) has the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the members of the governing body thereof or otherwise has Control over such other Person; or (b) that is required to be consolidated with such first Person for financial reporting purposes; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, no member of the Company Group shall be a Subsidiary of any member of the Ivory Group.

Third Trigger” means the members of the Ivory Group ceasing to beneficially own at least 20% of the outstanding Company Common Stock.

Third Trigger Date” means the date that is 45 days following the earliest of (i) the date on which the Company notifies Ivory in writing of the Third Trigger, (ii) the date on which Ivory files a Schedule 13D amendment with the SEC that discloses the Third Trigger, and (iii) the date on which the Group General Counsel or Group Finance Director of Ivory Parent gains actual knowledge (and not constructive, imputed or other similar concepts of knowledge) of the Third Trigger; provided, however, that if on such 45th day members of the Ivory Group collectively beneficially own at least 20% of the outstanding Company Common Stock, the Third Trigger and the Third Trigger Date shall be deemed to have not occurred for purposes of this Agreement.

Transaction Documents” has the meaning specified in the Merger Agreement.

Transactions” has the meaning specified in the Merger Agreement.

Transfer” means, with respect to any shares of Company Common Stock, any transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other encumbrance or disposition of such shares; provided, however, that none of the following is or shall be deemed to involve a Transfer: (i) any transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other encumbrance or disposition of any equity security issued by any member of the Ivory Group; (ii) any sale of, or merger, consolidation, conversion, transfer, domestication, or other business combination transaction involving, any member of the Ivory Group (other than, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), a direct (as opposed to indirect) sale of stock in a member of the Ivory Group whose primary asset is shares of Company Common Stock or equity in another entity whose primary direct and indirect assets are shares of Company Common Stock); (iii) the voting, or provision of a voting proxy with respect to, any shares of Company Common Stock in connection with any annual or special meeting of the Company’s stockholders; or (iv) the tender of any shares of Company Common Stock in any tender or exchange offer that is approved by the Company Board prior to the consummation thereof; and “Transferred” and “Transferring” shall have correlative meanings.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person where all of the equity interests of such Subsidiary are directly or indirectly owned by such Person, except for any de minimis ownership by another Person to the extent required by non-U.S. rules under applicable Law.

 

- 8 -


Section 1.2 Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the corresponding section of this Agreement set forth below:

 

Agreement

   Preamble

Audit Committee

   Section 3.1

Company

   Preamble

Company Auditors

   Section 5.3(d)(ii)

Company Confidential Information

   Section 4.1(a)

Company Covered Employee

   Section 4.7

Company Public Documents

   Section 5.3(b)

Compliance Audit

   Section 5.3(g)

Compliance Program

   Section 5.3(g)

corporate opportunities

   Section 4.8(e)

CPI

   Section 3.6(e)

Dispute

   Section 6.1(a)

Election Period

   Section 4.3(c)

Initial Board

   Section 3.1

Initial Ivory Shares

   Recitals

Initial Notice

   Section 6.2

Issuance Notice

   Section 4.3(b)

Ivory

   Preamble

Ivory Permitted Business

   Section 4.6(b)

Ivory Auditors

   Section 5.3(d)(ii)

Ivory Confidential Information

   Section 4.1(b)

Ivory Covered Employee

   Section 4.7

Ivory Designee

   Section 3.2(a)

Ivory Group Associates

   Section 4.8(a)

Ivory Law Firms

   Section 7.10(a)

Ivory Parent

   Preamble

Ivory Public Filings

   Section 5.2

Lead Independent Director

   Section 3.2(i)

Legacy Toro

   Recitals

M&A Transaction

   Section 4.3(a)

Maintenance Election Period

   Section 4.4(c)

Maintenance Notice

   Section 4.4(b)

Material Developments

   Section 5.3(h)

Merger Agreement

   Recitals

Nominating Committee

   Section 3.2(e)

Non-Ivory Designee

   Section 3.2(e)

Non-Ivory Director

   Section 3.2(e)

Non-privileged Deal Communications

   Section 7.10(c)

Other Committees

   Section 3.3(d)

Other Stockholders

   Section 4.2(d)

Parties

   Preamble

Pre-Agreed Procedures

   Section 4.5(c)

Pre-Closing Related Party Transactions

   Section 4.5(a)

Privilege

   Section 5.5

Privileged Communications

   Section 7.10(a)

Privileged Deal Communications

   Section 7.10(b)

Proposed Purchase Price

   Section 4.3(b)(iii)

 

- 9 -


Related Party Transactions

   Section 4.5(b)

Response

   Section 6.2

ARTICLE II

Term

Section 2.1 Term and Termination. This Agreement is effective as of the date hereof and shall terminate automatically when the Ivory Group no longer beneficially owns any Company Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 4.1 (Confidentiality), Section 5.5 (Privilege), ARTICLE VI (Dispute Resolution), and ARTICLE VII (Miscellaneous), and the definitions contained herein that are used therein, shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

Corporate Governance Matters

Section 3.1 Initial Board Composition. Effective as of the Closing, the Company Board shall initially consist of nine members (the “Initial Board”) comprised of (a) four directors designated by Ivory, of whom at least one will be an Ivory Independent Director who meets all requirements under the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards for membership on the Audit Committee of the Company Board (the “Audit Committee”); (b) three directors designated by Legacy Toro, of whom at least two will be Independent Directors who meet all requirements under the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards for membership on the Audit Committee; (c) the person who is the Chief Executive Officer of the Company; and (d) a director designated by Ivory who initially will serve as the non-executive chair of the Board and who, as of the Closing, qualifies as an Ivory Independent Director and is not then serving as a director of Ivory Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 3.2 Subsequent Board Composition.

(a) From and after the date hereof and until the Fourth Trigger Date, the Company shall take all action as may be necessary or appropriate to cause the Company Board, at any time (including if the size of the Company Board is increased or decreased), to be comprised of a number of persons designated by Ivory (each person so designated by Ivory, an “Ivory Designee”) equal to the Ivory Ownership Percentage (expressed as a fraction) multiplied by the total authorized number of directors of the Company Board at such time (including as constituted immediately following any increase in size of the Company Board to comply with this Section 3.2), rounded to the nearest whole person (but in no event less than a majority of the members of the Company Board until the First Trigger Date), at least one of whom shall be an Ivory Independent Director who meets all requirements under the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards for membership on the Audit Committee.

(b) The Company shall cause each Ivory Designee to be included in the slate of nominees recommended by the Company Board to holders of Company Common Stock for election (including at any annual or special meeting of stockholders held for the election of directors) and shall use its best efforts to cause the election of each such Ivory Designee, including by soliciting proxies in favor of the election of each such Ivory Designee.

(c) If any Ivory Director shall cease to serve as a director for any reason, the vacancy resulting therefrom shall be filled by the Company Board with a substitute Ivory Designee, promptly (and in any event within five Business Days) upon the written request of Ivory.

 

- 10 -


(d) The Company hereby agrees to take, at any time and from time to time, all actions necessary to facilitate the removal and replacement of any Ivory Director upon the written request of Ivory.

(e) From and after the date hereof, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Company Board (the “Nominating Committee”) shall have the sole right to nominate for election at any annual or special meeting of stockholders held for the election of directors the persons who will occupy the Company Board seats not occupied by Ivory Directors (each such nominee, a “Non-Ivory Designee”) and in the event of a vacancy on the Company Board caused by the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or other cause of any director who was not an Ivory Director (a “Non-Ivory Director”), to fill such vacancy in accordance with applicable Law; provided, however, that until the Third Trigger Date, (i) the then-current Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall be nominated for election as a Non-Ivory Director at any annual or special meeting of the Company at which directors are elected, and (ii) at least two Non-Ivory Designees shall be Company Independent Directors and shall meet all other requirements under the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards for membership on the Audit Committee, and at least one Non-Ivory Designee shall also be an “audit committee financial expert” having the attributes specified in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K. The Company Board shall at all times include at least three Independent Directors who meet all requirements under the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards for membership on the Audit Committee.

(f) At any time the Ivory Ownership Percentage is greater than 50%, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Ivory, the Company shall avail itself of all available “Controlled Company” exemptions from the requirements of the corporate governance listing standards of Nasdaq. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, at any time during which the Company ceases to qualify as a “Controlled Company” under the corporate governance listing standards of Nasdaq, Ivory shall cause the Ivory Designees to include such number of designees who qualify as an “independent director” under applicable Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards to ensure the Company’s compliance with applicable Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards.

(g) Subject to applicable Law, each Ivory Director shall keep confidential any information about the Company and its Affiliates that he or she receives as a result of being a member of the Company Board; provided, however, that (i) no such duty of confidentiality shall apply to any information that is or becomes generally available to the public, and (ii) each Ivory Director is permitted to disclose to the Ivory Group, Representatives of the Ivory Group and such Ivory Director’s advisors (in the case of advisors, who have a legal or ethical obligation to maintain the confidentiality of such information) information about the Company and its Affiliates that he or she receives as a result of being a director. Notwithstanding any duty otherwise existing under applicable Law or in equity, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, no Ivory Director shall have any duty to disclose to the Company or the Company Board or any committee of the Company Board (or subcommittee thereof) confidential information of Ivory or any Affiliates of Ivory in such Ivory Director’s possession even if it is material and relevant information to the Company, the Company Board or any committee of the Company Board (or subcommittee thereof) and, in any case, such Ivory Director shall not be liable to the Company, any of its stockholders or any other Person for breach of any duty (including the duty of loyalty or any other fiduciary duties) as a director by reason of such lack of disclosure of such confidential information.

(h) Subject to Section 3.1, the chair of the Company Board shall be appointed (and may be removed and replaced at any time) by the Company Board. Until the Second Trigger Date, (i) Ivory shall have the right to nominate a member of the Company Board as the chair of the Company Board and the Company shall cause the Company Board to take all actions necessary to cause such person to become the chair of the Company Board, and (ii) the Company shall take, at any time and from time to time, all

 

- 11 -


actions necessary to cause the Company Board to remove and replace the chair of the Company Board with another member of the Company Board upon the written request of Ivory.

(i) Until the Second Trigger Date, (i) if at any time the chair of the Company Board is an Ivory Director who is not an Independent Director, the Nominating Committee shall have the right to nominate an Independent Director to be the “lead independent director” (the “Lead Independent Director”); (ii) if at any time the chair of the Company Board is a Non-Ivory Director who is not an Independent Director, Ivory shall have the right to nominate an Independent Director to be the Lead Independent Director, and (iii) in any case described in clause (i) or (ii) the Company shall take, at any time and from time to time, all actions necessary to cause the Company Board to appoint and (if necessary) remove and replace the Lead Independent Director to give effect to the foregoing provisions.

(j) Ivory shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to waive any and all of the rights granted to it under this Section 3.2, by delivery of written notice to the Company.

Section 3.3 Committees of the Company Board.

(a) The Company Board shall have the Audit Committee, the Nominating Committee, a Compensation Committee, and such other committees as determined from time to time by the Company Board or as required to comply with the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. All references to committees in this Section 3.3 shall include any subcommittees of such committees. Until the Second Trigger Date, Ivory shall have the right to review and approve the charter for each committee and subcommittee of the Company Board (other than any RPT Committee).

(b) The Company shall cause the Audit Committee to consist of not less than three directors, all of whom shall (i) be Independent Directors and (ii) meet the requirements under the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards for membership on the Audit Committee. Until the Third Trigger Date, the Audit Committee shall include at least one Ivory Independent Director designated for this purpose by Ivory who meets the requirements of the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards for membership on the Audit Committee.

(c) The Company shall cause the Nominating Committee to consist of not less than three directors, a majority of whom shall be Company Independent Directors who are Non-Ivory Directors.

(d) Until the Third Trigger Date, (i) the Company shall take all action to cause the number of Ivory Directors on all committees and subcommittees of the Company Board other than the Audit Committee, the Nominating Committee, and any RPT Committee (such committees and subcommittees, the “Other Committees”) at any time (including if the size of such Other Committee is increased or decreased, to the extent permitted hereunder) to be equal to the Ivory Ownership Percentage (expressed as a fraction) multiplied by the total authorized number of members of such Other Committee at such time (including as constituted immediately following any increase of such committee or subcommittee to comply with this Section 3.3 to the extent permitted hereunder), rounded up to the nearest whole person, and (ii) Ivory shall have the right to designate which Ivory Director(s) will serve on each Other Committee. Until the Second Trigger Date, Ivory shall have the right to designate the chair of each Other Committee.

(e) At any time during which the Company ceases to qualify as a “Controlled Company” under the corporate governance listing standards of Nasdaq, (i) the Nominating Committee and the Company Board will ensure that each Non-Ivory Director qualifies as an “independent director” under applicable Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards; provided, however, that this requirement shall not apply to members of the Initial Board or any person serving as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer,

 

- 12 -


and (ii) Ivory shall cause the Ivory Directors designated to serve on the Company Board and on each of the committees of the Company Board to include such number of designees who each qualify as an “independent director” under applicable Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards to ensure the Company’s compliance with all applicable requirements under the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards.

Section 3.4 Ivory Agreement to Vote. Until the Fourth Trigger Date and provided the Company has complied in all material respects with its obligations under this ARTICLE III, Ivory Parent shall, and shall cause each member of the Ivory Group to, (a) cause all shares of Company Common Stock owned by it or any of them to be present for quorum purposes at any Company stockholder meeting and (b) vote in favor of the election of all Non-Ivory Designees nominated in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 3.5 Initial Chief Executive Officer. As of the Closing, Gary Nugent will be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

Section 3.6 Consent Rights.

(a) Subject to the terms of any brand license (including the Brand License Agreement (as defined in the Merger Agreement)) between any member of the Ivory Group, on the one hand, and any member of the Company Group, on the other hand, from the date of this Agreement until Ivory and its Affiliates no longer beneficially own any Company Common Stock, without the prior written consent of Ivory, the Company shall not, and shall cause the other members of the Company Group not to, use any name or mark belonging to any member of the Ivory Group.

(b) From the date of this Agreement until the Second Trigger Date, the Company shall not, and shall cause the other members of the Company Group not to, directly or indirectly, do any of the following without the prior written consent of Ivory:

(i) any merger, consolidation, reorganization, conversion, or any other business combination involving the Company, or sale of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company;

(ii) any acquisition (including by merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise) of any businesses, assets, operations or securities comprising a business (other than capital expenditures) with a value in excess of $100,000,000 in any transaction or series of related transactions;

(iii) any sale, transfer, lease, pledge, abandonment, or other disposition or exclusive license (in each case of the foregoing, including by merger, consolidation, reorganization, conversion, joint venture, sale of stock or assets, or otherwise) of any assets, businesses, interests, properties, securities, or Persons with a value in excess of $40,000,000 in any transaction or series of related transactions, other than (A) sales or dispositions of obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business or (B) to the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries;

(iv) any redemption, repurchase, cancellation, or other acquisition, or any offer to redeem, repurchase, cancel, or otherwise acquire, Company Securities or any equity or equity-linked securities of any Subsidiary of the Company, other than (A) repurchases of Company Common Stock in any calendar year that are approved by the Company Board and do not in the aggregate exceed five percent of the Company’s equity market capitalization as of December 31 of the previous year (as reported by Bloomberg L.P. or, if not reported therein, in another authoritative source selected in good faith by the

 

- 13 -


Company Board) or (B) as required by the terms of the Toro Convertible Notes (as defined in the Merger Agreement);

(v) the declaration or payment of a cash or other dividend or any other distribution on the Company Securities or any equity or equity-linked securities of any Subsidiary other than to the Company or one of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries;

(vi) any recapitalization, reclassification, spin-off or combination of any Company Securities or any equity or equity-linked securities of any Subsidiary, other than a recapitalization, reclassification or combination of equity or equity-linked securities of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (and solely involving Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of the Company) that remains a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company after the consummation of such transaction and that does not have any adverse tax consequences to any member of the Ivory Group;

(vii) without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, any incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repurchase or other creation of indebtedness (including through the issuance of debt and debt-like securities, entry into any derivative transaction, or any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of any instrument issued by a bank or financial institution) in an aggregate principal amount that would result in the Company having a consolidated leverage ratio in excess of three-times the Company’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (such amount as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company Board), excluding (A) any indebtedness in respect of a revolving debt facility in existence as of the date hereof or which has previously been approved pursuant to this Section 3.6(b)(vii), (B) any indebtedness solely among the Company and its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries and (C) any indebtedness provided by any member of the Ivory Group;

(viii) making or committing to make in any calendar year period any capital expenditures in excess in the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of seven and a half percent of the Company’s total consolidated revenues for the prior fiscal year and, in any event, not less than the amount spent or committed in the prior fiscal year;

(ix) any initiation, adoption, or public proposal of a voluntary liquidation, dissolution, receivership, bankruptcy, or other insolvency proceeding involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than a liquidation or dissolution of any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company;

(x) any establishment, adoption, amendment or termination of any equity incentive plan or arrangement;

(xi) any issuance, delivery or sale, or authorization of the issuance, delivery or sale, of Company Securities or any equity or equity-linked securities of any Subsidiary of the Company, other than (A) pursuant to equity incentive plans and arrangements previously approved pursuant to this Section 3.6 and by the Company Board, (B) to the Company or one of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, (C) as required pursuant to the terms of the Toro Convertible Notes, and (D) in the case of issuance of securities by any Subsidiary of the Company located outside of the United States, de minimis issuances required by applicable Law;

(xii) any termination of the employment of a Chief Executive Officer of the Company (other than for cause as defined in the applicable employment agreement) or any appointment of a new Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

(xiii) any amendment to the organizational documents (whether by merger, consolidation, or otherwise) of the Company or any Subsidiary, other than any such amendment to the

 

- 14 -


organizational documents of any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that does not disproportionately and adversely affect Ivory in its capacity as an indirect stockholder of such Subsidiary as compared to other indirect stockholders of such Subsidiary;

(xiv) any establishment, adoption, material amendment, or termination of any disclosure controls and procedures of the Company; or

(xv) any authorization, agreement, or commitment to do any of the foregoing.

(c) Following the Second Trigger Date until the Third Trigger Date, the Company shall not, and shall cause the other members of the Company Group not to, directly or indirectly, do any of the following without the prior written consent of Ivory:

(i) any merger, consolidation, reorganization, conversion, or any other business combination involving the Company, or sale of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company, other than any such transaction that in substance is a sale of the Company in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders for their shares of Company Common Stock is comprised of at least 90% cash;

(ii) any initiation, adoption, or public proposal of a voluntary liquidation, dissolution, receivership, bankruptcy, or other insolvency proceeding involving the Company or any of its material Subsidiaries;

(iii) any amendment to the organizational documents (whether by merger, consolidation, or otherwise) of the Company that disproportionately and adversely affects Ivory in its capacity as a stockholder of the Company as compared to other stockholders of the same class of securities of the Company; or

(iv) any authorization, agreement, or commitment to do any of the foregoing.

(d) The Company shall provide reasonable advance notice of, and reasonably detailed information regarding any action (including copies of any related presentations and definitive agreements) for which it seeks Ivory’s prior written consent pursuant to this Section 3.6 and shall provide all other information reasonably and promptly requested by Ivory and its Representatives in connection with any such actions.

(e) The dollar amounts set forth in Section 3.6(b) shall be increased (i) on December 31, 2026, by the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index most recently published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics (the “CPI”) on that date as compared to the CPI most recently published on December 31, 2023, (ii) on December 31, 2029, by the percentage increase in the CPI most recently published on December 31, 2029, as compared to the CPI most recently published on December 31, 2026, and (iii) every three years from December 31, 2029, mutatis mutandis.

Section 3.7 Quorum Requirement. Until the Third Trigger Date, a quorum for a meeting of the Company Board shall require the attendance in person, telephonically, or in any other manner permitted by applicable Law, of at least one Ivory Director; provided, however, that if a meeting of the Company Board, of which at least five Business Days’ advance notice was given to each member of the Company Board, is adjourned due to a lack of a quorum, and the sole reason for such lack was the failure of at least one Ivory Director to be present, then, if the reconvened meeting is held at least five Business Days (which shall be two Business Days in the event of exigent circumstances that have expressly been communicated in the notice given to each member of the Company Board calling the meeting) after the meeting at which

 

- 15 -


a quorum was not present (and following at least five Business Days’ (which shall be two Business Days’ in the event of exigent circumstances that have expressly been communicated in the notice given to each member of the Company Board calling the meeting) advance notice given to each member of the Company Board and reasonable accommodation of any requests to resolve scheduling conflicts that do not require a delay of more than one further Business Day), then at such reconvened meeting, there shall not be a lack of a quorum solely as a result of at least one Ivory Director not being present (but no business may be conducted at any such meeting that was not clearly and specifically identified in each applicable notice of meeting).

ARTICLE IV

Other Agreements

Section 4.1 Confidentiality.

(a) From the date hereof until the date that is three years following the Fourth Trigger Date, subject to Section 4.1(c) and except as contemplated by this Agreement, any Transaction Document or any Intercompany Commercial Agreement, Ivory Parent shall not, shall cause the other members of the Ivory Group and its and such other members’ directors and officers not to, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause it and such other members’ employees and other agents and representatives (including legal counsel and outside advisors) not to, directly or indirectly, disclose any Company Confidential Information to any Person; provided, however, that Company Confidential Information may be disclosed:

(i) to any other member of the Ivory Group;

(ii) to any Representative of any member of the Ivory Group in the normal course of the performance of such Representative’s duties or to any financial institution providing credit to any member of the Ivory Group who is subject to customary confidentiality obligations;

(iii) to any Person (other than any Person directly or indirectly engaged in a Competitive Business if the portion of such Person’s revenues that is attributable to a Competitive Business is reasonably believed by Ivory Parent, after due inquiry of such Person, to be 25% or more of the Company’s revenues (based on, in the case of the Company, the Company’s latest annual consolidated financial statements prior to such disclosure)) to whom any member of the Ivory Group is contemplating a Transfer of more than ten percent of the outstanding Company Common Stock, if such Transfer would not be in violation of the provisions of this Agreement and such potential transferee is advised of the confidential nature of such information and agrees to be bound by a customary confidentiality agreement (of which the Company is an express third party beneficiary with the right to enforce the terms thereof) which contains customary confidentiality, non-use, standstill and non-solicit obligations;

(iv) to any regulatory authority or ratings agency to which any member of the Ivory Group or any of its Affiliates is subject or with which it has regular dealings, if such authority or agency is subject to customary confidentiality obligations; or

(v) if the prior approval or written consent of the Company Board (including a majority of Independent Directors) (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) has been obtained.

Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the use (subject, to the extent possible, to a protective order) of Company Confidential Information in connection with the assertion or defense of any claim by or

 

- 16 -


against any member of the Ivory Group or the Company Group, any Affiliates thereof, any Non-Ivory Designee, any Non-Ivory Director, any Ivory Designee or any Ivory Director.

For purposes of this Section 4.1(a), any confidential information relating to the Company Group furnished to any member of the Ivory Group in connection with this Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, or the Intercompany Commercial Agreements is hereinafter referred to as “Company Confidential Information.” “Company Confidential Information” does not, however, include information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public, (ii) was or became available to any member of the Ivory Group from a source other than a member of the Company Group or a Representative thereof on behalf of the Company Group who is not known by Ivory to be subject to an obligation of confidentiality to any member of the Company Group with respect to such information, or (iii) is developed independently by a member of the Ivory Group without reference to the Company Confidential Information.

(b) From the date hereof until the date that is three years following the Fourth Trigger Date, subject to Section 4.1(c) and except as contemplated by this Agreement, any Transaction Document or any Intercompany Commercial Agreement, the Company shall not, shall cause the other members of the Company Group and its and such other members’ directors and officers not to, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause it and such other members’ employees and other agents and representatives (including legal counsel and outside advisors) not to, directly or indirectly, disclose any Ivory Confidential Information to any Person; provided, however, that Ivory Confidential Information may be disclosed:

(i) to any other member of the Company Group;

(ii) to any Representative of any member of the Company Group in the normal course of the performance of such Representative’s duties or to any financial institution providing credit to any member of the Company Group who is subject to customary confidentiality obligations;

(iii) to any regulatory authority or ratings agency to which any member of the Company Group or any of its Affiliates is subject or with which it has regular dealings, if such authority or agency is subject to customary confidentiality obligations; or

(iv) if the prior approval or written consent of Ivory (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) has been obtained.

Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the use (subject, to the extent possible, to a protective order) of Ivory Confidential Information in connection with the assertion or defense of any claim by or against any member of the Ivory Group or the Company Group, any Affiliates thereof, any Non-Ivory Designee or any Non-Ivory Director.

For purposes of this Section 4.1(b), any confidential information relating to the Ivory Group furnished to any member of the Company Group in connection with this Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, or the Intercompany Commercial Agreements is hereinafter referred to as “Ivory Confidential Information.” “Ivory Confidential Information” does not, however, include information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public, (ii) was or became available to any member of the Company Group from a source other than a member of the Ivory Group or a Representative thereof on behalf of the Ivory Group who is not known by the Company to be subject to an obligation of confidentiality to any member of the Ivory Group with respect to such information, or (iii) is developed independently by a member of the Company Group without reference to the Ivory Confidential Information.

 

- 17 -


(c) If Ivory or any of its Affiliates or Representatives, on the one hand, or the Company or any of its Affiliates or Representatives, on the other hand, are requested or required (by oral question, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) by any Governmental Authority or pursuant to applicable Law to disclose or provide any Company Confidential Information or Ivory Confidential Information, respectively, the Person receiving such request or demand or subject to such requirement, or so required by applicable Law, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the other Party with written notice of such request, demand or requirement as promptly as practicable under the circumstances so that such other Party shall have an opportunity to seek an appropriate protective order. The Party receiving such request or demand or subject to such requirement agrees to take, and cause its Representatives to take, at the requesting Party’s expense, all commercially reasonable steps necessary to obtain confidential treatment by the recipient. Subject to the foregoing, the Party that received such request or demand or is subject to such requirement may thereafter disclose or provide any Company Confidential Information or Ivory Confidential Information, as the case may be, to the extent required by such applicable Law (as so advised by counsel) or such Governmental Authority.

Section 4.2 Restrictions on Transferability and Acquisitions.

(a) During the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of (i) the date that is two years from the date of this Agreement and (ii) the Third Trigger Date, without the prior approval of an RPT Committee, Ivory Parent will not cause or permit any member of the Ivory Group to Transfer any Company Common Stock to a Person that is not a controlled Affiliate of Ivory Parent. Until the Third Trigger Date, Ivory Parent shall not, and shall cause the other members of the Ivory Group not to, Transfer, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, any shares of Company Common Stock to any Person who is engaged in any Competitive Business, unless (x) approved by an RPT Committee, (y) in a transaction (or series of related transactions) in which the transferee acquires all of the outstanding equity securities of the Company, or (z) the portion of such Person’s revenues that is attributable to a Competitive Business is reasonably believed by Ivory Parent, after due inquiry of such Person, to be less than 25% of the Company’s revenues (based on, in the case of the Company, the Company’s latest annual consolidated financial statements prior to such Transfer). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, this Section 4.2(a) shall not apply to, and members of the Ivory Group shall not otherwise be prohibited from participating in, repurchases of Company Common Stock that are approved by the Company Board.

(b) During the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date that is two years from the date of this Agreement, Ivory Parent shall not, and shall cause the other members of the Ivory Group not to, directly or indirectly, in any manner, (i) effect or seek, offer or propose (whether publicly or otherwise) to effect, or announce any intention to effect or otherwise participate in or knowingly encourage, (A) any acquisition by a Person other than the Company of Company Common Stock (including in derivative form) or any tender or exchange offer, merger, consolidation, business combination, conversion, transfer, domestication, or other similar transaction involving the Company or any other member of the Company Group that would result in the Ivory Ownership Percentage being greater than the Ivory Ownership Percentage as of the date hereof, (B) any financing of the acquisition by a Person other than the Company of any shares of Company Common Stock or any security convertible into such shares, (C) any recapitalization, restructuring, liquidation, dissolution or Change of Control Transaction, or (D) any “solicitation” of “proxies” (as such terms are used in the proxy rules of the SEC) to vote any shares of Company Comment Stock or any consent solicitation or stockholder proposal, (ii) form, join or in any way participate in “a group” (as defined under the Exchange Act) with respect to the Company or enter into any voting agreement or otherwise act in concert with any Person or Group in respect of any shares of Company Common Stock, (iii) except in accordance with this Agreement, otherwise act, alone or in concert with others, to seek representation on the Board of Directors; (iv) take any action which would or would reasonably be expected to cause the Company to make a public announcement under applicable Law

 

- 18 -


regarding any of the types of matters set forth in clause (i) above; (v) enter into any discussions or arrangements with any Person with respect to any of the foregoing; or (vi) request that the Company amend or waive any provision of this Section 4.2(b); provided, however, that Ivory Parent shall be permitted to make a private proposal to the Company Board that would not reasonably be expected to require the Company or any other member of the Company Group or Ivory Parent (or any of its Subsidiaries) to make any public announcement or other public disclosure. The foregoing shall not prohibit:

(i) Ivory Parent or any other member of the Ivory Group from acquiring Company Common Stock by way of stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations, or other distributions by the Company to all holders of Company Common Stock on a pro rata basis; or

(ii) acquisitions by Ivory Parent or any other member of the Ivory Group of Company Common Stock that are (A) approved by an RPT Committee or (B) pursuant to the exercise of the preemptive rights set forth in Section 4.3 or the percentage maintenance rights set forth in Section 4.4.

(c) Until the Fourth Trigger Date, except in a transaction that complies with Section 4.2(d), Ivory Parent shall not, and shall cause the other members of the Ivory Group not to, directly or indirectly, in any manner, effect, or seek, offer, or propose (whether publicly or otherwise) to effect, or announce any intention to effect, or otherwise participate in or knowingly encourage, any acquisition of Company Common Stock (including in derivative form) or any tender or exchange offer, merger, consolidation, business combination, conversion, transfer, domestication or other similar transaction involving the Company or any other member of the Company Group that would result in the Ivory Fully Diluted Ownership Percentage being greater than 60%.

(d) Until the second anniversary of the Closing Date, any proposal by any member of the Ivory Group to engage in a transaction or series of related transactions reasonably expected to result in the acquisition of all of the Company Common Stock held by stockholders other than the Ivory Group (the “Other Stockholders”) must be (i) subject to review, evaluation, and prior written approval of an RPT Committee and (ii) submitted for approval to the stockholders of the Company, with a non-waivable condition that a majority of the Company Common Stock held by Other Stockholders approve the transaction (or equivalent tender offer condition). Following the second anniversary of the Closing Date and until the Second Trigger Date, any proposal by any member of the Ivory Group to engage in a transaction or series of related transactions reasonably expected to result in the acquisition of all of the Company Common Stock held by Other Stockholders must either be (as elected by Ivory in its sole discretion) (x) subject to review, evaluation, and prior written approval of an RPT Committee or (y) submitted for approval to the stockholders of the Company, with a non-waivable condition that a majority of the Company Common Stock held by Other Stockholders approve the transaction (or equivalent tender offer condition) (provided that the Company and Ivory shall be permitted to agree to require each of the foregoing conditions to be satisfied).

(e) The Company shall not adopt any stockholder rights plan, “poison pill” or similar arrangement, or adopt any anti-takeover provisions under its organizational documents, that would trigger any right, obligation or event as a result of any Transfer of Company Common Stock by any member of the Ivory Group.

Section 4.3 Preemptive Rights.

(a) To the extent permitted under Nasdaq rules, the Company hereby grants to Ivory the right until the Second Trigger Date to purchase up to its Pro Rata Portion of any Company Securities that the Company may from time to time propose to issue or sell to any Person; provided, however, that in any case in which Company Securities are to be issued (in whole or in part) as consideration in any merger,

 

- 19 -


consolidation, reorganization, conversion, joint venture, transfer, domestication or any other business combination, or any acquisition (including by merger, consolidation, conversion, transfer, domestication, acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise) of any businesses, assets, operations or securities comprising a business (any such transaction, an “M&A Transaction”), Ivory shall instead be entitled to purchase a number of such Company Securities up to its Percentage Maintenance Share.

(b) Without limiting Ivory’s rights pursuant to Section 3.6, the Company shall give written notice to Ivory (an “Issuance Notice”) of any proposed issuance or sale described in Section 4.3(a) within five Business Days following any meeting of the Company Board or any committee of the Company Board (or subcommittee thereof) at which any such issuance or sale is approved or, if the approval of the Company Board or any committee of the Company Board (or subcommittee thereof) is not required in connection with such issuance or sale, no less than 30 days before the date of the proposed issuance or sale. The Issuance Notice shall, if applicable, be accompanied by a written offer from any prospective purchaser seeking to purchase Company Securities and shall set forth the material terms and conditions of the proposed issuance or sale, including:

(i) the number and class of the Company Securities to be issued or sold and the percentage of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company such issuance or sale would represent;

(ii) the proposed issuance or sale date, which shall be at least 30 days from the date of receipt by Ivory of the Issuance Notice; and

(iii) (x) in the case of an issuance for cash (other than a public offering of Company Securities) or offer from a prospective third party for cash, the proposed purchase price in cash per Company Security, and (y) in all other cases (including a public offering of Company Securities), the Company’s calculation of the purchase price based on the Pre-agreed Procedures (such proposed purchase price in clause (x) or (y), the “Proposed Purchase Price”).

(c) For a period of 30 days (such period, as it may be extended pursuant to the proviso of this sentence, the “Election Period”) following the receipt by Ivory of an Issuance Notice, Ivory shall have the right to elect irrevocably to purchase up to its Pro Rata Portion of the Company Securities (or, to the extent applicable as set forth in the proviso of Section 4.3(a), a number of Company Securities up to its Percentage Maintenance Share) at the Proposed Purchase Price by delivering a written notice to the Company; provided, however, that following receipt of an Issuance Notice, Ivory may agree upon a different Proposed Purchase Price with an RPT Committee in accordance with the Related Party Transactions Policy in which case (i) Ivory shall purchase up to its Pro Rata Portion of the Company Securities (or, to the extent applicable as set forth in the proviso of Section 4.3(a), a number of Company Securities up to its Percentage Maintenance Share) at such other Proposed Purchase Price and (ii) the Election Period shall be tolled for so long as Ivory and an RPT Committee are working in good faith to agree on a Proposed Purchase Price until such time as Ivory and such RPT Committee agree on the Proposed Purchase Price. If, at the termination of the Election Period, Ivory shall not have delivered such notice to the Company, Ivory shall be deemed to have waived all of its rights under this Section 4.3 with respect to the purchase of the Company Securities referred to in the Issuance Notice. The closing of any purchase by Ivory shall be consummated concurrently with the consummation of the issuance or sale described in the Issuance Notice; provided, however, that the closing of any purchase by Ivory may be postponed beyond the closing of the transaction in the Issuance Notice (x) to the extent necessary to obtain any required approval of a Governmental Authority or (y) to the extent stockholder approval is required under the Nasdaq rules, in which case the Company and Ivory shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to obtain any such approval(s); provided, further, that for all purposes of this Agreement the Ivory Ownership Percentage and the Ivory Fully Diluted Ownership Percentage shall at all times during this period be

 

- 20 -


calculated as if Ivory shall have exercised its rights pursuant to this Section 4.3 in full and as if all remaining shares described in the Issuance Notice were issued or sold, until such time that (A) such sale to Ivory is consummated, (B) in the case of a required approval of a Governmental Authority, there is a final, non-appealable court order prohibiting Ivory from acquiring such Company Securities, (C) in the case stockholder approval is required under the Nasdaq rules, such stockholder vote shall have occurred and such sale to Ivory not be approved, or (D) Ivory determines not to exercise such rights.

(d) Upon the expiration of the Election Period, the Company shall be free to sell such Company Securities referenced in the Issuance Notice that Ivory has not elected irrevocably to purchase on terms and conditions no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than those offered to Ivory in the Issuance Notice delivered in accordance with Section 4.3(b); provided, however, that if such sale is not consummated within 30 days after the expiration of the Election Period, then any further issuance or sale of such Company Securities shall again be subject to this Section 4.3.

(e) The provisions of this Section 4.3 shall terminate on the Second Trigger Date. This Section 4.3 shall not apply with respect to the issuance or sale of Other Company Securities (as defined in the Pre-agreed Procedures) which shall be subject instead to the Pre-agreed Procedures.

(f) In all cases where Ivory has the right to purchase Company Securities up to its Percentage Maintenance Share pursuant to this Agreement (including the Pre-agreed Procedures), following the issuance or sale of the applicable Company Securities that triggers such Percentage Maintenance Share, the Ivory Ownership Percentage and the Ivory Fully Diluted Ownership Percentage shall at all times be calculated as if Ivory has exercised such right in full and as if any Company Securities not yet issued or sold to the third party shall have been issued or sold, until the earlier of (i) the termination of the period for Ivory to elect to exercise such right if Ivory shall not have elected to exercise such right and (ii) the consummation of Ivory’s exercise of such right, at which time the Ivory Ownership Percentage and the Ivory Fully Diluted Ownership Percentage shall be calculated in accordance with the definitions thereof.

Section 4.4 Percentage Maintenance Share.

(a) Following the Second Trigger Date and until the Third Trigger Date, to the extent permitted under Nasdaq rules, with respect to any Company Securities that the Company may from time to time issue or sell to any Person, the Company hereby grants to Ivory the right to purchase Company Securities up to its Percentage Maintenance Share in connection with such transaction, on the terms and subject to the conditions specified in this Section 4.4.

(b) Without limiting Ivory’s rights pursuant to Section 3.6, the Company shall give written notice to Ivory (a “Maintenance Notice”) of any issuance or sale of described in Section 4.4(a) within five Business Days following such issuance or sale. The Maintenance Notice shall set forth the material terms and conditions of such issuance or sale, including:

(i) the number and class of the Company Securities issued or sold and the percentage of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company such issuance or sale represented;

(ii) the Percentage Maintenance Share with respect to such issuance or sale; and

(iii) the Proposed Purchase Price.

 

- 21 -


(c) For a period of 30 days (such period, as it may be extended pursuant to the proviso of this sentence, the “Maintenance Election Period”) following the receipt by Ivory of a Maintenance Issuance Notice, Ivory shall have the right to elect irrevocably to purchase up to its Percentage Maintenance Share at the Proposed Purchase Price by delivering a written notice to the Company; provided, however, that following receipt of a Maintenance Issuance Notice, Ivory may agree upon a different Proposed Purchase Price with an RPT Committee in accordance with the Related Party Transactions Policy in which case (i) Ivory shall purchase up to its Percentage Maintenance Share at such other Proposed Purchase Price and (ii) the Maintenance Election Period shall be tolled for so long as Ivory and an RPT Committee are working in good faith to agree on a Proposed Purchase Price until such time as Ivory and such RPT Committee agree on the Proposed Purchase Price. If, at the termination of the Maintenance Election Period, Ivory shall not have delivered such notice to the Company, Ivory shall be deemed to have waived all of its rights under this Section 4.4 with respect to the purchase of the Company Securities referred to in the Maintenance Issuance Notice. The closing of any purchase by Ivory shall be consummated promptly following Ivory’s delivery of such notice; provided, however, that the closing of any purchase by Ivory may be extended to the extent necessary to (x) obtain any required approval of a Governmental Authority or (y) to the extent stockholder approval is required under the Nasdaq rules, in which case the Company and Ivory shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to obtain any such approval(s); provided, further, that for all purposes of this Agreement, the Ivory Ownership Percentage and the Ivory Fully Diluted Ownership Percentage shall at all times during this period be calculated as if Ivory has exercised its rights pursuant to this Section 4.4 in full and as if any Company Securities not yet issued or sold to the third party described in the Maintenance Notice were issued or sold, until (A) such sale to Ivory is consummated, (B) in the case of a required approval of a Governmental Authority, there is a final, non-appealable court order prohibiting Ivory from acquiring such Company Securities, (C) in the case stockholder approval is required under the Nasdaq rules, such stockholder vote shall have occurred and such sale to Ivory not be approved, or (D) Ivory determines not to exercise such rights.

(d) This Section 4.4 shall not apply with respect to the issuance or sale of Other Company Securities (as defined in the Pre-agreed Procedures) which shall be subject instead to the Pre-agreed Procedures.

Section 4.5 Related Party Transactions.

(a) All transactions and agreements entered into at or prior to the Closing that would have been Related Party Transactions if they were entered into after the Closing (including any proposed Related Party Transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents) between any member of the Company Group, on the one hand, and any member of the Ivory Group, on the other hand (the “Pre-Closing Related Party Transactions”), shall not be subject to any further approval of the Company Board or any committee or subcommittee of the Company Board (including by an RPT Committee); provided, however, that any material amendments to, material modifications or terminations (other than as a result of expiration or non-renewal) of, or material waivers, material consents or material elections after the Closing under any Pre-Closing Related Party Transactions shall require the prior written approval of an RPT Committee, subject to and consistent with the Related Party Transactions Policy (as defined below).

(b) Until the Third Trigger Date, except as set forth in Section 4.5(c), all Related Party Transactions shall be governed by the policy set forth on Schedule 4.5(b) (such Schedule, as may be amended from time to time pursuant to Section 7.7, the “Related Party Transactions Policy”).

(c) The Related Party Transactions Policy shall not (i) apply to any transaction pursuant to Section 4.2(d), Section 4.3, Section 4.4, or pursuant to the policies and procedures set forth on Schedule 4.5(c) (such Schedule, as may be amended from time to time, the “Pre-agreed Procedures”), (ii) apply to any Related Party Transaction that is not a Material Related Party Transaction (as defined in

 

- 22 -


the Related Party Transactions Policy), or (iii) limit Ivory’s rights and the Company’s obligations under Section 3.6.

(d) Ivory shall have the right, but not the obligation, to participate in the transactions set forth in the Pre-agreed Procedures to the extent set forth therein in accordance with the policies and procedures set forth therein, and the Company shall take all action such that Ivory shall be able to so participate if it so elects.

Section 4.6 Non-competition.

(a) Until the Second Trigger Date, Ivory Parent will not, and will not permit any of the other members of the Ivory Group to, acquire (whether by stock purchase, merger, tender offer, purchase of assets, conversion, transfer, domestication, or otherwise) any Person engaged in a business that engages in a Competitive Business anywhere in the world, except:

(i) acquisitions by Ivory Parent or any other members of the Ivory Group of less than an aggregate of 10% of the total equity ownership of a Person engaged in a Competitive Business; and

(ii) acquisitions by Ivory Parent or any other members of the Ivory Group of any business or Person that is engaged in a Competitive Business so long as no more than 25% of such business or Person’s revenues (based on such business or Person’s latest annual consolidated financial statements prior to such acquisition) are attributable to a Competitive Business; provided, however, that Ivory Parent and the other members of the Ivory Group may acquire a diversified business or Person having more than 25% of such business or Person’s revenues (based on such business or Person’s latest annual consolidated financial statements prior to such acquisition) attributable to a Competitive Business as long as Ivory Parent or the applicable member of the Ivory Group divest the portion attributable to a Competitive Business in excess of such 25% threshold within 18 months following consummation of such acquisition.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Ivory Parent and the members of the Ivory Group shall not be prohibited from owning, managing or operating any business that engages in an Ivory Permitted Business anywhere in the world. For purposes hereof, “Ivory Permitted Business” means any business conducted by any member of the Ivory Group on the date of this Agreement and any other business that is directly related to any such business conducted by any member of the Ivory Group on the date of this Agreement.

Section 4.7 Non-solicitation of Employees. Until the Second Trigger Date, each of the Company and Ivory Parent shall obtain the prior written consent of the other before such Party or any of its Affiliates, directly or indirectly, solicits the employment of, in the case of the Company, any Ivory Covered Employee and, in the case of Ivory Parent, any Company Covered Employee, or makes or extends any offer of employment to, or hires, employs or engages (including as a consultant or any similar role), in the case of the Company, any Ivory Covered Employee and, in the case of Ivory Parent, any Company Covered Employee. This Section 4.7 shall cease to apply with respect to an Ivory Covered Employee or a Company Covered Employee, six months after the date on which their employment with, in the case of an Ivory Covered Employee, the Ivory Group and, in the case of a Company Covered Employee, the Company Group, is terminated. Nothing in this Section 4.7 shall restrict or prevent either Party or any of its Affiliates from making generalized solicitations or searches for employees by the use of advertisements in the media of any form (including trade media) or by engaging search firms that are not instructed to solicit, hire or engage in the case of the Company, Ivory Covered Employees and, in the case of Ivory Parent, Company Covered Employees. For purposes hereof, (a) ”Ivory Covered Employee” means (i) the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer (or persons in comparable roles/positions) of each member of the

 

- 23 -


Ivory Group, (ii) each person that reports directly to any such officer (or to any such person in a comparable role/position), and (iii) each person that the Company knows or reasonably should know reports directly to the persons described in the foregoing clause (a)(ii); and (b) ”Company Covered Employee” means (i) the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company, (ii) each person that reports directly to any such officer, and (iii) each person that Ivory knows or reasonably should know reports directly to the persons described in the foregoing clause (b)(ii).

Section 4.8 Corporate Opportunity.

(a) General. In recognition and anticipation that (i) the Company will not be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Ivory and that Ivory will be a significant stockholder of the Company, (ii) directors, officers, or employees of Ivory (such directors, officers, and employees, “Ivory Group Associates”) may serve as directors or officers of the Company, (iii) subject to any contractual arrangements that may otherwise from time to time be agreed to between Ivory, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, Ivory may engage in the same, similar, or related lines of business as those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage, (iv) Ivory may have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunity as the Company, and (v) as a consequence of the foregoing, it is in the best interests of the Company that the respective rights and duties of the Company and of Ivory, and the duties of any directors or officers of the Company who are also Ivory Group Associates, be determined and delineated in respect of any transactions between, or opportunities that may be suitable for both, the Company or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Ivory, on the other hand, this Section 4.8 shall to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law regulate and define the conduct of certain of the business and affairs of the Company in relation to Ivory and the other members of the Ivory Group and the conduct of certain affairs of the Company as they may involve Ivory and their respective directors, officers, or employees, and the power, rights, duties, and liabilities of the Company and its officers, directors, and stockholders in connection therewith.

(b) Certain Agreements and Transactions Permitted. The Company has entered into this Agreement, and, subject to this Agreement, the Company may from time to time enter into and perform one or more agreements (including the Intercompany Commercial Agreements) (or modifications or supplements to pre-existing agreements) with Ivory pursuant to which the Company, on the one hand, and Ivory, on the other hand, agree to engage in transactions of any kind or nature with each other or agree to compete, or to refrain from competing or to limit or restrict their competition, with each other, including to allocate and to cause their respective directors, officers or employees (including any who are directors, officers or employees of both) to allocate opportunities between or to refer opportunities to each other. Subject to this Section 4.8, and except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Company and Ivory, no such agreement, or the performance thereof by the Company or Ivory shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, be considered contrary to (i) any fiduciary duty that Ivory may owe to the Company or to any stockholder or other owner of an equity interest in the Company by reason of Ivory being a controlling or significant stockholder of the Company or participating in the control of the Company or (ii) any fiduciary duty owed to the Company or to any stockholder thereof by any director or officer of the Company who is also an Ivory Group Associate. Subject to Section 4.8(d), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, Ivory, as a stockholder of the Company, or as a participant in control of the Company, shall not have or be under any fiduciary duty to refrain from entering into any agreement or participating in any transaction referred to above, and no director or officer of the Company who is also an Ivory Group Associate shall have or be under any fiduciary duty to the Company to refrain from acting on behalf of the Company or of Ivory in respect of any such agreement or transaction or performing any such agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

- 24 -


(c) Business Activities. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement or otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and Ivory, and subject to Section 4.8(d), Ivory shall to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law have no duty to refrain from (i) engaging in the same or similar activities or lines of business as the Company or (ii) doing business with any client, customer, or vendor of the Company, and (except as provided in Section 4.8(d)) neither Ivory nor any Ivory Group Associate shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, be deemed to have breached its fiduciary duties, if any, to the Company solely by reason of Ivory’s engaging in any such activity. Subject to Section 4.8(d), except as otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and Ivory, if Ivory acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for both the Company and Ivory, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law neither Ivory nor any Ivory Group Associate shall be liable to the Company or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder or controlling person or director or officer of the Company by reason of the fact that Ivory acquires or seeks such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such corporate opportunity to another Person, or otherwise does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Company, and the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law renounces any interest or expectancy in such business opportunity and waives any claim that such business opportunity constituted a corporate opportunity that should have been presented to the Company.

(d) Corporate Opportunities. Except as otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and Ivory, if a director or officer of the Company who is also an Ivory Group Associate acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for both the Company and Ivory, such director or officer shall to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law have fully satisfied and fulfilled his or her fiduciary duty with respect to such corporate opportunity, and the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law renounces any interest or expectancy in such business opportunity and waives any claim that such business opportunity constituted a corporate opportunity that should have been presented to the Company, if such director or officer acts in a manner consistent with the following policy:

(i) such a corporate opportunity offered to any individual who is a director but not an officer or employee of the Company and who is also an Ivory Group Associate shall belong to the Company only if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director of the Company and otherwise shall belong to Ivory; and

(ii) such a corporate opportunity offered to any individual who is an officer or employee of the Company and also is an Ivory Group Associate shall belong to the Company unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person in his or her capacity as a director, officer or employee of Ivory, in which case such opportunity shall belong to Ivory.

(e) Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Section 4.8, (i) ”corporate opportunities” include business opportunities that the Company is financially able to undertake, which are, from their nature, in the line of the Company’s business, are of practical advantage to it and are ones in which the Company, but for the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.8, would have an interest or a reasonable expectancy; (ii) “Ivory” shall mean Ivory and each other member of the Ivory Group; and (iii) the “Company” shall mean the Company and each other member of the Company Group.

Section 4.9 Nasdaq. The Company Common Stock shall be listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, or any successor thereto.

Section 4.10 Change of Control Transactions. Before the Second Trigger Date, Ivory Parent shall not, and shall cause each member of the Ivory Group not to, directly or indirectly, enter into any definitive agreement with any Person providing for a Change of Control Transaction or participate in or in

 

- 25 -


any way support, assist, facilitate or encourage any other Person to effect or seek, directly or indirectly, a Change of Control Transaction, including by Transferring any shares of Company Common Stock in connection with a public tender or similar takeover offer made to all holders of shares of Company Common Stock for all shares of Company Common Stock, in each case, if as a result of such Change of Control Transaction Ivory Parent or any of its Affiliates would receive per share consideration in respect of its Company Common Stock in excess of the per share consideration to be received by the other holders of shares of Company Common Stock; provided, however, that (i) if certain holders of shares of Company Common Stock are granted the right to elect to receive equity instead of cash in such Change of Control Transaction, the foregoing provision shall be deemed satisfied so long as the equity consideration is equivalent in value to the cash consideration, as reasonably determined in good faith by an RPT Committee and (ii) this Section 4.10 shall not apply to the treatment of any commercial arrangements (x) in place between any member of the Ivory Group, on the one hand, and any member of the Company Group, on the other hand, or (y) proposed to be put in place with any member of the Ivory Group in connection with such Change of Control Transaction, that in either case of clause (x) or (y) do not by their terms expressly relate to the Company Common Stock.

ARTICLE V

Financial and Other Information

Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, each of the covenants and agreements in this ARTICLE V shall terminate on the Third Trigger Date.

Section 5.1 Annual, Quarterly, and Monthly Financial Information; Ivory’s Operating Reviews.

(a) The Company shall deliver to Ivory Parent such financial, tax and accounting information and materials as Ivory Parent reasonably may request from time to time, including the following:

(i) within four working days following each calendar month-end, a monthly reporting package including trial balances for the Company and each of its Subsidiaries as of the end of such month, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such month and the related statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flow, and reasonable supporting schedules and account detail for the month and year-to-date period on Ivory Parent’s year-end basis, in accordance with Ivory’s accounting policies except to the extent such policies are inconsistent with GAAP, and setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year;

(ii) within five working days following each calendar month end, forecast Company consolidated statements of earnings (including revenue, gross profit, adjusted operating profit and operating profit conforming to Ivory’s profit metrics and chart of accounts, prepared in each case in accordance with Ivory’s accounting policies except to the extent such policies are inconsistent with GAAP), and cash flow, and reasonable supporting schedules and analysis for such month and for each of the remaining months in the then current calendar year (together with such information as may reasonably be requested by Ivory Parent, including any information reasonably required to determine such items on an IFRS basis;

(iii) no later than September 30 of each fiscal year of Ivory Parent, a forecast for the next fiscal year of Ivory Parent, including statements of earnings (including revenue, gross profit, adjusted operating profit and operating profit conforming to Ivory’s profit metrics and chart of accounts,

 

- 26 -


prepared in each case in accordance with Ivory’s accounting policies except to the extent such policies are inconsistent with GAAP), and cash flow, and reasonable supporting schedules and analysis by month, for the next such fiscal year (together with such information as may reasonably be requested by Ivory Parent to determine such forecast on an IFRS basis);

(iv) no later than two months after a written request by Ivory Parent within the first six months of an Ivory Parent fiscal year, a forecast for the next three fiscal years of Ivory Parent, with the first of those years broken down by month and the second and third of those years being broken down by quarter, including statements of earnings (including revenue, gross profit, adjusted operating profit and operating profit conforming to Ivory’s profit metrics and chart of accounts, prepared in each case in accordance with Ivory’s accounting policies except to the extent such policies are inconsistent with GAAP) and cash flow, and supporting schedules and analysis (together with such information as may reasonably be requested by Ivory Parent to determine such forecast on an IFRS basis); and

(v) within one month after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (and in the case of any renewal of any existing policies, or adoption of any new policies, promptly after any such renewal or adoption), copies of all insurance policies of the Company and the other members of the Company Group.

(b) No later than ten Business Days following the end of each month, the Company shall deliver a discussion and analysis by management of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ consolidated financial condition and results of operations (including revenue, gross profit, adjusted operating profit and operating profit conforming to Ivory’s profit metrics and chart of accounts, prepared in each case in accordance with Ivory’s accounting policies except to the extent such policies are inconsistent with GAAP) for such month and for the fiscal year-to-date period (determined by reference to Ivory Parent’s fiscal year, and other information reasonably required to comply with Ivory Parent’s financial and other reporting requirements.

(c) No later than five Business Days before the day the Company publicly files any Annual Report on Form 10-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q with the SEC, the Company shall deliver to Ivory Parent drafts of its Annual Report on Form 10-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, together with the form of all certifications required by applicable Law by each of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and, with respect to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, the form of opinion the Company’s independent certified public accountants expect to provide thereon.

(d) The Company shall provide Ivory Parent an opportunity to meet with management of the Company to discuss the information required to be provided by this Section 5.1 upon reasonable notice during normal business hours.

(e) In connection with this Section 5.1, the Company shall provide Ivory Parent all such information as may reasonably be requested by Ivory Parent in order for Ivory Parent to reconcile GAAP compliant and other information provided to Ivory Parent pursuant hereto to UK-adopted international accounting standards.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the failure of the Company to achieve any of the deadlines set forth in this Section 5.1 in the first four full calendar months following the date of this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement by the Company so long as the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the relevant information as promptly as reasonably practicable after such deadline.

 

- 27 -


Section 5.2 Ivory Public Filings. The Company shall cooperate, and cause its accountants to cooperate, with Ivory Parent to the extent reasonably requested by Ivory Parent in the preparation of Ivory Parent’s press releases, public earnings releases, reports, notices, prospectuses and any other filings made by any member of the Ivory Group with the Governmental Authority, any national securities exchange or otherwise made publicly available (collectively, “Ivory Public Filings”). As soon as reasonably practicable after request therefor, the Company shall provide to Ivory Parent all supporting materials and other information that Ivory Parent reasonably requests in connection with any such Ivory Public Filings or that is required to be disclosed therein under any applicable Law. If and to the extent reasonably requested by Ivory Parent, the Company shall diligently and promptly review all drafts of such Ivory Public Filings. Unless required by applicable Law or GAAP or interpretations thereof, without the prior consent of Ivory Parent, the Company shall not publicly release any financial or other information that conflicts with the information with respect to the Company, any Affiliate of the Company or the Company Group that is provided by the Company for any Ivory Public Filing.

Section 5.3 Other Financial Reporting and Compliance Matters.

(a) The Company shall provide to Ivory Parent such other information and materials of the Company and the other members of the Company Group reasonably requested by Ivory Parent in connection with its equity ownership in the Company.

(b) The Company shall timely file and consult with Ivory Parent in preparing, all reports, notices and proxy and information statements to be sent or made available by the Company to its security holders, all regular, periodic and other reports filed under Sections 13, 14, and 15 of the Exchange Act by the Company and all registration statements and prospectuses (including all financial statements contained therein) to be filed by the Company with the SEC or any securities exchange pursuant to the listed company manual (or similar requirements) of such exchange (collectively, “Company Public Documents”). Ivory Parent shall have the right to review and comment on any proposed Company Public Document reasonably in advance (and, to the extent reasonably practicable and as would not otherwise limit the Company’s ability to comply with applicable Law, at least five Business Days in advance) of the date the same are printed for distribution to the Company’s stockholders, sent to the Company’s stockholders or filed with the SEC, whichever is earliest. The Company shall consider any such comments in good faith and deliver to Ivory Parent, no later than the date the same are printed for distribution to the Company’s stockholders, sent to the Company’s stockholders or filed with the SEC, whichever is earliest, final copies of all Company Public Documents (except to the extent publicly available via the SEC’s EDGAR system). The Company shall file on dates reasonably determined by the Company Board, (x) its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q with the SEC and (y) its Annual Report on Form 10-K with the SEC, unless the Company is otherwise required by applicable Law. The Parties shall cooperate in preparing all press releases and other statements to be made available by the Company or any other member of the Company Group to the public, including information concerning material developments in the business, properties, results of operations, financial condition or prospects of the Company or any other member of the Company Group. Ivory Parent shall have the right to review and comment on, reasonably in advance of the public release or release to financial analysts or investors, (i) all press releases and other statements to be made available by the Company or any other member of the Company Group to the public that relate to financial or accounting matters and (ii) all reports and other information prepared by the Company or any other member of the Company Group for release to financial analysts or investors. The Company shall consider any such comments in good faith. No press release, report, registration, information or proxy statement, prospectus or other document which refers, or contains information with respect, to any member of the Ivory Group shall be filed with the SEC or otherwise made public or released to any financial analyst or investor by the Company or any other member of the Company Group without the prior written consent of Ivory Parent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) with respect to those portions of such document that contain information with respect to any member of the Ivory Group, except as may

 

- 28 -


be required by applicable Law (in such cases the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to notify the relevant member of the Ivory Group and to obtain such member’s consent before making such a filing with the SEC or otherwise making any such information public).

(c) The Company shall publicly release its financial results for each annual and quarterly period as determined by the Company Board and in compliance with applicable SEC rules.

(d) The Company will follow and comply with the following requirements with respect to audit maters:

(i) Until the Second Trigger Date, the Company will not change auditors without the prior written consent of Ivory Parent.

(ii) The Company will request the independent certified public accountants of the Company (the “Company Auditors”) to make available to the independent certified public accountants of Ivory Parent (the “Ivory Auditors”), at Ivory Parent’s expense, both the personnel who performed or are performing the annual audit of the Company and, consistent with customary professional practice and courtesy of such auditors with respect to the furnishing of work papers, work papers related to the annual audit of the Company, in all cases within a reasonable time before the Company Auditors’ opinion date, so that the Ivory Auditors are able to perform the procedures they consider necessary to take responsibility for the work of the Company Auditors as it relates to the Ivory Auditors’ report on the Ivory Annual Statements, all within sufficient time to enable Ivory Parent to meet its timetable for the printing, filing and public dissemination of the Ivory Annual Statements. The Company shall make reasonably available to the Ivory Auditors and Ivory Parent the employees of the Company Group who performed or are performing the annual audit of the Company and shall provide such other assistance and financial and other information in connection therewith as may reasonably be requested by Ivory Parent.

(e) Upon Ivory Parent’s request, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and all other relevant members of the Company’s senior management team requested by Ivory Parent shall (i) meet with members of Ivory Parent’s senior management team at least four times a fiscal year to discuss matters relating to Ivory’s investment in the Company, including with respect to reviews of the Company’s operations, affairs, finances or results and the Company’s business plan and strategy, and (ii) meet with the Ivory Auditors and Ivory Parent’s internal audit team at least two times a fiscal year to discuss matters related to the annual audit of Ivory Parent.

(f) Ivory Parent will be permitted, at Ivory Parent’s expense, to conduct internal audits on the Company Group to assess the Company Group’s internal controls over financial reporting as well as perform risk assessments on the Company Group’s controls over financial reporting processes, including to the extent related to fraud reporting. Such internal audits shall be conducted upon reasonable prior written notice to the Company, and any such audit shall not occur more than once any 12-month period. The Company will implement internal control changes as reasonably proposed by Ivory Parent.

(g) Ivory Parent may, from time to time and at any time, at Ivory Parent’s expense, request an audit (“Compliance Audit”) of the Company’s compliance programs, policies and procedures (the “Compliance Program”). Each Compliance Audit shall be conducted upon reasonable prior written notice to the Company, and any such Compliance Audit shall not occur more than once during any 12-month period. In the event of a Compliance Audit, the Company shall (i) provide such information reasonably requested by Ivory relating to the Compliance Program, (ii) make available during normal business hours its Representatives upon Ivory’s reasonable request, and (iii) implement any changes to the Compliance Program as reasonably proposed by Ivory Parent. All such Compliance Programs shall take into account (1) the tax strategy of the Ivory Group as communicated to the Company in writing from time

 

- 29 -


to time by Ivory Parent and (2) until the date on which Ivory Parent and the other members of the Ivory Group cease to own or control, collectively, at least a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors, all such Compliance Programs shall take into account that the Company is a majority owned subsidiary of Ivory Parent.

(h) Notice of Certain Events. Until the Second Trigger Date, the Company shall promptly notify Ivory Parent after the Company becomes aware (but no later than two Business Days after it becomes so aware) of any ethics allegations involving violations of Law, members of senior management or financial reporting issues, any material investigations (internal or external), or any material audit or Action regarding or involving any member of the Company Group. Until the Second Trigger Date, the Company shall keep Ivory Parent reasonably apprised of the status of each such allegation, investigation, audit or Action, consult with Ivory Parent with respect thereto and consider in good faith any comments or suggestions from Ivory Parent.

Section 5.4 Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation.

(a) Except in the case of an adversarial Action by one Party against another Party, each of Ivory Parent and the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to make available to each other Party, upon written request, the former, current and future directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents of the members of its respective Group as witnesses and any books, records or other documents within its control or which it otherwise has the ability to make available, to the extent that any such person (giving consideration to business demands of such directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents) or books, records, or other documents may reasonably be required in connection with any Action in which the requesting Party may from time to time be involved. The requesting Party shall bear all costs and expenses in connection therewith.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, Ivory Parent and the Company shall cooperate and consult to the extent reasonably necessary with respect to any Actions other than an adversarial Action by one Party against another Party.

(c) The obligation of Ivory Parent and the Company to provide witnesses pursuant to this Section 5.4 is intended to be interpreted in a manner so as to facilitate cooperation and shall include the obligation to provide as witnesses officers without regard to whether the witness or the employer of the witness could assert a possible business conflict (subject to the exception set forth in the first sentence of Section 5.4(a)).

(d) In connection with any matter contemplated by this Section 5.4, Ivory Parent and the Company will enter into a mutually acceptable joint defense agreement so as to maintain to the extent practicable any applicable attorney-client privilege, work product immunity or other applicable privileges or immunities of any member of any Group.

Section 5.5 Privilege. The provision of any information pursuant to this ARTICLE V shall not be deemed a waiver of any privilege, including privileges arising under or related to the attorney-client privilege or any other applicable privilege (a “Privilege”). Neither the Company or any member of the Company Group nor Ivory Parent or any member of the Ivory Group will be required to provide any information pursuant to this ARTICLE V if the provision of such information would serve as a waiver of any Privilege afforded such information.

ARTICLE VI

Dispute Resolution

 

- 30 -


Section 6.1 General Provisions.

(a) Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, in connection with, or relating to this Agreement, or the validity, interpretation, breach or termination thereof (a “Dispute”), shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures set forth in this ARTICLE VI, which shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of any such Dispute except as set forth in Section 6.1(g) and Section 7.11.

(b) Commencing with an Initial Notice (as defined in Section 6.2), all communications between the Parties or their Representatives in connection with the attempted resolution of any Dispute shall be deemed to have been delivered in furtherance of a Dispute settlement and shall be exempt from discovery and production, and shall not be admissible in evidence for any reason (whether as an admission or otherwise), in any proceeding for the resolution of the Dispute.

(c) The Parties expressly waive and forego any right to trial by jury.

(d) The specific procedures set forth below, including the time limits referenced therein, may be modified by agreement of the Parties in writing.

(e) All applicable statutes of limitations and defenses based upon the passage of time shall be tolled while the procedures specified in this ARTICLE VI are pending. The Parties will take such action, if any, required to effectuate such tolling.

(f) The Parties hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, solely if such court lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any other state court or federal court having subject matter jurisdiction located within the State of Delaware in connection with any such Dispute, and each Party hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of any such Dispute or any suit, action or proceeding related thereto may be heard and determined solely in such courts. The Parties hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any objection that they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such Dispute brought in such courts or any defense of inconvenient forum for the maintenance of such dispute. Each of the Parties agrees that a judgment in any such Dispute may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, on the judgment or in any other manner provided by applicable Law. Each of Ivory Parent and Ivory further irrevocably consents to process being served on it in any action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof in the manner for delivery of notices specified in Section 7.2 to Informa USA, Inc. (“Process Agent”) with an address on the date hereof as set forth in Section 7.2, as such Person’s agent for the purpose of accepting service of any process in the United States. Each of Ivory Parent and Ivory agrees that such service upon receipt by Process Agent (x) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon such Person in any such action or proceeding and (y) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to such Person.

(g) To the extent a Dispute under this Agreement is not resolved pursuant to Section 6.2, a Party may bring such a Dispute in court solely in accordance with Section 6.1(f). For the avoidance of doubt, unless pursuant to Section 7.11, a Party may not bring a Dispute in court without first following the procedures set forth in Section 6.2.

Section 6.2 Consideration by Senior Executives. The Parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any Dispute by negotiation at a meeting between the Chief Executive Officer of Ivory Parent, on the one hand, and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, on the other hand. Either Party may initiate the negotiation process by providing a written notice to the other (the “Initial Notice”). Fifteen days after delivery of the Initial Notice, the receiving Party shall submit to the other a written response (the “Response”). The Initial Notice and the Response shall include (i) a statement of the Dispute and of the

 

- 31 -


providing Party’s position and (ii) the name and title of any person that will represent that Party and of any other person who will accompany such person. Such meeting may be in person or by telephone within ten Business Days of the date of the Response to seek a resolution of the Dispute.

Section 6.3 Attorneys’ Fees and Costs. Each Party will bear its own attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the resolution of any Dispute in accordance with this ARTICLE VI.

ARTICLE VII

Miscellaneous

Section 7.1 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL PROCEEDINGS OR COUNTERCLAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE MADE IN AND IN ALL RESPECTS SHALL BE INTERPRETED, CONSTRUED AND GOVERNED BY AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

Section 7.2 Notices. Notices, requests, instructions or other documents to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given, (x) on the date sent by confirmed e-mail of a PDF document if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient, (y) when delivered, if delivered personally to the intended recipient, and (z) one Business Day later, if sent by overnight delivery via a national courier service (providing proof of delivery), and in each case, addressed to a party at the following address for such party:

(a) if to Ivory Parent or Ivory:

 

- 32 -


Informa PLC

5 Howick Place

London, SW1P 1WG

UK

Attention: Rupert Hopley, Stuart Poyser

Email: [***], [***]

and

Informa USA, Inc.

605 Third Avenue, 22nd Floor

New York, New York 10158

Attention: Brian Vasandani

Email: [***]

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Clifford Chance US LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention: John A. Healy, Benjamin K. Sibbett

Email: [***], [***]

and

Clifford Chance US LLP

Texas Tower

845 Texas Avenue, Suite 3930

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Jonathan D. Bobinger

Email: [***]

 

  (b)

if to the Company:

TechTarget, Inc.

275 Grove Street

Newton, Massachusetts 02466

Attention: Daniel Noreck

     Charles Rennick

Email: [***]

    [***]

 

- 33 -


with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: Joseph B. Conahan

Email: [***]

and

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

7 World Trade Center

250 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10007

Attention: Andrew Alin

Email: [***]

or to such other persons or addresses as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice as provided above.

Section 7.3 Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (a) a suitable and equitable provision negotiated in good faith by the Parties shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision, and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not, subject to clause (a) above, be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, except as a result of such substitution, and such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

Section 7.4 Entire Agreement; No Other Representations and Warranties.

(a) This Agreement, including the Schedules hereto, and the other Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, negotiations, correspondence, undertakings and communications of the parties or their representatives, oral or written, relating to such subject matter.

(b) Each Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that, except for any representations and warranties made by the other Parties as set forth in the Merger Agreement, neither the other Parties nor any other Person is making or has made any representation or warranty, expressed or implied, at law or in equity, with respect to or on behalf of the other Parties, or the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding the other Parties in any form in expectation of or in connection with this Agreement.

Section 7.5 Binding Effect; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and to their respective successors and, in the case of Ivory Parent and Ivory, their respective Permitted Assignees; but no assignment of rights to a Permitted Assignee shall be effective unless and until the Permitted Assignee executes and delivers to the Company a joinder in which the Permitted Assignee agrees to be bound by the assignor’s obligations under this Agreement. Any successor

 

- 34 -


or Permitted Assignee of Ivory Parent or Ivory shall be deemed a Party for all purposes of this Agreement to the extent such successor or Permitted Assignee owns Company Common Stock. Neither Ivory Parent nor Ivory may assign its rights hereunder to any Person except to any Permitted Assignee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company may not assign its obligations hereunder.

Section 7.6 No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is not intended to, and does not, confer upon any Person other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder; provided, however, that Ivory, the other members of the Ivory Group, and the Ivory Group Associates are intended third-party beneficiaries of Section 4.8 (Corporate Opportunity).

Section 7.7 Amendment; Waiver.

(a) Any provision of this Agreement (including the Related Party Transactions Policy, the Pre-agreed Procedures, and any other Schedule) may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each Party or, in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective; provided, however, that any material amendment or material modification of this Agreement (including the Related Party Transactions Policy, the Pre-agreed Procedures, and any other Schedule) shall require the prior written approval of an RPT Committee; and provided, further, that any material waiver of any or all of the Company’s rights granted under this Agreement shall require the prior written approval of an RPT Committee.

(b) No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by applicable Law.

Section 7.8 Interpretation.

(a) The table of contents and the Article, Section, and paragraph headings or captions herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof. Where a reference in this Agreement is made to a Section or Schedule, such reference shall be to a Section of or Schedule to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words “include,” “includes,” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The word “or” when used in this Agreement is not exclusive. The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if.” With respect to the determination of any period of time, the word “from” means “from and including.” The terms “Dollars” and “$” mean United States Dollars. References to “written” or “in writing” include in electronic form. References herein to any Contract (including this Agreement) mean such Contract as amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term. Any statute defined or referred to herein means such statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including by succession of comparable successor statutes. References herein to any Law or statute shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Any agreement or instrument defined or referred to herein includes all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.

 

- 35 -


(b) The Parties have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this Agreement. In the event that an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

Section 7.9 Exercise of Rights. The exercise of any right under this Agreement by any party hereto shall be made in each such Person’s sole discretion, subject to applicable Law and any express limitations set forth in this Agreement.

Section 7.10 Privileged Matters.

(a) Each of the Parties agrees, on its own behalf and on behalf of its directors, officers, employees and Affiliates, that the law firms listed on Schedule 7.10(a) (the “Ivory Law Firms”) may serve as counsel to Ivory and the other members of the Ivory Group, on the one hand, and any member of the Bluefin Group (as defined in the Merger Agreement), on the other hand, in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the consummation of the Transactions, and that, following consummation of the Transactions, the Ivory Law Firms may serve as counsel to any member of the Ivory Group or any director, officer, employee or Affiliate of any member of the Ivory Group, in connection with any litigation, claim or obligation arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the Transactions notwithstanding such representation. In connection with any representation expressly permitted pursuant to the prior sentence, the Company hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, and agrees to cause the other members of the Company Group to irrevocably waive and not to assert, any conflict of interest arising from or in connection with (i) prior representation of any member of the Bluefin Group by the Ivory Law Firms, and (ii) representation of any member of the Ivory Group prior to and after the Closing by the Ivory Law Firms. As to any privileged attorney-client communications between the Ivory Law Firms and any member of the Bluefin Group prior to the Closing (collectively, the “Privileged Communications”), the Company, on behalf of itself and each of its Affiliates, successors and assigns, including each member of the Company Group, agrees that no such party may use or rely on any of the Privileged Communications in any action against or involving any of the Parties or their respective Affiliates after the Closing.

(b) The Company further agrees, on behalf of itself and each of its Affiliates, successors and assigns, including each member of the Company Group, that all privileged communications in any form or format whatsoever between or among the Ivory Law Firms, on the one hand, and Ivory Parent, any other member of the Ivory Group or any member of the Bluefin Group, or any of their respective Affiliates or its or their respective Representatives, on the other hand, that relate to the negotiation, documentation and consummation of the Transactions, any alternative transactions to the Transactions presented to or considered by Ivory Parent, any other member of the Ivory Group or any member of the Bluefin Group, or any dispute arising under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, unless finally adjudicated to not be privileged by a court of law (collectively, the “Privileged Deal Communications”), shall remain privileged after the Closing and that the Privileged Deal Communications and the expectation of client confidence relating thereto shall belong solely to Ivory Parent, shall be controlled by Ivory Parent, and shall not pass to or be claimed by the Company or any other member of the Company Group. The Company agrees that it will not, and that it will cause the other members of the Company Group not to, (i) access or use the Privileged Deal Communications, (ii) seek to have any member of the Ivory Group waive the attorney-client privilege or any other privilege, or otherwise assert that the Company or any other member of the Company Group has the right to waive the attorney-client privilege or other privilege applicable to the Privileged Deal Communications, or (iii) seek to obtain the Privileged Deal Communications or Non-privileged Deal Communications (as defined below) from any member of the Ivory Group or the Ivory Law Firms.

 

- 36 -


(c) The Company further agrees, on behalf of itself and on behalf of the other members of the Company Group, that all communications in any form or format whatsoever between or among any of the Ivory Law Firms, Ivory Parent, any other member of the Ivory Group or any member of the Bluefin Group, or any of their respective Affiliates or its or their respective Representatives, that relate to the negotiation, documentation and consummation of the Transactions, any alternative transactions to the Transactions presented to or considered by Ivory Parent, any other member of the Ivory Group or any member of the Bluefin Group, or any dispute arising under this Agreement and that are not Privileged Deal Communications (collectively, the “Non-privileged Deal Communications”), shall also belong solely to Ivory Parent, shall be controlled by Ivory Parent and ownership thereof shall not pass to or be claimed by the Company or any other member of the Company Group.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a dispute arises between the Company or any other member of the Company Group, on the one hand, and a third party other than Ivory Parent, any other member of the Ivory Group or their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, then the Company or such other member of the Company Group may assert the attorney-client privilege to prevent the disclosure of the Privileged Deal Communications to such third party; provided, however, that to the extent such dispute relates to this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the Transactions, none of the Company or any other member of the Company Group may waive such privilege without the prior written consent of Ivory Parent. If the Company or any other member of the Company Group is legally required to access or obtain a copy of all or a portion of the Privileged Deal Communications, then the Company shall promptly (and, in any event, within three Business Days) notify Ivory Parent in writing (including by making specific reference to this Section 7.10(d)) so that Ivory Parent can, at its sole cost and expense, seek a protective order, and the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist therewith.

(e) This Section 7.10 shall apply mutatis mutandis with respect to the representation by the law firms listed on Schedule 7.10(e) of any member of the Company Group and any successors thereof.

Section 7.11 Specific Performance. The Parties acknowledge and agree that irreparable damage would occur and that the Parties would not have any adequate remedy at law if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or were otherwise breached, and that monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy therefor. The Parties accordingly agree that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof, without proof of actual damages (and each Party hereby waives any requirement for the security or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy), this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. The Parties further agree not to assert that a remedy of specific enforcement is unenforceable, invalid, contrary to applicable Law or inequitable for any reason, and not to assert that a remedy of monetary damages would provide an adequate remedy for any such breach or that the parties otherwise have an adequate remedy at law. Any Party seeking an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with any such order or injunction.

Section 7.12 Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by attachment to electronic mail in portable document format (PDF)), each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other parties hereto.

[Signature pages follow]

 

- 37 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Parties as of the date first written above.

 

TECHTARGET, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel T. Noreck

  Name: Daniel T. Noreck
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

Stockholders Agreement

Signature Page


INFORMA PLC
By:  

/s/ Gareth Wright

  Name: Gareth Wright
  Title: Group Finance Director
INFORMA US HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Simon Bane

  Name: Simon Bane
  Title: Deputy Group General Counsel

 

Stockholders Agreement

Signature Page


SCHEDULE 4.5(b)

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS POLICY

ARTICLE I

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

1. Except as otherwise provided by the Stockholders Agreement, dated December 2, 2024, by and among Informa PLC, a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales, Informa US Holdings Limited, a private company organized under the laws of England and Wales and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Ivory Parent, and TechTarget, Inc., a Delaware corporation, formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc. (as may be amended from time to time, the “Stockholders Agreement”), all Related Party Transactions shall be governed by the following standing policies and procedures. Capitalized terms utilized but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Stockholders Agreement.

2. For the avoidance of doubt, Related Party Transactions shall be subject solely to the express requirements, if any, of the Stockholders Agreement relating to Related Party Transactions and, to the extent applicable pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, this Related Party Transactions Policy, and shall not be subject to any other related party, conflict of interest or similar policy or procedure of any member of the Company Group.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

1. Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Related Party Transactions Policy, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Designated Officer” means the General Counsel of the Company or such other person designated by a majority of the Company Independent Directors who are Non-Ivory Directors from time to time.

Material Related Party Transaction” means (i) any Related Party Transaction that meets the Threshold, (ii) any material amendment to, or material modification of, any existing Related Party Transaction (that was not at the time of its entry a Material Related Party Transaction) which results in such Related Party Transaction meeting the Threshold, (iii) any material amendment to, or material modification or termination (other than as a result of expiration or non-renewal) of, or material waiver, material consent or material election under, any Previously Approved Related Party Transaction, (iv) any Related Party Transaction for which a member of the Ivory Group requests approval from an RPT Committee, (v) any matter under the Stockholders Agreement expressly requiring approval from, or an agreement with, an RPT Committee or (vi) any Related Party Transaction that is otherwise material (with materiality being defined in a manner consistent with the Company’s SEC disclosure requirements). The determination as to whether a matter is “material” in clauses (ii), (iii) and (vi) of the foregoing shall be made by the Company Independent Directors who are Non-Ivory Directors and Ivory Parent and such determination shall be conclusive for all purposes of the Stockholders Agreement; provided that if such Company Independent Directors and Ivory Parent do not agree upon such determination, then the issue shall be resolved in accordance with ARTICLE VI (Dispute Resolution) of the Stockholders Agreement.

Threshold” means any Related Party Transaction involving a payment (together with all substantially related payments) by any one or more members of the Ivory Group to any one or more

 

Sch. 4.5(b)-1


members of the Company Group or from any one or more members of the Ivory Group to any one or more members of the Company Group (i) with respect to sales of assets or businesses, of at least $10,000,000 expected per transaction per year, (ii) with respect to commercial agreements, of at least $10,000,000 expected per agreement per year, and (iii) with respect to all other transactions, of at least $10,000,000 expected per transaction per year. The determination as to whether payments are “substantially related” in the foregoing shall be made by the Company Independent Directors who are Non-Ivory Directors and Ivory Parent and such determination shall be conclusive for all purposes of the Stockholders Agreement; provided, however, that if such Company Independent Directors and Ivory Parent do not agree upon such determination, then the issue shall be resolved in accordance with ARTICLE VI (Dispute Resolution) of the Stockholders Agreement.

Previously Approved Related Party Transaction” means any (i) Related Party Transaction that meets the Threshold and which has previously been approved by an RPT Committee in accordance with this Related Party Transactions Policy or (ii) any Pre-Closing Related Party Transaction.

ARTICLE III

REPORTING PROCESS

1. Any officer or employee of the Company or any other member of the Company Group who is directly responsible for the oversight of a potential Material Related Party Transaction shall, in each case, promptly notify in writing the Designated Officer upon becoming aware of such, who shall provide prompt written notice thereof to the Company Independent Directors. Promptly following receipt of such written notice (and, in any event, within seven days), the Board of Directors shall form an RPT Committee constituted as provided in the definition thereof to review such potential Material Related Party Transaction in accordance with Article IV hereof unless the Company Independent Directors who are Non-Ivory Directors determine in good faith that such transaction does not constitute a Material Related Party Transaction (subject to the other requirements in the definition of Material Related Party Transaction for determining if a Related Party Transaction is a Material Related Party Transaction).

2. No member of the Company Group shall enter into a Material Related Party Transaction without prior written approval from an RPT Committee in accordance with the procedures in Article IV.

3. Any Related Party Transaction that is not a Material Related Party Transaction may be entered into by any member of the Company Group subject to the applicable approval of the Company’s management. Within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, the Designated Officer shall deliver a written report to the Company Independent Directors detailing any such Related Party Transactions entered into by any member of the Company Group during such fiscal quarter.

4. Subject to compliance with the policies and procedures in this Related Party Transactions Policy, for the avoidance of doubt, officers, directors or employees of any member of the Company Group that are also officers, directors or employees of any member of the Ivory Group may participate in the negotiation, execution, amendment, waiver or termination of any Related Party Transaction on behalf of the Ivory Group.

ARTICLE IV

REVIEW PROCESS

1. In reviewing and determining whether to approve or not approve any Material Related Party Transaction, the applicable RPT Committee shall have the authority to obtain assistance from

 

Sch. 4.5(b)-2


employees of the Company, including its legal and financial staff, and to retain such external legal, financial, accounting and other advisors as it deems necessary in its sole discretion for the performance of its duties hereunder. The Company shall pay the fees and expenses of all such external advisors.

2. When evaluating a Material Related Party Transaction, the applicable RPT Committee shall take into account the following:

(a) such RPT Committee shall determine that the transaction is in the best interest of the Company and all of its stockholders, including stockholders other than such stockholders that are members of the Ivory Group; and

(b) such RPT Committee shall determine that the transaction is on terms no less favorable to the Company than terms generally available from an unaffiliated third party if such terms were generally available from an unaffiliated third party.

3. The applicable RPT Committee shall maintain a written record of its determination with respect to each Material Related Party Transaction it reviews (which written record shall be satisfied by minutes of the meetings of the RPT Committee considering such transaction or actions by unanimous written consent of such RPT Committee), including the factors considered and conclusion reached, which written record shall be delivered to the Company Independent Directors following dissolution of such RPT Committee.

 

Sch. 4.5(b)-3


SCHEDULE 4.5(c)

PRE-AGREED PROCEDURES

Reference is made to the Stockholders Agreement, dated December 2, 2024, by and among Informa PLC, a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales, Informa US Holdings Limited, a private company organized under the laws of England and Wales and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Ivory Parent, and TechTarget, Inc., a Delaware corporation, formerly known as Toro CombineCo, Inc. (as may be amended from time to time, the “Stockholders Agreement”). Capitalized terms utilized but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Stockholders Agreement.

Other Company Securities” means: (i) Earnout Shares and (ii) Equity Awards.

ARTICLE I

PROPOSED PURCHASE PRICE

1. Until the Third Trigger Date, in the case of any issuance or sale of Company Securities (other than an issuance for cash (other than a public offering of Company Securities) or offer from a prospective third party for cash) subject to Section 4.3 (Preemptive Rights) or Section 4.4 (Percentage Maintenance Share) of the Stockholders Agreement, the Proposed Purchase Price (as contemplated by Section 4.3(b)(iii) and Section 4.4(b)(iii) of the Stockholders Agreement) in connection with such issuance or sale shall be as follows (unless Ivory elects to propose a different purchase price or procedure which is agreed to by an RPT Committee):

(a) in the case of Company Common Stock issued or proposed to be issued (in whole or in part) as consideration in any M&A Transaction (including as any earnout, holdback, escrow or contingent payment (such Company Common Stock, the “Earnout Shares”)), a purchase price per share of Company Common Stock that is equal to the average of the daily volume weighted average price of Company Common Stock on Nasdaq (as reported by Bloomberg L.P. or, if not reported therein, in another authoritative source selected in good faith by the Company Board) for the 20 consecutive trading days (such average, the “20-Day VWAP”) ending on and including the last trading day immediately prior to the earlier of (i) a public announcement with respect to such transaction or (ii) the entry into a definitive agreement with respect to such transaction; provided that in the case of any Earnout Shares, Ivory shall only have the right to buy shares of Company Common Stock up to its Percentage Maintenance Share as such Earnout Shares are actually issued (but at the same purchase price as set forth in this clause (a));

(b) in the case of a public offering of Company Securities, a purchase price per Company Security that is equal to the per Company Security price at which the underwriting bank(s) sells the portion of the offering sold to Persons other than members of the Ivory Group; and

(c) in all other cases (other than Equity Awards and Closing Equity Awards) in which (i) Company Common Stock is issued or sold or proposed to be issued or sold (including upon the conversion or exchange of any other Company Security), at a purchase price per share of Company Common Stock that is equal to the 20-Day VWAP ending on and including the last trading day immediately prior to the earlier of (A) a public announcement of any such transaction or (B) the entry into a definitive agreement with respect to such transaction and (ii) any other Company Security is issued or sold, at a purchase price proposed by an RPT Committee.

 

Sch. 4.5(c)-1


2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Ivory shall not have any rights pursuant to Section 4.3 (Preemptive Rights) or Section 4.4 (Percentage Maintenance Share) of the Stockholders Agreement to buy its Pro Rata Portion or Percentage Maintenance Share of shares of Company Common Stock that are issued in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

ARTICLE II

EQUITY AWARDS

1. Until the Third Trigger Date, to the extent permitted under Nasdaq rules, the Company hereby grants to Ivory, with respect to each fiscal quarter of the Company after the date of the Stockholders Agreement: (i) the right to purchase shares of Company Common Stock up to its Equity Award Percentage Maintenance Share in connection with the issuance, grant or sale by the Company of restricted stock units, restricted shares, performance units or similar securities or rights (“RSUs”) issued, granted or sold during such fiscal quarter after the date of the Stockholders Agreement, (ii) the right to purchase shares of Company Common Stock up to its Equity Award Percentage Maintenance Share in connection with the issuance, grant or sale by the Company of stock options, warrants, stock appreciation rights, calls, subscriptions or similar securities or rights to acquire Company Common Stock (“Options”) issued, granted or sold during such fiscal quarter after the date of the Stockholders Agreement, and (iii) the right to purchase Company Securities up to its Equity Award Percentage Maintenance Share in connection with the issuance, grant or sale of Company Securities pursuant to any “at the market” program or other similar mechanism (“ATM Program Securities”) during such fiscal quarter after the date of the Stockholders Agreement. The Company Common Stock or other Company Securities that Ivory has the right to purchase pursuant to this Section 1 of this Article II of the Pre-agreed Procedures are the “Equity Awards.” For purposes of this Article II, “Equity Award Percentage Maintenance Share” means, with respect to any fiscal quarter of the Company after the date of the Stockholders Agreement, a number of shares of Company Common Stock or other Company Securities, as applicable as specified in this Section 1 of this Article II, such that, after taking into account the total number of outstanding Company Securities (on a Fully Diluted basis) at the end of such fiscal quarter after giving effect to RSUs, Options, and ATM Program Securities issued or sold during such fiscal quarter (including the Equity Award Percentage Maintenance Share in full) and excluding any other issuances or sales of Company Securities by the Company during the fiscal quarter and excluding any purchases, dispositions or sales of Company Securities by members of the Ivory Group during the fiscal quarter (but for the avoidance of doubt including the Equity Award Percentage Maintenance Share in full), the Ivory Fully Diluted Ownership Percentage would be, assuming Ivory acquired such number of shares of Company Common Stock or other Company Securities, equal to the Ivory Fully Diluted Ownership Percentage at the start of such fiscal quarter.

2. Without limiting Ivory’s rights pursuant to Section 3.6 (Consent Rights) of the Stockholders Agreement, the Company shall provide written notice to Ivory within five Business Days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company after the date of the Stockholders Agreement (the “Quarterly Issuance Notice”). The Quarterly Issuance Notice for any fiscal quarter shall set forth (w) (A) the number of RSUs or Options issued, granted or sold during such fiscal quarter and the number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable thereunder and (B) the number, type and price of ATM Program Securities issued, granted or sold during such fiscal quarter, (x) the Percentage Maintenance Share with respect to such issuances, grants and sales described in the preceding clause (w) for such fiscal quarter (the aggregate amount of Company Common Stock and other Company Securities that Ivory is entitled to purchase pursuant to such Quarterly Issuance Notice, the “Quarterly Offered Securities”), (y) the Specified Purchase Price for each Quarterly Offered Security, and (z) supporting detailed calculations of, and related documentation for, all such amounts.

(a) ”Specified Purchase Price” means:

 

Sch. 4.5(c)-2


(i) in the case of any Company Common Stock that Ivory has the right to buy in connection with the issuance, grant or sale of an RSU or an Option, a per share price equal to the weighted average of the closing price per share of the underlying Company Common Stock on the applicable date of issuance, grant or sale (or, if the RSU or Option was issued, granted or sold on a day that was not a trading day, the closing price per share of the underlying Company Common Stock on the immediately preceding trading day) during the applicable fiscal quarter; and

(ii) in the case of any ATM Program Security that Ivory has the right to buy, a per share price equal to the weighted average of the price at which all ATM Program Securities were issued during the fiscal quarter in which such Company ATM Program Securities were issued.

3. For a period of 45 days (such period, as it may be extended pursuant to the proviso of this sentence, the “Quarterly Election Period”) following the receipt by Ivory of a Quarterly Issuance Notice, Ivory shall have the right to elect irrevocably to purchase all or a portion of the Quarterly Offered Securities at the applicable Specified Purchase Prices noted in the Quarterly Issuance Notice by delivering a written notice to the Company; provided that following receipt of a Quarterly Issuance Notice, with respect to any or all of the Quarterly Offered Securities, Ivory may agree upon a different applicable Specified Purchase Price with an RPT Committee in accordance with the Related Party Transactions Policy in which case (i) Ivory shall purchase such Quarterly Offered Securities at such other applicable Specified Purchase Price and (ii) the Quarterly Election Period shall be tolled for so long as Ivory and an RPT Committee are working in good faith to agree on such other applicable Specified Purchase Price until such time as Ivory and such RPT Committee agree on such other applicable Specified Purchase Price. If, at the termination of the Quarterly Election Period, Ivory shall not have delivered such notice to the Company, Ivory shall be deemed to have waived all of its rights under this Article II with respect to the purchase of the Quarterly Offered Securities for such fiscal quarter.

4. The closing of any purchase by Ivory pursuant to this Article II shall be consummated promptly following Ivory’s delivery of such notice; provided, however, that the closing of any such purchase by Ivory may be extended (a) to the extent necessary to obtain any required approval of a Governmental Authority or (b) to the extent Company stockholder approval is required under the Nasdaq rules, in which case the Company and Ivory shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to obtain such approval(s) and after receipt of such approval(s), the Company and Ivory shall consummate such closing; and provided, further, that the Ivory Ownership Percentage and the Ivory Fully Diluted Ownership Percentage shall at all times during this period be calculated as if Ivory shall have exercised its rights pursuant to this Article II in full until such time that (i) such sale to Ivory is consummated, (ii) in the case of a required approval of a Governmental Authority, there is a final, non-appealable court order prohibiting Ivory from acquiring such Company Securities, (iii) in the case Company stockholder approval is required under the Nasdaq rules, such stockholder vote shall have occurred and such sale to Ivory not be approved, or (iv) Ivory determines not to exercise its right pursuant to this Article II.

5. For the avoidance of doubt, without limiting any of Ivory’s rights in the Stockholders Agreement, Ivory shall not have any rights pursuant to Section 4.3 (Preemptive Rights) or Section 4.4 (Percentage Maintenance Share) of the Stockholders Agreement to buy its Pro Rata Portion or Percentage Maintenance Share of Company Common Stock that are issued upon the exercise or vesting of (i) RSUs or Options described in this Article II at the time of such issuance or (ii) RSUs or Options granted prior to the Closing in compliance with the Merger Agreement.

 

Sch. 4.5(c)-3


SCHEDULE 7.10(a)

IVORY LAW FIRMS

Clifford Chance US LLP, Clifford Chance LLP, and each of their respective Affiliates

Bristows LLP

 

Sch. 7.10(a)-1


SCHEDULE 7.10(e)

COMPANY LAW FIRMS

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.

Macfarlanes LLP

 

 

Sch. 7.10(e)-1

Exhibit 10.2

Execution Version

Dated as of December 2, 2024

TECHTARGET, INC.

as Corporation

and

INFORMA US HOLDINGS LIMITED

as Ivory Holder

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.01.

  Certain Defined Terms      1  

Section 1.02.

  Other Defined Terms      4  

ARTICLE II REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     5  

Section 2.01.

  Demand Registration; Shelf Registration Statement      5  

Section 2.02.

  Revocation of Demand Request      6  

Section 2.03.

  Selection of Underwriters and Underwriters’ Counsel; Cutbacks      6  

Section 2.04.

  Blackout Periods      7  

Section 2.05.

  SEC Orders Suspending Effectiveness      7  

Section 2.06.

  Plan of Distribution      7  

Section 2.07.

  Expenses      8  

Section 2.08.

  Piggyback and Incidental Registration      8  

Section 2.09.

  Shelf Take-Downs      9  

Section 2.10.

  Restrictions on Public Sale by Holders of Registrable Shares      10  

ARTICLE III REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

     11  

Section 3.01.

  Registration Procedures      11  

Section 3.02.

  Holder Responsibilities      14  

ARTICLE IV INDEMNIFICATION

     15  

Section 4.01.

  Indemnification By the Corporation      15  

Section 4.02.

  Indemnification By Holders of Registrable Shares      16  

Section 4.03.

  Conduct of Indemnification Proceeding      16  

Section 4.04.

  Contribution      17  

ARTICLE V MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     18  

Section 5.01.

  Recapitalization, Exchanges, etc.      18  

Section 5.02.

  Notices      18  

Section 5.03.

  Entire Agreement; No Inconsistent Agreements      19  

Section 5.04.

  Agreement Among Holders      19  

Section 5.05.

  Further Assurances      19  

Section 5.06.

  Amendments and Waivers      19  

Section 5.07.

  Termination; Survival      20  

Section 5.08.

  Nominees for Beneficial Owners      20  

Section 5.09.

  No Third-Party Beneficiaries      20  

Section 5.10.

  Assignment      20  

 

- i -


Section 5.11.

  Severability      20  

Section 5.12.

  Remedies      21  

Section 5.13.

  Governing Law      21  

Section 5.14.

  SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; VENUE      21  

Section 5.15.

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      21  

Section 5.16.

  No Recourse      21  

Section 5.17.

  Interpretation      22  

Section 5.18.

  Counterparts and Signature      22  

 

- ii -


THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of December 2, 2024 (this “Agreement”), is made by and between TECHTARGET, INC. (f/k/a TORO COMBINECO, INC.), a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), on the one hand, and INFORMA US HOLDINGS LIMITED, a private company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the “Ivory Holder”), on the other hand.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 10, 2024 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among TechTarget, Inc., Toro CombineCo, Inc., Toro Acquisition Sub, LLC, Informa PLC, the Ivory Holder, and Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc., at a closing held on the date hereof (the “Closing”), the Ivory Holder acquired 41,651,366 shares (the “Initial Shares”) of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation (the “Common Stock”); and

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Agreement at the Closing were required by the Merger Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants, representations, warranties, and agreements contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Affiliate of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” means an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405).

beneficially own” (and the correlative term “beneficial ownership”) means, with respect to any securities, having “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, as such Rule is in effect on the date hereof) of such securities.

Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any authorized committee thereof.

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or any day which is a federal legal holiday in the United States or any day on which banking institutions are required or authorized to close in the State of New York or other governmental action to close.

Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.


Free Writing Prospectus means each “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405) prepared by or on behalf of the Corporation or used or referred to by the Corporation in connection with the sale of Registrable Shares and, where applicable, other securities.

Governmental Authority” means any supranational, national, federal, state, or local government, foreign or domestic, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, or any entity, authority, agency, ministry, department, board, commission, court, or other similar body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, or administrative authority or any functions of or pertaining to government, including any authority or other quasi-governmental entity established by a governmental authority to perform any of such functions.

Holders means the Ivory Holder and any Permitted Assignee, in each case for so long as such Person beneficially owns Registrable Shares.

Market Value of a share of Common Stock on any trading day means the last reported sale price (regular way) of a share of such stock on such trading day, or if there is no last reported sale price on such trading day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices (regular way) of a share of such stock on such trading day, in either case on the Nasdaq Global Market, or if such share is not then listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, on the principal stock exchange on which shares of such stock are traded.

Marketed Offering” means a registered underwritten offering of Registrable Shares (including any registered underwritten Shelf Offering) that is consummated by the applicable Holders following the participation by the Corporation’s management in a customary “road show” (including an “electronic road show”) or other similar marketing effort by the Corporation.

Maximum Number of Shares means, with respect to any underwritten offering of Registrable Shares, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (including Registrable Shares) that the managing underwriters advise the Corporation can be included in such offering without having an adverse effect on such offering, including the price at which the shares can be sold.

Minimum Number of Shares” means as of any date the lesser of (a) the number of Registrable Shares having an aggregate Market Value as of such date of $75 million, (b) 10% of the market capitalization of the Corporation on the date of the applicable Demand Request, and (c) all of the Registrable Shares owned by any Holder making a Demand Request.

Other Securities” means Common Stock that is sought to be included in a registered offering other than Registrable Shares.

Other Stockholders means holders of Common Stock that have obtained registration rights from the Corporation (other than the Holders).

Permitted Assignee” means any Person that meets the definition of a “Permitted Assignee” as defined in the Stockholders Agreement and executes and delivers to the Corporation a joinder to this Agreement providing that such assignee shall be bound by and shall fully comply with the terms of this Agreement as a “Holder.”

Person means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, or unincorporated organization, or Governmental Authority.

 

- 2 -


prospectus means the prospectus included in, or pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act deemed a part of, any Registration Statement (including a preliminary prospectus), as such prospectus may be amended or supplemented by any amendment (including a post-effective amendment) or prospectus supplement (including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Shares covered by a Shelf Registration Statement), and all documents incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

Registrable Shares means the Initial Shares, all other shares of Common Stock which are (i) acquired by a Holder upon exercise of any preemptive or other similar rights under the Stockholders Agreement or (ii) otherwise acquired by a Holder directly from the Corporation (collectively, “Covered Securities”), and all other securities issued in respect of such Initial Shares or other Covered Securities or into which such Initial Shares or other Covered Securities are later converted or reclassified, in each case that are beneficially owned by any Holder; provided, however, that a security will cease to be a Registrable Share: (a) if and when it has been disposed of pursuant to an effective Registration Statement or sold to the public or (b) if and when it is eligible for resale by the Holder under Rule 144 without the requirement for the Corporation to be in compliance with the current public information required thereunder and without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions.

Registration Expenses means all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of or compliance by the Corporation and the Holders with this Agreement with respect to any registration of Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement, including (a) the fees and disbursements of the Corporation’s counsel and independent registered public accountants (including the expenses relating to any “comfort letters” or special audits incidental to or required by any such registration); (b) all registration and filing fees of the SEC or FINRA; (c) all expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, and distribution of any Registration Statement, prospectus, Free Writing Prospectus, other offering documents, and amendments and supplements thereto; (d) all costs of printing or producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, “blue sky” or legal investment memoranda, selling agreements, and other similar documents in connection with the offering, sale, distribution, or delivery of the Registrable Shares to be disposed of; (e) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Registrable Shares to be disposed of for offering and sale or distribution under state securities or “blue sky” laws, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with any blue sky and legal investment surveys; (f) all expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or “road shows” undertaken in connection with the registration, marketing, or selling of the Registrable Shares; (g) all expenses in connection with the listing of the Registrable Shares on any stock exchange on which other shares of Common Stock are listed; (h) the documented fees and expenses of one nationally recognized law firm up to an aggregate of $100,000, chosen as their counsel by the Holders representing a majority of Registrable Shares to be offered.

Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Corporation under the Securities Act that covers any Registrable Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the prospectus, amendments, and supplements to such registration statement (including pre- or post-effective amendments), all exhibits to, and all documents incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

Rule 144 means Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, and any successor rule.

Rule 405 means Rule 405 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, and any successor rule.

 

- 3 -


Rule 415 means Rule 415 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, and any similar successor rule.

Rule 424 means Rule 424 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, and any successor rule.

Rule 433 means Rule 433 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, and any successor rule.

SEC means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Selling Expenses” shall mean all brokerage fees, underwriting discounts and selling commissions payable in respect of any sales of Registrable Shares under any Registration Statement by the Holders participating in such sales and all stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale or transfer by such Holders of Registrable Shares to the underwriter(s) pursuant to this Agreement.

Stockholders Agreement” means that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2024, by and among the Corporation, Informa PLC, and Ivory Holder.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person (a) of which (i) in the case of a corporation, at least (x) a majority of the equity and (y) a majority of the voting interests are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such first Person, by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) in the case of any Person other than a corporation, such first Person, one or more of its Subsidiaries, or such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries (x) owns a majority of the equity interests thereof and (y) has the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the members of the governing body thereof or otherwise has control over such organization or entity; or (b) that is required to be consolidated with such first Person for financial reporting purposes.

Section 1.02. Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the corresponding section of this Agreement set forth below:

 

Agreement

     Preamble

Blackout Period

     Section 2.04(a)

Block Trade

     Section 2.10

Closing

     Recitals

Common Stock

     Recitals

Demand Registration Statement

     Section 2.01

Demand Request

     Section 2.01

Effective Time

     Section 2.01

Effectiveness Period

     Section 2.01

 

- 4 -


Indemnified Party

     Section 4.03

Indemnifying Party

     Section 4.03

Initial Shares

     Recitals

Inspectors

     Section 3.01(l)

Ivory Holder

     Preamble

Liability

     Section 4.01

Merger Agreement

     Recitals

MNPI Disclosure Condition

     Section 2.04(a)

Piggyback Notice

     Section 2.09(a)

Piggyback Registration

     Section 2.09(a)

Preamble

     Recitals

Records

     Section 3.01(l)

Section 2.09 Registration Statement

     Section 2.09(a)

Shelf Offering

     Section 2.10

Shelf Registration Statement

     Section 2.01

Take-Down Notice

     Section 2.10

ARTICLE II

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 2.01. Demand Registration; Shelf Registration Statement. At any time after the Closing, and for so long as there are any Registrable Shares, upon the written request of any one or more Holders for registration under this Section 2.01 of Registrable Shares meeting the conditions set forth herein (a “Demand Request”), the Corporation shall prepare, file, and cause to be declared effective by the SEC (if such Registration Statement is not an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement), in each case in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, a Registration Statement covering the sale or distribution from time to time by such Holder or Holders, on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415, of the Registrable Shares (a “Shelf Registration Statement”) for which registration is requested by such Holder or Holders, or, if the Corporation is not then eligible to file such a Shelf Registration Statement, the Corporation shall prepare, file, and cause to be declared effective by the SEC, in each case in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, a registration statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act for the type of offering contemplated by the Demand Request (any such registration statement, together with a Shelf Registration Statement, a “Demand Registration Statement”). The Demand Request shall

 

- 5 -


specify, for each requesting Holder, the number of Registrable Shares to be included in such Demand Registration Statement for such Holder’s account; provided, however, that the aggregate number of Registrable Shares so specified for any Holder may not be less than the Minimum Number of Shares for such Holder. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Holders shall have the right to make an unlimited number of Demand Requests hereunder. The Corporation shall not be required to prepare or file a Demand Registration Statement for Registrable Shares identified in any Demand Request if the Corporation shall have effected a registration of shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Demand Request at any time during the immediately preceding 180 days or if a Shelf Registration Statement covering the same Registrable Shares included in the Demand Request is already effective. The Effectiveness Period referred to in Section 3.01(a) shall be extended by the number of days covered by any Blackout Period and/or the number of days during which the use of any prospectus is suspended pursuant to Section 2.05 or Section 3.01(k).

Section 2.02. Revocation of Demand Request. The Holders that make a Demand Request may revoke it at any time before the Demand Registration Statement relating thereto becomes effective.

Section 2.03. Selection of Underwriters and Underwriters’ Counsel; Cutbacks.

(a) Subject to the limitations set forth in Article II of this Agreement, Holders may effect an underwritten public offering with respect to any or all the Registrable Shares included in a Demand Registration Statement filed pursuant to a Demand Request. In connection with any underwritten offering not initiated by the Corporation, the lead managing underwriter or underwriters shall be selected by the Holders holding the majority of Registrable Shares included in the Demand Registration Statement, including any Shelf Offering, initiated by such Holders, after consultation in good faith with the Corporation. The Corporation shall be entitled to require that such underwriter or underwriters use the Corporation’s customary underwriters’ counsel (if any).

(b) If the managing underwriters advise the Holders and the Corporation that the number of Registrable Shares requested pursuant to this Article II to be included in an underwritten offering exceeds the Maximum Number of Shares, the Registrable Shares to be included in such underwritten offering (up to the Maximum Number of Shares) shall be allocated pro rata among all the requesting Holders based on the relative number of Registrable Shares requested by each such Holder to be included in such underwritten offering. To the extent that any Other Stockholder of Other Securities has a contractual right to include such Other Securities in the Demand Registration Statement, and the number of such Other Securities, together with the Registrable Shares to be included in such underwritten offering, exceeds the Maximum Number of Shares in the opinion of the managing underwriters, the Corporation shall include in such registration:

(i) first, Registrable Shares, allocated pro rata among all the requesting Holders based on the relative number of Registrable Shares requested by each such Holder to be included in such underwritten offering (up to the Maximum Number of Shares); and

(ii) second, Other Securities owned by any Other Stockholder with a contractual right to include such Other Securities in such registration, allocated pro rata among all the requesting Other Stockholders based on the relative number of Other Securities requested by each such Other Stockholder to be included in such underwritten offering (up to the Maximum Number of Shares); and

(iii) third, all the shares of Common Stock that the Corporation proposes to sell for its own account (up to the Maximum Number of Shares).

 

- 6 -


Section 2.04. Blackout Periods.

(a) With respect to any Demand Registration Statement, or amendment or supplement thereto, filed pursuant to Section 2.01 or Section 2.09, if the Board of Directors determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that such registration would cause the Corporation to disclose material nonpublic information, which disclosure (i) would be required to be made in any registration statement so that such registration statement would not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or required to be made in any prospectus so that such prospectus would not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (ii) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing or effectiveness of such registration statement or prospectus (the “MNPI Disclosure Condition”), the Corporation may, for a reasonable period of time, but not more than the period that the Board of Directors reasonably determines that the MNPI Disclosure Condition continues to exist (a “Blackout Period”), suspend the use or filing of, or the filing of an amendment or supplement to, such Demand Registration Statement; provided, however, that a Blackout Period may not be invoked for a period exceeding 60 consecutive days or 90 days in the aggregate in any 360-day period. Following the determination of a Blackout Period by the Corporation, the Corporation shall promptly notify the Holders in writing that such Demand Registration Statement is unavailable for use (or will not be filed as requested). Upon receipt of any such written notice, the Holders shall discontinue use of the prospectus contained in an effective Demand Registration Statement. When any MNPI Disclosure Condition ends or a Blackout Period otherwise terminates, the Corporation shall promptly notify each Holder in writing and promptly take all actions necessary to permit the Holders to deliver a current prospectus or, if a Demand Registration Statement has not yet been filed, to immediately file the Demand Registration Statement. Each Blackout Period shall be deemed to begin on the date that the relevant notice is given to the Holders and shall be deemed to end on the earlier to occur of (x) the date that the Corporation notifies the Holders that any MNPI Disclosure Condition has ceased to exist and (y) the date that such Blackout Period has been in effect for 60 days.

(b) If the Corporation declares a Blackout Period with respect to a Demand Registration Statement that has not yet been declared effective, the Holders whose Registrable Shares were to be included in such Demand Registration Statement may withdraw their Demand Request therefor.

Section 2.05. SEC Orders Suspending Effectiveness. The Corporation shall notify all Holders that have Registrable Shares included in a Demand Registration Statement of any stop order threatened or issued by the SEC and, as to threatened orders, shall take such actions as may be required, using reasonable best efforts, to prevent the entry of such stop order. If the effectiveness of a Demand Registration Statement is suspended by a stop order issued by the SEC at any time during the Effectiveness Period, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the prompt withdrawal of such order, and as promptly as reasonably practicable after such suspension of effectiveness, amend or supplement the Demand Registration Statement in a manner reasonably expected by the Corporation to obtain the withdrawal of such order.

Section 2.06. Plan of Distribution. The “plan of distribution” section of each prospectus included in a Demand Registration Statement with respect to any offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis under Rule 415 shall be in a form reasonably requested by the Holders whose Registrable Shares are covered by such Demand Registration Statement, subject to any comments of the SEC and the inclusion of such other information as is required by applicable SEC regulations or to conform with applicable SEC practice. Each Holder that elects to dispose of its Registrable Shares under a Registration Statement shall do so in accordance with the “plan of distribution” section of the applicable prospectus.

 

- 7 -


Section 2.07. Expenses. The Corporation shall pay all Registration Expenses arising from or incident to any registration of Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of any Holders shall be borne by the Holders of the Registrable Shares included in such registration.

Section 2.08. Piggyback and Incidental Registration.

(a) At any time after the Closing, if the Corporation or any Other Stockholder proposes to register the offer and sale of shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act (other than on Form S-8, Form S-4, or any successor or other forms promulgated for similar purposes, or solely in connection with an exchange offer or any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan) (a “Section 2.08 Registration Statement”), whether for its own account or for the account of any Other Stockholders, in a manner that would permit registration of Registrable Shares for sale to the public under the Securities Act (a “Piggyback Registration”), the Corporation will promptly, and in any event at least ten Business Days prior to the anticipated filing date of the Section 2.08 Registration Statement, notify all Holders in writing (a “Piggyback Notice”) of the Corporation’s intention to do so and of such Holders’ rights under this Section 2.08. The Piggyback Notice shall offer all Holders the opportunity to include in such Section 2.08 Registration Statement such number of Registrable Shares as each Holder may request, subject to the terms of Section 2.08(c). The Corporation will use its reasonable best efforts to include in the Section 2.08 Registration Statement the number of Registrable Shares of each Holder sought to be included therein and so specified in a written notice delivered to the Corporation by such Holder within five Business Days after such Holder’s receipt of the related Piggyback Notice, subject to the terms of this Section 2.08.

(b) A Holder may, prior to the effective date of a Section 2.08 Registration Statement, withdraw any Registrable Shares that such Holder sought to have included therein.

(c) If a Piggyback Registration involves an underwritten offering, then all Holders whose Registrable Shares are included in the Piggyback Registration and who elect to participate in the offering must sell their respective Registrable Shares in such underwritten offering and agree to such terms and provisions that are customarily contained in underwriting agreements with respect to selling stockholders. The Corporation will use its reasonable best efforts to cause such an underwriting agreement to include, with respect to Holders, indemnification and contribution provisions that are substantially to the effect provided in Article IV.

(d) The Corporation may elect, in its sole discretion, to terminate a Section 2.08 Registration Statement at any time prior to the effective date thereof. Upon giving written notice of such election to all Holders of Registrable Shares, the Corporation shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Shares in connection with such registration (without prejudice, however, to the rights of Holders under Section 2.01).

(e) If a Piggyback Registration involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Corporation (and, if applicable, the Other Stockholders) that the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be included in the Piggyback Registration exceeds the Maximum Number of Shares, then:

(i) If the Section 2.08 Registration Statement was originated by the Corporation for a primary offering, then such registration statement will include:

(A) first, all the shares of Common Stock that the Corporation proposes to sell for its own account; and

 

- 8 -


(B) second, to the extent that the number of shares of Common Stock included by the Corporation for its own account is less than the Maximum Number of Shares, the shares of Common Stock proposed to be included by the Other Stockholders and the Registrable Shares proposed to be included by Holders, allocated pro rata among such Persons on the basis of the number of shares requested by each such Person to be included in such registration statement (up to the Maximum Number of Shares); and

(ii) if the Section 2.08 Registration Statement was originated by Other Stockholders for a secondary offering, then such registration statement will include:

(A) first, all the shares of Common Stock that such Other Stockholders propose to sell for their own account; and

(B) second, to the extent that the number of shares of Common Stock included by such Other Stockholders is less than the Maximum Number of Shares, the Registrable Shares proposed to be included by Holders, allocated pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Shares requested by each such Holder to be included in such registration statement (up to the Maximum Number of Shares).

Section 2.09. Shelf Take-Downs. At any time that a Shelf Registration Statement covering Registrable Shares is effective, if one or more Holders delivers a notice to the Corporation (each, a “Take-Down Notice”) stating that such Holders intend to sell all or part of their respective Registrable Shares included by them in such Shelf Registration Statement (each, a “Shelf Offering”), then the Corporation shall amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to enable such Registrable Shares to be distributed pursuant to the Shelf Offering, provided, however, the Market Value of the Registrable Shares for any Shelf Offering shall be at least fifty million dollars ($50,000,000); provided, further, that the that the Corporation shall not be obligated to effect any Shelf Offering if (x) the Corporation (i) has determined to effect a registered underwritten offering of its equity securities for its own account that would be a Piggyback Registration and (ii) at the time of receipt of such notice has already taken substantial steps (including selecting a managing underwriter for such offering) and has proceeded and will continue to proceed with reasonable diligence to effect such offering or (y) such Shelf Offering will involve any marketing efforts involving in-person meetings with prospective investors; provided, however, that the Corporation agrees to cause management of the Corporation to participate in a reasonable number of telephone conferences with prospective investors as necessary. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall not be obligated to effect any subsequent Shelf Offering during any period following the pricing date of a completed Shelf Offering in which the Corporation is subject to a lock-up restriction pursuant to any lock-up agreements entered into in connection with such completed Shelf Offering. In connection with any Shelf Offering (including any Shelf Offering that is an underwritten offering): (a) such proposing Holder(s) shall also deliver the Take-Down Notice to all other Holders included on such Shelf Registration Statement and permit each such other Holder to include such other Holder’s Registrable Shares included on the Shelf Registration Statement in the Shelf Offering if such other Holder notifies the proposing Holder(s) and the Corporation within one Business Day after delivery of the Take-Down Notice to such Holder; and (b) if the Shelf Offering is underwritten, and if the managing underwriters of such Shelf Offering advise such other Holders in writing that in the opinion of the managing underwriters the total number or dollar amount of shares proposed to be sold exceeds the Maximum Number of Shares, then the managing underwriters may limit the number of Registrable Shares that would otherwise be included in such Shelf Offering, allocated pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Shares requested by each such Holder to be included in such Shelf Offering (up to the Maximum Number of Shares). Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time if a Shelf Registration Statement covering Registrable Shares is effective, and if a Holder wishes to engage in a Shelf Offering

 

- 9 -


that is an underwritten or other coordinated registered or “registered direct” offering not involving a “roadshow” (any such offer, a “Block Trade”), then notwithstanding the time periods provided for above, such Holder shall deliver a Take-Down Notice to the Corporation of the Block Trade at least two Business Days prior to the date that such offering is to commence and the Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate such Block Trade as expeditiously as possible; provided, however, that the Holders wishing to engage in the Block Trade shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Corporation and any underwriters to facilitate preparation of the registration statement, prospectus, and other offering documents related to the Block Trade provided, further, that the Block Trade must cover Registrable Shares having a Market Value of at least fifty million dollars ($50,000,000). Section 2.08 shall not apply to a Block Trade initiated by a Holder pursuant to this Section 2.09. The Holder initiating a Block Trade shall have the right to select the underwriters for such Block Trade (which shall consist of one or more reputable, nationally recognized investment banks).

Section 2.10. Restrictions on Public Sale by Holders of Registrable Shares. If any registration pursuant to Article II will be in connection with a Marketed Offering or an underwritten offering (including with respect to a Shelf Offering or a Block Trade), the Corporation shall not effect any public sale or distribution of any Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock) (other than on Form S-8, Form S-4, or any successor or other forms promulgated for similar purposes, or solely in connection with an exchange offer or any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan) for its own account for such number of days following the date of the prospectus (or prospectus supplement if the offering is made pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement) for such offering as may be agreed upon with the underwriters managing such offering; provided that the Corporation shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its agreement to such duration if it is not materially inconsistent with prevailing market practice at the time of such offering. Each Holder agrees that for any registration pursuant to Article II that is in connection with a Marketed Offering or an underwritten offering (including with respect to a Shelf Offering or a Block Trade), whether or not such Holder is participating in such registration, upon the request of the Corporation and the underwriters managing such offering, such Holder will not effect (other than pursuant to such registration) any public sale or distribution of Common Stock (including any sale pursuant to Rule 144) or make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another Person any of the economic consequences of ownership of, any Common Stock, any other equity securities of the Corporation, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity securities of the Corporation, without the prior written consent of the Corporation or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such number of days following the closing of such offering as may be agreed upon with the underwriters managing such offering; provided that the Corporation shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its agreement to such duration if it is not materially inconsistent with prevailing market practice at the time of such offering. No Holder may participate in any Marketed Offering or an underwritten offering (including with respect to a Shelf Offering or a Block Trade) unless such Holder completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, “lock-up” agreements and other customary documents as may be reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

- 10 -


ARTICLE III

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

Section 3.01. Registration Procedures. In connection with any registration of Registrable Shares contemplated by this Agreement:

(a) The Corporation shall use reasonable best efforts, subject to Section 2.04 and Section 2.05, to cause each Demand Registration Statement to: (a) be filed with the SEC as promptly as reasonably practicable after the Corporation’s receipt of the Demand Request (but in any event within 60 days after receipt of such request), (b) become effective as promptly as reasonably practicable after filing (if such Registration Statement is not an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement) but in any event by the earlier of (x) five Business Days following the date the SEC has provided notice it will not review such Registration Statement and (y) the date that is 120 days following such filing if the SEC elects to review such filing, and (c) remain continuously effective during the time period (the “Effectiveness Period”) commencing on the date such Registration Statement is declared effective (the “Effective Time”) and ending on the earliest to occur of (x) the date that there are no longer any Registrable Shares covered by such Demand Registration Statement and (y) the three-year anniversary of the effective date of such Demand Registration Statement if such Demand Registration Statement is an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement.

(b) The Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain, at the earliest date reasonably practicable, the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Shares for sale in any jurisdiction.

(c) The Corporation shall, prior to the filing of a Registration Statement or related prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto (including documents to be incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, if any, that expressly relate to any offering to be effected thereunder, except to the extent that such documents shall have previously been filed with or furnished to the SEC) with the SEC, (i) furnish or otherwise make available to counsel to the Holders (who may share such documents with the Holders) and any underwriter (if such filing relates to an underwritten offering), if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed with or furnished to the SEC, which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and comment of such counsel, and such other documents reasonably requested by such counsel, including any comment letter from the SEC, and (ii) if requested by such counsel, provide such counsel reasonable opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Registration Statement and each prospectus included therein and such other opportunities to conduct a reasonable investigation (within the meaning of the Securities Act), as further described in Section 3.01(l).

(d) The Corporation shall promptly notify counsel to the Holders and any underwriter (if such filing relates to an underwritten offering) (i) when a prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment related to a Registration Statement has been filed and when a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective (or in the case of an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, when the filing has been made), (ii) of any request by the SEC or any other Governmental Authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (iv) of the receipt by the Corporation of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Shares for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (v) of any event that makes any statement made in such Registration

 

- 11 -


Statement or related prospectus (or any documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference), as then in effect, untrue in any material respect or that requires any change to be made to such Registration Statement, prospectus, or documents so that in the case of such Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of such prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(e) The Corporation shall enter into such agreements (including underwriting agreements in form, scope, and substance as is customary and consistent with prevailing capital markets practice and containing customary indemnification and contribution provisions) and take all such other customary actions reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares being sold in connection therewith (including those reasonably requested by any underwriter) to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Shares and, in the case of each underwritten offering, shall provide reasonable cooperation in connection with such disposition, including, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.09 of this Agreement, causing appropriate officers to attend and participate in in-person drafting and due diligence sessions and in any “road show” organized by the underwriters.

(f) After the initial Effective Time of a Registration Statement, the Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable, prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective during the period provided in this Agreement and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement and cause the related prospectus to be supplemented by any prospectus supplement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of the securities covered by such Registration Statement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (subject to Section 2.04 and Section 2.05).

(g) After the initial Effective Time of a Registration Statement, the Corporation shall, if requested by counsel to the Holders or any underwriter (if such filing relates to an underwritten offering), (i) promptly include in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement such information as counsel to the Holders or any underwriter may reasonably request in order to permit the intended method of distribution of the Registrable Shares and (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Corporation has received such request.

(h) The Corporation shall promptly furnish to counsel to the Holders copies of all transmittal letters and other correspondence to the SEC and all correspondence (including comment letters) from the SEC to the Corporation relating to a Registration Statement or any prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(i) After a Registration Statement is declared effective, and in connection with any underwritten offering under the Registration Statement, the Corporation shall furnish to the Holders whose Registrable Shares are included in such Registration Statement and to the underwriters such number of copies of the Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto but excluding documents incorporated by reference therein other than those that expressly relate to the offering or underwritten offering), the prospectus included in such Registration Statement, and such other documents as any such Holders or underwriters may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Shares included in the Registration Statement.

 

- 12 -


(j) The Corporation shall use reasonable best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Shares under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States (in the event an exemption is not available) as any Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement reasonably (in the light of such Holder’s intended plan of distribution) requests and (ii) cause such Registrable Shares to be registered with or approved by such other Governmental Authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Corporation and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Shares owned by such Holder; provided that the Corporation will not be required to (x) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph (j), (y) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (z) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.

(k) The Corporation shall promptly notify each Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered (or deemed delivered) under the Securities Act or of the occurrence of any event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered (or deemed delivered) to the purchasers of such Registrable Shares, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Subject to Section 2.04, the Corporation shall as promptly as reasonably practicable prepare and furnish to each such Holder a supplement or amendment with respect to any prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered (or deemed delivered) to the purchasers of such Registrable Shares, such prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

(l) The Corporation shall (i) make available for inspection at reasonable times by any underwriter participating in an underwritten offering pursuant to the Registration Statement and any other attorney, accountant, or other professional retained by any underwriter (collectively, the “Inspectors”), all financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Corporation (collectively, the “Records”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable the Inspectors to exercise their due diligence responsibilities and (ii) cause the Corporation’s and its significant Subsidiaries’ executive officers to, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Corporation’s independent accountants to, promptly supply all information reasonably requested by any Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement or underwritten offering.

(m) In connection with an underwritten public offering of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to furnish to the underwriters, on the date that the Registrable Shares are delivered for sale, a signed counterpart of (i) an opinion or opinions of counsel to the Corporation addressed to such underwriters and (ii) a “comfort letter” or “comfort letters” from the Corporation’s independent public accountants, each in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by opinions or “comfort letters” in underwritten public offerings.

(n) The Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and (ii) make available to its securityholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of 12 months beginning after the effective date of a Registration Statement, in a manner that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, which requirement will be deemed to be satisfied if the Corporation timely files complete and accurate information on Forms 10-Q, 10-K and 8-K under the Exchange Act and otherwise complies with Rule 158 under the Securities Act.

 

- 13 -


(o) The Corporation shall cooperate with, and direct the Corporation’s transfer agent to cooperate with, the selling Holders of Registrable Shares and any underwriter (if such filing relates to an underwritten offering), to facilitate the timely settlement of any offering or sale of Registrable Shares, including the preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any legend unless required under applicable law) or book-entry (not bearing stop transfer instructions unless required under applicable law) representing Registrable Shares to be sold after receiving written representations from each Holder of such Registrable Shares that the Registrable Shares represented by the certificates so delivered or book-entry so presented by such Holder will be transferred in accordance with the Registration Statement and, in connection therewith, if reasonably required by the Corporation’s transfer agent, the Corporation shall promptly after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement cause an opinion of counsel as to the effectiveness of any Registration Statement to be delivered to and maintained with the transfer agent, together with any other authorization, certificate, or direction required by the transfer agent that authorizes and directs the transfer agent to issue such Registrable Shares without restriction upon sale by the Holder of such shares of Registrable Shares under the Registration Statement.

(p) The Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Shares covered by a Demand Registration Statement or Piggyback Registration to be listed on each securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed.

(q) The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to timely file the reports and materials required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act to enable the Holders to sell Registrable Shares without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemption provided by Rule 144. Upon the request of a Holder, the Corporation shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether the Corporation has complied with such requirements and shall provide such customary assurances as any broker or dealer facilitating a sale of Registrable Shares under Rule 144 may reasonably request.

(r) The Corporation shall cooperate with each selling Holder of Registrable Shares and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Shares and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA. Such cooperation shall include the Corporation’s use of its reasonable best efforts to obtain FINRA’s pre-clearance or pre-approval of any Registration Statement and/or applicable prospectus upon filing with the SEC if necessary.

Section 3.02. Holder Responsibilities.

(a) The Corporation may require each Holder of Registrable Shares included in a Registration Statement to promptly furnish in writing to the Corporation such information regarding such Holder or the distribution of the Registrable Shares as the Corporation may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required in connection with such registration or required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Corporation by such Holder not materially misleading or necessary to cause such Registration Statement not to omit a material fact with respect to such Holder necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. The right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Shares in any Registration Statement shall be subject to its compliance with this Section 3.02(a).

(b) In connection with any disposition of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement, no Holder shall use any Free Writing Prospectus without the prior consent of the Corporation (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed).

 

- 14 -


(c) Upon receipt of any written notice from the Corporation of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in Section 3.01(k), each Holder will discontinue the disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.01(k). If the Corporation gives such notice with regard to any Registration Statement, the Corporation shall extend the Effectiveness Period during which the effectiveness of such Registration Statement shall be maintained by the number of days during the period from (and including) the date of the notice given by the Corporation to the date when the Corporation shall make available to such Holder a prospectus or prospectus supplement that conforms with the requirements of Section 3.01(k).

(d) Each Holder shall comply with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and all applicable state securities laws in connection with the registration and the disposition of Registrable Shares pursuant hereto.

(e) Each Holder of Registrable Shares included in a Registration Statement will enter into and perform agreements (including underwriting or similar agreements in customary form and consistent with prevailing capital markets practice and containing customary indemnification and contribution provisions) containing such terms and provisions as are customarily contained in underwriting agreements with respect to selling stockholders, take such other commercially reasonable actions as are required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Registrable Shares pursuant hereto, and provide all reasonable cooperation customary for similar dispositions in connection herewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any underwriting agreement to include, with respect to the Holders, indemnification and contribution provisions that are substantially to the effect provided in Article IV.

ARTICLE IV

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 4.01. Indemnification By the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law each Holder whose Registrable Shares are covered by a Registration Statement, such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, managing members, agents, other Affiliates, and each Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses, or any action or proceeding in respect thereof (each, a “Liability and collectively, “Liabilities”), as incurred, arising out of, or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any prospectus relating to such Registrable Shares (or in any amendment or supplement thereto), any Free Writing Prospectus, or any other document (including any related Registration Statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification, or compliance, or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such Liabilities arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information furnished in writing to the Corporation by such Holder or on such Holder’s behalf, in either such case expressly for use therein; provided, however, that with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any prospectus, the indemnification obligations contained in this Section shall not apply to the extent that any such Liability results from (a) the fact that a current copy of the prospectus was not sent or given to the Person asserting any such Liability at or prior to the written confirmation to such Person of the applicable sale of the Registrable Shares, if it is determined that the Corporation provided such

 

- 15 -


prospectus before such confirmation and it was the responsibility of such Holder or such Holder’s agents to provide such Person with a current copy of the prospectus and such current copy of the prospectus would have cured the defect giving rise to such Liability, (b) the use of any prospectus by or on behalf of any Holder after the Corporation has notified such Person in writing (i) pursuant to Section 3.01(k) that such prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (ii) pursuant to Section 2.05 that a stop order has been issued by the SEC with respect to the Registration Statement, or (iii) pursuant to Section 2.04(a) that an MNPI Disclosure Condition exists, or (c) the use of any prospectus by or on behalf of any Holder with respect to any Registrable Shares after such time as the Corporation’s obligation to keep the Registration Statement effective in respect of such Registrable Shares has expired.

Section 4.02. Indemnification By Holders of Registrable Shares. Each Holder whose Registrable Shares are included in any Registration Statement shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law (including reimbursement of the Corporation for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by it in investigating or defending such Liabilities) the Corporation, its officers, directors, agents, other Affiliates, and each Person who controls the Corporation (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), from and against any and all Liabilities, as incurred, arising out of, or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, any prospectus relating to such Registrable Shares, any amendments or supplements thereto, “issuer free writing prospectus” (as such term is defined in Rule 433), or other document relating to such Registrable Shares (or in any amendment or supplement thereto), or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that the indemnification obligations contained in this Section 4.02 shall apply only to the extent that such Liabilities arise out of or are based upon information furnished in writing by such Holder or on such Holder’s behalf, in either case expressly for use in the Registration Statement, prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto relating to such Holder’s Registrable Shares.

Section 4.03. Conduct of Indemnification Proceeding. After receipt by any Person who may seek indemnification pursuant to Section 4.01 or Section 4.02 (an “Indemnified Party”) of any written notice of the commencement of any action, suit, proceeding, or investigation, or threat thereof made in writing, such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing; provided, however, that the delay or failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any obligation or liability except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party has been materially prejudiced by such delay or failure. If notice of commencement of any such action, suit, proceeding, or investigation, or written threat is so given to the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other Indemnifying Party similarly notified, to assume the defense of such action at its own expense, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party. In any such proceeding so assumed by the Indemnifying Party, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (a) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (b) representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing or conflicting interests between them. The Indemnifying Party, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, shall be liable only for the reasonable fees and expenses of one firm of attorneys (in addition to any necessary local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties; and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred upon submission of reasonably itemized invoices that comply with the Corporation’s standard billing policies for outside

 

- 16 -


counsel. In the case of any such separate firm for Holders who are entitled to indemnity pursuant to Section 4.01, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Indemnified Party who had the largest number of Registrable Shares included in the applicable Registration Statement. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but in the case of settlement with such consent, or in the case of a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any loss or liability (to the extent stated above) by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such proceeding.

Section 4.04. Contribution.

(a) If the indemnification provided for hereunder shall for any reason be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect of any Liability referred to herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Liabilities between the Corporation, on the one hand, and each Holder whose Registrable Shares are covered by the applicable Registration Statement, on the other hand, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Corporation and of each such Holder in connection with any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or caused by any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, which resulted in such Liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Corporation, on the one hand, and of each such Holder, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(b) The Corporation and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.04 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article IV, no Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Shares sold by such Holder under the Registration Statement exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Exchange Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

- 17 -


ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 5.01. Recapitalization, Exchanges, etc. The provisions of this Agreement shall apply to the full extent set forth herein with respect to any and all securities into which any of the Registrable Shares are converted, exchanged, or substituted in any recapitalization or other capital reorganization involving the Corporation and any and all securities of the Corporation or any successor or assign or acquiror of the Corporation (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, or otherwise) that may be issued in respect of, in conversion of, in exchange for, or in substitution of, such Registrable Shares and shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations, recapitalizations, and the like occurring after the date hereof. The Corporation shall cause any successor or assign or acquiror of the Corporation (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, or otherwise) to enter into a new registration rights agreement with the Ivory Holder and each other Holder on terms no less favorable to such parties than the terms provided under this Agreement as a condition of any such transaction.

Section 5.02. Notices. Notices, requests, instructions or other documents to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given, (a) on the date sent by confirmed e-mail of a PDF document if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next business day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient (in each case, solely to the extent receipt is confirmed, excluding “out of office” or similar automated replies), (b) when delivered, if delivered personally to the intended recipient, and (c) one business day later, if sent by overnight delivery via a national courier service (providing proof of delivery), and in each case, addressed to a party at the following address for such party:

 

  (a)

if to the Corporation:

TechTarget, Inc.

275 Grove Street

Newton, Massachusetts 02466

Attention: Daniel Noreck; Charles Rennick

Email: [***]; [***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, MA 02109

Attention: Joseph B. Conahan; Andrew P. Alin

Email: [***]; [***]

 

  (b)

If to the Ivory Holder:

Informa US Holdings Limited

605 Third Avenue, 22nd Floor

New York, New York 10158

Attention: Brian Vasandani

Email: [***]

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

- 18 -


Clifford Chance US LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention: John A. Healy, Benjamin K. Sibbett

Email: [***], [***]

and

Clifford Chance US LLP

Texas Tower

845 Texas Avenue, Suite 3930

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Jonathan D. Bobinger

Email: [***]

or to such other persons or addresses as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice as provided above.

Section 5.03. Entire Agreement; No Inconsistent Agreements.

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or between the parties hereto, or any party hereto, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(b) The Corporation shall not hereafter enter into or amend any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(c) As of the date hereof, there are no outstanding “piggyback” or other registration rights granted by the Corporation that would entitle any Person (other than the Ivory Holder and the other Holders) to participate in any registration contemplated by this Agreement, and the Corporation agrees not to grant any rights to so participate to any Person which are more favorable than or inconsistent with the rights granted hereunder (other than the Ivory Holder and any Permitted Assignees) after the date hereof and while this Agreement remains in effect.

Section 5.04. Agreement Among Holders. Whenever provision is made in this Agreement for pro rata allocation among Holders of Registrable Shares to be included in an underwritten offering, such Holders may instead agree in a subsequent writing signed by all of the affected Holders as to the relative proportions of Registrable Shares owned by each Holder to be included in such underwritten offering (up to the Maximum Number of Shares, after taking into account all other shares that have priority in such underwritten offering).

Section 5.05. Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto shall execute such documents and perform such acts as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to carry out or perform the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 5.06. Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified, or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless consented to in writing by the Corporation

 

- 19 -


and Holders of at least 50% of the Registrable Shares held by all Holders of Registrable Shares outstanding as of such date.

Section 5.07. Termination; Survival. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Shares in any Registration Statement pursuant to Article II shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of:

(a) the date upon which all Registrable Shares may be freely offered and sold in any quantity without restriction and without registration under the Securities Act; and

(b) the date on which this Agreement is terminated by the mutual consent of the parties hereto.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the parties under Articles IV and V shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

Section 5.08. Nominees for Beneficial Owners. If any Registrable Shares are held by a nominee for the beneficial owner thereof, the beneficial owner thereof may, at its election in writing delivered to the Corporation, be treated as the Holder of such Registrable Shares for purposes of any request, consent, waiver, or other action by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement or any determination of any number or percentage of Registrable Shares held by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Shares contemplated by this Agreement. If the beneficial owner of any Registrable Shares makes the election provided in this Section 5.08, the Corporation may require assurances reasonably satisfactory to it of such owner’s beneficial ownership of such Registrable Shares.

Section 5.09. No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Sections 4.01, 4.02, and 4.04, this Agreement is not intended, and shall not be deemed, to confer any rights or remedies upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns or to otherwise create any third-party beneficiary hereto.

Section 5.10. Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and to their respective successors and, in the case of any Holder, its Permitted Assignees. Any successor or Permitted Assignee of any Holder shall be deemed a Holder for all purposes of this Agreement to the extent such successor or Permitted Assignee owns Registrable Shares. No Holder may assign its rights hereunder to any Person, except for assignments of such Holder’s rights in whole or in part to any Permitted Assignee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Corporation may not assign its obligations hereunder.

Section 5.11. Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to limit the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified. In the event that such court does not exercise the power granted to it in the prior sentence, the parties hereto agree to replace such invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a valid and enforceable term or provision that shall achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business, and other purposes of such invalid or unenforceable term.

 

- 20 -


Section 5.12. Remedies. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party shall be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other remedy. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or provisions or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled at law or in equity.

Section 5.13. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

Section 5.14. SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; VENUE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF DELAWARE CHANCERY COURT OR, IF THE DELAWARE CHANCERY COURT DOES NOT HAVE SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, THE STATE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE LOCATED IN WILMINGTON, DELAWARE, OR THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR ANY DISTRICT WITHIN SUCH STATE, FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION, OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE, OR DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S RESPECTIVE ADDRESS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 5.02 WILL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS AND IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

Section 5.15. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 5.16. No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Corporation and each Holder agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement, shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any Holder, or any current or future member of any Holder or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such for any obligation of any Holder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

 

- 21 -


Section 5.17. Interpretation. When reference is made in this Agreement to a Section or paragraph, such reference shall be to a Section or paragraph of this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. The headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine, or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign statute or law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. Whenever the words “include,” “includes,” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

Section 5.18. Counterparts and Signature. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall be considered one and the same instrument and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other parties hereto, it being understood that all parties hereto need not sign the same counterpart. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by electronic transmission or by attachment to email in portable document format (PDF) or by other electronic means.

[Signature pages follow]

 

- 22 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the parties hereto as of the date first written above.

 

CORPORATION:
TECHTARGET, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel T. Noreck

  Name: Daniel T. Noreck
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
IVORY HOLDER:
INFORMA US HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Simon Bane

  Name: Simon Bane
  Title: Deputy Group General Counsel

 

Registration Rights Agreement

Signature Page

Exhibit 10.3

Execution Version

Dated as of December 2, 2024

TECHTARGET, INC.

INFORMA PLC

INFORMA USA, INC.

INFORMA TECH LLC

and

INFORMA INTREPID HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     4  

Section 1.1.

  Certain Defined Terms      4  

Section 1.2.

  Other Defined Terms      10  

ARTICLE II ALLOCATION OF TAXES AND TAX REFUNDS

     11  

Section 2.1.

  Allocation of Taxes to Ivory Parent: in General      11  

Section 2.2.

  Allocation of Taxes to NewCo: in General      11  

Section 2.3.

  Consolidated Groups for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes      11  

Section 2.4.

  Straddle Periods; Deduction for Transaction Costs      12  

Section 2.5.

  Allocation of Separation Taxes; NewCo Disqualifying Actions      13  

Section 2.6.

  Tax Refunds      13  

Section 2.7.

  Tax Benefits      13  

Section 2.8.

  Prior Agreements      13  

ARTICLE III PREPARATION AND FILING OF TAX RETURNS

     14  

Section 3.1.

  Ivory Parent’s Responsibility      14  

Section 3.2.

  NewCo’s Responsibility      14  

Section 3.3.

  Right To Review Tax Returns      14  

Section 3.4.

  Cooperation      14  

Section 3.5.

  Tax Reporting Practices      14  

Section 3.6.

  Reporting of the Separation and the NewCo Transactions      15  

Section 3.7.

  Payment of Taxes      16  

Section 3.8.

  Post-Closing Tax Practices      17  

Section 3.9.

  Tax Attributes      18  

Section 3.10.

  Industry Dive, Inc. Sales Taxes      19  

ARTICLE IV TAX-FREE STATUS OF THE SPIN-OFF TRANSACTIONS

     19  

Section 4.1.

  Representations and Warranties      19  

Section 4.2.

  Restrictions Relating to the Contribution and the Distribution      19  

ARTICLE V INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS

     21  

Section 5.1.

  Indemnity Obligations      21  

Section 5.2.

  Indemnification Payments      22  

Section 5.3.

  Payment Mechanics      23  

Section 5.4.

  Treatment of Payments      23  

 

- 1 -


ARTICLE VI TAX CONTESTS

     23  

Section 6.1.

  Notice      23  

Section 6.2.

  Conduct of Tax Contests      24  

Section 6.3.

  Obligation of Continued Notice      24  

Section 6.4.

  Participation Rights      24  

ARTICLE VII COOPERATION

     25  

Section 7.1.

  General      25  

Section 7.2.

  Consistent Treatment      25  

ARTICLE VIII RETENTION OF RECORDS; ACCESS

     26  

Section 8.1.

  Retention of Records      26  

Section 8.2.

  Access to Tax Records      26  

Section 8.3.

  Preservation of Privilege      26  

ARTICLE IX DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     26  

Section 9.1.

  Dispute Resolution      26  

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     27  

Section 10.1.

  Entire Agreement; Construction      27  

Section 10.2.

  Interest on Late Payments      27  

Section 10.3.

  Successors and Assigns      27  

Section 10.4.

  Subsidiaries      28  

Section 10.5.

  Assignability      28  

Section 10.6.

  No Fiduciary Relationship      28  

Section 10.7.

  Further Assurances      28  

Section 10.8.

  Survival      28  

Section 10.9.

  Notices      28  

Section 10.10.

  Counterparts      31  

Section 10.11.

  Consents      31  

Section 10.12.

  Expenses      31  

Section 10.13.

  Termination and Amendment      31  

Section 10.14.

  Titles and Headings      31  

Section 10.15.

  Severability      31  

Section 10.16.

  Interpretation      32  

Section 10.17.

  No Duplication; No Double Recovery      32  

Section 10.18.

  No Waiver      32  

Section 10.19.

  Governing Law      32  

Section 10.20.

  Effective Time      32  

 

- 2 -


THIS TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 2, 2024 is made by and among TECHTARGET, INC., a Delaware corporation, formerly known as TORO COMBINECO, INC. (“NewCo”), INFORMA USA, INC., a Massachusetts corporation (“RemainCo”), INFORMA PLC, a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (“Ivory Parent”), INFORMA TECH LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“SpinCo”), and INFORMA INTREPID HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware corporation (“Bluefin” and, together with NewCo, RemainCo, Ivory Parent, and SpinCo, the “Parties”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Merger Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the board of directors of Ivory Parent has determined that it is in the best interests of Ivory Parent and its Subsidiaries (including RemainCo) to separate the Bluefin Business from the Ivory Retained Business pursuant to the Separation;

WHEREAS, as part of the Separation, RemainCo and SpinCo have effected the Contribution and the Distribution in a transaction intended to qualify as a “reorganization” under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code;

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 10, 2024 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Toro, NewCo, Toro Merger Sub, Ivory Parent, Ivory HoldCo, and Bluefin, following the completion of the Separation and at a closing held on the date hereof (the “Closing”), the parties to the Merger Agreement consummated a series of transactions immediately following which the Bluefin Business and Toro is owned by NewCo, NewCo is owned by Ivory HoldCo and the holders of shares of Toro’s common stock immediately prior to such consummation, and such holders of shares of Toro’s common stock immediately prior to such consummation will receive a cash payment;

WHEREAS, the Parties intend that the Ivory Contribution and the Toro Merger, taken together, qualify as a transaction described in Section 351 of the Code;

WHEREAS, certain members of the Ivory Retained Group, on the one hand, and certain members of the Bluefin Group, on the other hand, will file certain Tax Returns on a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar basis for certain U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. Tax purposes with respect to Tax Periods ending on or before, or including, the Closing Date;

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to (a) provide for the payment of Tax liabilities and entitlement to refunds thereof, allocate responsibility for, and cooperation in, the filing of Tax Returns, and provide for certain other matters relating to Taxes and (b) set forth certain covenants and indemnities relating to, among other matters, the preservation of the tax-free status of the Contribution and the Distribution; and

 

- 3 -


WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Agreement at the Closing is required by the Merger Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Adjustment” means an adjustment of any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit or any other item affecting Taxes of a taxpayer pursuant to a Final Determination.

Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person. For this purpose, “control” of a Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. The term “Affiliate” shall refer to Affiliates of a Person as determined immediately after the NewCo Transactions.

Bluefin Common Stock” means the authorized capital stock of Bluefin consisting of 2,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Bluefin Group” means Bluefin and the Bluefin Subsidiaries.

Bluefin Separate Return” means any Tax Return of or including any member of the Bluefin Group (including any consolidated, combined, or unitary return) that does not include any member of the Ivory Retained Group.

business day” has the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contribution” means, collectively, the steps of the Separation Plan effecting the contribution of any Bluefin Subsidiary and any portion of the Bluefin Business to SpinCo.

Controlling Party” means, with respect to a Tax Contest, the Party entitled to control such Tax Contest pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Agreement.

Distribution” means, collectively, the steps of the Separation Plan effecting the distribution by RemainCo of the Equity Interests in SpinCo to Ivory HoldCo.

 

- 4 -


Distribution Date” means the effective date of the Distribution.

Distribution Straddle Period” means any Tax Period that begins on or before the Distribution Date and ends after the Distribution Date.

Distribution Taxes” means Taxes that would not have been incurred but for a failure of the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions.

Equity Awards” means options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, share units or other compensatory rights with respect to Toro stock.

Equity Interests” means any stock or other securities treated as equity for Tax purposes, options, warrants, rights, convertible debt, or any other instrument or security that affords any Person the right, whether conditional or otherwise, to acquire stock or to be paid an amount determined by reference to the value of stock.

Final Determination” means the final resolution of liability for any Tax for any Tax Period, by or as a result of (a) a final decision, judgment, decree or other order by any court of competent jurisdiction that can no longer be appealed, (b) a final settlement with the IRS, a closing agreement or accepted offer in compromise under Sections 7121 or 7122 of the Code, or a comparable agreement under the Laws of other jurisdictions, which resolves the entire Tax liability for any Tax Period, (c) any allowance of a refund or credit in respect of an overpayment of Tax, but only after the expiration of all periods during which such refund or credit may be recovered by the jurisdiction imposing the Tax, or (d) any other final resolution, including by reason of the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or the execution of a pre-filing agreement with the IRS or other Governmental Authority.

Group” means the Ivory Retained Group, the SpinCo Group, the Bluefin Group or the NewCo Group, as the context requires.

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service or any successor thereto, including, but not limited to its agents, representatives, and attorneys.

Ivory HoldCo” means Informa US Holdings Limited, a private company organized under the laws of England and Wales and an indirect, wholly owned Subsidiary of Ivory Parent.

Ivory Retained Group” means Ivory Parent and its Subsidiaries, excluding Bluefin, the Bluefin Subsidiaries, and the other members of the NewCo Group.

Ivory Separate Return” means any Tax Return of or including any member of the Ivory Retained Group (including any consolidated, combined, or unitary return) that does not include any member of the Bluefin Group.

Joint Return” means any Tax Return that actually includes, by election or otherwise, or is required to include under applicable Law, one or more members of the Ivory Retained Group together with one or more members of the Bluefin Group.

 

- 5 -


NewCo Disqualifying Action” means (a) with respect to any Distribution Taxes or Separation Taxes, the breach after the Closing of any covenant contained herein by NewCo, SpinCo or any member of the NewCo Group or SpinCo Group that results in any Party (or any of its Affiliates) being liable for such Distribution Taxes or Separation Taxes pursuant to a Final Determination, regardless of whether such action is covered by a Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion, (b) with respect to any Distribution Taxes only, any event (or series of events) after the Closing involving capital stock of NewCo or SpinCo or any assets of any member of the NewCo Group or SpinCo Group, (c) with respect to any Distribution Taxes or Separation Taxes, any failure to be true, inaccuracy in, or breach of any of the representations or statements contained in the Tax Certificates related to the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions, insofar as such failure, inaccuracy or breach arises after the Closing and is with respect to representations or statements pertaining to any SpinCo Group member or NewCo Group member, or (d) any act (or failure or omission to act), transaction or election after the Closing by any NewCo Group member that would reasonably be expected to result in an increase in Taxes allocated to Ivory Parent as determined under Article II without regard to Section 2.5, other than any act (or failure or omission to act), transaction or election that is determined to be required by applicable Law based on written advice from an internationally recognized law or accounting firm reaching that conclusion which is received by NewCo and provided to Ivory Parent before such act (or failure or omission to act), transaction or election; provided, however, that the term “NewCo Disqualifying Action” shall not include (i) any action expressly provided for in any Transaction Document (including, without limitation, the steps undertaken pursuant to the Separation Plan) or any other agreement entered into by a Bluefin Group member prior to the Closing or (ii) any act (or failure or omission to act), transaction or election of any NewCo Group member that is unanimously approved by all directors then designated by Ivory HoldCo on the board of directors of NewCo who participate in the vote of the board of directors of NewCo (whether in person, by proxy, by written consent, or otherwise) that results in such approval, provided that such participating Ivory HoldCo-designated directors represent a majority of the directors on the board of directors of NewCo participating in such vote.

NewCo Group” means NewCo and the Subsidiaries of NewCo as of immediately after the Effective Time (and shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, Toro and the Bluefin Group).

NewCo Transactions” means the Ivory Contribution and the Toro Merger collectively.

Non-Controlling Party” means, with respect to a Tax Contest, the Party that is not entitled to control such Tax Contest pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Agreement.

Non-Dilutive Equity Issuance” means a sale or other issuance to any Person of any Equity Interests of NewCo if, in connection with such sale or issuance, the percentage of the outstanding Equity Interests of Newco held directly or indirectly by Ivory Holdco (measured by voting power and value, as determined for purposes of Section 355(e) of the Code) is not reduced, directly or indirectly, on a net basis, taking into account any other transaction or series of transactions effected in connection with such sale or issuance (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any sale or other issuance of Equity Interests of NewCo to Ivory Parent or any of its Subsidiaries); provided, that if and to the extent that in connection with such sale or issuance, Ivory HoldCo has agreed to acquire Equity Interests of NewCo, Ivory Parent and NewCo shall cooperate with each other with respect to the sequencing of any transaction or series of transactions effected

 

- 6 -


in connection with such sale or issuance so that Ivory Holdco will acquire Equity Interests of NewCo simultaneously with, or prior to, the issuance of such Equity Interests of NewCo to any Person other than Ivory Holdco; and provided, further, that, if such simultaneous or prior issuance to Ivory Holdco does not occur, then the sale or other issuance to any such other Person shall not be a “Non-Dilutive Equity Issuance” for purposes of this Agreement.

Post-Closing Tax Period” means any Tax Period (or portion thereof) beginning after the Closing Date, including for the avoidance of doubt, the portion of any Straddle Period beginning after the Closing Date.

Post-Distribution Period” means any Tax Period (or portion thereof) beginning after the Distribution Date, including for the avoidance of doubt, the portion of any Distribution Straddle Period beginning after the Distribution Date.

Pre-Closing Tax Period” means any Tax Period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date, including for the avoidance of doubt, the portion of any Straddle Period ending at the end of the day on the Closing Date.

Pre-Distribution Period” means any Tax Period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Distribution Date, including for the avoidance of doubt, the portion of any Distribution Straddle Period ending at the end of the day on the Distribution Date.

Privilege” means any privilege that may be asserted under applicable Law, including, any privilege arising under or relating to the attorney-client relationship (including the attorney-client and work product privileges), the accountant-client privilege and any privilege relating to internal evaluation processes.

Proposed Acquisition Transaction” means a transaction or series of transactions (or any agreement, understanding or arrangement, within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7, or any other regulations promulgated thereunder, to enter into a transaction or series of transactions), whether such transaction is supported by SpinCo, Bluefin or NewCo management or shareholders, is a hostile acquisition, or otherwise, as a result of which SpinCo, Bluefin or NewCo would merge or consolidate with any other Person or as a result of which one or more Persons would (directly or indirectly) acquire, or have the right to acquire, an amount of stock of SpinCo that would, when combined with any other changes in direct or indirect ownership of SpinCo stock pertinent for purposes of Section 355(e) of the Code (including the Toro Merger), comprise 45% or more of (a) the value of all outstanding shares of stock of SpinCo as of the date of such transaction, or in the case of a series of transactions, the date of the last transaction of such series or (b) the total combined voting power of all outstanding shares of voting stock of SpinCo as of the date of such transaction, or in the case of a series of transactions, the date of the last transaction of such series. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Proposed Acquisition Transaction shall not include (i) the adoption by NewCo of a shareholder rights plan, (ii) issuances by SpinCo or NewCo that satisfy Safe Harbor VIII (relating to acquisitions in connection with a person’s performance of services) or Safe Harbor IX (relating to acquisitions by a retirement plan of an employer) of Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7(d), including such issuances net of exercise price and/or tax withholding (provided, however, that any sale of such stock in connection with a net exercise or tax withholding is not exempt under this

 

- 7 -


clause (ii) unless it satisfies the requirements of Safe Harbor VII of Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7(d)), or (iii) acquisitions that satisfy Safe Harbor VII of Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7(d). For purposes of determining whether a transaction constitutes an indirect acquisition, any recapitalization resulting in a shift of voting power or any redemption of shares of stock shall be treated as an indirect acquisition of shares of stock by the non-exchanging shareholders. For purposes of this definition, each reference to SpinCo shall include a reference to any entity treated as a successor thereto as determined pursuant to Section 355(e) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-8. This definition and the application thereof is intended to monitor compliance with Section 355(e) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and shall be interpreted accordingly. Any clarification of, or change in, the statute or regulations promulgated under Section 355(e) of the Code shall be incorporated in this definition and its interpretation. For the avoidance of doubt, the Toro Merger shall not constitute a Proposed Acquisition Transaction and a Non-Dilutive Equity Issuance shall not constitute a Proposed Acquisition Transaction.

Reasonable Basis” means reasonable basis within the meaning of Section 6662(d)(2)(B)(ii)(II) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (or such other level of confidence required by the Code at that time to avoid the imposition of penalties, or similar or comparable standard under U.S. state or local or non-U.S. Law).

Refund” means any refund, reimbursement, offset, credit, or other similar benefit in respect of Taxes (including any overpayment of Taxes that can be refunded or, alternatively, applied against other Taxes payable), including any interest paid on or with respect to such refund of Taxes; provided, however, that the amount of any refund of Taxes shall be net of any Taxes imposed on, related to, or attributable to, the receipt of or accrual of such refund, including any Taxes imposed by way of withholding or offset.

Responsible Party” means, with respect to any Tax Return, the Party having responsibility for preparing and filing such Tax Return pursuant to this Agreement.

Restricted Period” means the period which begins with the Distribution Date and ends two years thereafter.

Section 336(e) Tax Benefit Percentage” means, with respect to any Distribution Taxes and Tax-Related Losses attributable thereto, the percentage equal to one hundred percent (100%) minus the percentage of such Distribution Taxes and Tax-Related Losses for which Ivory Parent is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement.

Separate Return” means an Ivory Separate Return or a Bluefin Separate Return, as the case may be.

Separation Taxes” means all Taxes resulting reasonably directly from any one or more transactions executed as part of the Separation (including, without limitation, the Contribution or the Distribution).

SpinCo Group” means SpinCo and the Bluefin Subsidiaries that are Subsidiaries of SpinCo as of the Distribution Time.

 

- 8 -


Straddle Period” means any taxable year or other Tax Period that begins on or before the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date.

Tax” or “Taxes” means any tax (including any income tax, gross receipts tax, capital gains tax, estimated tax, alternative minimum tax, add-on minimum tax, value-added tax, sales tax, use tax, transfer tax, property tax, business tax, stamp tax, registration tax, occupation tax, premium tax, windfall profit tax, payroll tax, social security tax, unemployment tax, disability tax, employee tax, withholding tax, gift tax, estate tax, franchise tax, net worth tax, excise tax, environmental tax, natural resources tax, escheat or unclaimed property tax, special assessment tax, and business occupancy tax), levy, assessment, tariff, duty (including any customs duty), deficiency or other fee in the nature of a tax, or any related charge or amount (including any fine, penalty, interest, or addition thereto), imposed, assessed or collected by or under the authority of any Governmental Authority.

Tax Attribute” means net operating losses, capital losses, research and experimentation credit carryovers, investment tax credit carryovers, earnings and profits, foreign tax credit carryovers, overall foreign losses, overall domestic losses, previously taxed earnings and profits, separate limitation losses and any other losses, deductions, credits or other comparable items that could affect a Tax liability for a past or future Tax Period.

Tax Certificates” means any certificates of officers of Toro, NewCo, RemainCo, Ivory Parent, or Bluefin, provided to an internationally recognized law or accounting firm in connection with any Tax Opinion issued by such firm in connection with the Contribution or the Distribution or other transactions executed as part of the Separation.

Tax Item” means any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit.

Tax Law” means the Law of any Governmental Authority or political subdivision thereof relating to any Tax.

Tax Opinion” means any written opinion of an internationally recognized law or accounting firm, regarding certain tax consequences of transactions executed as part of the Separation.

Tax Period” means, with respect to any Tax, the period for which such Tax is reported as provided under the Code or other applicable Tax Law.

Tax Return” means any return (including any information return), report, statement, schedule, notice, form, or other document or information filed with or submitted to, or required to be filed with or submitted to, any Governmental Authority in connection with the determination, assessment, collection, or payment of any Tax or in connection with the administration, implementation, or enforcement of or compliance with any Tax Law.

Tax-Free Status of the NewCo Transactions” means the qualification of the Ivory Contribution and the Toro Merger, taken together, as a transaction described in Section 351 of the Code in which Ivory HoldCo and the Toro stockholders recognize no income or gain pursuant to Section 351(a) of the Code (except to the extent of any cash received).

 

- 9 -


“Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions” means the qualification of the Contribution and the Distribution, taken together, (A) as a reorganization under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, (B) as a transaction in which the stock distributed thereby is “qualified property” for purposes of Sections 355(c) and 361(c) of the Code and (C) as a transaction in which RemainCo, SpinCo and Ivory HoldCo recognize no income or gain for U.S. federal income tax purposes pursuant to Sections 355, 361 and 1032 of the Code.

Tax-Free Status of the Transactions” means both the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions and the Tax-Free Status of the NewCo Transactions.

Tax-Related Losses” means with respect to any Taxes, (i) all accounting, legal and other professional fees, and court costs incurred in connection with such Taxes, as well as any other reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with such Taxes; and (ii) in the event such Taxes result from a failure of the Tax-Free Status of the Transactions, all costs, expenses and damages associated with stockholder litigation or controversies and any amount paid by RemainCo (or any of its Affiliates) or NewCo (or any of its Affiliates) in respect of the liability of shareholders, whether paid to shareholders or to the IRS or any other Governmental Authority, in each case, resulting from such failure.

Toro” means TechTarget, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Transaction Documents” shall have the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be considered a “Transaction Document.”

Transactions” means the Contribution, Distribution and NewCo Transactions.

Treasury Regulations” means the regulations promulgated from time to time under the Code as in effect for the relevant Tax Period.

Unqualified Tax Opinion” means a “will” opinion, without substantive qualifications and on which the party seeking the opinion expressly may rely, of an internationally recognized law or accounting firm, to the effect that a transaction will not affect the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions. Any such opinion may assume that the Tax-Free Status of the Transactions would apply if not for the occurrence of the transaction in question.

Section 1.2. Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the corresponding section of this Agreement set forth below:

 

Accounting Firm

     Section 9.1  

Agreement

     Preamble  

Bluefin

     Preamble  

Closing

     Recitals  

Includible Corporations

     Section 2.3  

Indemnifying Party

     Section 5.2(a

Indemnitee

     Section 5.2(a

 

- 10 -


Merger Agreement

     Recitals  

NewCo

     Preamble  

Parties

     Preamble  

Past Practices

     Section 3.5  

Post-Distribution Ruling

     Section 4.2(d

Protective Section 336(e) Elections

     Section 3.6(b

RemainCo

     Preamble  

Section 336(e) Allocation Statement

     Section 3.6(c

SpinCo

     Preamble  

Tax Benefit

     Section 2.7  

Tax Contest

     Section 6.1  

Tax Matter

     Section 7.1(a

Tax Records

     Section 8.1  

ARTICLE II

ALLOCATION OF TAXES AND TAX REFUNDS

Section 2.1. Allocation of Taxes to Ivory Parent: in General. Ivory Parent shall be responsible for any and all Taxes (including any increase in such Taxes as a result of a Final Determination) that are due with respect to or required to be reported on (i) any Ivory Separate Return, (ii) any Joint Return, or (iii) a Bluefin Separate Return to the extent with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period (in the case of any Straddle Period, computed in accordance with Section 2.4), except, in each case, to the extent such Taxes (x) are included as liabilities in the computation of Final Closing Working Capital or the Final Bluefin Non-Current Liabilities Adjustment Amount as finally determined pursuant to the Merger Agreement, or (y) are allocated to NewCo pursuant to Section 2.5.

Section 2.2. Allocation of Taxes to NewCo: in General.

(a) NewCo shall be responsible for any and all Taxes (including any increase in such Taxes as a result of a Final Determination) that are (i) due with respect to or required to be reported on any Bluefin Separate Return, except as provided in Sections 2.1 and 2.5 or (ii) described in Section 2.1(x) or (y).

(b) NewCo shall be responsible for any and all Taxes (including any increase in such Taxes as a result of a Final Determination) due with respect to or required to be reported on any Tax Return of Toro, its Subsidiaries or NewCo.

Section 2.3. Consolidated Groups for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes.

(a) The Parties agree that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) SpinCo departed on the Distribution Date from the consolidated group of which RemainCo is the common parent; (ii) on such date, following the Distribution, Ivory HoldCo contributed the stock of SpinCo to Bluefin and SpinCo joined the consolidated group of which Bluefin is the common parent (and such consolidated group did not terminate as a result of such contribution and will continue through

 

- 11 -


the Closing Date); and (iii) Bluefin and the Bluefin Group members that are its Subsidiaries and are “includible corporations” (“Includible Corporations”) under Section 1504(b) of the Code (including SpinCo), and Toro and its Subsidiaries that are Includible Corporations, will form a new consolidated group with NewCo as the common parent on the Closing Date. The Parties further agree that, on any occasion when a corporation ceases to be a member of a consolidated group or joins a consolidated group for U.S. federal income tax purposes pursuant to the transactions just described, the closing of the books method in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-76 shall be applied.

(b) The Parties agree to treat, and report on each Applicable Tax Return, all transactions occurring on the Closing Date after the Closing and outside the ordinary course of business (as historically conducted before the Closing) as occurring after the Closing Date, to the full extent permitted by applicable Law (including Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-76(b)(1)(ii)(B) or any similar provision of U.S. state or local or non-U.S. Law).

Section 2.4. Straddle Periods; Deduction for Transaction Costs.

(a) For purposes of any Tax payable for a Straddle Period, the portion of such Tax that is allocable to the portion of such Tax Period ending on (and including) the Closing Date shall (i) in the case of any Tax based upon or related to income and any gross receipts, payroll, withholding, sales or use Tax, be deemed equal to the amount which would be payable if the relevant Tax Period ended on and included the Closing Date, and (ii) in the case of any Tax other than a Tax based upon or related to income and any gross receipts, payroll, withholding, sales or use Tax, be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire Tax Period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the Tax period ending on and including the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire Straddle Period. For purposes of making the determinations necessary to give effect to the allocation set forth in clause (i) of the previous sentence, (x) if any member of the Bluefin Group owns an interest in any entity treated for purposes of an applicable Law as a “flow-through” or fiscally transparent entity, a controlled foreign corporation or company, or in a similar manner, then such entity’s taxable year shall be deemed to close at the end of the Closing Date, and (y) such determinations otherwise shall be made in a manner consistent with prior practice of the applicable Bluefin Group member except as otherwise required by applicable Law. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4(a) shall also apply in respect of a Distribution Straddle Period, mutatis mutandis.

(b) To the maximum extent permitted under applicable Law, the Tax deductions in respect of all fees, costs, and expenses incurred by NewCo and any Toro Group member in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, and consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement shall be reported and claimed on a Tax Return of NewCo or the applicable Toro Group member. To the maximum extent permitted under applicable Law, the Tax deductions in respect of all fees, costs, and expenses incurred by any Ivory Retained Group member or any Bluefin Group member in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, and consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement shall be reported and claimed on (i) an Ivory Separate Return, or (ii) a Joint Return or Bluefin Separate Return for a Pre-Closing Tax Period.

 

- 12 -


Section 2.5. Allocation of Separation Taxes; NewCo Disqualifying Actions. Without duplication, Ivory Parent shall be responsible for all Separation Taxes, subject to the next sentence. NewCo shall be responsible for all Distribution Taxes and Tax-Related Losses or other Taxes resulting directly from a NewCo Disqualifying Action.

Section 2.6. Tax Refunds.

(a) Ivory Parent shall be entitled to all Refunds related to Taxes the liability for which is allocated to Ivory Parent pursuant to this Agreement. NewCo shall be entitled to all Refunds related to Taxes the liability for which is allocated to NewCo pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) NewCo shall pay to Ivory Parent (or its designee) any Refund received by NewCo or any member of the NewCo Group that is allocable to Ivory Parent pursuant to this Section 2.6 no later than 30 business days after the receipt of such Refund. Ivory Parent shall pay to NewCo any Refund received by Ivory Parent or any member of the Ivory Retained Group that is allocable to NewCo pursuant to this Section 2.6 no later than 30 business days after the receipt of such Refund. For purposes of this Section 2.6, any Refund that arises as a result of an offset, credit, or other similar benefit in respect of Taxes other than a receipt of cash shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of (i) the date on which a Tax Return is filed claiming such offset, credit, or other similar benefit and (ii) the date on which payment of the Tax which would have otherwise been paid absent such offset, credit, or other similar benefit is due (determined without taking into account any applicable extensions). To the extent that the amount of any Refund in respect of which a payment was made under this Section 2.6 is later reduced by a Governmental Authority or in a Tax Contest, such reduction shall be allocated to the Party to which such Refund was allocated pursuant to this Section 2.6 and an appropriate adjusting payment shall be made.

Section 2.7. Tax Benefits. Except with respect to any Tax Benefit arising as a result of the Protective Section 336(e) Elections, if (a) one Party is responsible for a Tax pursuant to this Agreement and (b) the other Party or a member of its Group is entitled to a deduction, credit or other Tax benefit (a “Tax Benefit”) relating to such Tax, then the Party that is (or a member of whose Group is) entitled to such Tax Benefit shall pay to the Party responsible for such Tax the amount of any cash Tax savings realized by the entitled Party as a result of such Tax Benefit, net of any Taxes imposed by any Governmental Authority on, related to, or attributable to, the receipt of or accrual of such Tax Benefit, including any Taxes imposed by way of withholding or offset, no later than 30 business days after such cash Tax savings are realized. To the extent that the amount of any Tax Benefit in respect of which a payment was made under this Section 2.7 is later reduced by a Governmental Authority or in a Tax Contest, the Party that received such payment shall refund such payment to the Party that made such payment to the extent of such reduction.

Section 2.8. Prior Agreements. Except as set forth in this Agreement and in consideration of the mutual indemnities and other obligations of this Agreement, any and all prior Tax sharing or allocation agreements or practices between any member of the Ivory Retained Group and any member of the Bluefin Group are hereby terminated with respect to the Bluefin Group and the Ivory Retained Group. No member of either the Bluefin Group or the Ivory Retained Group shall have any continuing rights or obligations under any such agreement.

 

- 13 -


ARTICLE III

PREPARATION AND FILING OF TAX RETURNS

Section 3.1. Ivory Parent’s Responsibility. Ivory Parent shall prepare and file, or shall cause to be prepared and filed, when due (taking into account any applicable extensions) (a) all Joint Returns and all Ivory Separate Returns and (b) all Bluefin Separate Returns that are for Pre-Closing Tax Periods (excluding Straddle Periods).

Section 3.2. NewCo’s Responsibility. NewCo shall prepare and file, or shall cause to be prepared and filed, when due (taking into account any applicable extensions) all Bluefin Separate Returns other than those described in Section 3.1(b).

Section 3.3. Right To Review Tax Returns.

(a) In the case of any Bluefin Separate Return for which Ivory Parent is the Responsible Party, in the event such Tax Return as prepared by Ivory Parent shows any Tax that Ivory Parent expects to be allocated to NewCo pursuant to Section 2.2, Ivory Parent (i) shall provide a draft of such Tax Return to NewCo for its review and comment at least 45 days prior to the due date for such Tax Return, and (ii) subject to Section 3.6, shall modify such Tax Return before filing to include NewCo’s comments thereon provided to Ivory Parent at least 10 days prior to the due date for such Tax Return unless there is no Reasonable Basis for such comments.

(b) In the case of any Bluefin Separate Return for a Straddle Period, NewCo (i) shall provide a draft of such Tax Return to Ivory Parent for its review and comment at least 45 days prior to the due date for such Tax Return, and (ii) subject to Section 3.6, shall modify such Tax Return before filing to include Ivory Parent’s comments thereon provided to NewCo at least 10 days prior to the due date for such Tax Return unless there is no Reasonable Basis for such comments.

Section 3.4. Cooperation. The Parties shall provide, and shall cause their Affiliates to provide, assistance and cooperation to one another in accordance with Article VII with respect to the preparation and filing of Tax Returns, including providing information required to be provided under Article VIII. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Ivory Parent shall not be required to disclose to NewCo or any of its Affiliates any consolidated, combined, unitary, or other similar Joint Return, or Ivory Separate Return, of which a member of the Ivory Retained Group is the common parent or any information related to such a Joint Return, or Ivory Separate Return, other than information relating solely to the Bluefin Group. If an amended Separate Return for which NewCo is responsible under this Article III is required to be filed as a result of an amendment made to a Joint Return pursuant to an audit adjustment, then the Parties shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that such amended Separate Return can be prepared and filed in a manner that preserves confidential information including through the use of confidentiality agreements or third party preparers.

Section 3.5. Tax Reporting Practices. Except as provided in Section 3.6, with respect to any Tax Return which is for any Tax Period that begins on or before the second anniversary of the Closing Date and includes a member of the Bluefin Group, such Tax Return shall be prepared

 

- 14 -


in a manner (i) consistent with past practices, accounting methods, elections and conventions (“Past Practices”) used with respect to the Tax Returns in question, unless there is no Reasonable Basis for such Past Practices; and (ii) that, to the extent consistent with clause (i), minimizes the overall amount of Taxes due and payable on such Tax Return for all of the Parties by cooperating in making such elections or applications for group or other relief or allowances available in the taxing jurisdiction in which such Tax Return is filed.

Section 3.6. Reporting of the Separation and the NewCo Transactions.

(a) The Tax treatment of any step in or portion of the Contribution, the Distribution and the NewCo Transactions shall be reported by the Parties and their Affiliates on each applicable Tax Return consistently with the Tax-Free Status of the Transactions, taking into account the jurisdiction in which such Tax Returns are filed, unless there is no Reasonable Basis for such Tax treatment. In the event that a Party shall determine that there is no Reasonable Basis for such Tax treatment, such Party shall notify the other Party no later than 20 business days prior to filing the relevant Tax Return and the Parties shall attempt in good faith to agree on the manner in which the relevant portion of the Contribution, the Distribution or the NewCo Transactions (as applicable) shall be reported.

(b) If RemainCo determines that protective elections under Section 336(e) of the Code (and any applicable state or local Tax Law) shall be made with respect to the Distribution for SpinCo and each member of the SpinCo Group that is a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes (the “Protective Section 336(e) Elections”), then RemainCo and SpinCo shall enter into a written, binding agreement to make the Protective Section 336(e) Elections, and RemainCo and SpinCo shall timely make the Protective Section 336(e) Elections in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.336-2(h). For the avoidance of doubt, such agreement is intended to constitute a “written, binding agreement” to make the Protective Section 336(e) Elections within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.336-2(h)(1)(i).

(c) Ivory Parent and SpinCo shall cooperate in making the Protective Section 336(e) Elections, if any, including filing any statements, amending any Tax Returns or undertaking such other actions reasonably necessary to carry out the Protective Section 336(e) Elections. Ivory Parent shall determine the “aggregate deemed asset disposition price” and the “adjusted grossed-up basis” (each as defined under applicable Treasury Regulations) and the allocation of such aggregate deemed asset disposition price and adjusted grossed-up basis among the assets of the applicable member or members of the Ivory Retained Group or SpinCo Group, each in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 336(e) of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations (the “Section 336(e) Allocation Statement”). Each Party agrees not to take any position (and to cause each of its Affiliates not to take any position) that is inconsistent with the Protective Section 336(e) Elections, including the Section 336(e) Allocation Statement, on any Tax Return, in connection with any Tax Contest or for any other Tax purposes (in each case, excluding any position taken for financial accounting purposes), except as may be required by a Final Determination.

(d) In the event of a failure of the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions, if Ivory Parent is not entitled to indemnification for one hundred percent (100%) of any Distribution Taxes and Tax-Related Losses attributable thereto arising from such failure, Ivory

 

- 15 -


Parent (or its designee) shall be entitled to quarterly payments from NewCo equal to the Section 336(e) Tax Benefit Percentage of the actual Tax savings if, as and when realized by the NewCo Group members arising from the increase in Tax basis (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such increase in Tax basis attributable to payments made pursuant to this Section 3.6(d)) resulting from the Protective Section 336(e) Election, determined on a “with and without” basis (treating any deductions or amortization attributable to the increase in Tax basis resulting from the Protective 336(e) Election, or any other recovery of such increase in Tax basis, as the last items claimed for any taxable year, including after the utilization of any available net operating loss carryforwards), provided, however, that payments made by NewCo pursuant to this Section 3.6(d) (i) shall be reduced by all reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by any member of the NewCo Group to amend any Tax Returns or other governmental filings related to such Protective Section 336(e) Election and (ii) shall not in the aggregate exceed the amount of all Distribution Taxes and Tax-Related Losses attributable thereto of the Ivory Retained Group (not taking into account this Section 3.6(d)) arising from such failure of the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions and for which Ivory Parent is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 3.7. Payment of Taxes.

(a) With respect to any Tax Return required to be filed pursuant to this Agreement, the Responsible Party shall remit or cause to be remitted to the applicable Governmental Authority in a timely manner any Taxes due in respect of any such Tax Return.

(b) In the case of any Tax Return for which the Party that is not the Responsible Party is obligated pursuant to this Agreement to pay all or a portion of the Taxes reported as due on such Tax Return, the Responsible Party shall notify the other Party, in writing, of its obligation to pay such Taxes and, in reasonably sufficient detail, its calculation of the amount due by such other Party and the Party receiving such notice shall pay such amount to the Responsible Party upon the later of five business days prior to the date on which such payment is due and 30 business days after the receipt of such notice.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, (i) with respect to any Taxes payable for a Straddle Period and allocable to the portion of such Straddle Period ending on (and including) the Closing Date, to the full extent permitted by applicable Law, such Tax shall be offset by (x) all estimated or advance payments of Taxes on or prior to the Closing Date and (y) Tax credit existing on or prior to the Closing Date, and (ii) with respect to any Taxes payable for a Tax Period other than a Straddle Period, (x) the Party that is or will be the Responsible Party with respect to any Tax Return that will reflect (or otherwise give credit for) such estimated Taxes shall remit or cause to be remitted to the applicable Governmental Authority in a timely manner any estimated Taxes due, and (y) in the case of any estimated Taxes for which the Party that is not the Responsible Party is obligated pursuant to this Agreement to pay all or a portion of the Taxes that will be reported as due on any Tax Return that will reflect (or otherwise give credit for) such estimated Taxes, the Responsible Party shall notify the other Party, in writing, of its obligation to pay such estimated Taxes and, in reasonably sufficient detail, its calculation of the amount due by such other Party and the Party receiving such notice shall pay such amount to the Responsible Party upon the later of five business days prior to the date on which such payment is due and 30 business days after the receipt of such notice.

 

- 16 -


Section 3.8. Post-Closing Tax Practices.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, NewCo shall not, and shall not permit any member of the Bluefin Group to, (i) make, change or revoke any Tax election or change any method of accounting that has effect on any Bluefin Separate Return for a Pre-Closing Tax Period, (ii) file or amend any Bluefin Separate Return with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period, (iii) surrender the right of any member of the Bluefin Group to claim a Refund with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period, (iv) enter into any voluntary disclosure agreement or similar agreement or program with any Governmental Authority implicating Taxes of any member of the Bluefin Group for a Pre-Closing Tax Period, (v) extend or waive the statute of limitations of any Bluefin Separate Return with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period, (vi) seek any ruling or agreement from a Tax Authority with respect to Taxes of any member of the Bluefin Group for a Pre-Closing Tax Period, or (vii) file or allow to be filed any request for an Adjustment for any member of the Bluefin Group with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period, in each case, without the prior written consent of Ivory Parent, which consent shall be sought by providing written notice to Ivory Parent as promptly as reasonably practicable (and, whenever possible, at least 45 days) prior to taking any such action described in clauses (i) through (vii) and shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, it being acknowledged and agreed that (A) withholding of consent by Ivory Parent would be unreasonable if such action is determined to be required by applicable Law based on written advice from an internationally recognized law or accounting firm reaching that conclusion which is received by NewCo and provided to Ivory Parent before such act (or failure or omission to act), transaction or election, and (B) subject to clause (A), withholding of consent by Ivory Parent would be reasonable if Ivory Parent is not indemnified by NewCo for all adverse Tax consequences resulting directly from such action (it being acknowledged and agreed that Taxes do not result directly from such action in the case of (x) an amendment of a Tax Return for a Straddle Period if no additional Taxes allocable to a Pre-Closing Tax Period would reasonably be expected to be due as a result of such amendment or (y) the extension or waiver of the statute of limitations as a result of an extension of the time for filing a Tax Return or in the ordinary course of an audit).

(b) Except as prohibited by applicable Law, NewCo shall, and shall cause each member of the Bluefin Group to, make any available elections to waive the right to carry back any Tax Attribute from a Post-Closing Tax Period to a Pre-Closing Tax Period.

(c) NewCo shall not, and shall cause each member of the Bluefin Group not to, without the prior written consent of Ivory Parent, make any affirmative election to carry back any Tax Attribute from a Post-Closing Tax Period to a Pre-Closing Tax Period.

(d) In the event that NewCo (or the appropriate member of the Bluefin Group) is prohibited by applicable Law from waiving or otherwise forgoing the carryback of a Tax Attribute from a Post-Closing Tax Period to a Pre-Closing Tax Period (a “Bluefin Carryback”), NewCo shall notify Ivory Parent in writing that such Bluefin Carryback must be carried back at least sixty (60) days prior to filing the Tax Return on which such carryback will be reflected. Ivory Parent shall promptly pay over to NewCo any Tax Benefit the Ivory Retained Group actually realizes with respect to any such Bluefin Carryback on a “with and without” basis (treating any deductions attributable to such carryback as the last items claimed for any taxable year, including after the utilization of any available net operating loss carryforwards).

 

- 17 -


Section 3.9. Tax Attributes.

(a) Ivory Parent shall in good faith advise Bluefin in writing reasonably promptly following Closing of the amount, if any, of any Tax Attributes that Ivory Parent determines shall be allocated or apportioned to the Bluefin Group under applicable Law (the “Proposed Allocation”). NewCo shall have thirty (30) days to review the Proposed Allocation and provide Ivory Parent any comments with respect thereto. Ivory Parent shall in good faith consider any comments to the Proposed Allocation reasonably promptly provided by NewCo, and shall in good faith discuss such comments with NewCo, after which Ivory Parent shall provide NewCo with a final determination of any Tax Attributes that Ivory Parent determines shall be allocated or apportioned to the Bluefin Group (the “Final Allocation”). NewCo and all members of the NewCo Group shall prepare all Tax Returns in accordance with the Final Allocation. In the event of any Adjustment to the Tax Attributes following the Final Allocation, Ivory Parent shall promptly advise NewCo in writing of such Adjustment. For the avoidance of doubt, Ivory Parent may elect in its reasonable discretion, in order to comply with this Section 3.9(a), to create or cause to be created books and records or reports or other documents based thereon (including, without limitation, “earnings & profits studies,” “basis studies” or similar determinations) that it does not typically maintain or prepare in the ordinary course of business.

(b) Deferred Revenue; Compensatory Deductions.

(i) Ivory Parent shall be entitled to a payment from NewCo (the amount of such payment, the “Deferred Revenue Payment Amount”) equal to the product of (x) the deferred revenue (if any) of SpinCo as of the Closing Date that has not been included in the income of SpinCo for financial reporting purposes as of the Closing Date to the extent such revenue is an accounts receivable of SpinCo as of the Closing Date and such deferred revenue is included in taxable income for a Pre-Closing Tax Period, multiplied by (y) the maximum applicable statutory Tax rate as of the Closing Date. Within 90 days after the Closing Date, Ivory Parent shall prepare and deliver to NewCo a statement setting forth with reasonable supporting detail Ivory Parent’s good faith calculations of the Deferred Revenue Payment Amount. Ivory Parent shall promptly provide NewCo all supporting documents and other information relating to such calculations as reasonably requested by NewCo. NewCo shall have 45 days from the date on which it receives the calculations of the Deferred Revenue Payment Amount from Ivory Parent to raise any objections to such calculations by delivering a written notice to Ivory Parent setting forth such objections in reasonable detail. If NewCo does not raise any objection within the 45-day period, then the Deferred Revenue Payment Amount as calculated by Ivory Parent shall be deemed final, binding and nonappealable. If NewCo timely raises any objections, NewCo and Ivory Parent shall attempt in good faith to resolve these objections. If NewCo and Ivory Parent are unable to resolve NewCo’s objections within 30 days after the date on which the notice setting forth such objections is received by Ivory Parent, then either NewCo or Ivory Parent may, by written notice to the other within five business days after such 30-day period (or such earlier date as mutually agreed), require NewCo and Ivory Parent to engage an Accountant Firm to resolve such dispute in accordance with Section 9.1. NewCo shall make payment of the Deferred Revenue Payment Amount as finally determined to Ivory Parent within five business days of such final determination.

(ii) Ivory Parent shall be entitled to quarterly payments from NewCo equal to the product of (x) deductions to which NewCo Group members are entitled under

 

- 18 -


applicable Tax Law for the applicable quarter in respect of compensatory transfers to individuals providing services to NewCo Group members of Equity Interests in Ivory Parent, cash, or other property that is provided or funded by members of the Ivory Retained Group, multiplied by (y) the maximum applicable statutory Tax rate. Such payments shall be made thirty (30) days after the end of the applicable quarter.

Section 3.10. Industry Dive, Inc. Sales Taxes. Each Party shall fully cooperate in good faith after the Closing to develop a plan to begin the collection and remittance of sales Taxes for Industry Dive, Inc. after the Closing, with respect to Tax Periods beginning after the Closing. Industry Dive, Inc. shall not enter into voluntary disclosure agreements or similar agreements with respect to Pre-Closing Tax Periods in any jurisdiction with respect to sales Taxes for such period without the prior written consent of Ivory Parent, which may be granted or withheld in Ivory Parent’s sole discretion. Any reasonable action taken by NewCo or any member of the NewCo Group in connection with entering into any voluntary disclosure agreements or similar agreements with respect to which Ivory Parent has provided written consent under the preceding sentence or in accordance with the plan developed pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall not constitute (i) a NewCo Disqualifying Action, or (ii) a breach by any member of the NewCo Group of any provision of this Agreement, including, for the avoidance of doubt, Section 3.5 or Section 3.8.

ARTICLE IV

TAX-FREE STATUS OF THE SPIN-OFF TRANSACTIONS

Section 4.1. Representations and Warranties.

(a) Each of Ivory Parent, on behalf of itself and all other members of the Ivory Retained Group, SpinCo, on behalf of itself and all other members of the SpinCo Group, Bluefin, on behalf of itself and all other members of the Bluefin Group, and NewCo, on behalf of itself and all other members of the NewCo Group, represents and warrants that it knows of no fact (after due inquiry) that may cause the failure of the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions.

(b) Each of Ivory Parent, on behalf of itself and all other members of the Ivory Retained Group, SpinCo, on behalf of itself and all other members of the SpinCo Group, Bluefin, on behalf of itself and all other members of the Bluefin Group, and NewCo, on behalf of itself and all other members of the NewCo Group, represents and warrants that it has no plan or intent to take any action which is inconsistent with any statements or representations made in the Tax Certificates pertaining to the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions.

Section 4.2. Restrictions Relating to the Contribution and the Distribution.

(a) Ivory Parent, on behalf of itself and all other members of the Ivory Retained Group, hereby covenants and agrees that no member of the Ivory Retained Group will take, fail to take, or to permit to be taken: (i) any action where such action or failure to act would be inconsistent with or cause to be untrue any statement, information, covenant or representation in the Tax Certificates pertaining to the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions or (ii) any action where such action or failure to act would adversely affect, or could reasonably be expected to adversely affect, the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions.

 

- 19 -


(b) NewCo, on behalf of itself and all other members of the NewCo Group, SpinCo, on behalf of itself and all other members of the SpinCo Group, and Bluefin, on behalf of itself and all other members of the Bluefin Group, hereby covenants and agrees that no member of their respective Groups will take, fail to take, or permit to be taken: (i) any action where such action or failure to act would be inconsistent with or cause to be untrue any statement, information, covenant or representation in the Tax Certificates pertaining to the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions or (ii) any action where such action or failure to act would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions.

(c) During the Restricted Period, NewCo, SpinCo and Bluefin:

(i) shall continue and cause to be continued the active conduct of the Bluefin Business for purposes of Section 355(b)(2) of the Code, taking into account Section 355(b)(3) of the Code, including as conducted by the SpinCo Group immediately prior to the Distribution,

(ii) shall not voluntarily dissolve or liquidate themselves (including any action that is a liquidation for U.S. federal income tax purposes),

(iii) shall not (1) enter into any Proposed Acquisition Transaction or, to the extent NewCo, Bluefin or SpinCo has the right to prohibit any Proposed Acquisition Transaction, permit any Proposed Acquisition Transaction to occur (whether by (A) redeeming rights under a shareholder rights plan, (B) finding a tender offer to be a “permitted offer” under any such plan or otherwise causing any such plan to be inapplicable or neutralized with respect to any Proposed Acquisition Transaction, (C) approving any Proposed Acquisition Transaction, whether for purposes of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any “fair price,” “moratorium,” “control share acquisition,” or other similar anti-takeover statute or regulation, or any anti-takeover provision in Toro’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, or (D) otherwise), (2) redeem or otherwise repurchase (directly or through an Affiliate) any stock, or rights to acquire stock except (A) to the extent such repurchases satisfy Section 4.05(1)(b) of Revenue Procedure 96-30 (as in effect prior to the amendment of such Revenue Procedure by Revenue Procedure 2003-48), (B) to the extent reasonably necessary to pay the total tax liability arising from the vesting of an Equity Award, or (C) through a net exercise of an Equity Award, (3) amend its certificate of incorporation, bylaws, or similar organizational documents, or take any other action, whether through a stockholder vote or otherwise, affecting the relative voting rights of its capital stock (including through the conversion of any capital stock into another class of capital stock), (4) merge or consolidate, or agree to merge or consolidate, NewCo, Bluefin or SpinCo with any other Person (other than pursuant to the Toro Merger) unless, in the case of a merger or consolidation, NewCo, Bluefin or SpinCo (as applicable) is the survivor of such merger or consolidation or (5) take any other action or actions (including any action or transaction that would be reasonably likely to be inconsistent with any representation made in the Tax Certificates pertaining to the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions) which in the aggregate (and taking into account the Toro Merger) would, when combined with any other direct or indirect changes in ownership of SpinCo stock pertinent for purposes of Section 355(e) of the Code, have the effect of causing or permitting one or more Persons (whether or not acting in concert) to acquire directly or indirectly stock representing a fifty percent (50%) or greater interest in SpinCo or would

 

- 20 -


reasonably be expected to result in a failure to preserve the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions; and

(iv) shall not and shall not permit any member of the SpinCo Group, to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of or agree to, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose (including in any transaction treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a sale, transfer or disposition) of assets (including, any shares of capital stock of a Subsidiary) that, in the aggregate, constitute more than thirty percent (30%) of the consolidated gross assets of SpinCo or the SpinCo Group; provided that this Section 4.2(c)(iv) shall not apply to (1) sales, transfers, or dispositions of assets in the ordinary course of business, (2) any cash paid to acquire assets from an unrelated Person in an arm’s-length transaction or cash to pay indebtedness or other liabilities owed to an unrelated Person, (3) sales, transfers, or dispositions of assets to a wholly owned Subsidiary of SpinCo or (4) any assets transferred to a Person that is disregarded as an entity separate from the transferor for U.S. federal income tax purposes; provided, further, that the percentages of gross assets or consolidated gross assets of SpinCo or the SpinCo Group, as the case may be, sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of, shall be based on the fair market value of the gross assets of SpinCo and the members of the SpinCo Group as of the Distribution Date. For purposes of this Section 4.2(c)(iv), a merger of SpinCo or one of its Subsidiaries with and into any Person that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of SpinCo shall constitute a disposition of all of the assets of SpinCo or such Subsidiary.

(d) Notwithstanding the restrictions imposed by Sections 4.2(b) and 4.2(c), NewCo, Bluefin, SpinCo or a member of the SpinCo Group may take any of the actions or transactions described therein if SpinCo either (i) obtains an Unqualified Tax Opinion in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Ivory Parent, (ii) obtains a ruling from the IRS to the effect that such actions or transactions will not affect the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Transactions (a “Post-Distribution Ruling”), or (iii) obtains the prior written consent of Ivory Parent waiving the requirement that SpinCo obtain an Unqualified Tax Opinion or Post-Distribution Ruling, such waiver to be provided in Ivory Parent’s sole and absolute discretion. Ivory Parent shall cooperate in good faith with any reasonable requests of SpinCo in connection with securing any Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion. Ivory Parent’s evaluation of an Unqualified Tax Opinion may consider, among other factors, the appropriateness of any underlying assumptions, representations, and covenants made in connection with such opinion. SpinCo shall bear all costs and expenses of securing any such Unqualified Tax Opinion or Post-Distribution Ruling. Neither the delivery of an Unqualified Tax Opinion, receipt of a Post-Distribution Ruling nor Ivory Parent’s waiver of SpinCo’s obligation to deliver an Unqualified Tax Opinion or obtain a Post-Distribution Ruling shall limit or modify NewCo’s continuing indemnification obligation pursuant to Article V.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS

Section 5.1. Indemnity Obligations.

(a) Ivory Parent shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the NewCo Group from and against, and will reimburse them for, (i) all liability for Taxes allocated to Ivory Parent pursuant to Article II, (ii) all liability for Taxes and Tax-Related Losses attributable thereto

 

- 21 -


arising out of, based upon, or relating or attributable to any breach of or inaccuracy in, or failure to perform, as applicable, any representation, covenant, or obligation of any member of the Ivory Retained Group pursuant to this Agreement and (iii) the amount of any Refund received by any member of the Ivory Retained Group that is allocated to NewCo pursuant to Section 2.6(a).

(b) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in the Separation Documentation, the Merger Agreement or other Transaction Document, NewCo shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Ivory Retained Group from and against, and will reimburse them for, (i) all liability for Taxes allocated to NewCo pursuant to Article II, (ii) all liability for Taxes and Tax-Related Losses attributable thereto arising out of, based upon, or relating or attributable to any breach of or inaccuracy in, or failure to perform, as applicable, any representation, covenant, or obligation of any member of the NewCo Group pursuant to this Agreement, and (iii) the amount of any Refund received by any member of the NewCo Group that is allocated to Ivory Parent pursuant to Section 2.6(a); provided, however, that no indemnification obligation shall arise pursuant to clause (ii) to the extent such breach of or inaccuracy in, or failure to perform, as applicable, any representation, covenant, or obligation of any member of the NewCo Group pursuant to this Agreement resulted from an act, transaction or election that was unanimously approved by all directors then designated by Ivory HoldCo on the board of directors of NewCo who participate in the vote of the board of directors of NewCo (whether in person, by proxy, by written consent, or otherwise) that results in such approval, provided that such participating Ivory HoldCo-designated directors represent a majority of the directors on the board of directors of NewCo participating in such vote.

(c) To the extent that any Tax or Tax-Related Losses is subject to indemnity pursuant to both Section 5.1(a)(ii) (on the one hand) and Section 5.1(b)(ii) (on the other hand), responsibility for such Tax or Tax-Related Loss shall be shared by Ivory Parent and NewCo according to relative fault as determined by the Accounting Firm pursuant to Section 9.1.

Section 5.2. Indemnification Payments.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, if a Party (the “Indemnitee”) or a member of its Group is required to pay to a Governmental Authority a Tax or to another Person a payment in respect of a Tax that the other Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) is liable for under this Agreement, including as the result of a Final Determination, the Indemnitee shall notify the Indemnifying Party, in writing, of its obligation to pay such Tax and, in reasonably sufficient detail, its calculation of the amount due by such Indemnifying Party to the Indemnitee, including any Tax-Related Losses attributable thereto. The Indemnifying Party shall pay such amount, including any Tax-Related Losses attributable thereto, to the Indemnitee no later than the later of (i) five business days prior to the date on which such payment is due to the applicable Governmental Authority or (ii) 30 business days after the receipt of notice from the other Party. Any Tax indemnity payment required to be made pursuant to this Agreement shall be reduced by any corresponding Tax Benefit payment required to be made to the Indemnifying Party by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 2.7. For the avoidance of doubt, a Tax Benefit payment is treated as corresponding to a Tax indemnity payment to the extent the Tax Benefit realized is directly attributable to the same Tax item (or adjustment of such Tax item pursuant to a Final Determination) that gave rise to the Tax indemnity payment. In addition, in the event Ivory Parent is obligated to make a payment under Section 5.1(a), there shall be offset against such payment

 

- 22 -


(with a consequent reduction in the amount Ivory Parent is obligated to pay) any amounts described in Section 3.9(b) that are due but have not yet been paid by NewCo to Ivory Parent, and any such offset will be deemed paid by NewCo pursuant to Section 3.9(b).

(b) If, as a result of any change or redetermination, any amount previously allocated to and borne by one Party pursuant to the provisions of Article II is thereafter allocated to the other Party, then, no later than 30 business days after such change or redetermination, such other Party shall pay to such Party the amount previously borne by such Party which is allocated to such other Party as a result of such change or redetermination.

(c) If an Indemnitee receives a Refund with respect to a Tax Contest for which the Indemnifying Party made an indemnity payment to the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 5.2(a), the Indemnitee shall pay the amount of such Refund to the Indemnifying Party, such payment to the Indemnifying Party not to exceed such indemnity payment, no later than 30 business days after the receipt of such Refund.

Section 5.3. Payment Mechanics.

(a) All payments under this Agreement shall be made by Ivory Parent directly to NewCo and by NewCo directly to Ivory Parent (or its designee); provided, however, that if the Parties mutually agree with respect to any such indemnification payment, any member of the Ivory Retained Group, on the one hand, may make such indemnification payment to any member of the NewCo Group, on the other hand, and vice versa. All indemnification payments shall be treated in the manner described in Section 5.4.

(b) In the case of any payment of Taxes made by a Responsible Party or Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement for which such Responsible Party or Indemnitee, as the case may be, has received a payment from the other Party, such Responsible Party or Indemnitee shall provide to the other Party a copy of any official government receipt received with respect to the payment of such Taxes to the applicable Governmental Authority (or, if no such official governmental receipts are available, executed bank payment forms or other reasonable evidence of payment).

Section 5.4. Treatment of Payments. The Parties agree that any payment made among the Parties pursuant to this Agreement (other than any payment of interest accruing after the Distribution Date) shall be treated, to the extent permitted by Law, for all U.S. federal income tax purposes as an adjustment to the Ivory Cash Payment contributed by Ivory HoldCo to NewCo pursuant to Section 1.02 of the Merger Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

TAX CONTESTS

Section 6.1. Notice. Each Party shall notify the other Party in writing within ten business days after receipt by such Party or any member of its Group of a written communication from any Governmental Authority with respect to any pending or threatened audit, claim, dispute, suit, action, proposed assessment or other administrative or judicial proceeding (a “Tax Contest”) concerning any Taxes for which the other Party may be liable pursuant to this Agreement, and

 

- 23 -


thereafter shall promptly forward or make available to such Party copies of notices and communications relating to such Tax Contest.

Section 6.2. Conduct of Tax Contests.

(a) Subject to Section 6.4, Ivory Parent shall have the sole responsibility and right to control the prosecution of Tax Contests with respect to any Bluefin Separate Return for a Tax Period ending on or before the Closing Date, any Ivory Separate Return, or any Joint Return, including the exclusive right to communicate with agents of the applicable Governmental Authority and to control, resolve, settle, or agree to any deficiency, claim or adjustment proposed, asserted or assessed in connection with or as a result of such Tax Contest.

(b) With respect to any Tax Contest other than those described in Section 6.2(a), subject to Section 6.4, NewCo shall have the sole responsibility and right to control the prosecution of such Tax Contest, including the exclusive right to communicate with agents of the applicable Governmental Authority and to control, resolve, settle, or agree to any deficiency, claim or adjustment proposed, asserted or assessed in connection with or as a result of such Tax Contest.

Section 6.3. Obligation of Continued Notice. During the pendency of any Tax Contest or threatened Tax Contest, each Party shall provide prompt notice to the other Parties of any written communication received by it or a member of its respective Group from a Governmental Authority regarding any Tax Contest for which it is indemnified by the other Party hereunder. Such notice shall attach copies of the pertinent portion of any written communication from a Governmental Authority and contain factual information (to the extent known) describing any asserted Tax liability in reasonable detail and shall be accompanied by copies of any notice and other documents received from any Governmental Authority in respect of any such matters. Such notice shall be provided in a reasonably timely fashion; provided, however, that in the event that timely notice is not provided, a Party shall be relieved of its obligation to indemnify the other Party only to the extent that such delay results in actual increased costs or actual prejudice to such other Party.

Section 6.4. Participation Rights. Unless waived by the Parties in writing, in connection with any Tax Contest with respect to a Bluefin Separate Return for a Straddle Period or any Tax Contest as a result of which the Non-Controlling Party may reasonably be expected to become liable to make any indemnification payment to the Controlling Party under Article V of this Agreement: (a) the Controlling Party shall keep the Non-Controlling Party informed in a timely manner of all actions taken or proposed to be taken by the Controlling Party with respect to such Tax Contest; (b) the Controlling Party shall timely provide the Non-Controlling Party with copies of any correspondence or filings received from, or submitted to, any Governmental Authority or judicial authority in connection with such Tax Contest; (c) the Controlling Party shall defend such Tax Contest diligently and in good faith; (d) upon the Non-Controlling Party’s request, the Controlling Party shall consult the Non-Controlling Party from time to time as to strategy for the conduct of such Tax Contest; and (e) the Controlling Party shall not settle or agree to any deficiency, claim or adjustment proposed, asserted or assessed without the prior written consent of the Non-Controlling Party (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that, in the case of a Tax Contest other than in respect of a Bluefin Separate Return for a Straddle Period, the foregoing (a) through (e) shall apply to actions, correspondence, filings, defense,

 

- 24 -


conduct, and settlements and agreements to the extent related to the potential adjustment or adjustments as a result of which the Non-Controlling Party may reasonably be expected to become liable to make any indemnification payment to the Controlling Party. The failure of the Controlling Party to take any action specified in the preceding sentence with respect to the Non-Controlling Party shall not relieve the Non-Controlling Party of any liability and/or obligation which it may have to the Controlling Party under this Agreement, except to the extent the Non-Controlling Party is actually harmed thereby, and in no event shall such failure relieve the Non-Controlling Party from any other liability or obligation which it may have to the Controlling Party.

ARTICLE VII

COOPERATION

Section 7.1. General. Each Party shall fully cooperate, and shall cause all members of such Party’s Group to fully cooperate, with all reasonable requests in writing from the other Party, or from an agent, representative or advisor to such Party, in connection with the preparation and filing of any Tax Return, claims for Refunds, the conduct of any Tax Contest, and calculations of amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Agreement, in each case, related or attributable to or arising in connection with Taxes of either Party or any member of either Party’s Group covered by this Agreement and the establishment of any reserve required in connection with any financial reporting (a “Tax Matter”). Such cooperation shall include the provision of any information reasonably necessary or helpful in connection with a Tax Matter and shall include, without limitation, at each Party’s own cost to the extent reasonably requested:

(i) the provision of any Tax Returns of either Party or any member of either Party’s Group, books, records (including information regarding ownership and Tax basis of property), documentation and other information relating to such Tax Returns, including accompanying schedules, related work papers, and documents relating to rulings or other determinations by Governmental Authorities; and

(ii) the execution of any document (including any power of attorney) in connection with any Tax Contest of either Party or any member of either Party’s Group, or the filing of a Tax Return or a Refund claim of either Party or any member of either Party’s Group.

Each Party shall make its employees and facilities available, without charge, on a mutually convenient basis to facilitate such cooperation.

Section 7.2. Consistent Treatment. Unless and until there has been a Final Determination to the contrary, each Party agrees not to take any position on any Tax Return, in connection with any Tax Contest or otherwise that is inconsistent with (a) the treatment of payments between the Ivory Retained Group and the Bluefin Group as set forth in Section 5.4 or (b) the Tax-Free Status of the Transactions.

 

- 25 -


ARTICLE VIII

RETENTION OF RECORDS; ACCESS

Section 8.1. Retention of Records. For so long as the contents thereof may become material in the administration of any matter under applicable Tax Law, but in any event until the later of (i) 60 days after the expiration of any applicable statutes of limitation (including any waivers or extensions thereof) and (ii) seven years after the Closing Date, the Parties shall retain records, documents, accounting data and other information (including computer data) necessary for the preparation and filing of all Tax Returns (collectively, “Tax Records”) in respect of Taxes of any member of either the Ivory Retained Group or the NewCo Group for any Pre-Distribution Period or Post-Distribution Period or for any Tax Contests relating to such Tax Returns. At any time after the Effective Time when the Ivory Retained Group proposes to destroy any Tax Records, the Ivory Retained Group shall first notify the NewCo Group in writing, and the NewCo Group shall be entitled to receive such records or documents proposed to be destroyed. At any time after the Effective Time when the NewCo Group proposes to destroy any Tax Records related to a Pre-Closing Tax Period or a Straddle Period, NewCo shall first notify Ivory Parent in writing and the Ivory Retained Group shall be entitled to receive such records or documents proposed to be destroyed. The Parties will notify each other in writing of any waivers or extensions of the applicable statute of limitations that may affect the period for which the foregoing records or other documents must be retained.

Section 8.2. Access to Tax Records. The Parties and their respective Affiliates shall make available to each other for inspection and copying during normal business hours upon reasonable notice all Tax Records (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any pertinent underlying data accessed or stored on any computer program or information technology system) in their possession and shall permit the other Party and its Affiliates, authorized agents and representatives and any representative of a Governmental Authority or other Tax auditor direct access, during normal business hours upon reasonable notice to any computer program or information technology system used to access or store any Tax Records, in each case to the extent reasonably required by the other Party in connection with the preparation of Tax Returns or financial accounting statements, audits, litigation, or the resolution of items pursuant to this Agreement. The Party seeking access to the records of the other Party shall bear all costs and expenses associated with such access, including any professional fees.

Section 8.3. Preservation of Privilege. The Parties and their respective Affiliates shall not provide access to, copies of, or otherwise disclose to any Person any documentation relating to Taxes existing prior to the Closing Date to which Privilege may reasonably be asserted without the prior written consent of the other Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

ARTICLE IX

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Section 9.1. Dispute Resolution. In the event of any dispute between the Parties as to any matter covered by this Agreement, the Parties shall appoint an internationally recognized

 

- 26 -


independent public accounting firm (the “Accounting Firm”) to resolve such dispute. In this regard, the Accounting Firm shall make determinations with respect to the disputed items based solely on representations made by Ivory Parent, RemainCo, SpinCo, Bluefin, NewCo, and their respective representatives, and not by independent review, and shall function only as an expert and not as an arbitrator and shall be required to make a determination in favor of one Party only. The Parties shall require the Accounting Firm to resolve all disputes no later than 90 days after the submission of such dispute to the Accounting Firm, but in no event later than the due date for the payment of Taxes or the filing of the applicable Tax Return, if applicable, and agree that all decisions by the Accounting Firm with respect thereto shall be final and conclusive and binding on the Parties. The Accounting Firm shall resolve all disputes in a manner consistent with this Agreement and, to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement, in a manner consistent with the Past Practices of Ivory Parent and its Subsidiaries, except as otherwise required by applicable Law. The Parties shall require the Accounting Firm to render all determinations in writing and to set forth, in reasonable detail, the basis for such determination. The fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne by Ivory Parent and NewCo according to relative fault as determined by the Accounting Firm pursuant to this Section 9.1.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 10.1. Entire Agreement; Construction. This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all previous negotiations, commitments, course of dealings and writings with respect to such subject matter. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Separation Documentation or any Transaction Document: (i) all matters relating to Taxes and Tax Returns of the Parties and their respective Subsidiaries shall be governed exclusively by this Agreement and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any conflict between this Agreement, on the one hand, and any Transaction Document, on the other hand, with respect to such matters, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall govern. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any conflict between (a) this Agreement, on the one hand and (b) any of Annex C of the Merger Agreement (Separation Plan – Employee Matters Annex), the Commercial Co-operation Agreement, Section 13.5 (Taxes) of the Transitional Services Agreement, Section 13.5 (Taxes) of the Reverse Transitional Services Agreement, or Section 11 (Tax) of either of the Supplemental Transitional Services Agreements, on the other hand, in each case to the extent such annex or agreement, or section of an agreement, described in this clause (b) expressly relates to Tax matters, such annex or agreement, or section of an agreement, described in this clause (b) shall govern.

Section 10.2. Interest on Late Payments. With respect to any payment between the Parties pursuant to this Agreement not made by the due date set forth in this Agreement for such payment, the outstanding amount will accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate in effect for underpayments under Section 6621 of the Code from such due date to and including the payment date.

Section 10.3. Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement and the obligations and rights hereunder shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by (and against) the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

- 27 -


Section 10.4. Subsidiaries. Each of the Parties shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth herein to be performed by any Subsidiary of such Party or by any entity that becomes a Subsidiary of such Party after the execution of this Agreement, to the extent such Subsidiary remains a Subsidiary of the applicable Party.

Section 10.5. Assignability. This Agreement shall not be assignable, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other Party, and any attempt to assign any rights or obligations arising under this Agreement without such consent shall be void.

Section 10.6. No Fiduciary Relationship. The duties and obligations of the Parties, and their respective successors and permitted assigns, contained herein are the extent of the duties and obligations contemplated by this Agreement; nothing in this Agreement is intended to create a fiduciary relationship between the Parties hereto, or any of their successors and permitted assigns, or create any relationship or obligations other than those explicitly described.

Section 10.7. Further Assurances. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Parties hereto shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver such other instruments and documents, and take all such other actions, as may be reasonably required in order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 10.8. Survival. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all representations, covenants and obligations contained in this Agreement shall survive until 60 days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations with respect to any such matter (including extensions thereof).

Section 10.9. Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement and, to the extent applicable shall be in English, shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service, by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), or by e-mail (provided that confirmation of transmission is electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party), to the respective Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 10.9):

If to Ivory Parent, to:

Informa PLC

5 Howick Place

London, SW1P 1WG

UK

Attention: Rupert Hopley, Stuart Poyser

Email: [***], [***]

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Clifford Chance US LLP

31 West 52nd Street

 

- 28 -


New York, New York 10019

Attention: John A. Healy, Benjamin K. Sibbett

Email: [***], [***]

and

Clifford Chance US LLP

Texas Tower

845 Texas Avenue, Suite 3930

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Jonathan D. Bobinger

Email: [***]

If to RemainCo, to:

Informa USA, Inc.

605 Third Avenue, 22nd Floor

New York, New York 10158

Attention: Brian Vasandani

Email: [***]

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Clifford Chance US LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention: John A. Healy, Benjamin K. Sibbett

Email: [***], [***]

and

Clifford Chance US LLP

Texas Tower

845 Texas Avenue, Suite 3930

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Jonathan D. Bobinger

Email: [***]

If to Bluefin, to:

Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc.

275 Grove Street

Newton, Massachusetts 02466

Attention: Daniel Noreck, Charles Rennick

Email: [***], [***]

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

- 29 -


Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: Joseph B. Conahan

Email: [***]

and

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

7 World Trade Center

250 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10007

Attention: Andrew Alin

Email: [***]

If to SpinCo, to:

Informa Tech LLC

275 Grove Street

Newton, Massachusetts 02466

Attention: Daniel Noreck, Charles Rennick

Email: [***], [***]

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: Joseph B. Conahan

Email: [***]

and

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

7 World Trade Center

250 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10007

Attention: Andrew Alin

Email: [***]

If to NewCo, to:

TechTarget, Inc.

275 Grove Street

Newton, Massachusetts 02466

Attention: Daniel Noreck, Charles Rennick

Email: [***], [***]

 

- 30 -


with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: Joseph B. Conahan

Email: [***]

and

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

7 World Trade Center

250 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10007

Attention: Andrew Alin

Email: [***]

Section 10.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more such counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to each of the Parties.

Section 10.11. Consents. Any consent required or permitted to be given by any Party to the other Party under this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by the Party giving such consent and shall be effective only against such Party (and its Group).

Section 10.12. Expenses. Ivory Parent, RemainCo, SpinCo, NewCo, and Bluefin shall each be responsible for its own fees, costs and expenses paid or incurred in connection with this Agreement, except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, or as otherwise agreed in writing between Ivory Parent, RemainCo, SpinCo, NewCo, and Bluefin.

Section 10.13. Termination and Amendment. This Agreement may not be terminated, modified or amended except by an agreement in writing signed by Ivory Parent, RemainCo, SpinCo, NewCo, and Bluefin.

Section 10.14. Titles and Headings. Titles and headings to articles herein are inserted for the convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 10.15. Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The Parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions, the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

- 31 -


Section 10.16. Interpretation. The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the Party drafting or causing any instrument to be drafted.

Section 10.17. No Duplication; No Double Recovery. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer to or impose upon any Party a duplicative right, entitlement, obligation or recovery with respect to any matter arising out of the same facts and circumstances.

Section 10.18. No Waiver. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Party, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver hereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

Section 10.19. Governing Law. This Agreement and any dispute arising out of, in connection with or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

Section 10.20. Effective Time. This Agreement shall become effective only upon the Effective Time on the Closing Date.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

- 32 -


Execution Version

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Parties as of the date first written above.

 

INFORMA PLC
By:  

/s/ Gareth Wright

  Name: Gareth Wright
  Title: Group Finance Director
TECHTARGET, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel T. Noreck

  Name: Daniel T. Noreck
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
INFORMA USA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Brian Vasandani

  Name: Brian Vasandani
  Title: Vice President
INFORMA INTREPID HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

/s/ Brian Vasandani

  Name: Brian Vasandani
  Title: Vice President
INFORMA TECH LLC
By:  

/s/ Brian Vasandani

  Name: Brian Vasandani
  Title: Vice President

Tax Matters Agreement

Signature Page

Exhibit 10.4

Certain portions of this agreement have been omitted pursuant to Rule 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K. The omitted information is (i) not material and (ii) the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential. Information that has been omitted has been noted in this document with a placeholder identified by the mark “[***]”.

EXECUTION VERSION

Dated as of December 2, 2024

INFORMA GROUP LIMITED

and

TECHTARGET, INC.

 

 

TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE 2 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES

     3  

ARTICLE 3 RECIPIENT’S OBLIGATIONS

     9  

ARTICLE 4 MIGRATION PLAN

     10  

ARTICLE 5 ACCESS; COORDINATION; LOCATION OF SERVICES PROVIDED

     11  

ARTICLE 6 TITLE TO EQUIPMENT; MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL

     12  

ARTICLE 7 ACCESS AND SECURITY

     12  

ARTICLE 8 TERM AND TERMINATION

     15  

ARTICLE 9 PROPERTY

     16  

ARTICLE 10 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     16  

ARTICLE 11 CHANGE CONTROL

     17  

ARTICLE 12 CONFIDENTIALITY

     18  

ARTICLE 13 SERVICE FEE; OUT-OF-POCKET CHARGES; PAYMENT TERMS; TRUE-UP; TAXES

     19  

ARTICLE 14 COMPLIANCE; DATA PROTECTION

     21  

ARTICLE 15 DISCLAIMER; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     24  

ARTICLE 16 INDEMNIFICATION

     25  

ARTICLE 17 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     27  

ARTICLE 18 EMPLOYEES

     27  

ARTICLE 19 MISCELLANEOUS

     30  

 

EXHIBITS   
Exhibit A    Services; Fees; Term
Exhibit B    Property Services; Related Fees; Term
Exhibit C    Excluded Services
Exhibit D    Change Request Form
Exhibit E    Sub-Services Agreements

 

 

- i -


THIS TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 2, 2024 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between TECHTARGET, INC. (formerly known as TORO COMBINECO, INC.), a Delaware corporation (“Recipient”), and Informa GROUP LIMITED, a private company organized under the laws of England and Wales (“Provider”) (each a “Party”, and together the “Parties”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 10, 2024 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among TechTarget, Inc. (now known as TechTarget Holdings Inc.), Recipient, Toro Acquisition Sub, LLC, Informa PLC, Informa US Holdings Limited, and Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc. (“Bluefin”), at a closing held on the date hereof, among other things Informa US Holdings Limited contributed all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc., plus cash, to Recipient , in exchange for shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Recipient;

WHEREAS, Provider is an indirect, wholly owned Subsidiary of Informa PLC and the direct parent of Informa US Holdings Limited;

WHEREAS, as an accommodation to Recipient, Provider has agreed to perform the Services for certain periods following the Effective Date for the benefit of Recipient with respect to Recipient’s operation of the Business after the Closing; and

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Agreement at the Closing were required by the Merger Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of the Effective Date, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Defined Terms.

(a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Merger Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the corresponding section of this Agreement set forth below:

 

Access Codes

   Section 7.2(a)

Actual Cost

   Section 2.8(d)

Additional Service

   Section 2.8(b)

Agreement

   Preamble

Change

   Section 11.1

Change Request

   Section 11.2(a)

Consents

   Section 2.5

Controlling Party

   Section 16.2(b)

 

1


Coordinator

   Section 5.1

Data Protection Law

   Section 14.2

Effective Date

   Preamble

Emergency Shutdown

   Section 7.5

Excluded Services

   Section 2.8(a)

Force Majeure

   Section 19.14

Indemnified Party

   Section 16.2(a)

Indemnifying Party

   Section 16.2(a)

Interdependent Services

   Section 8.3

Licensed Facility

   Section 2.10(a)

Licensee

   Section 10.2

Licensor

   Section 10.2

Losses

   Section 16.1(a)

Merger Agreement

   Preamble

Migration Plan

   Section 4.2(a)

New IP

   Section 10.1

New Recipient IP

   Section 10.1

Non-emergency Shutdown

   Section 7.5

Omitted Service

   Section 2.8(a)

Out-of-Pocket Charges

   Section 13.2(a)

Process Agent

   Section 19.11(a)

Property Service

   Section 2.10(a)

Provider

   Preamble

Provider Indemnified Party

   Section 16.1(a)

Provider Tenant

   Section 2.10(a)

Recipient

   Preamble

Recipient Data

   Section 14.2

Recipient Indemnified Party

   Section 16.1(b)

Reference Period

   Section 2.3

Regulatory Change

   Section 11.2(a)

Security Incident

   Section 7.4

Service

   Section 2.1

Service Fee

   Section 13.1

Service Taxes

   Section 13.5

Service Term

   Section 8.1

Service Termination Date

   Section 8.1

Services Standard

   Section 2.9

Subcontractor Performance Failure

   Section 15.3

Sub-processor

   Section 14.2

Third Party

   Section 2.10(c)(iv)

Third Party Claim

   Section 16.1

Third Party Provider

   Section 2.5

Transition Period

   Section 8.1

TSA Employee

   Section 19.6(a)

TSA Equipment

   Section 6.1

 

2


(b) Construction. Any reference to a Person includes such Person’s successors and permitted assigns. Any reference in this Agreement to an “Article,” “Section” or “Exhibit” refers to the corresponding Article, Section or Exhibit of or to this Agreement, unless the context indicates otherwise. The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, unless otherwise provided for herein, and the words “date hereof” refer to the date of this Agreement. The table of contents and the headings of Articles, Sections and Exhibits are provided for convenience only and are not intended to affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. All words used in this Agreement are to be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require. The words “including,” “includes,” or “include” are to be read as listing non-exclusive examples of the matters referred to, whether or not words such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” are used in each instance. The words “either,” “or,” “neither,” “nor,” and “any” are not intended to be exclusive, unless otherwise specifically provided for herein. The words “to the extent” mean “the degree to which” and not simply “if.” Where this Agreement states that a Party “shall,” “will” or “must” perform in some manner or otherwise act or omit to act, it means that the Party is legally obligated to do so in accordance with this Agreement. Any reference to a statute is deemed also to refer to any amendments or successor legislation as in effect at the relevant time. Any reference to a Contract or other document as of a given date means the Contract or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time through such date. The words “asset” and “property” are to be read as having the same meaning and effect and as referring to all tangible and intangible assets, properties and rights, including cash, securities, accounts, contract rights and real and personal property. References to “written” or “in writing” include electronic form. If any action under this Agreement is required to be done or taken on a day that is not a Business Day, then such action shall be required to be done or taken not on such day but on the next succeeding Business Day. When calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any action under this Agreement is required to be done or taken, the day that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded and the last day of such period shall be included; provided that if the last day of such period is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day shall be deemed to be the last day of the period. Where used with respect to any information or document, “made available,” “provided,” “delivered” or “furnished” (or any other word or phrase of similar meaning as any of the foregoing), means that the information or document referred to has been physically or electronically delivered to the relevant Parties, including, in the case of information or documents “made available,” “provided,” “delivered” or “furnished” (or any other word or phrase of similar meaning as any of the foregoing) to Purchaser, information or documents that have been posted in the Data Room, or has been publicly disclosed prior to the date hereof.

ARTICLE 2

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES

Section 2.1 Services. During the Service Term and otherwise subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Provider shall provide, or cause to be provided, to Recipient and its Affiliates the services set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement and the Property Services set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement (each service, a “Service” and, collectively, the “Services”) in each case in accordance with the Services Standard.

 

3


Section 2.2 Scope of Services. Recipient acknowledges that during the Transition Period, Provider may be providing similar services, and/or services that involve the same resources, as those used to provide the Services, to its internal organizations, Affiliates and to third parties, and, accordingly, Provider reserves the right to reasonably supplement, modify, substitute or otherwise alter the Services or the manner in which such Services are provided in connection with changes to its internal organization, relocation of the Services, outsourcing of a particular Service, responding to a reasonably plausible security threat or protecting its intellectual property (including, confidential information); provided that Provider or its Affiliates (i) are making similar changes in performing similar services for their own Affiliates or in performing similar services for the Business, and (ii) if applicable, furnish to Recipient substantially the same notice (in content and timing) as Provider or its Affiliates shall furnish to their own Affiliates with respect to such changes; and provided further that if any such change is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the provision of the Services in accordance with the Service Standards, Provider will give Recipient at least sixty (60) days advance notice if practicable prior to implementing any such change and upon Recipient’s request, Provider will cooperate in good faith with Recipient to identify, and if commercially feasible, to implement, a work-around or other alternative arrangement for any affected Service.

Section 2.3 Limitation to Services. Recipient acknowledges and agrees that the Services are intended only to be transitional in nature and shall be furnished by Provider only during the Transition Period and solely for the purpose of accommodating Recipient in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or in the exhibits attached to this Agreement, Provider shall have no obligation under this Agreement to (i) provide Services to any Person other than Recipient and its Affiliates, (ii) engage in any unlawful activity, (iii) provide Services that would reasonably be expected to result in a violation of any applicable law or regulation, (iv) disclose any information that would be reasonably likely to result in the loss of attorney-client privilege or similar privilege (provided that Provider will use commercially reasonable efforts to make substitute disclosure arrangements that would not result in the loss of such privilege), (v) implement systems, processes, technologies, plans or initiatives developed, acquired or utilized by Provider or its Affiliates after the Effective Date, if such systems, processes, technologies, plans or initiatives were not utilized by Provider or its Affiliates in providing services to the Business during the six (6) month period immediately prior to the Effective Date (such period, the “Reference Period”), or (vi) subject to the provisions of Section 2.5, provide a Service when Consent from a Third Party Provider has not been obtained. Except as otherwise agreed by the Parties in respect of any Omitted Service, Provider shall not be required to provide, and the descriptions of Services in Exhibit A shall not be construed to require Provider to provide, any Services under this Agreement that were not being provided to the Business during the Reference Period.

Section 2.4 Recipient Cooperation. Recipient agrees to cooperate in good faith and to use commercially reasonable efforts to effectuate the timely and orderly transition of the Services from Provider to Recipient prior to the end of the applicable Service Term for each Service. Recipient acknowledges that the Services are being furnished in support of Recipient’s personnel. Recipient shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have sufficient resources available to it at the end of each Service Term to perform the applicable Services (or have such Services performed) without the involvement of Provider, its Affiliates or any of its or their employees or agents.

 

4


Recipient shall and shall cause its Affiliates to permit Provider, its Affiliates and its and their respective employees and agents (including any applicable Third Party Provider) reasonable access during regular business hours (or otherwise upon reasonable prior notice) to such facilities, data and personnel as are involved in receiving or overseeing the Services, and records as reasonably requested by Provider to facilitate Provider’s performance of this Agreement.

Section 2.5 Third Party Consents. Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consents, approvals or amendments to existing agreements of Provider with any third party vendor, landlord or subcontractor (“Third Party Provider”) necessary to allow it to provide the Services to Recipient (the “Consents”). Subject to provisions below in this Section 2.5, in the event that Provider is not able to obtain any Consent, Provider shall not be obliged to provide the relevant Services as long as such Consent has not been granted. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 2.5, in the event that any Consents are not obtained, or if a Consent is conditioned on payment of a fee to the Third Party Provider or an increase in the fees payable under Provider’s contract with the Third Party Provider or other onerous terms, then Provider will notify Recipient prior to committing to pay any such fee or increase and upon Recipient’s request, Provider will cooperate in good faith with Recipient to (i) negotiate with the Third Party Provider to minimize any such fee or increase and to arrange reasonable terms for such fee or increase in order to obtain the Consent and provide the applicable Services and/or (ii) to identify, and if commercially feasible, to implement, a work-around or other alternative arrangement for any affected Service, provided that (i) Provider shall not be required to relinquish or forbear any rights in connection with obtaining any Consents; and (ii) Recipient acknowledges that any such work-around or alternative arrangement may adversely impact the standards for provision of such Service set forth in this Agreement, and Provider shall not be liable for any breach of such applicable service standards set forth in this Agreement that results from the adoption of any such work-around or alternative arrangement. Any fees or increases in fees that become payable to a Third Party Provider as set forth in this Section 2.5 will be treated as Out-of-Pocket Charges subject to the provisions of Section 13.2. This Section 2.5 shall apply mutatis mutandis where a Service in whole or in part is provided by a Third Party Provider and Provider’s contract with such Third Party Provider expires or terminates any time after the Effective Date for any reason other than Provider’s breach.

Section 2.6 Designation of Personnel. Provider shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to (i) designate which personnel it will assign to perform any Service and (ii) remove and replace such personnel at any time, except that in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), Provider shall not designate, remove, replace or otherwise allocate any such personnel in a manner that would adversely affect the ability of Provider to perform its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the Service Standards; provided, however, Provider shall have no obligation to replace any TSA Employee that has been hired or engaged by Recipient or any of its Affiliates and Recipient acknowledges that in such a case the Service Standard shall be modified in accordance with Section 18.6. In performing their respective duties hereunder, all personnel of Provider shall be under its sole direction, control and supervision, and Provider shall have the sole right to exercise all authority with respect to the employment (including termination of employment), assignment and compensation of such personnel.

 

5


Section 2.7 Services Performed by Affiliates and Third Parties. Provider shall have the right to perform the Services itself or through any Affiliate or through any Third Party Provider at no additional cost to Recipient, without the prior written consent of Recipient. Provider shall in all cases remain responsible for (i) the provision of the applicable Services to Recipient in accordance with the Services Standard, (ii) the performance by any Third Party Provider of any delegated Services, and (iii) any actions of any Third Party Provider providing such delegated Services, including any breach of the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing in this Section 2.7, in the event of any reduction in the standard of performance of, or other adverse incident relating to the Services (or part thereof) provided or supported by Third Party Providers, that comes to the attention of Provider (including where Provider has been notified by Recipient of such reduction in the standard of performance or other adverse incident), Provider shall: (x) promptly notify Recipient of the same; (y) to the extent available, provide Recipient with all information reasonably requested in order to evaluate the issue or incident; and (z) use commercially reasonable efforts (in consultation with Recipient) to promptly remediate the issue or incident with the relevant Third Party Provider.

Section 2.8 Other Services.

(a) Commencing on the Effective Date and for six (6) months thereafter, the Recipient may identify any service, other than those services identified on Exhibit C (the “Excluded Services”), that: (i) had been provided prior to the Effective Date; or (ii) that, due to the separation of the Business from the business of Provider, is reasonably necessary to continue to conduct the Business in substantially the manner as the Business was conducted, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), during the Reference Period, but that is not included as a Service set forth this Agreement, including in accordance with Section 2.2 (each such service, an “Omitted Service”).

(b) Upon request by Recipient at any time during the Term, Provider shall provide any Omitted Service. For the avoidance of doubt, the Provider shall have no obligation to provide any Excluded Service. Provider shall negotiate in good faith with Recipient regarding the provision of, but shall have no obligation to provide, any Omitted Service that was not provided during the Reference Period (each, an “Additional Service”).

(c) Provider and Recipient shall negotiate in good faith the terms applicable to any Omitted Service or Additional Service, including the applicable Service Term therefor. The terms and conditions agreed upon in respect of any Omitted Service (or Additional Service if agreed) shall be agreed upon pursuant to an amendment to this Agreement and thereafter shall constitute part of the Services.

(d) Any negotiations relating to Omitted Services or Additional Services may include providing for the reimbursement of any reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the continuation of any service, or assisting in the transition, in all cases, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, provided, however, that Provider shall provide or cause to be provided all Omitted Services at Provider’s Actual Cost. “Actual Cost” means the actual cost (without mark-up) to Provider of delivering such Services, which shall include (A) employee and administrative costs, and (B) the third-party costs and expenses, incurred by Provider in providing such Services.

 

6


Section 2.9 Services Standard. Recipient acknowledges that Provider is not in the business of providing services to third parties with respect to the Business and is entering into this Agreement only for the purpose of facilitating the transactions described in the Merger Agreement. Provider shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, perform the Services in substantially the same manner and at substantially the same level of service (including, as applicable, with respect to type, frequency, quality, quantity, priority, timeliness and geographic scope) as compared with the manner in which such Services were provided to the Business during the Reference Period and with substantially the same degree of skill, care and diligence as provided by Provider during the Reference Period (the “Services Standard”). Recipient acknowledges that the timely completion of any Service by Provider or its Affiliates may depend upon the provision of information, documentation, products and/or services by Recipient or its Affiliates, and that Provider shall not be responsible for the failure to provide such Service to the extent that such failure results from the failure of Recipient or its Affiliates to provide such information, documentation, products and/or services to Provider or its Affiliates. Under no circumstances shall Provider, its Affiliates or its or their respective employees or agents (including subcontractors) be held accountable to a greater standard of care, efforts or skill than the Services Standard. Recipient acknowledges and agrees that the Services do not include the exercise of business judgment or general management for Recipient or any of its Affiliates. Recipient further acknowledges and agrees that the Services Standard may change from time to time pursuant to Section 18.6. Without limiting any relevant Services Standard: (i) Provider will provide to Recipient reasonable advance notice of any potential interruption, scheduled or unscheduled, that is reasonably likely to interrupt or otherwise affect any Service to be provided by Provider hereunder; and (ii) Recipient will not be obligated to pay any Fees with respect to any period that the Services are interrupted or not provided. Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid any inability to provide the Services.

Section 2.10 Property Services.

(a) Recipient shall be entitled to use and occupancy of the desk spaces identified in Exhibit B within the properties identified in Exhibit B (collectively, the “Licensed Facilities” and each a “Licensed Facility”) as licensee of the relevant tenant of the relevant Licensed Facility (each such relevant tenant, the “Provider Tenant”) and receive from the applicable Provider Tenant, at no cost to Recipient (except for Service Fees due in respect of such Licensed Facility to the extent required under this Agreement), the associated property services identified in Exhibit B (which shall not extend to: (i) in the case of security, security services in relation to the areas of the applicable Licensed Facility that are specific to Recipient to the exclusion of other tenants and (ii) in the case of maintenance services, those services that have not been historically provided or that are not within the scope of customary maintenance of ordinary wear and tear) (collectively, the “Property Services”) only from and including the Effective Date to and including the earliest of:

(i) the date of termination by Recipient of certain Property Services identified in Exhibit B or parts thereof (provided such termination by Recipient with respect to certain Property Services or parts thereof shall not effect a termination of any other Property Services);

(ii) the date, if any, on which Recipient is obliged to cease occupation of the Licensed Facility pursuant to Section 2.10(d); and

 

7


(iii) the date of expiration or any other earlier termination of the relevant lease or sublease pursuant to which Provider Tenant leases or subleases the relevant Licensed Facility.

(b) Nothing in this Section 2.10 is intended by the Parties and is not to be interpreted as creating any legal demise or any rights in any Licensed Facility greater than a license. Each Provider Tenant shall retain control, possession and management of the relevant Licensed Facility.

(c) In relation to the desk space to be provided within the Licensed Facilities, Recipient shall:

(i) ensure that any employees, consultants or sub-contractors of Recipient or any of its Affiliates, comply in all material respects with (x) all applicable Laws that relate to their access and use of the Licensed Facilities, including those relating to environmental and workplace safety matters; and (y) Provider’s (or the relevant Provider Tenant’s) and the landlords’ respective applicable site rules, regulations, policies and procedures, in each case, as are made available in writing to Recipient;

(ii) keep the desk spaces clean and tidy and ensure that they are used for office purposes only;

(iii) not make any alterations to any part of the Licensed Facility;

(iv) not sub-license any of the desk spaces or grant permission for any Person other than Provider, Recipient, or its or their Affiliates (each a “Third Party”) to use the same;

(v) maintain the following levels of insurance in respect of each such Licensed Facility as follows: commercial general liability insurance policy with limits of not less than $16,000,000 USD per each occurrence and $16,000,000 USD general aggregate; and

(vi) vacate and ensure Recipient and all employees, consultants or sub-contractors of Recipient vacate the relevant Licensed Facility upon termination of the Property Services in respect of such Licensed Facility and deliver such Licensed Facility over to Provider or the relevant Provider Tenant, as applicable, in materially the same repair and condition as at the Effective Date, ordinary wear and tear and damage caused by Provider Tenant (and any of its employees, agents, and contractors) excepted.

(d) If the landlord of any Licensed Facility notifies Provider Tenant of its objection to the occupation of the relevant Licensed Facility by Recipient, Provider may serve notice on Recipient that it proposes to terminate the Property Services in relation to such Licensed Facility, following which:

(i) Recipient shall vacate the Licensed Facility as soon as reasonably practicable; and

(ii) Provider shall issue to Recipient a pro-rated refund of any Fees paid in respect of such Licensed Facility; and

 

8


(iii) without prejudice to either Party’s rights or remedies set forth in this Agreement, Provider and Recipient shall have no further liabilities to the other in respect of the provision of Property Services in respect of the relevant Licensed Facility.

(e) If a Provider Tenant relocates from a Licensed Facility to new premises (including due to a change in strategy or market conditions), Provider shall:

(i) give advanced notice to Recipient of the relocation; and

(ii) at the request of Recipient, procure that the Property Services which were to be provided at the former Licensed Facility are provided within such new premises.

(f) Recipient shall ensure that any employees, consultants or sub-contractors of Recipient or any of its Affiliates that have access to any Licensed Facility comply with the obligations of Recipient hereunder and immediately notify Provider if they suspect or determine that a security or other incident has occurred at any Licensed Facility. Recipient shall also immediately notify Provider if it becomes aware of any such incident. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Recipient shall cooperate and assist Provider in any investigation, mitigation and remediation efforts relating to any such incident.

ARTICLE 3

RECIPIENT’S OBLIGATIONS

Section 3.1 Obligations. Without limiting any of Recipient’s other obligations set forth in this Agreement, Recipient shall also:

(a) only use the Services: (i) in a reasonable and responsible manner; (ii) for substantially the same purposes as during the Reference Period, and (iii) in substantially the same manner as the Business has used the Services during the Reference Period;

(b) perform all actions reasonably required by Provider in order for Provider or its designee to perform the Services and for Recipient to receive the benefit of the Services;

(c) not use any Services in breach of any applicable Laws;

(d) not resell any of the Services to any person whatsoever or permit the use of the Services by any Third Party other than in connection with the conduct of the business of Recipient in the ordinary course consistent in all material respects with past practice;

(e) comply with all provisions applicable to Recipient contained in each Third Party Agreement reasonably notified to Recipient in advance; and

(f) cooperate with Provider and provide it with such information and assistance as Provider shall reasonably request them to provide or the landlord of any Licensed Facility may require in connection with obtaining any Third Party Consent.

 

9


Section 3.2 No Liability for Delay. Provider shall have no liability for any failure to provide or delay in providing the Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement solely to the extent such failure or delay results from the failure of Recipient to comply with its obligations and responsibilities under this Agreement.

Section 3.3 Recipient Affiliates. Recipient shall ensure that its Affiliates who use or receive the benefits of the Services where permitted pursuant to this Agreement shall comply with all restrictions and obligations to which Recipient is subject under this Agreement, including those in this Article 3, as if that Affiliate was Recipient, and shall be liable to Provider for any failure by any such Affiliate to comply to the same extent as if such failure was by Recipient itself.

Section 3.4 Failure or Interruption at Licensed Facilities. Provider shall not be responsible for any failure or interruption, of the services or facilities supplied at the Licensed Facilities by the landlord of any Licensed Facility or otherwise, including, without limitation, heat, ventilation, air conditioning, electricity, water, elevator service and cleaning service, if any; and no failure to furnish, or interruption of, any such services or facilities shall give rise to any (a) abatement, diminution, or reduction of Recipient’s obligations under this Agreement, or (b) liability on the part of Provider.

ARTICLE 4

MIGRATION PLAN

Section 4.1 Migration Responsibility. Recipient acknowledges that it is ultimately responsible for achieving the migration from the use of the systems, operations, processes and platforms of Provider as further set out in this Agreement to its own systems, operations, processes and platforms at least with respect to the applicable Service by the applicable termination date.

Section 4.2 Migration Plan.

(a) After the Effective Date, the Parties will jointly and in good faith develop a proposed migration plan for the Services (the “Migration Plan”). Unless otherwise mutually agreed, the Migration Plan will include: (a) a draft schedule of migration steps (which shall include data, skill and knowledge transfer to Recipient), (b) the timing of completion for each migration step, and (c) the responsibilities of Provider and Recipient and any Third Party Provider, with the objective of completing the separation and migration within the term of this Agreement. Each Party will bear its own costs in connection with the creation of the Migration Plan.

(b) Recipient will prepare the initial draft of the Migration Plan and submit that to the Provider for review promptly after the Effective Date. Provider shall review the Migration Plan and provide reasonable assistance to Recipient in finalizing the Migration Plan within thirty (30) days of receipt of the initial draft, but any comments on the Migration Plan provided by Provider shall not be considered advice and Provider shall have no liability if Recipient implements or acts on Provider’s comments.

(c) Each Party’s written agreement shall be required in respect of any obligations on such Party under the Migration Plan, including the timing of such obligations and the level of resource required to be committed by such Party, which written agreement shall be deemed to be given in respect of any obligations of a Party set out in the Migration Plan once such Party has provided its written sign-off on the Migration Plan. Provider is under no obligation to accept any responsibility given to it under the Migration Plan that would require: (i) Provider to become

 

10


exposed to any material operational, legal, financial or regulatory risk to which Provider has not been exposed or would not reasonably expect to be exposed in connection with the conduct of the Business prior to the Effective Date; or (ii) Provider to implement Recipient’s migration effort, except that Provider may be required by Recipient to extract from databases under the control of Provider, and hand over to Recipient on migration of a relevant Service, reasonable Recipient Data (excluding unstructured and/or archived data) processed by Provider in connection with that Service, provided that (a) Recipient shall pay all Provider’s internal and external costs of doing so as set forth in Exhibit A or a Change agreed to by Recipient; and (b) such Recipient Data shall be provided in the same format as the format in which that Recipient Data was stored by or on behalf of Provider as at the date on which it is handed over to Recipient.

(d) Once the Migration Plan has been agreed as set out above, the Parties shall perform the obligations given to them in the Migration Plan in accordance with the timetable set out in the Migration Plan.

(e) The Parties shall and shall procure that the relevant members of their respective teams, comply with their obligations in the Migration Plan.

ARTICLE 5

ACCESS; COORDINATION; LOCATION OF SERVICES PROVIDED

Section 5.1 Coordination. Recipient and Provider hereby each designate the following individuals to act as its respective coordinator (a Party’s “Coordinator”) for purposes of this Agreement:

(a) Coordinator for Recipient:

Name: Dan Noreck

Title:  Chief Financial Officer

Phone: 617-431-9449

Email: [***]

(b) Coordinator for Provider:

Name: Alex Franca

Title:  Programme Manager

Phone: 07584 103051

Email: [***]

The Coordinators will be primarily responsible for liaising between Provider and Recipient with respect to the coordination and performance of all Services and be of sufficient authority and expertise to be able to make decisions in the ordinary course under this Agreement. The Parties will use good faith efforts to cooperate with each other in all matters relating to the provision and receipt of the Services hereunder. The Coordinators may appoint certain personnel who will serve as primary contact persons for specific Services described in Exhibit A. A Party may add an additional Coordinator or change its Coordinator by providing written notice to the other Party. The Coordinators will meet (in person or via telephone conference) on at least a monthly basis to discuss matters under this Agreement. The Coordinators will mutually agree on any additional

 

11


operational governance that may be required to: (i) facilitate the effective and timely delivery of Services; (ii) assist in the resolution of any operational issues or related disputes; and (iii) help ensure the effective communication, cooperation and information exchanges between the Parties. Any and all communications related to the Services provided hereunder, other than those day-to-day communications and billings relating to the actual provision of the Services, shall be communicated to the other Party through such Party’s Coordinator (or their designees, as authorized in writing).

Section 5.2 Location of Services Provided; Travel Expenses. Provider shall provide the Services to Recipient or its applicable Affiliate from locations of Provider’s choice unless the Services are required to be performed at a specific location identified in Exhibit A. Should the provision of any services other than the Services require any personnel of Provider, its Affiliates or its or their subcontractors to travel beyond twenty-five (25) miles from his or her employment location, and Provider is unable to reasonably procure any qualified personnel of Provider, its Affiliates or any of its or their subcontractors within such twenty-five (25) mile distance, Recipient shall reimburse Provider for all reasonable pre-approved travel-related costs, consistent with Provider’s travel policy.

ARTICLE 6

TITLE TO EQUIPMENT; MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL

Section 6.1 TSA Equipment. All systems, tools, equipment, facilities and other resources owned and used by Provider in connection with the provision of Services hereunder (collectively, “TSA Equipment”) will remain the property of Provider and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, will at all times be under the sole direction and control of Provider.

Section 6.2 Management and Control. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, management of and control over the provision of the Services (including the determination or designation at any time of the TSA Equipment and other resources of Provider to be used in connection with the provision of the Services) will reside solely with Provider; provided that the level and manner of the Services provided shall be in accordance with Article 2. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or Section 2.6 of this Agreement, all labor matters relating to any employees of Provider will be within the exclusive control of Provider, and Recipient shall not take any action affecting such matters.

ARTICLE 7

ACCESS AND SECURITY

Section 7.1 Access to Recipient’s Materials and Premises. Recipient shall make available on a timely basis to Provider all information and materials reasonably requested by Provider to enable it to provide the Services hereunder. Recipient shall give Provider (and its officers, employees, agents or representatives) reasonable access, during regular business hours and at such other times as are reasonably required, to Recipient’s premises or the premises of the Business for the purpose of providing the Services hereunder. While on Recipient’s premises, Provider will, and will cause all contractors and personnel and personnel of Provider to comply in all material respects with Recipient’s standards, policies and procedures with respect to the use of and conduct on such premises, as such standards, policies and procedures as provided to Provider by Recipient and as they may be amended by Recipient from time to time and provided to Provider by Recipient. Provider will be responsible for any violation of such Recipient standards and policies by any contractor or personnel of Provider.

 

12


Section 7.2 IT Services.

(a) Where the provision of a Service includes making access available to Provider’s network and/or associated computer applications, Provider will provide to Recipient such information, including network addresses, user logins, passwords and/or access cards (“Access Codes”) only to the extent necessary to provide the Services in accordance with this Agreement. Provider shall not be required to provide access to Provider’s network and/or associated computer applications (or make Access Codes available) for any individual except to the extent that they: (i) had access to such network and/or associated computer applications prior to the Effective Date; or (ii) were on-boarded by Provider during the Term as part of C.5.1 of the services schedule set out in Exhibit A. Provider may alter any and all of the Access Codes without notice to Recipient where it considers it reasonably necessary in the interests of security. Provider shall give Recipient as much advance notice of any such alteration of Access Codes as reasonably practicable and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize or mitigate the impact of such change on the Services. Recipient must take reasonable precautions to keep Access Codes confidential and must only disclose Access Codes to those of its staff who need to know the Access Codes for the purposes of their employment or engagement. Recipient will identify computers and system accounts no longer required by personnel of Recipient to allow Provider to remove or change permissions in order to prevent unauthorized access to Provider’s network and/or associated computer applications.

(b) In addition to the requirements set forth in Section 7.2(a), Recipient shall comply with applicable policies, procedures and standards provided to Recipient by Provider, as such policies, procedures and standards may be amended by Provider from time to time and provided to Recipient by Provider. While using any data processing or communications services of Provider (whether or not identified in Exhibit A) and subject to Section 14.2, Recipient shall cause all of its personnel that are connected or have access to Provider’s network, computer software, hardware, technology or computer-based resources, to comply with Provider’s policies and information protection requirements, as such policies and requirements may be amended from time to time to the extent provided to Recipient by Provider, including security standards regarding antivirus protection, physical security, access control for all computer access, no sharing of passwords, no dual connections to the network and the Internet or other entity networks, personal data security guidelines, and other requirements for protection of confidential information and intellectual assets/property. Recipient acknowledges that computing assets connected to Provider’s network by any means are subject to monitoring by intrusion detection instrumentation and are subject to routine vulnerability assessment scans and e-mail filtering which may occur during any time. Recipient shall ensure that any access contemplated by this Section 7.2 shall be used by its personnel only for the purposes contemplated by, and subject to the terms of, this Agreement.

 

13


Section 7.3 Service Suspension. Provider shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately deny or suspend access to Provider’s information technology systems:

(a) by any officer, employee, agent or representative of Recipient or its Affiliates in the event that Provider reasonably determines that such personnel have engaged or intend to engage in any activity in violation of Provider’s security policies; or

(b) by any device used by Recipient, its Affiliates, or any of its or their respective officers, employees, agents or representatives, that Provider reasonably determines is being operated in violation of Provider’s security policies or otherwise poses a security risk, including the threat of malware being introduced into Provider’s information technology systems.

Provider shall immediately notify Recipient of any such denied or suspended access and shall provide all reasonable cooperation to Recipient to mitigate any adverse impact of such suspension on the Services. Provider will promptly take all actions necessary to remediate such violation or security risk and restore any such denied or suspended access as soon as reasonably practicable.

Section 7.4 Security Incidents. Each Party shall notify the other Party promptly after it suspects or determines that there has been an intrusion into such Party’s technology systems that poses a material risk of unauthorized access to, or unauthorized use, loss or destruction of, any systems or data of the other Party (including any inappropriate disclosure of any Access Code or data or information provided by Recipient that is collected, processed, generated, derived, stored by, transmitted or otherwise made available to Provider in connection with this Agreement, excluding Recipient Data), except, in the case of Recipient, Recipient shall also be required to notify Provider of any such intrusions regardless of whether they pose a material risk and whether or not Recipient Data is affected if the incident arose when the Recipient’s employees, consultants or sub-contractors had access to Provider’s technology systems, or would require disclosure under applicable Law (a “Security Incident”), provided that such Party may delay such notification if and to the extent directed by law enforcement. The notifying Party shall provide the other Party with a description of the Security Incident, including the systems and data that may be at risk due to the Security Incident. The Parties shall cooperate and assist each other in any investigation, mitigation and remediation efforts relating to any Security Incidents.

Section 7.5 Service Maintenance and Shutdown. Provider shall have the right in its sole discretion to determine that it is necessary or appropriate to temporarily suspend a Service due to scheduled or emergency maintenance, modification, repairs, updates or upgrades, alterations or replacements of any of Provider’s systems or operations (in case of a non-emergency, a “Non-emergency Shutdown”, and in case of an emergency, an “Emergency Shutdown”). Provider shall schedule all Non-emergency Shutdowns in a manner that will not disrupt or interfere in any material respect with the operation of the Business as a whole and will in any event provide Recipient with reasonable prior written notice of such Non-emergency Shutdown (including reasonable information regarding the nature and the projected length of such Non-emergency Shutdown). In the event of an Emergency Shutdown, Provider shall provide such written notice as soon as reasonably practicable to Recipient, however, such notice may not be possible prior to the Emergency Shutdown. Provider shall use all reasonable efforts and cooperate in good faith with Recipient to minimize and mitigate any impact on or disruption to the Services caused by a Non-emergency Shutdown or Emergency Shutdown, as applicable, and minimize the duration of the Non-emergency Shutdown or Emergency Shutdown, as applicable. If the obligations of Provider to Provide any Service are suspended in accordance with this Section 7.5, no Party shall have any liability whatsoever to the other Party directly arising out of or relating to such suspension.

 

14


ARTICLE 8

TERM AND TERMINATION

Section 8.1 Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.2, Provider shall provide each Service commencing from the Effective Date, and ending on the earliest of (i) the applicable termination date set out in Exhibit A for that Service; (ii) the date on which that Service is terminated in accordance with this Agreement; or (iii) such other date as the Parties may agree in writing (each such service period, a “Service Term,” and such termination date, a “Service Termination Date”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Exhibit: (x) Recipient shall have the right, in its discretion, upon reasonable advance notice to Provider during the Term, to extend the Term for an additional six (6) month period provided that (A) Provider has the capabilities and resources required to continue to provide any such Service, and (B) in the event any Third Party Consent is required to provide such extended Service, the terms of Section 2.5 shall apply; and (y) upon any such extension, each Service Termination Date shall be deemed to be commensurately extended. For the avoidance of doubt, all Service Fees and Out-of-Pocket Charges shall continue to be payable during any such extension. This Agreement shall terminate automatically on the last Service Termination Date, unless terminated earlier under Section 8.2 (such period, during which this Agreement is in force, the “Transition Period”).

Section 8.2 Termination.

(a) Subject to Section 8.3, Recipient may at any time terminate the provision of a Service by giving to Provider not less than thirty (30) calendar days’ notice in writing, specifying which Service(s) is/are to be terminated, unless a longer notice period is specified in Exhibit A (Services) (in which case that longer period must be provided). Notwithstanding the foregoing, where Exhibit A (Services) specifies a minimum Service Term for any Service, that Service may not be terminated pursuant to this Section 8.2 prior to the expiry of the minimum Service Term except in accordance with Section 8.2(b).

(b) Either Party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect in respect of any or all of the Services by giving written notice to the other Party if:

(i) the other Party fails to pay the undisputed amounts due under this Agreement on the due date for payment and remains in default for more than sixty (60) days after being notified in writing to make such payment;

(ii) the other Party commits a material breach of its obligations under this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within a period of ninety (90) days after receipt of notice of such breach;

(iii) the other Party (a) commences a case or other proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction, (b) has such a case or proceeding commenced against it that is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after commencement, (c) is

 

15


adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding is entered, (d) appoints or suffers any appointment of any administrator, receiver, custodian or the like for it or any substantial part of its property that is not discharged or stayed within sixty (60) calendar days after such appointment, (e) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (f) calls a meeting of its creditors with a view to arranging a composition, adjustment or restructuring of its debts, or (g) is otherwise unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or

(iv) any Force Majeure event prevents the other Party from performing its obligations under this Agreement for a continuous period of six (6) weeks, provided that: (a) where applicable the Agreement shall only be terminated in respect of the Services affected by the Force Majeure event; and (b) the foregoing shall not relieve the affected Party of its obligation to use commercially reasonable efforts to resume any affected performance.

Section 8.3 Interdependent Services. Where a particular Service (or multiple Services) is indicated in Exhibit A as interdependent on another Service(s) (“Interdependent Services”), if a Party seeks to terminate any Interdependent Service, then any other connected Service that is an Interdependent Service with the terminated Service will also automatically terminate.

Section 8.4 Effect of Termination. Upon the end of the Transition Period, this Agreement shall terminate and all rights and obligations of each Party hereunder shall cease (except for the Parties’ rights and obligations under this Section 8.4, Section 9, Article 6, Article 10, Article 12, Section 13.3, Article 17, Section 14.2, Article 15, Article 16 and Article 19, which shall survive termination of this Agreement), and any amounts owed by either Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid in full promptly thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the termination of this Agreement pursuant to any of the provisions hereof shall be without prejudice to any rights of either Party that may have accrued prior to the date of such termination.

ARTICLE 9

PROPERTY

Section 9.1 Property. As soon as reasonably practicable following the end of the Service Term as to any particular Service, Recipient shall promptly return to Provider any property of Provider and its Affiliates, and Provider shall promptly return to Recipient any property of Recipient and its Affiliates, used in connection with the provision of such Service. Provider shall be under no obligation to provide any technical support for any migrated data, systems or applications with respect to a Service following the end of the Service Term of such Service.

ARTICLE 10

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Section 10.1 New IP. The Parties acknowledge that Provider may in the course of performing the Services, make, conceive or reduce to practice new Intellectual Property (“New IP”). All New IP shall be owned by Provider, except for any New IP that is made, conceived or reduced to practice: (i) at the written request of Recipient; or (ii) in relation to any new content, design, creative and strategies produced by Informa Media Inc. (“Engage”) in the course of providing the services set forth in Schedule E.5—E.13 (Engage) for a paid customer’s program,

 

16


which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include Engage’s fulfillment processes and execution methodologies (“New Recipient IP”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, New Recipient IP shall not include Intellectual Property developed in the course of performing Services for which Recipient has not paid all Service Fees and associated out-of-pocket charges and costs. Subject to payment of all Services Fees and associated out-of-pocket charges and costs, Provider hereby assigns to Recipient all right, title, and interest Provider may have or may acquire in and to the New Recipient IP.

Section 10.2 Ownership of Intellectual Property; Enabling License. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in the Merger Agreement, each of the Parties and their respective Affiliates shall retain and own all right, title and interest in and to their respective Intellectual Property and any and all improvements, modifications, enhancements or derivative works thereof, whether made by the Parties and their Affiliates or by the other Party. No license or right, express or implied, is granted under this Agreement by either Party or such Party’s Affiliates in or to their respective Intellectual Property, except that, solely to the extent required for the provision or receipt of the Services in accordance with this Agreement, each Party (the “Licensor”), for itself and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby grants to the other Party (the “Licensee”) (and the Licensee’s Affiliates, to the extent applicable) a non-exclusive, revocable (solely as expressly provided in this Agreement), non-transferable (except in connection with an assignment permitted in accordance with Section 19.5), non-sublicensable (except to third parties as required for the provision or receipt of Services, but not for their own independent use), royalty-free, worldwide license to use such Intellectual Property (and any and all improvements, modifications, enhancements or derivative works thereof) of the Licensor in connection with this Agreement. Upon the end of the Service Term for a Service, in accordance with this Agreement, the license to the relevant Intellectual Property for such Service will automatically terminate without further action of any Party. For the avoidance of doubt, all licenses granted hereunder shall terminate immediately upon the end of the Transition Period.

ARTICLE 11

CHANGE CONTROL

Section 11.1 Change Request. Where either Party wishes to make a change to this Agreement or any Service pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (a “Change”), the provisions of this Article 11 shall apply. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Provider may make a Change to the Service, without submitting a Change Request and without obtaining the agreement of Recipient, where the Change will not have any material adverse impact on the Services or in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2.

Section 11.2 Change Request Procedures.

(a) A Party may request a Change by issuing a written request for that Change to the other Party in the form set out in Exhibit D (such request being, a “Change Request”). No Change will be valid unless consented to in writing by both Parties. Neither Party shall object to a Change to the extent that it is reasonably necessary to comply with applicable Law or the requirements of a governmental authority (a “Regulatory Change”). Each Regulatory Change shall be implemented by the Parties in a manner so as to minimize the impact on the provision or receipt of the Services as soon as reasonably practicable and, in any event, prior to the date on which the relevant Regulatory Change comes into effect.

 

17


(b) The Parties shall, acting reasonably, discuss and agree upon any Change Request proposed pursuant to Section 11.1 within fifteen (15) Business Days of the receipt of the relevant Change Request by a Party. Upon agreement, the Parties shall implement the Change in accordance with its terms.

(c) Each Party shall bear its own costs of considering and responding to Change Requests proposed by either Party. In respect of:

(i) Changes (other than Regulatory Changes), the Party requesting the Change shall bear the other Party’s incremental reasonable, direct and evidenced costs associated with implementing the Change; and

(ii) Regulatory Changes, any incremental reasonable, direct and evidenced costs associated with implementing the Change shall be borne by Provider, except that any incremental reasonable, direct and evidenced costs associated with implementing a Regulatory Change that primarily affects the Business rather than the business of Provider shall be borne by Recipient.

Section 11.3 Changes in Law. In the event that a change in Law adversely affects Provider’s ability to perform Provider’s obligations hereunder or Recipient’s ability to realize the benefit of this Agreement, the Parties shall promptly prepare and agree upon a Change Request setting out a plan for remediation of such adverse effects or an appropriate work around.

ARTICLE 12

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 12.1 Confidentiality. Each of the Parties shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives to, maintain in confidence this Agreement and all proprietary and confidential business information of the other Party or its Affiliates to which it might become privy as a result of the provision of Services and other matters contemplated hereby; provided that no restrictions shall be placed upon a Party hereto in respect of the use or disclosure of any such information that the receiving Party can demonstrate (a) is or becomes public knowledge through no fault, omission, breach of this Agreement or other act of the receiving Party or its Affiliates or its or their respective Representatives or (b) was legally acquired by the receiving Party from an unaffiliated Third Party who had a right to convey the same without obligation of secrecy and who did not obtain such information directly or indirectly from a Party affiliated with the disclosing Party. Specific items of confidential information shall not be deemed to fall within the foregoing exceptions merely because they may be embraced within a body of generally available information within such exception, nor shall any combination of features be deemed to fall within such exception merely because the individual features are within such exception. Each Party may make any legally required disclosure of such proprietary and confidential business information, but such Party shall (unless legally prohibited from doing so) notify the other Party before making any such legally required disclosure and shall limit the amount of the information so disclosed to that which is, in the reasonable opinion of such Party’s legal

 

18


counsel, legally required disclosure, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such information. This Section 12.1 shall not apply to non-public disclosures made by any Party to protect its rights and remedies under or with respect to this Agreement in the event of any dispute among the Parties or their Affiliates related hereto. The obligations of this Section 12.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 13

SERVICE FEE; OUT-OF-POCKET CHARGES; PAYMENT TERMS; TRUE-UP; TAXES

Section 13.1 Service Fee. Recipient shall pay to Provider (or to such Affiliate it designates, at its sole discretion) an amount for each Service (the “Service Fee”) as set forth in Exhibit A. Recipient shall pay the Service Fee to Provider (or to such Affiliate, it designates, at its sole discretion) in accordance with the invoicing procedures set forth in Section 13.3.

Section 13.2 Out-of-Pocket Charges; No Additional Costs.

(a) In the event Provider or its Affiliates incur out-of-pocket charges or costs in performing their obligations hereunder, including increases in Third Party costs required for the provision of the Services (as sufficiently documented and evidenced by Provider), license fees, royalties, or other fees in connection with the implementation of special information technology measures (collectively, “Out-of-Pocket Charges”), all such Out-of-Pocket Charges shall be payable by Recipient in addition to the Service Fee; provided that (i) Provider shall have provided to Recipient reasonable prior notice and Recipient shall have provided its prior written consent, in each case, to all Out-of-Pocket Charges in an amount greater than fifteen thousand U.S. dollars ($15,000.00) prior to Provider causing such Out-of-Pocket Charges to be incurred; and further provided that if Recipient does not so consent, Provider shall have no obligation to provide such Service to the extent it is unable without having incurred such Out-of-Pocket Charge, and (ii) Out-of-Pocket Charges shall not include (x) any overhead costs, profits or other mark-ups otherwise incurred by the Provider, (y) fees paid directly by Recipient to any Third Party Provider, or (z) any amount already included in the Service Fee. Notwithstanding Article 11, any change to Service Fees may only be made pursuant to an amendment to this Agreement in accordance with Section 19.2. Recipient shall pay Service Fees and Out-of-Pocket Charges in accordance with the payment terms set forth in Section 13.3.

(b) If at any time Provider believes that its compensation is materially insufficient to compensate it for the cost of providing the Services, including personnel costs that were not contemplated as of the Effective Date, Provider shall notify Recipient in writing (setting forth in reasonable detail its view of why the compensation is not equitable) and the Parties will promptly commence good faith negotiations regarding the pricing of such Services for future periods.

Section 13.3 Payment Terms. Where Provider issues an undisputed invoice to Recipient, the Service Fees shall be paid monthly in arrears in U.K. pounds (£). Where Provider designates one its Affiliates to invoice Recipient for any of the Service Fees, Recipient shall, and Provider shall ensure that such Affiliate shall, comply with Exhibit E and, once a Sub-Services Agreement has been entered into, Provider shall no longer invoice Recipient for Service Costs invoiced by any of its Affiliates under any Sub-Services Agreement. Where a Sub-Services Agreement is in

 

19


place, Service Fees shall be paid monthly in arrears in U.K. pounds (£). To the extent that Service Fees payable with respect to a Sub-Services Agreement are subject to special conditions specified in the relevant Sub-Services Agreement as necessary to comply with or address local law requirements, including with regard to tax treatment, the Affiliate of Provider that is party to such Sub-Services Agreement shall be solely responsible for any additional costs or expenses incurred by such Affiliate or Recipient in order to comply with such special conditions, subject to compliance with Section 13.5. Each invoice shall set forth in reasonable detail the Service Fee pursuant to Section 13.1 and out-of-pocket charges and costs pursuant to Section 13.2 with respect to the applicable month or as otherwise agreed by the Parties, and shall be delivered within thirty (30) days after the end of each applicable month or as otherwise agreed by the Parties. Recipient shall pay Provider or its designated Affiliate, as the case may be, all amounts set forth on such invoice within thirty (30) days of receipt of such invoice, or such other time period as may be agreed by Recipient and Provider or the applicable Affiliate of Provider. All such invoices shall be delivered to Recipient at Recipient’s address as set forth in Section 19.1 or as Recipient shall later designate by written notice to Provider. Any payments concerning such invoices shall be made to Provider or its designated Affiliate by wire transfer in immediately available funds to one or more accounts specified by Provider or its designated Affiliate. Provider or its designated Affiliate shall have the right to assess interest at an annual rate equal to the prime lending rate as publishing in The Wall Street Journal plus two percentage points for any month in which a balance is past due against all past due amounts or such other rate as may be set out in a Sub-Services Agreement, but not to exceed the maximum interest charges permitted by Law.

Section 13.4 Quarterly True-Up for Engage Services. Promptly following the end of each Provider fiscal quarter, Provider shall deliver to Recipient a statement (the “True-Up Statement”) setting forth, in reasonable detail, all (i) amounts invoiced for such fiscal quarter for Engage Services as set out in Sections E.5 through E.13 in Exhibit A to this Agreement and (ii) the amount required to reconcile the actual fees for such fiscal quarter versus the amount of fees paid for such fiscal quarter by Recipient to Provider for the Engage Services described in Part E.12.2 of Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “True-Up Amount”), either to be paid by Recipient to Provider or, in lieu of Provider’s payment to Recipient, to be held on credit and applied to the next quarter’s True-Up Statement. If such Engage Services are terminated before a fiscal quarter end, Provider shall provide a True-Up Statement to Recipient effective as of such termination date and the True-Up Amount, if any, will be paid by Recipient to Provider or by Provider to Recipient. The True-Up Amount, if any, shall be paid by Recipient or Provider, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days of the True-Up Statement, or such other time period as may be agreed by Recipient and Provider.

Section 13.5 Taxes. In addition to any fees applicable to the Services or other amounts payable by Recipient hereunder, Recipient shall pay to Provider the amount of all applicable sales, use, value-added, goods and services, transfer, receipts, consumption or other similar taxes (such Taxes, but excluding any interest, penalties or amounts imposed with respect thereto, “Service Taxes”) that Provider or any of its Affiliates is in the future required to pay that result from any Service delivered hereunder, regardless of whether such Service Taxes are invoiced with the applicable fee payment, payable directly by Recipient to a taxing authority, added retroactively or subsequently imposed in connection with any tax claim, assessment or other proceeding. If Provider or any of its Affiliates is legally obligated to collect any Service Taxes from Recipient, Provider shall have full authority to do so. Provider shall provide Recipient with an invoice for the

 

20


Services that sets forth the amount of Service Taxes that are due, and Recipient shall pay the amount of Service Taxes set forth on such invoice to Provider in accordance with the payment terms set forth in Section 13.3. Recipient shall provide Provider with such other information as Provider reasonably requests to determine the amount of any such Service Taxes. If Recipient is exempt from any such Service Taxes, Recipient shall furnish Provider with a valid and properly completed resale or exemption certificate as required under applicable Law. If any deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax is required by Law from any payment by Recipient under this Agreement, Recipient shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from such payment to the extent required by applicable Law. If any applicable Law requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any payment by Recipient, then the sum payable by Recipient shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made, Provider receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required; provided, however, if the Supplier determines acting reasonably in good faith that it received a refund or obtained and utilised a credit for any Tax deducted or withheld by the Service Recipient, the Supplier shall promptly pay the amount of such refund or the amount of Tax actually saved in consequence of the utilisation of such credit to the Service Recipient. To the extent Provider delivers to Recipient such properly completed and executed documentation as will permit any payment to be paid without deduction or withholding or at a reduced rate of deduction or withholding, Recipient will reduce or eliminate such deduction or withholding in accordance with applicable Law.

Section 13.6 No Right to Set-Off. Recipient shall pay to Provider the full amount of Service Fees and other amounts required to be paid under this Agreement and not set-off, counterclaim or otherwise withhold any amount owed or claimed to be owed to Recipient under this Agreement, the Merger Agreement or otherwise, on account of any obligation owed by Provider, whether or not such obligation has been finally adjudicated, settled or otherwise agreed upon in writing.

ARTICLE 14

COMPLIANCE; DATA PROTECTION

Section 14.1 Data Security.

(a) Recipient hereby agrees that it shall and shall cause its Affiliates to comply with the standards and policies of Provider and its Affiliates provided to Recipient to the extent applicable to Recipient’s and its Affiliates’ use of the Services, including any data privacy policies, policies with respect to the protection of proprietary information and any other information and security policies, in each case as provided by Provider to Recipient. To the extent Recipient and/or its Affiliates may not be able to comply with such standards or policies, Recipient shall inform Provider in writing of its inability to comply and Provider and its Affiliates shall cooperate in good faith with Recipient or the applicable Affiliate of Recipient to determine an appropriate course of action in order to ensure Recipient is able to realize the benefit the Services; provided, however, that Provider and its Affiliates may refuse to provide the Services to Recipient and its Affiliates to the extent that, in Provider’s reasonable judgment, such non-compliance with any conditions or policies results in a material risk to Provider’s or its Affiliates’ business operations.

 

21


Section 14.2 Data Protection Law. Without limiting Section 14.1, the Parties shall, and shall cause their Affiliate and their employees, agents and sub-contractors to comply, with the Data Protection Law and all other applicable data protection laws in connection with the performance of their obligations under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement:

Data Protection Law” means all applicable law relating to data privacy and data protection including: (i) the General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (GDPR); (ii) the GDPR as it forms part of the domestic law of the UK by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (UK GDPR); (iii) the e-Privacy Directive (2002/58/EC) and the UK Privacy and Electronic Communications (EC Directive) Regulations 2003 (SI 2003/2426); (iv) the UK Data Protection Act 2018, (v) the California Consumer Privacy Act (as amended by the California Privacy Rights Act) (CCPA); and (vi) other US comprehensive privacy laws, in each case as amended, consolidated, replaced or updated from time to time and together with any subordinate or related legislation made under any of the foregoing which are applicable to Provider, Recipient.

Recipient Data” means all personal data in whatever form or medium which is (i) supplied, or in respect of which access is granted, to Provider (or any Sub-processor) whether by Recipient, Beneficiaries, or otherwise in connection with this Agreement, or (ii) produced or generated by or on behalf of Provider (or any Sub-processor) in connection with this Agreement.

Sub-processor” means any sub-contractor or other party engaged by Provider in relation to the Services who is or will be processing Recipient Data.

Section 14.3 Data Processing. The Parties agree that for each data processing activity where Provider processes data on behalf of Recipient, the following sets out the information required by Article 28(3) GDPR:

 

Subject matter of processing    The provision of Services under this Agreement.
Duration of processing    In respect of each Service, from the Effective Date until the applicable Service Termination Date.
Nature of processing    See service scope in Exhibit A.
Purpose of processing    To provide data hosting, analytics, fulfilment of customer orders, processing supplier payments. Further detail in the service scope in Exhibit A.
Type of personal data    Name, date of birth, email address, postal address, financial data, bank account information.
Categories of data subjects    Employees and customers of the Business.
Categories of data transfers    Which countries and territories the personal data will be transferred from and to.

 

22


Section 14.4 For the purposes of this Agreement, the Parties agree that Provider (and any Sub-processor) shall be a data processor (or “service provider,” as defined under the CCPA) and the Recipient shall be the data controller (or “business” as defined under the CCPA). Therefore, Provider shall:

(a) only process Recipient Data as necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement or as required by law applicable to it; provided that Provider first informs Recipient of that legal requirement before processing, unless that law prohibits this on important grounds of public interest;

(b) ensure that all staff who have access to Recipient Data have committed themselves to appropriate obligations of confidentiality;

(c) maintain all appropriate technical and organisational measures to ensure security of Recipient Data, which shall be compliant with Provider’s applicable IT security policies; and

(d) assist Recipient to fulfil its obligation to respond to requests for exercising of data subject rights (including access requests) existing under Data Protection Law (Rights of the data subject);

(e) not engage any Sub-processor in relation to the Services without the prior written authorisation of Recipient or except pursuant to the following general authorisation. Recipient hereby grants Provider a general authorisation to engage Sub-processors as necessary to perform the Services; provided that: (i) Provider has notified Recipient in advance of the name of the Sub-processor and details of the particular Services being sub-contracted to it; or (ii) the delegation of processing to the Sub-processor was undertaken prior to the Effective Date and relates to the provision of the Services. Recipient shall have the right to object to any new Sub-processor within seven (7) days after the date of a notification; provided however such objection may only be on reasonable grounds and Provider shall only be obligated to negotiate in good faith to resolve any such objection. Provider may notify Recipient of Sub-processors by sending Recipient a notice by email. Provider will conduct appropriate due diligence in respect of the Sub-processor’s data privacy and security practices and procedures and shall enter into a written agreement with each Sub-processor containing obligations which are equivalent to those set out in this Section 14.4(e). If Recipient objects to the engagement by Provider of any new Sub-processor during the Term and that impacts the ability of Provider to perform any part of the Services, Provider may remove the affected Service from the scope of this Agreement;

(f) not transfer any Recipient Data outside the United Kingdom or the European Economic Area (EEA), except as described in Provider’s privacy policy at www.informa.com/privacy-policy or otherwise with the express prior written consent of Recipient (which may include, as appropriate, the Parties putting in place an additional data transfer mechanism, such as approved contractual clauses (or identifying an appropriate derogation) to enable any such transfer to be undertaken in accordance with applicable Data Protection Law);

 

23


(g) if requested by Recipient, provide Recipient with reports concerning Provider’s data protection procedures relating to its compliance with this Section 14.4;

(h) notify Recipient as soon as reasonably practicable and in writing if it becomes aware of a personal data breach and provide Recipient with assistance in responding and mitigating it;

(i) maintain a log of personal data breaches;

(j) assist Recipient in complying with Article 35 (Data Protection Impact Assessment) and Article 36 (Prior Consultation) of the GDPR in respect of any new type of processing proposed, in accordance with the Data Protection Law; and

(k) on expiry or termination of this Agreement, either destroy all Recipient Data or transfer it to Recipient or a nominated Third Party (in a mutually agreed format and by a mutually agreed method), with the exception that Provider shall be entitled to retain specific Recipient Data if required by applicable Law or if permitted for certain legitimate business purposes, as further described in Provider’s privacy policy at www.informa.com/privacy-policy.

Section 14.5 Protection Measures. Each of the Parties agrees to maintain appropriate technical and organizational measures against accidental or unlawful destruction or accidental loss, alteration, unauthorized disclosure or access and against all other unlawful forms of processing of any personal data provided or received pursuant to this Agreement. Recipient acknowledges and agrees that the measures maintained by Provider as the Effective Date are appropriate and sufficient for the purposes of this Section 14.5.

ARTICLE 15

DISCLAIMER; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

Section 15.1 Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties. EXCEPT FOR ANY EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND ITS AFFILIATES ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES.

Section 15.2 Limitation of Liability. Subject to Section 15.4 neither Party nor any of its Affiliates shall be liable, whether in warranty, contract, tort or otherwise, for any consequential damages, special damages, incidental or indirect damages, loss of revenue or profits, diminution in value, damages based on multiple of revenue or earnings or other performance metric, loss of business reputation, punitive and exemplary damages or any similar damages of the other Party, or any of its Affiliates or any of their officers, employees, agents or representatives, which in any way arise out of, relate to, or are a consequence of, such Party’s or any Affiliate of such Party’s performance or nonperformance hereunder, or the provision of or failure to provide any of the Services hereunder.

 

24


Section 15.3 Caps on Liability. Subject to Section 15.4, the liability of Provider, on the one hand, or Recipient, on the other hand, with respect to this Agreement or anything done in connection herewith, including the performance or breach hereof, or from the sale, delivery, provision or use of any of the Services provided under or pursuant to this Agreement, whether in warranty, contract, tort (including any form of negligence, recklessness, willful misconduct or strict liability) or otherwise, shall not exceed an amount equaling the Service Fee payable by Recipient to Provider or any Affiliate of Provider, without giving effect to any reduction pursuant to Exhibit E, during the preceding twelve (12) months in respect of the Service from which such liability flows (or 150% of such amount in the case of a breach of Article 14). With respect to any Service that is provided by a third-party subcontractor, Provider’s total liability for any nonperformance of, or failure to perform, such Service (a “Subcontractor Performance Failure”) shall be strictly limited to the actual recovery from such subcontractor of any damages or indemnification under contract or at law that are attributable to such Subcontractor Performance Failure, and in no event shall Provider have any further liability in respect thereof. If requested by Recipient, Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue any remedies it may have against a subcontractor for such Subcontractor Performance Failure. Service Recipient shall reimburse Provider for any costs and expenses incurred by Provider in pursuing remedies on Recipient’s behalf. Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate damages for which the other Party is responsible in connection with this Agreement.

Section 15.4 The limitations on liability set forth in Section 15.2 and Section 15.3 shall not apply to limit liability arising from: (i) the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of a Party; or (ii) the intentional or willful cessation of any obligations of Provider in a manner not contemplated by this Agreement or refusal of Provider to make available any Services.

ARTICLE 16

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 16.1 Indemnification.

(a) Recipient shall indemnify Provider and Affiliates of Provider and its and their respective directors, officers, managers, partners, employees, counsel, financial advisors, accountants, consultants and other advisors, representatives and agents (each a “Provider Indemnified Party” and collectively the “Provider Indemnified Parties”), and defend and hold the Provider Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any and all damages, fines, penalties, losses, liabilities (including settlements and judgments) and expenses (including interest, court costs, reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, or other reasonable fees and expenses of litigation or other proceedings relating to a claim, default or assessment) (collectively, “Losses”) that may be paid or are suffered or incurred by any Provider Indemnified Party that arise out of or relate to any suit, claim, action or cause of action, demand or proceeding asserted by a Third Party against the Indemnified Party (collectively, “Third Party Claims”) that allege (1) any material breach by Recipient or any Affiliate of Recipient of its obligations under Article 12 (Confidentiality) and Article 14 (Compliance, Data Protection), or (2) the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Recipient or any Affiliate of Recipient.

(b) Provider shall indemnify Recipient and Affiliates of Recipient and its and their respective directors, officers, managers, partners, employees, counsel, financial advisors, accountants, consultants and other advisors, representatives and agents (each a “Recipient Indemnified Party” and collectively the “Recipient Indemnified Parties”), and defend and hold

 

25


the Recipient Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any and all Losses that may be paid or are suffered or incurred by any Recipient Indemnified Party that arise out of or relate to any Third Party Claims that allege (1) any material breach by Provider or any Affiliate of Provider of its obligations under Article 12 (Confidentiality) and Article 14 (Compliance, Data Protection), or (2) the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Provider or any Affiliate of Provider.

Section 16.2 Indemnification Procedure.

(a) Any Person that may be entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement (the “Indemnified Party”) shall promptly notify the Party or Parties liable for such indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing of any assertion of any pending or threatened Third Party Claim that the Indemnified Party has determined has given or would reasonably be expected to give rise to a right of indemnification under this Agreement, describing in reasonable detail the relevant facts and circumstances; provided, however, that the failure to provide timely notice shall not release the Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations under this Article 16 except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure.

(b) Upon receipt of a notice of a claim for indemnity from an Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 16.2(a) with respect to any Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party may assume the defense and control of such Third Party Claim. In the event that the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense of such claim, it shall allow the Indemnified Party a reasonable opportunity to participate in the defense of such Third Party Claim with its own counsel and at its own expense; provided, that (i) if the Indemnified Party reasonably concludes that the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party have a conflict of interest or different defenses available with respect to such Third Party Claim or (ii) the Indemnifying Party has not in fact employed counsel to assume control of such defense, the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel (in addition to local counsel) to the Indemnified Parties shall be considered “Losses” for purposes of this Agreement. The Party that shall control the defense of any such Third Party Claim (the “Controlling Party”) shall select counsel, contractors and consultants of recognized standing and competence. Provider and Recipient, as the case may be, shall, and shall cause each of their respective Indemnified Parties to, cooperate fully with the Controlling Party in the defense of any Third Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Party does not so assume control of such defense, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to control such defense. The Controlling Party shall keep the other Party advised of the status of such Third Party Claim and the defense thereof. If the Indemnifying Party shall assume the control of the defense of any Third Party Claim in accordance with this Section 16.2(b) the Indemnifying Party shall obtain the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party before entering into any settlement of, or consenting to the entry of any judgment arising from, such Third Party Claims unless (x) the Indemnifying Party shall (i) pay or cause to be paid all amounts arising out of such settlement or judgment concurrently with the effectiveness of such settlement, (ii) not encumber any of the assets of any Identified Party or agree to any restriction or condition that would apply to or materially adversely affect any Indemnified Party or the conduct of any Indemnified Party’s business and (iii) obtain, as a condition of any settlement or other resolution, a complete release of any Indemnified Party potentially affected by such Third Party Claim and (y) such settlement or consent shall not include an admission of wrongdoing on the part of any Indemnified Party. Each Indemnified Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any Loss for which such Indemnified Party seeks indemnification under this Agreement.

 

26


ARTICLE 17

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Section 17.1 Dispute Resolution. If there is a dispute between the Parties hereto or their respective Affiliates arising out of or relating to this Agreement, either Party may, at any time, give notice to the other Party requesting to discuss actions that might be taken to resolve such dispute and the Parties hereto shall, promptly upon receipt of such notice, negotiate in good faith with respect to the disputed issue and use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such dispute; provided that nothing contained in this Agreement shall obligate or require (or be construed to obligate or require) either Party to agree upon any such actions. If the Parties hereto shall have failed to reach a resolution of the dispute within thirty (30) days after notice of such dispute has been given, either Provider or Recipient, as the case may be, may submit by written notice to the other Party a request that the respective senior officers of Provider and Recipient discuss such actions, and as promptly as practicable after such notice of submission has been given, each of Provider and Recipient shall cause such senior officers to negotiate in good faith with respect to such actions and use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such dispute within ten (10) days of the matter being submitted to them; provided that nothing contained in this Agreement shall obligate or require (or be construed to obligate or require) any of such senior officers to agree upon any such actions. If at the end of such time the Parties are unable to resolve the dispute amicably, then nothing in this Article 17 shall prevent a Party from seeking to adjudicate such a dispute pursuant to Section 19.11, nor shall this Article 17 prevent a Party from seeking a judicial resolution on an emergency or similar expedited basis (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 19.11). Except where prohibited or enjoined by order of an authority with jurisdiction over a Party, each Party shall continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement during any period of time when the dispute resolution procedures outlined above are being followed.

ARTICLE 18

EMPLOYEES

Section 18.1 The Parties intend that the Transfer Regulations shall not apply in such a way so as to transfer the employment of any person from the Recipient or its Affiliates or an Existing Provider to the Provider or its Affiliates at the start of the Transition Period (or commencement of all or part of the Services) or from the Provider or its Affiliates to the Recipient or its Affiliates at the end of the Transition Period (or earlier termination of all or part of the Services).

Section 18.2 Recipient Employees. To the extent that any employees of the Recipient or its Affiliates or an Existing Provider allege or assert that their employment transfers to the Provider or its Affiliates pursuant to the Transfer Regulations on commencement of all or part of the Services, or there is a determination to the same effect (the “Non-Disclosed Recipient Employee(s)”) the Provider, or its relevant Affiliate, shall be indemnified against all Liabilities (i) arising out of or related to the employment of the Non-Disclosed Recipient Employee and the termination of the employment of the Non-Disclosed Recipient Employee; and (ii) that it or they may have incurred by reason of any failure to comply with Regulation 13 or 14 of TUPE or comparable provisions under the Transfer Regulations in respect of any such employees outside of the UK, provided that:

(a) the Provider shall notify the Recipient of any such allegation, assertion or determination promptly and in any event within ten (10) Business Days of becoming aware of it;

 

27


(b) within ten (10) Business Days of receiving such notification, the Recipient may make to that Person an offer of employment or notify the Provider that no such offer shall be made;

(c) within ten (10) Business Days of becoming aware of such offer having been made and/or notification that no offer shall be made, the Provider terminates the employment of such Person; and

(d) this indemnity will not apply to the extent that any Liabilities arise from or are exacerbated by any act of discrimination, victimization, harassment or other serious impropriety by the Provider, or its relevant Affiliate, and the Provider agrees that it shall (or shall procure that the Provider Affiliate shall) discharge all such Liabilities in respect of such discrimination, victimization, harassment and/or serious impropriety.

Section 18.3 Provider Employees. To the extent that any TSA Employee alleges or asserts that their employment transfers to the Recipient or its Affiliates pursuant to the Transfer Regulations on termination of all or part of the Services, or there is a determination to the same effect (the “Non-Disclosed Provider Employee(s)”), then:

(a) if the Recipient or its relevant Affiliate has an appropriate vacancy then the Non-Disclosed Provider Employee should be considered for the role in accordance with Section 18.5 below; and

(b) the Recipient, or relevant Affiliate, shall be indemnified against all Liabilities (i) arising out of or related to the employment of the Non-Disclosed Provider Employee and the termination of the employment of the Non-Disclosed Provider Employee (save for any Non-Disclosed Provider Employee who accepts a vacancy with the Recipient or any of its Affiliates); and (ii) that it or they may have incurred by reason of any failure to comply with Regulation 13 or 14 of TUPE or comparable provisions under the Transfer Regulations in respect of any such employees outside the UK, provided that:

(i) the Recipient shall notify the Provider of any such allegation, assertion or determination promptly and in any event within ten (10) Business Days of becoming aware of it;

(ii) within ten (10) Business Days of receiving such notification, the Provider may make to that Person an offer of employment or notify the Recipient that no such offer shall be made;

(iii) within ten (10) Business Days of becoming aware of such offer having been made and/or notification that no offer shall be made, the Recipient terminates the employment of such Person; and

(iv) this indemnity will not apply to the extent that any Liabilities arise from or are exacerbated by any act of discrimination, victimization, harassment or other serious impropriety by the Recipient, its relevant Affiliate, and the Recipient agrees that it shall (or shall procure that the Recipient Affiliate shall) discharge all such Liabilities in respect of such discrimination, victimization, harassment and/or serious impropriety.

 

28


Section 18.4 The Parties acknowledge and agree that in view of their intention and agreement set out in Sections Section 18.2 and Section 18.3 above, it would not be just and equitable for any claim to be made by the relevant transferee in respect of any failure to provide Employee Liability Information in respect of any Non-Disclosed Recipient Employee or Non-Disclosed Provider Employee (as defined in Regulation 11 of TUPE), or such similar provision in the Transfer Regulations as applies in relation to those employees outside of the UK.

Section 18.5 Toro Vacancies. In relation to those TSA Employees performing the Services listed at Part C.4 (Group HR Services) and E (Business Support Services) of Exhibit A only, during the period commencing three (3) months prior to each Service Termination Date:

(a) the Recipient shall promptly inform the Provider of any vacancies with the Recipient and its Affiliates that may reasonably be considered to be relevant to the TSA Employees for that Service (the “Vacancies”);

(b) the Provider shall, at its discretion, disclose the Vacancies to the TSA Employees for that Service;

(c) the Recipient shall procure that the TSA Employees have the opportunity to apply for the Vacancies;

(d) the Provider will, at its discretion, provide the Recipient with access to any TSA Employee who applies for a Vacancy and take reasonable steps to facilitate discussions between the Recipient and the relevant TSA Employee in relation to any Vacancies;

(e) the Recipient will inform the Provider of the identity of any individual it will make an offer of employment to in relation to a Vacancy;

(f) the Recipient shall only be entitled to make an offer of employment to a TSA Employee in relation to a Vacancy upon receiving written consent from the Provider or its Affiliates (whose consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, including having regard to the Provider’s ability to continue to provide the Services in accordance with this Agreement); and

(g) the Provider or its Affiliates shall release such TSA Employee from their employment prior to the Service Termination Date in order to enable them to take up employment with the Recipient.

Section 18.6 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event any TSA Employee is hired or engaged, as the case may be, by Recipient or any of its Affiliates, then the Services Standard shall immediately change upon the date of such hiring or engagement to a modified Services Standard determined on the basis of such TSA Employee not being available to provide any assistance or service to Ivory and its Affiliates during the Reference Period along with the assumption that such TSA Employee could not be replaced.

 

29


Section 18.7 For the purposes of this Article 18 only:

(a) “Claim” includes a claim by any person (including a trade union, employee representative, a governmental or statutory or local authority or commission);

(b) “Existing Provider” means any existing provider (prior to the Provider supplying all or part of the Services) of services similar to all or part of the Services to the Recipient;

(c) “Liability” and “Liabilities” in relation to any employee means any cost, Claim, liability or expense under or in relation to his employment or termination of employment including any award, compensation, damages, fine, loss, order, penalty, payment made by way of settlement and costs and expenses (including legal costs) reasonably incurred in connection with a Claim, threat of action, allegation or investigation.

ARTICLE 19

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 19.1 Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and are deemed duly delivered when (a) delivered if delivered personally or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid), (b) sent by email with acknowledgment of receipt requested (or, the first Business Day following such transmission if the date of transmission is not a Business Day) or (c) received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by United States of America certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; in each case to the following addresses and marked to the attention of the individual (by name or title) designated below (or to such other address or individual as a Party may designate by notice to the other Party):

To Provider:

Informa Group Limited

5 Howick Place, London, SW1P 1WG

Attn:   Group General Counsel

Email:  [***]

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Clifford Chance US LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

Attn:   Benjamin K. Sibbett

Email:  [***]

To Recipient:

TechTarget, Inc.

275 Grove Street

Newton, MA 02466

Attn:   Dan Noreck

Email:  [***]

 

30


with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: Joseph B. Conahan

Email: [***]

and

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

7 World Trade Center

250 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10007

Attention: Andrew Alin

Email: [***]

Section 19.2 Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in a written document signed by each Party and that identifies itself as an amendment to this Agreement.

Section 19.3 Waiver and Remedies. A Party may (a) extend the time for performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other Party to this Agreement, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other Party to this Agreement contained in this Agreement or (c) waive compliance with any of the covenants or conditions for the benefit of such Party contained in this Agreement; provided that (i) any such extension or waiver by either Party to this Agreement will be valid only if set forth in a written document signed on behalf of the Party against whom the extension or waiver is to be effective; (ii) no extension or waiver will apply to any time for performance, inaccuracy in any representation or warranty, or noncompliance with any covenant or condition, as the case may be, other than that which is specified in the written extension or waiver; and (iii) no failure or delay by either Party in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement, and no course of dealing between the Parties, operates as a waiver of such right or remedy, and no single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy precludes any other or further exercise of such right or remedy or the exercise of any other right or remedy. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any enumeration of a Party’s rights and remedies in this Agreement is not intended to be exclusive, and a Party’s rights and remedies are intended to be cumulative to the extent permitted by Law and include any rights and remedies authorized in law or in equity.

Section 19.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including all exhibits) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or between the Parties, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter thereof, except for the Transaction Documents. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Merger Agreement, the terms of the Merger Agreement shall control.

 

31


Section 19.5 Assignment, Successors and No Third Party Rights. This Agreement binds and benefits the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither Party may directly or indirectly assign any rights or delegate any obligations under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that Provider may directly or indirectly assign any rights or delegate any obligations under this Agreement to any Affiliate or any Subcontractor of Provider. Any attempted assignment in violation of this Section 19.5 shall be void ab initio. Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Parties to this Agreement, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement except (i) such rights as may inure to a successor or permitted assignee under this Section 19.5, (ii) for Section 16.1, which is intended to benefit and to be enforceable by Recipient Indemnified Parties as specified therein and (iii) for Section 19.5, which is intended to benefit and to be enforceable by Affiliates of Recipient.

Section 19.6 Non-solicitation.

(a) During the Transition Period and for a period of twenty four (24) months following the end of the Transition Period, Recipient shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly, for itself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other Person, without Provider’s prior written consent, solicit for employment, employ, engage or offer employment or engagement to any current or former employee or consultant of Provider or any of its Affiliates involved in the performance of any Services under this Agreement (a “TSA Employee”) unless such employee shall have ceased to be employed by Provider or such Affiliate for a period of at least six (6) months prior thereto.

(b) This Section 19.6 shall not be deemed to prohibit Recipient or any of its Affiliates from (i) engaging in general media advertising or solicitation that may be targeted to a particular geographic or technical area but that is not specifically targeted towards any TSA Employee or group of TSA Employees, (ii) employing or offering employment to a TSA Employee that responds to any such general media advertising or solicitation (iii) soliciting for employment or engagement or hiring any TSA Employee that has been terminated by Provider or its Affiliates, or (iv) offering employment to or hiring any TSA Employee pursuant to the recruitment process provided for at Section 18.5 of this Agreement.

Section 19.7 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement remain in full force and effect, if the essential terms and conditions of this Agreement for each Party remain valid, binding and enforceable. If any provision of this Agreement (or any portion thereof) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent legally permissible.

Section 19.8 Exhibits. The Exhibits to this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement.

 

32


Section 19.9 Interpretation. In the negotiation of this Agreement, each Party has received advice from its own attorneys. The language used in this Agreement is the language chosen by the Parties to express their mutual intent, and no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted for or against any Party because that Party or its attorney drafted the provision.

Section 19.10 Expenses. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, each Party shall pay its own direct and indirect expenses incurred by it in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including all fees and expenses of its advisors and representatives.

Section 19.11 Governing Law and Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL PROCEEDINGS OR COUNTERCLAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE MADE IN AND IN ALL RESPECTS SHALL BE INTERPRETED, CONSTRUED AND GOVERNED BY AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF DELAWARE. In any action or proceeding between or among the Parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the Parties hereby (i) irrevocably and unconditionally consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County, Delaware; (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court; and (iii) agrees that it will not bring any such action in any court other than the Court of Chancery for the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County, Delaware, or, if (and only if) such court finds it lacks subject matter jurisdiction, the Federal court of the United States of America sitting in Delaware, and appellate courts thereof. Service of process, summons, notice or document to any Party’s address and in the manner set forth in Section 19.1 shall be effective service of process for any such action, it being acknowledged and agreed that the foregoing shall not limit the right of a Party to effect service of process on any other Party by any other legally available method. Provider (on behalf of itself and its Affiliates) further irrevocably consents to process being served on it in any action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof in the manner for delivery of notices specified in Section 19.1 to Informa USA, Inc. (“Process Agent”) with an address on the date hereof of 605 3rd Avenue, 22nd FL, New York, NY 10158, Attention: Legal, as such Person’s agent for the purpose of accepting service of any process in the United States. Provider agrees that such service upon receipt by Process Agent (x) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon such Person in any such action or proceeding and (y) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to such Person.

(b) EACH PARTY (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND ITS AFFILIATES) ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY (OR ITS AFFILIATES) MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO

 

33


REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH SUCH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (IV) EACH SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 19.11.

Section 19.12 No Joint Venture. Nothing in this Agreement creates a joint venture or partnership between the Parties. This Agreement does not authorize any Party (i) to bind or commit, or to act as an agent, employee or legal representative of, the other Party, except as may be specifically set forth in other provisions of this Agreement, or (ii) to have the power to control the activities and operations of the other Party in violation of applicable Law. The Parties are independent contractors with respect to each other under this Agreement. Subject to its obligations hereunder, Provider shall use its sole discretion and shall have complete control over the work performed pursuant to this Agreement, its employees, and other details of performing its obligations hereunder. Each Party agrees not to hold itself out as having any authority or relationship contrary to this Section 19.12.

Section 19.13 Counterparts. The Parties may execute this Agreement in multiple counterparts, each of which constitutes an original as against the Party that signed it, and all of which together constitute one agreement. This Agreement is effective upon delivery of one executed counterpart from each Party to the other Party. The signatures of both Parties need not appear on the same counterpart. The execution of counterparts by electronic signature or delivery of duly executed counterparts by electronic transmission is as effective as signing and delivering the counterpart in person.

Section 19.14 Force Majeure. No Party hereto shall be liable to another for its failure to perform hereunder caused by contingencies beyond its reasonable control (“Force Majeure”), including acts of God, fire, flood, wars, acts of terrorism, sabotage, strike and government actions. Any Party asserting its inability to perform any obligation hereunder for any such contingency shall promptly notify the other Party of the existence of any such contingency and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to recommence its performance of such obligation as soon as commercially practicable. Neither Party shall be relieved of its obligations pursuant to this Section 19.14 to the extent it does not use commercially reasonable efforts to recommence performance of its obligations or otherwise to remedy the event of Force Majeure.

[Signature pages follow]

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Parties as of the date first written above.

 

RECIPIENT:
TECHTARGET, INC.
By:   /s/ Daniel T. Noreck
  Name: Daniel T. Noreck
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
PROVIDER:
INFORMA GROUP LIMITED
By:   /s/ Simon Bane
  Name: Simon Bane
  Title: Deputy Group General Counsel

 

Transitional Services Agreement

Signature Page


EXHIBITS   
Exhibit A    Services; Fees; Term
Exhibit B    Property Services; Related Fees; Term
Exhibit C    Excluded Services
Exhibit D    Change Request Form
Exhibit E    Sub-Services Agreements

 

List of Exhibits


Exhibit A Services; Fees; Term


Annex

LOGO

ANNEX I : FEES MONTHLY FEES FOR TSA SERVICES All fees are in GBP per month £’000 Schedule A : I T A.1, Services A.2, Informa IT Shared Service. Core IT Services, A.2 Email Support Service,[***] SharePoint and Teams as part of 0365 & A.3 Telecom Services A.3 A.4 Financial Systems Support Services [***] A.5 Sales, CRM Ecosystem Support Services[***] A.6 Marketing Platforms[***] A.7 Web Hosting Services[***] A.8 Content Platform Services[***] A.9 Other Divisional Central Services[***] A.10 Human Resource Support Services[***] IT SERVICES TOTAL[***] Schedule B :B.1. General Accounting Services (Internal name Record to Report)[***] Accounting &B.2. Billing, Collections, Cash Applications, Cash Management and Accounts[***] Financial ServicesReceivable (Internal name Order to Cash) B.3. Accounts Payable Services (Internal name Purchase to Pay)[***] B.4 Tax Services & Financial Accounting[***] ACCOUNTING & FINANCIAL SERVICES TOTAL[***] Schedule C : HR &C.1HR Shared Services[***] Payroll Services C.2 Payroll Services - UK and US[***] C.3Payroll Services - ROW (ex. US)[***] C.4 Group Human Resources (Hiring / Recruitment, Benefits (includes pensions),[***] Training) C.5 Divisional Human Resources (Hiring / Recruitment, Benefits (includes pensions),[***] Training) HR AND PAYROLL SERVICES TOTAL[***] Schedule D : Property Services Property Services D.1240 Blackfriars Road, London, UK[***] 26 Harbour Road, Hong Kong, China[***] 605 Third Ave, New York[***] D.2 Real Estate Strategy and Management Services Note : a project-based fee will be charged for this service PROPERTY SERVICES TOTAL[***] Schedule E :TechE.1.Marketing Operations[***] Business SupportOperationsE.2.Revenue Operations & Sales Analytics[***] ServicesE.3.Not required E.4.Not required MarketingE.5.Research Services[***] Services (Engage)E.6.Advertising Delivery/Ad Operations[***] ScheduleE.7.Audience Extension Services[***] Direct Marketing Services (Email/Mail) E.8.*Note: The TSA also incudes a variable [***]% of revenue TSA cost in addition to the fixed TSA fee. E.9.Campaign Marketing & Reporting[***] E.10.Program Management Services[***] E.11.Webinar Management Services E.12.Creative Services[***] E.13.Management & Operation Services[***] Commercial[***] FinancialE.14Financial Planning & Analysis Support InvestorE.15Investor Relations Support[***] Relations TravelE.16Travel Booking and Management services[***] BUSINESS SUPPORT SERVICES TOTAL[***] MONTHLY FEE TOTAL1,464

 


Exhibit B Property Services; Related Fees; Term


Exhibit C Excluded Services


Exhibit D Change Request Form


Exhibit E Sub-Services Agreements

Exhibit 10.5

EXECUTION VERSION

Dated as of December 2, 2024

INFORMA GROUP LIMITED

and

TECHTARGET, INC.

 

 

REVERSE TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS      1  
ARTICLE 2 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES      3  
ARTICLE 3 RECIPIENT’S OBLIGATIONS      9  
ARTICLE 4 MIGRATION PLAN      10  
ARTICLE 5 ACCESS; COORDINATION; LOCATION OF SERVICES PROVIDED      11  
ARTICLE 6 TITLE TO EQUIPMENT; MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL      12  
ARTICLE 7 ACCESS AND SECURITY      12  
ARTICLE 8 TERM AND TERMINATION      14  
ARTICLE 9 PROPERTY      16  
ARTICLE 10 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY      16  
ARTICLE 11 CHANGE CONTROL      17  
ARTICLE 12 CONFIDENTIALITY      18  
ARTICLE 13 SERVICE FEE; OUT-OF-POCKET CHARGES; PAYMENT TERMS; TAXES      18  
ARTICLE 14 COMPLIANCE; DATA PROTECTION      20  
ARTICLE 15 DISCLAIMER; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY      23  
ARTICLE 16 INDEMNIFICATION      24  
ARTICLE 17 DISPUTE RESOLUTION      26  
ARTICLE 18 MISCELLANEOUS      26  

 

EXHIBITS   
Exhibit A    Services; Fees; Term
Exhibit B    Change Request Form
Exhibit C    Sub-Services Agreements

 

- i -


THIS REVERSE TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 2, 2024 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between TECHTARGET, INC. (formerly known as TORO COMBINECO, INC.), a Delaware corporation (“Provider”), and INFORMA GROUP LIMITED, a private company organized under the laws of England and Wales (“Recipient”) (each a “Party”, and together the “Parties”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 10, 2024 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Provider, TechTarget, Inc.(now known as TechTarget Holdings Inc.), Toro Acquisition Sub, LLC, Informa PLC, Informa US Holdings Limited, and Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc. (“Bluefin”), at a closing held on the date hereof, among other things Informa US Holdings Limited contributed all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc., plus cash, to the Provider, in exchange for shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Provider;

WHEREAS, as an accommodation to Recipient, Provider has agreed to perform the Services for certain periods following the Effective Date for the benefit of Recipient with respect to Recipient’s operation of the business of Recipient and its Affiliates (the “Business”) after the Closing; and

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Agreement at the Closing were required by the Merger Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of the Effective Date, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Defined Terms.

(a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Merger Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the corresponding section of this Agreement set forth below:

 

Access Codes

   Section 7.2(a)

Actual Cost

   Section 2.8(d)

Additional Service

   Section 2.8(b)

Agreement

   Preamble

Books and Records

   Section 12.1

Change Request

   Section 11.1

Consents

   Section 2.5

Controlling Party

   Section 16.2(b)

Coordinator

   Section 5.1

Data Protection Law

   Section 14.2

 

1


Effective Date

   Preamble

Emergency Shutdown

   Section 7.5

Excluded Services

   Section 2.8

Force Majeure

   Section 18.13

Indemnified Party

   Section 16.2(a)

Indemnifying Party

   Section 16.2(a)

Licensed Facility

   Section 2.10(a)

Licensee

   Section 10.2

Licensor

   Section 10.2

Merger Agreement

   Preamble

Migration Plan

   Section 4.2(a)

New IP

   Section 10.1

New Recipient IP

   Section 10.1

Non-emergency Shutdown

   Section 7.5

Omitted Service

   Section 2.8(a)

Other Services

   Section 2.8

Property Services

   Section 2.10(a)

Provider

   Preamble

Provider Indemnified Party

   Section 16.1(a)

Provider Tenant

   Section 2.10(a)

Recipient

   Preamble

Recipient Data

   Section 14.2

Recipient Indemnified Party

   Section 16.1(a)

Reference Period

   Section 2.3

Regulatory Change

   Section 11.2(a)

Security Incident

   Section 7.4

Service

   Section 2.1

Service Fee

   Section 13.1

Service Taxes

   Section 13.4

Service Term

   Section 8.1

Service Termination Date

   Section 8.1

Services Standard

   Section 2.9

Subcontractor Performance Failure

   Section 15.3

Sub-processor

   Section 14.2

Third Party

   Section 2.10(c)(iv)

Third Party Claim

   Section 16.1

Third Party Provider

   Section 2.5

Transition Period

   Section 8.1

TSA Equipment

   Section 6.1

(b) Construction. Any reference to a Person includes such Person’s successors and permitted assigns. Any reference in this Agreement to an “Article,” “Section” or “Exhibit” refers to the corresponding Article, Section or Exhibit of or to this Agreement, unless the context indicates otherwise. The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, unless otherwise provided for herein, and the words “date hereof” refer to the date of this Agreement. The table of contents and the headings of Articles, Sections and Exhibits are provided

 

2


for convenience only and are not intended to affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. All words used in this Agreement are to be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require. The words “including,” “includes,” or “include” are to be read as listing non-exclusive examples of the matters referred to, whether or not words such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” are used in each instance. The words “either,” “or,” “neither,” “nor,” and “any” are not intended to be exclusive, unless otherwise specifically provided for herein. The words “to the extent” mean “the degree to which” and not simply “if.” Where this Agreement states that a Party “shall,” “will” or “must” perform in some manner or otherwise act or omit to act, it means that the Party is legally obligated to do so in accordance with this Agreement. Any reference to a statute is deemed also to refer to any amendments or successor legislation as in effect at the relevant time. Any reference to a Contract or other document as of a given date means the Contract or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time through such date. The words “asset” and “property” are to be read as having the same meaning and effect and as referring to all tangible and intangible assets, properties and rights, including cash, securities, accounts, contract rights and real and personal property. References to “written” or “in writing” include electronic form. If any action under this Agreement is required to be done or taken on a day that is not a Business Day, then such action shall be required to be done or taken not on such day but on the next succeeding Business Day. When calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any action under this Agreement is required to be done or taken, the day that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded and the last day of such period shall be included; provided that if the last day of such period is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day shall be deemed to be the last day of the period. Where used with respect to any information or document, “made available,” “provided,” “delivered” or “furnished” (or any other word or phrase of similar meaning as any of the foregoing), means that the information or document referred to has been physically or electronically delivered to the relevant Parties, including, in the case of information or documents “made available,” “provided,” “delivered” or “furnished” (or any other word or phrase of similar meaning as any of the foregoing) to Purchaser, information or documents that have been posted in the Data Room, or has been publicly disclosed prior to the date hereof.

ARTICLE 2

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES

Section 2.1 Services. During the Service Term and otherwise subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Provider shall provide, or cause to be provided, to Recipient and its Affiliates the services set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement (each service, a “Service” and, collectively, the “Services”) in each case in accordance with the Services Standard.

Section 2.2 Scope of Services. Recipient acknowledges that during the Transition Period, Provider may be providing similar services, and/or services that involve the same resources, as those used to provide the Services, to its internal organizations, Affiliates and to third parties, and, accordingly, Provider reserves the right to reasonably supplement, modify, substitute or otherwise alter the Services or the manner in which such Services are provided in connection with changes to its internal organization, relocation of the Services, outsourcing of a particular Service, responding to a reasonably plausible security threat or protecting its intellectual property (including, confidential information); provided that Provider or its Affiliates (i) are making similar changes in performing similar services for their own Affiliates or in performing similar services

 

3


for the Business, and (ii) if applicable, furnish to Recipient substantially the same notice (in content and timing) as Provider or its Affiliates shall furnish to their own Affiliates with respect to such changes; and provided further that if any such change is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the provision of the Services in accordance with the Service Standards, Provider will give Recipient at least sixty (60) days advance notice if practicable prior to implementing any such change and upon Recipient’s request, Provider will cooperate in good faith with Recipient to identify, and if commercially feasible, to implement, a work-around or other alternative arrangement for any affected Service.

Section 2.3 Limitation to Services. Recipient acknowledges and agrees that the Services are intended only to be transitional in nature and shall be furnished by Provider only during the Transition Period and solely for the purpose of accommodating Recipient in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or in the exhibits attached to this Agreement, Provider shall have no obligation under this Agreement to (i) provide Services to any Person other than Recipient and its Affiliates, (ii) engage in any unlawful activity, (iii) provide Services that would reasonably be expected to result in a violation of any applicable law or regulation, (iv) disclose any information that would be reasonably likely to result in the loss of attorney-client privilege or similar privilege (provided that Provider will use commercially reasonable efforts to make substitute disclosure arrangements that would not result in the loss of such privilege), (v) implement systems, processes, technologies, plans or initiatives developed, acquired or utilized by Provider or its Affiliates after the Effective Date, if such systems, processes, technologies, plans or initiatives were not utilized by Provider or its Affiliates during the six (6) month period immediately prior to the Effective Date (such period, the “Reference Period”), or (vi) subject to the provisions of Section 2.5, provide a Service when Consent from a Third Party Provider has not been obtained.

Section 2.4 Recipient Cooperation. Recipient agrees to cooperate in good faith and to use commercially reasonable efforts to effectuate the timely and orderly transition of the Services from Provider to Recipient prior to the end of the applicable Service Term for each Service. Recipient acknowledges that the Services are being furnished in support of Recipient’s personnel. Recipient shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have sufficient resources available to it at the end of each Service Term to perform the applicable Services (or have such Services performed) without the involvement of Provider, its Affiliates or any of its or their employees or agents. Recipient shall and shall cause its Affiliates to permit Provider, its Affiliates and its and their respective employees and agents (including any applicable Third Party Provider) reasonable access during regular business hours (or otherwise upon reasonable prior notice) to such facilities, data and personnel as are involved in receiving or overseeing the Services, and records as reasonably requested by Provider to facilitate Provider’s performance of this Agreement.

Section 2.5 Third Party Consents. Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consents, approvals or amendments to existing agreements of Provider with any third party vendor, landlord or subcontractor (“Third Party Provider”) necessary to allow it to provide the Services to Recipient (the “Consents”). Subject to provisions below in this Section 2.5, in the event that Provider is not able to obtain any Consent, Provider shall not be obliged to provide the relevant Services as long as such Consent has not been granted. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 2.5, in the event that any Consents are not obtained, or if a Consent is conditioned

 

4


on payment of a fee to the Third Party Provider or an increase in the fees payable under Provider’s contract with the Third Party Provider or other onerous terms, then Provider will notify Recipient prior to committing to pay any such fee or increase and upon Recipient’s request, Provider will cooperate in good faith with Recipient to (i) negotiate with the Third Party Provider to minimize any such fee or increase and to arrange reasonable terms for such fee or increase in order to obtain the Consent and provide the applicable Services and/or (ii) to identify, and if commercially feasible, to implement, a work-around or other alternative arrangement for any affected Service, provided that (i) Provider shall not be required to relinquish or forbear any rights in connection with obtaining any Consents; and (ii) Recipient acknowledges that any such work-around or alternative arrangement may adversely impact the standards for provision of such Service set forth in this Agreement, and Provider shall not be liable for any breach of such applicable service standards set forth in this Agreement that results from the adoption of any such work-around or alternative arrangement. Any fees or increases in fees that become payable to a Third Party Provider as set forth in this Section 2.5 will be treated as Out-of-Pocket Charges subject to the provisions of Section 13.2. This Section 2.5 shall apply mutatis mutandis where a Service in whole or in part is provided by a Third Party Provider and Provider’s contract with such Third Party Provider expires or terminates any time after the Effective Date for any reason other than Provider’s breach.

Section 2.6 Designation of Personnel. Provider shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to (i) designate which personnel it will assign to perform any Service and (ii) remove and replace such personnel at any time, except that in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), Provider shall not designate, remove, replace or otherwise allocate any such personnel in a manner that would adversely affect the ability of Provider to perform its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the Service Standards; provided, however, Provider shall have no obligation to replace any TSA Employee that has been hired or engaged by Recipient or any of its Affiliates and Recipient acknowledges that in such a case the Service Standard shall be modified in accordance with Section 18.6. In performing their respective duties hereunder, all personnel of Provider shall be under its sole direction, control and supervision, and Provider shall have the sole right to exercise all authority with respect to the employment (including termination of employment), assignment and compensation of such personnel.

Section 2.7 Services Performed by Affiliates and Third Parties. Provider shall have the right to perform the Services itself or through any Affiliate or through any Third Party Provider at no additional cost to Recipient, without the prior written consent of Recipient. Provider shall in all cases remain responsible for (i) the provision of the applicable Services to Recipient in accordance with the Services Standard, (ii) the performance by any Third Party Provider of any delegated Services, and (iii) any actions of any Third Party Provider providing such delegated Services, including any breach of the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing in this Section 2.7, in the event of any reduction in the standard of performance of, or other adverse incident relating to the Services (or part thereof) provided or supported by Third Party Providers, that comes to the attention of Provider (including where Provider has been notified by Recipient of such reduction in the standard of performance or other adverse incident), Provider shall: (x) promptly notify Recipient of the same; (y) to the extent available, provide Recipient with all information reasonably requested in order to evaluate the issue or incident; and (z) use commercially reasonable efforts (in consultation with Recipient) to promptly remediate the issue or incident with the relevant Third Party Provider.

 

5


Section 2.8 Other Services.

(a) Commencing on the Effective Date and for six (6) months thereafter, the Recipient may identify any service (the “Excluded Services”), that: (i) had been provided prior to the Effective Date; or (ii) that, due to the separation of the Business from the business of Provider, is reasonably necessary to continue to conduct the Business in substantially the manner as the Business was conducted, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), during the Reference Period, but that is not included as a Service set forth this Agreement, including in accordance with Section 2.2 (each such service, an “Omitted Service”).

(b) Upon request by Recipient at any time during the Term, Provider shall provide any Omitted Service. For the avoidance of doubt, the Provider shall have no obligation to provide any Excluded Service. Provider shall negotiate in good faith with Recipient regarding the provision of, but shall have no obligation to provide, any Omitted Service that was not provided during the Reference Period (each, an “Additional Service”).

(c) Provider and Recipient shall negotiate in good faith the terms applicable to any Omitted Service or Additional Service, including the applicable Service Term therefor. The terms and conditions agreed upon in respect of any Omitted Service (or Additional Service if agreed) shall be agreed upon pursuant to an amendment to this Agreement and thereafter shall constitute part of the Services.

(d) Any negotiations relating to Omitted Services or Additional Services may include providing for the reimbursement of any reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the continuation of any service, or assisting in the transition, in all cases, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, provided, however, that Provider shall provide or cause to be provided all Omitted Services at Provider’s Actual Cost. “Actual Cost” means the actual cost (without mark-up) to Provider of delivering such Services, which shall include (A) employee and administrative costs, and (B) the third-party costs and expenses, incurred by Provider in providing such Services.

Services Standard. Recipient acknowledges that Provider is not in the business of providing services to third parties and is entering into this Agreement only for the purpose of facilitating the transactions described in the Merger Agreement. Provider shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, perform the Services in substantially the same manner and at substantially the same level of service (including, as applicable, with respect to type, frequency, quality, quantity, priority, timeliness and geographic scope) as compared with the manner in which such Services were provided to the Business at Closing and with substantially the same degree of skill, care and diligence as provided by Provider at Closing (the “Services Standard”). Recipient acknowledges that the timely completion of any Service by Provider or its Affiliates may depend upon the provision of information, documentation, products and/or services by Recipient or its Affiliates, and that Provider shall not be responsible for the failure to provide such Service to the extent that such failure results from the failure of Recipient or its Affiliates to provide such information, documentation, products and/or services to Provider or its Affiliates. Under no circumstances shall Provider, its Affiliates or its or their respective employees or agents (including subcontractors) be held accountable to a greater standard of care, efforts or skill than the Services Standard. Recipient acknowledges and agrees that the Services do not include the exercise of business judgment or

 

6


general management for Recipient or any of its Affiliates. Recipient further acknowledges and agrees that the Services Standard may change from time to time pursuant to Section 18.6. Without limiting any relevant Services Standard: (i) Provider will provide to Recipient reasonable advance notice of any potential interruption, scheduled or unscheduled, that is reasonably likely to interrupt or otherwise affect any Service to be provided by Provider hereunder; and (ii) Recipient will not be obligated to pay any Fees with respect to any period that the Services are interrupted or not provided. Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid any inability to provide the Services.

Section 2.9 Property Services.

(a) Recipient shall be entitled to use and occupancy of the desk spaces identified in Exhibit A within the properties identified in Exhibit A (collectively, the “Licensed Facilities” and each a “Licensed Facility”) as licensee of the relevant tenant of the relevant Licensed Facility (each such relevant tenant, the “Provider Tenant”) and receive from the applicable Provider Tenant, at no cost to Recipient (except for Service Fees due in respect of such Licensed Facility to the extent required under this Agreement), the associated property services identified in Exhibit A (which shall not extend to: (i) in the case of security, security services in relation to the areas of the applicable Licensed Facility that are specific to Recipient to the exclusion of other tenants and (ii) in the case of maintenance services, those services that have not been historically provided or that are not within the scope of customary maintenance of ordinary wear and tear) (collectively, the “Property Services”) only from and including the Effective Date to and including the earliest of:

(i) the date of termination by Recipient of certain Property Services identified in Exhibit A or parts thereof (provided such termination by Recipient with respect to certain Property Services or parts thereof shall not effect a termination of any other Property Services);

(ii) the date, if any, on which Recipient is obliged to cease occupation of the Licensed Facility pursuant to Section 2.10(d); and

(iii) the date of expiration or any other earlier termination of the relevant lease or sublease pursuant to which Provider Tenant leases or subleases the relevant Licensed Facility.

(b) Nothing in this Section 2.10 is intended by the Parties and is not to be interpreted as creating any legal demise or any rights in any Licensed Facility greater than a license. Each Provider Tenant shall retain control, possession and management of the relevant Licensed Facility.

(c) In relation to the desk space to be provided within the Licensed Facilities, Recipient shall:

(i) ensure that any employees, consultants or sub-contractors of Recipient or any of its Affiliates, comply in all material respects with (x) all applicable Laws that relate to their access and use of the Licensed Facilities, including those relating to environmental and workplace safety matters; and (y) Provider’s (or the relevant Provider Tenant’s) and the landlords’ respective applicable site rules, regulations, policies and procedures, in each case, as are made available in writing to Recipient;

 

7


(ii) keep the desk spaces clean and tidy and ensure that they are used for office purposes only;

(iii) not make any alterations to any part of the Licensed Facility;

(iv) not sub-license any of the desk spaces or grant permission for any Person other than Provider, Recipient, or its or their Affiliates (each a “Third Party”) to use the same;

(v) maintain the following levels of insurance in respect of each such Licensed Facility as follows: (i) commercial general liability insurance policy with limits of not less than $16,000,000 USD per each occurrence and (ii) bodily injury and damage to property insurance policy with limits of not less than $16,000,000 USD per each occurrence; and

(vi) vacate and ensure Recipient and all employees, consultants or sub-contractors of Recipient vacate the relevant Licensed Facility upon termination of the Property Services in respect of such Licensed Facility and deliver such Licensed Facility over to Provider or the relevant Provider Tenant, as applicable, in materially the same repair and condition as at the Effective Date, ordinary wear and tear and damage caused by Provider Tenant (and any of its employees, agents, and contractors) excepted.

(d) If the landlord of any Licensed Facility notifies Provider Tenant of its objection to the occupation of the relevant Licensed Facility by Recipient, Provider may serve notice on Recipient that it proposes to terminate the Property Services in relation to such Licensed Facility, following which:

(i) Recipient shall vacate the Licensed Facility as soon as reasonably practicable; and

(ii) Provider shall issue to Recipient a pro-rated refund of any Fees paid in respect of such Licensed Facility; and

(iii) without prejudice to either Party’s rights or remedies set forth in this Agreement, Provider and Recipient shall have no further liabilities to the other in respect of the provision of Property Services in respect of the relevant Licensed Facility.

(e) If a Provider Tenant relocates from a Licensed Facility to new premises (including due to a change in strategy or market conditions), Provider shall:

(i) give advanced notice to Recipient of the relocation; and

(ii) at the request of Recipient, procure that the Property Services which were to be provided at the former Licensed Facility are provided within such new premises.

 

8


(f) Recipient shall ensure that any employees, consultants or sub-contractors of Recipient or any of its Affiliates that have access to any Licensed Facility comply with the obligations of Recipient hereunder and immediately notify Provider if they suspect or determine that a security or other incident has occurred at any Licensed Facility. Recipient shall also immediately notify Provider if it becomes aware of any such incident. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Recipient shall cooperate and assist Provider in any investigation, mitigation and remediation efforts relating to any such incident.

ARTICLE 3

RECIPIENT’S OBLIGATIONS

Section 3.1 Obligations. Without limiting any of Recipient’s other obligations set forth in this Agreement, Recipient shall also:

(a) only use the Services: (i) in a reasonable and responsible manner; and (ii) for substantially the same purposes as during the Reference Period;

(b) perform all actions reasonably required by Provider in order for Provider or its designee to perform the Services and for Recipient to receive the benefit of the Services;

(c) not use any Services in breach of any applicable Laws;

(d) not resell any of the Services to any person whatsoever or permit the use of the Services by any Third Party other than in connection with the conduct of the business of Recipient in the ordinary course consistent in all material respects with past practice;

(e) comply with all provisions applicable to Recipient contained in each Third Party Agreement reasonably notified to Recipient in advance; and

(f) cooperate with Provider and provide it with such information and assistance as Provider shall reasonably request them to provide or the landlord of any Licensed Facility may require in connection with obtaining any Third Party Consent.

Section 3.2 No Liability for Delay. Provider shall have no liability for any failure to provide or delay in providing the Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement solely to the extent such failure or delay results from the failure of Recipient to comply with its obligations and responsibilities under this Agreement.

Section 3.3 Recipient Affiliates. Recipient shall ensure that its Affiliates who use or receive the benefits of the Services where permitted pursuant to this Agreement shall comply with all restrictions and obligations to which Recipient is subject under this Agreement, including those in this Article 3, as if that Affiliate was Recipient, and shall be liable to Provider for any failure by any such Affiliate to comply to the same extent as if such failure was by Recipient itself.

Section 3.4 Failure or Interruption at Licensed Facilities. Provider shall not be responsible for any failure or interruption, of the services or facilities supplied at the Licensed Facilities by the landlord of any Licensed Facility or otherwise, including, without limitation, heat, ventilation, air conditioning, electricity, water, elevator service and cleaning service, if any; and no failure to furnish, or interruption of, any such services or facilities shall give rise to any (a) abatement, diminution, or reduction of Recipient’s obligations under this Agreement, or (b) liability on the part of Provider.

 

9


ARTICLE 4

MIGRATION PLAN

Section 4.1 Migration Responsibility. Recipient acknowledges that it is ultimately responsible for achieving the migration from the use of the systems, operations, processes and platforms of Provider as further set out in this Agreement to its own systems, operations, processes and platforms at least with respect to the applicable Service by the applicable termination date.

Section 4.2 Migration Plan.

(a) After the Effective Date, the Parties will jointly and in good faith develop a proposed migration plan for the Services (the “Migration Plan”). Unless otherwise mutually agreed, the Migration Plan will include: (a) a draft schedule of migration steps (which shall include data, skill and knowledge transfer to Recipient), (b) the timing of completion for each migration step, and (c) the responsibilities of Provider and Recipient and any Third Party Provider, with the objective of completing the separation and migration within the term of this Agreement. Each Party will bear its own costs in connection with the creation of the Migration Plan.

(b) Recipient will prepare the initial draft of the Migration Plan and submit that to the Provider for review promptly after the Effective Date. Provider shall review the Migration Plan and provide reasonable assistance to Recipient in finalizing the Migration Plan within thirty (30) days of receipt of the initial draft, but any comments on the Migration Plan provided by Provider shall not be considered advice and Provider shall have no liability if Recipient implements or acts on Provider’s comments.

(c) Each Party’s written agreement shall be required in respect of any obligations on such Party under the Migration Plan, including the timing of such obligations and the level of resource required to be committed by such Party, which written agreement shall be deemed to be given in respect of any obligations of a Party set out in the Migration Plan once such Party has provided its written sign-off on the Migration Plan. Provider is under no obligation to accept any responsibility given to it under the Migration Plan that would require: (i) Provider to become exposed to any material operational, legal, financial or regulatory risk to which Provider has not been exposed or would not reasonably expect to be exposed in connection with the conduct of the Business prior to the Effective Date; or (ii) Provider to implement Recipient’s migration effort, except that Provider may be required by Recipient to extract from databases under the control of Provider, and hand over to Recipient on migration of a relevant Service, reasonable Recipient Data (excluding unstructured and/or archived data) processed by Provider in connection with that Service, provided that (a) Recipient shall pay all Provider’s internal and external costs of doing so as set forth in Exhibit A or a Change agreed to by Recipient; and (b) such Recipient Data shall be provided in the same format as the format in which that Recipient Data was stored by or on behalf of Provider as at the date on which it is handed over to Recipient.

 

10


(d) Once the Migration Plan has been agreed as set out above, the Parties shall perform the obligations given to them in the Migration Plan in accordance with the timetable set out in the Migration Plan.

(e) The Parties shall and shall procure that the relevant members of their respective teams, comply with their obligations in the Migration Plan.

ARTICLE 5

ACCESS; COORDINATION; LOCATION OF SERVICES PROVIDED

Section 5.1 Coordination. Recipient and Provider hereby each designate the following individuals to act as its respective coordinator (a Party’s “Coordinator”) for purposes of this Agreement:

 

  (a)

Coordinator for Recipient:

Name: Alex Franca

Title:  Programme Manager

Phone: 07584 103051

Email: [***]

 

  (b)

Coordinator for Provider:

Name: Dan Noreck

Title:  Chief Financial Officer

Phone: 617-431-9449

Email: [***]

The Coordinators will be primarily responsible for liaising between Provider and Recipient with respect to the coordination and performance of all Services and be of sufficient authority and expertise to be able to make decisions in the ordinary course under this Agreement. The Parties will use good faith efforts to cooperate with each other in all matters relating to the provision and receipt of the Services hereunder. The Coordinators may appoint certain personnel who will serve as primary contact persons for specific Services described in Exhibit A. A Party may add an additional Coordinator or change its Coordinator by providing written notice to the other Party. The Coordinators will meet (in person or via telephone conference) on at least a monthly basis to discuss matters under this Agreement. The Coordinators will mutually agree on any additional operational governance that may be required to: (i) facilitate the effective and timely delivery of Services; (ii) assist in the resolution of any operational issues or related disputes; and (iii) help ensure the effective communication, cooperation and information exchanges between the Parties. Any and all communications related to the Services provided hereunder, other than those day-to-day communications and billings relating to the actual provision of the Services, shall be communicated to the other Party through such Party’s Coordinator (or their designees, as authorized in writing).

 

11


Section 5.2 Location of Services Provided; Travel Expenses. Provider shall provide the Services to Recipient or its applicable Affiliate from locations of Provider’s choice unless the Services are required to be performed at a specific location identified in Exhibit A. Should the provision of any services other than the Services require any personnel of Provider, its Affiliates or its or their subcontractors to travel beyond twenty-five (25) miles from his or her employment location, and Provider is unable to reasonably procure any qualified personnel of Provider, its Affiliates or any of its or their subcontractors within such twenty-five (25) mile distance, Recipient shall reimburse Provider for all reasonable pre-approved travel-related costs, consistent with Provider’s travel policy.

ARTICLE 6

TITLE TO EQUIPMENT; MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL

Section 6.1 TSA Equipment. All systems, tools, equipment, facilities and other resources owned and used by Provider in connection with the provision of Services hereunder (collectively, “TSA Equipment”) will remain the property of Provider and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, will at all times be under the sole direction and control of Provider.

Section 6.2 Management and Control. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, management of and control over the provision of the Services (including the determination or designation at any time of the TSA Equipment and other resources of Provider to be used in connection with the provision of the Services) will reside solely with Provider; provided that the level and manner of the Services provided shall be in accordance with Article 2. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or Section 2.6 of this Agreement, all labor matters relating to any employees of Provider will be within the exclusive control of Provider, and Recipient shall not take any action affecting such matters.

ARTICLE 7

ACCESS AND SECURITY

Section 7.1 Access to Recipient’s Materials and Premises. Recipient shall make available on a timely basis to Provider all information and materials reasonably requested by Provider to enable it to provide the Services hereunder. Recipient shall give Provider (and its officers, employees, agents or representatives) reasonable access, during regular business hours and at such other times as are reasonably required, to Recipient’s premises or the premises of the Business for the purpose of providing the Services hereunder. While on Recipient’s premises, Provider will, and will cause all contractors and personnel and personnel of Provider to comply in all material respects with Recipient’s standards, policies and procedures with respect to the use of and conduct on such premises, as such standards, policies and procedures as provided to Provider by Recipient and as they may be amended by Recipient from time to time and provided to Provider by Recipient. Provider will be responsible for any violation of such Recipient standards and policies by any contractor or personnel of Provider.

Section 7.2 IT Services.

(a) Where the provision of a Service includes making access available to Provider’s network and/or associated computer applications, Provider will provide to Recipient such information, including network addresses, user logins, passwords and/or access cards (“Access Codes”) only to the extent necessary to provide the Services in accordance with this Agreement. Provider shall not be required to provide access to Provider’s network and/or associated computer

 

12


applications (or make Access Codes available) for any individual except to the extent that they: had access to such network and/or associated computer applications prior to the Effective Date. Provider may alter any and all of the Access Codes without notice to Recipient where it considers it reasonably necessary in the interests of security. Provider shall give Recipient as much advance notice of any such alteration of Access Codes as reasonably practicable and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize or mitigate the impact of such change on the Services. Recipient must take reasonable precautions to keep Access Codes confidential and must only disclose Access Codes to those of its staff who need to know the Access Codes for the purposes of their employment or engagement. Recipient will identify computers and system accounts no longer required by personnel of Recipient to allow Provider to remove or change permissions in order to prevent unauthorized access to Provider’s network and/or associated computer applications.

(b) In addition to the requirements set forth in Section 7.2(a), Recipient shall comply with applicable policies, procedures and standards provided to Recipient by Provider, as such policies, procedures and standards may be amended by Provider from time to time and provided to Recipient by Provider. While using any data processing or communications services of Provider (whether or not identified in Exhibit A) and subject to Section 14.2, Recipient shall cause all of its personnel that are connected or have access to Provider’s network, computer software, hardware, technology or computer-based resources, to comply with Provider’s policies and information protection requirements, as such policies and requirements may be amended from time to time to the extent provided to Recipient by Provider, including security standards regarding antivirus protection, physical security, access control for all computer access, no sharing of passwords, no dual connections to the network and the Internet or other entity networks, personal data security guidelines, and other requirements for protection of confidential information and intellectual assets/property. Recipient acknowledges that computing assets connected to Provider’s network by any means are subject to monitoring by intrusion detection instrumentation and are subject to routine vulnerability assessment scans and e-mail filtering which may occur during any time. Recipient shall ensure that any access contemplated by this Section 7.2 shall be used by its personnel only for the purposes contemplated by, and subject to the terms of, this Agreement.

Section 7.3 Service Suspension. Provider shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately deny or suspend access to Provider’s information technology systems:

(a) by any officer, employee, agent or representative of Recipient or its Affiliates in the event that Provider reasonably determines that such personnel have engaged or intend to engage in any activity in violation of Provider’s security policies; or

(b) by any device used by Recipient, its Affiliates, or any of its or their respective officers, employees, agents or representatives, that Provider reasonably determines is being operated in violation of Provider’s security policies or otherwise poses a security risk, including the threat of malware being introduced into Provider’s information technology systems.

Provider shall immediately notify Recipient of any such denied or suspended access and shall provide all reasonable cooperation to Recipient to mitigate any adverse impact of such suspension on the Services. Provider will promptly take all actions necessary to remediate such violation or security risk and restore any such denied or suspended access as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

13


Section 7.4 Security Incidents. Each Party shall notify the other Party promptly after it suspects or determines that there has been an intrusion into such Party’s technology systems that poses a material risk of unauthorized access to, or unauthorized use, loss or destruction of, any systems or data of the other Party (including any inappropriate disclosure of any Access Code or data or information provided by Recipient that is collected, processed, generated, derived, stored by, transmitted or otherwise made available to Provider in connection with this Agreement, excluding Recipient Data), except, in the case of Recipient, Recipient shall also be required to notify Provider of any such intrusions regardless of whether they pose a material risk and whether or not Recipient Data is affected if the incident arose when the Recipient’s employees, consultants or sub-contractors had access to Provider’s technology systems, or would require disclosure under applicable Law (a “Security Incident”), provided that such Party may delay such notification if and to the extent directed by law enforcement. The notifying Party shall provide the other Party with a description of the Security Incident, including the systems and data that may be at risk due to the Security Incident. The Parties shall cooperate and assist each other in any investigation, mitigation and remediation efforts relating to any Security Incidents.

Section 7.5 Service Maintenance and Shutdown. Provider shall have the right in its sole discretion to determine that it is necessary or appropriate to temporarily suspend a Service due to scheduled or emergency maintenance, modification, repairs, updates or upgrades, alterations or replacements of any of Provider’s systems or operations (in case of a non-emergency, a “Non-emergency Shutdown”, and in case of an emergency, an “Emergency Shutdown”). Provider shall schedule all Non-emergency Shutdowns in a manner that will not disrupt or interfere in any material respect with the operation of the Business as a whole and will in any event provide Recipient with reasonable prior written notice of such Non-emergency Shutdown (including reasonable information regarding the nature and the projected length of such Non-emergency Shutdown). In the event of an Emergency Shutdown, Provider shall provide such written notice as soon as reasonably practicable to Recipient, however, such notice may not be possible prior to the Emergency Shutdown. Provider shall use all reasonable efforts and cooperate in good faith with Recipient to minimize and mitigate any impact on or disruption to the Services caused by a Non-emergency Shutdown or Emergency Shutdown, as applicable, and minimize the duration of the Non-emergency Shutdown or Emergency Shutdown, as applicable. If the obligations of Provider to Provide any Service are suspended in accordance with this Section 7.5, no Party shall have any liability whatsoever to the other Party directly arising out of or relating to such suspension.

ARTICLE 8

TERM AND TERMINATION

Section 8.1 Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.2, Provider shall provide each Service commencing from the Effective Date, and ending on the earliest of (i) the applicable termination date set out in Exhibit A for that Service; (ii) the date on which that Service is terminated in accordance with this Agreement; or (iii) such other date as the Parties may agree in writing (each such service period, a “Service Term,” and such termination date, a “Service Termination Date”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Exhibit: (x) Recipient shall have the right, in its discretion, upon reasonable advance notice to Provider during the Term, to extend the Term for an additional six (6) month period provided that (A) Provider has the capabilities and resources required to continue to provide any such Service, and (B) in the event any Third Party Consent is required to provide such extended Service, the terms of Section 2.5

 

14


shall apply; and (y) upon any such extension, each Service Termination Date shall be deemed to be commensurately extended. For the avoidance of doubt, all Service Fees and Out-of-Pocket Charges shall continue to be payable during any such extension. This Agreement shall terminate automatically on the last Service Termination Date, unless terminated earlier under Section 8.2 (such period, during which this Agreement is in force, the “Transition Period”).

Section 8.2 Termination.

(a) Subject to Section 8.3, Recipient may at any time terminate the provision of a Service by giving to Provider not less than thirty (30) calendar days’ notice in writing, specifying which Service(s) is/are to be terminated, unless a longer notice period is specified in Exhibit A (Services) (in which case that longer period must be provided). Notwithstanding the foregoing, where Exhibit A (Services) specifies a minimum Service Term for any Service, that Service may not be terminated pursuant to this Section 8.2 prior to the expiry of the minimum Service Term except in accordance with Section 8.2(b).

(b) Either Party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect in respect of any or all of the Services by giving written notice to the other Party if:

(i) the other Party fails to pay the undisputed amounts due under this Agreement on the due date for payment and remains in default for more than sixty (60) days after being notified in writing to make such payment;

(ii) the other Party commits a material breach of its obligations under this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within a period of ninety (90) days after receipt of notice of such breach;

(iii) the other Party (a) commences a case or other proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction, (b) has such a case or proceeding commenced against it that is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after commencement, (c) is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding is entered, (d) appoints or suffers any appointment of any administrator, receiver, custodian or the like for it or any substantial part of its property that is not discharged or stayed within sixty (60) calendar days after such appointment, (e) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (f) calls a meeting of its creditors with a view to arranging a composition, adjustment or restructuring of its debts, or (g) is otherwise unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or

(iv) any Force Majeure event prevents the other Party from performing its obligations under this Agreement for a continuous period of six (6) weeks, provided that: (a) where applicable the Agreement shall only be terminated in respect of the Services affected by the Force Majeure event; and (b) the foregoing shall not relieve the affected Party of its obligation to use commercially reasonable efforts to resume any affected performance.

 

15


Section 8.3 Effect of Termination. Upon the end of the Transition Period, this Agreement shall terminate and all rights and obligations of each Party hereunder shall cease (except for the Parties’ rights and obligations under this Section 8.4, Section 9, Article 6, Article 10, Article 12, Section 13.3, Article 17, Section 14.2, Article 15, Article 16 and Article 18, which shall survive termination of this Agreement), and any amounts owed by either Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid in full promptly thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the termination of this Agreement pursuant to any of the provisions hereof shall be without prejudice to any rights of either Party that may have accrued prior to the date of such termination.

ARTICLE 9

PROPERTY

Section 9.1 Property. As soon as reasonably practicable following the end of the Service Term as to any particular Service, Recipient shall promptly return to Provider any property of Provider and its Affiliates, and Provider shall promptly return to Recipient any property of Recipient and its Affiliates, used in connection with the provision of such Service. Provider shall be under no obligation to provide any technical support for any migrated data, systems or applications with respect to a Service following the end of the Service Term of such Service.

ARTICLE 10

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Section 10.1 New IP. The Parties acknowledge that Provider may in the course of performing the Services, make, conceive or reduce to practice new Intellectual Property (“New IP”). All New IP shall be owned by Provider, except for any New IP that is made, conceived or reduced to practice at the written request of Recipient (“New Recipient IP”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, New Recipient IP shall not include Intellectual Property developed in the course of performing Services for which Recipient has not paid all Service Fees and associated out-of-pocket charges and costs. Subject to payment of all Services Fees and associated out-of-pocket charges and costs, Provider hereby assigns to Recipient all right, title, and interest Provider may have or may acquire in and to the New Recipient IP.

Section 10.2 Ownership of Intellectual Property; Enabling License. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in the Merger Agreement, each of the Parties and their respective Affiliates shall retain and own all right, title and interest in and to their respective Intellectual Property and any and all improvements, modifications, enhancements or derivative works thereof, whether made by the Parties and their Affiliates or by the other Party. No license or right, express or implied, is granted under this Agreement by either Party or such Party’s Affiliates in or to their respective Intellectual Property, except that, solely to the extent required for the provision or receipt of the Services in accordance with this Agreement, each Party (the “Licensor”), for itself and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby grants to the other Party (the “Licensee”) (and the Licensee’s Affiliates, to the extent applicable) a non-exclusive, revocable (solely as expressly provided in this Agreement), non-transferable (except in connection with an assignment permitted in accordance with Section 18.5), non-sublicensable (except to third parties as required for the provision or receipt of Services, but not for their own independent use), royalty-free, worldwide license to use such Intellectual Property (and any and all improvements, modifications, enhancements or derivative works thereof) of the Licensor in connection with this Agreement. Upon the end of the Service Term for a Service, in accordance with this Agreement, the license to the relevant Intellectual Property for such Service will automatically terminate without further action of any Party. For the avoidance of doubt, all licenses granted hereunder shall terminate immediately upon the end of the Transition Period.

 

16


ARTICLE 11

CHANGE CONTROL

Section 11.1 Change Request. Where either Party wishes to make a change to this Agreement or any Service pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (a “Change”), the provisions of this Article 11 shall apply. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Provider may make a Change to the Service, without submitting a Change Request and without obtaining the agreement of Recipient, where the Change will not have any material adverse impact on the Services or in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2.

Section 11.2 Change Request Procedures.

(a) A Party may request a Change by issuing a written request for that Change to the other Party in the form set out in Exhibit B (such request being, a “Change Request”). No Change will be valid unless consented to in writing by both Parties. Neither Party shall object to a Change to the extent that it is reasonably necessary to comply with applicable Law or the requirements of a governmental authority (a “Regulatory Change”). Each Regulatory Change shall be implemented by the Parties in a manner so as to minimize the impact on the provision or receipt of the Services as soon as reasonably practicable and, in any event, prior to the date on which the relevant Regulatory Change comes into effect.

(b) The Parties shall, acting reasonably, discuss and agree upon any Change Request proposed pursuant to Section 11.1 within fifteen (15) Business Days of the receipt of the relevant Change Request by a Party. Upon agreement, the Parties shall implement the Change in accordance with its terms.

(c) Each Party shall bear its own costs of considering and responding to Change Requests proposed by either Party. In respect of:

(i) Changes (other than Regulatory Changes), the Party requesting the Change shall bear the other Party’s incremental reasonable, direct and evidenced costs associated with implementing the Change; and

(ii) Regulatory Changes, any incremental reasonable, direct and evidenced costs associated with implementing the Change shall be borne by Provider, except that any incremental reasonable, direct and evidenced costs associated with implementing a Regulatory Change that primarily affects the Business rather than the business of Provider shall be borne by Recipient.

Section 11.3 Changes in Law. In the event that a change in Law adversely affects Provider’s ability to perform Provider’s obligations hereunder or Recipient’s ability to realize the benefit of this Agreement, the Parties shall promptly prepare and agree upon a Change Request setting out a plan for remediation of such adverse effects or an appropriate work around.

 

17


ARTICLE 12

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 12.1 Confidentiality. Each of the Parties shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives to, maintain in confidence this Agreement and all proprietary and confidential business information of the other Party or its Affiliates to which it might become privy as a result of the provision of Services and other matters contemplated hereby; provided that no restrictions shall be placed upon a Party hereto in respect of the use or disclosure of any such information that the receiving Party can demonstrate (a) is or becomes public knowledge through no fault, omission, breach of this Agreement or other act of the receiving Party or its Affiliates or its or their respective Representatives or (b) was legally acquired by the receiving Party from an unaffiliated Third Party who had a right to convey the same without obligation of secrecy and who did not obtain such information directly or indirectly from a Party affiliated with the disclosing Party. Specific items of confidential information shall not be deemed to fall within the foregoing exceptions merely because they may be embraced within a body of generally available information within such exception, nor shall any combination of features be deemed to fall within such exception merely because the individual features are within such exception. Each Party may make any legally required disclosure of such proprietary and confidential business information, but such Party shall (unless legally prohibited from doing so) notify the other Party before making any such legally required disclosure and shall limit the amount of the information so disclosed to that which is, in the reasonable opinion of such Party’s legal counsel, legally required disclosure, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such information. This Section 12.1 shall not apply to non-public disclosures made by any Party to protect its rights and remedies under or with respect to this Agreement in the event of any dispute among the Parties or their Affiliates related hereto. The obligations of this Section 12.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 13

SERVICE FEE; OUT-OF-POCKET CHARGES; PAYMENT TERMS; TAXES

Section 13.1 Service Fee. Recipient shall pay to Provider (or to such Affiliate it designates, at its sole discretion) an amount for each Service (the “Service Fee”) as set forth in Exhibit A. Recipient shall pay the Service Fee to Provider (or to such Affiliate, it designates, at its sole discretion) in accordance with the invoicing procedures set forth in Section 13.3.

Section 13.2 Out-of-Pocket Charges; No Additional Costs.

(a) In the event Provider or its Affiliates incur out-of-pocket charges or costs in performing their obligations hereunder, including increases in Third Party costs required for the provision of the Services (as sufficiently documented and evidenced by Provider), license fees, royalties, or other fees in connection with the implementation of special information technology measures (collectively, “Out-of-Pocket Charges”), all such Out-of-Pocket Charges shall be payable by Recipient in addition to the Service Fee; provided that (i) Provider shall have provided to Recipient reasonable prior notice and Recipient shall have provided its prior written consent, in each case, to all Out-of-Pocket Charges in an amount greater than fifteen thousand U.S. dollars ($15,000.00) prior to Provider causing such Out-of-Pocket Charges to be incurred; and further provided that if Recipient does not so consent, Provider shall have no obligation to provide such

 

18


Service to the extent it is unable without having incurred such Out-of-Pocket Charge, and (ii) Out-of-Pocket Charges shall not include (x) any overhead costs, profits or other mark-ups otherwise incurred by the Provider, (y) fees paid directly by Recipient to any Third Party Provider, or (z) any amount already included in the Service Fee. Notwithstanding Article 11, any change to Service Fees may only be made pursuant to an amendment to this Agreement in accordance with Section 18.2. Recipient shall pay Service Fees and Out-of-Pocket Charges in accordance with the payment terms set forth in Section 13.3.

(b) If at any time Provider believes that its compensation is materially insufficient to compensate it for the cost of providing the Services, including personnel costs that were not contemplated as of the Effective Date, Provider shall notify Recipient in writing (setting forth in reasonable detail its view of why the compensation is not equitable) and the Parties will promptly commence good faith negotiations regarding the pricing of such Services for future periods.

Section 13.3 Payment Terms. Where Provider issues an undisputed invoice to Recipient, the Service Fees shall be paid monthly in arrears in U.K. pounds (£). Where Provider designates one of its Affiliates to invoice Recipient for any of the Service Fees, Recipient shall, and Provider shall ensure that such Affiliate shall, comply with Exhibit C and, once a Sub-Services Agreement has been entered into, Provider shall no longer invoice Recipient for Service Costs invoiced by any of its Affiliates under any Sub-Services Agreement. Where a Sub-Services Agreement is in place, Service Fees shall be paid monthly in arrears in U.K. pounds (£). To the extent that Service Fees payable with respect to a Sub-Services Agreement are subject to special conditions specified in the relevant Sub-Services Agreement as necessary to comply with or address local law requirements, including with regard to tax treatment, the Affiliate of Provider that is party to such Sub-Services Agreement shall be solely responsible for any additional costs or expenses incurred by such Affiliate or Recipient in order to comply with such special conditions, subject to compliance with Section 13.4. Each invoice shall set forth in reasonable detail the Service Fee pursuant to Section 13.1 and out-of-pocket charges and costs pursuant to Section 13.2 with respect to the applicable month or as otherwise agreed by the Parties, and shall be delivered within thirty (30) days after the end of each applicable month or as otherwise agreed by the Parties. Recipient shall pay Provider or its designated Affiliate, as the case may be, all amounts set forth on such invoice within thirty (30) days of receipt of such invoice, or such other time period as may be agreed by Recipient and Provider or the applicable Affiliate of Provider. All such invoices shall be delivered to Recipient at Recipient’s address as set forth in Section 18.1 or as Recipient shall later designate by written notice to Provider. Any payments concerning such invoices shall be made to Provider or its designated Affiliate by wire transfer in immediately available funds to one or more accounts specified by Provider or its designated Affiliate. Provider or its designated Affiliate shall have the right to assess interest at an annual rate equal to the prime lending rate as publishing in The Wall Street Journal plus two percentage points for any month in which a balance is past due against all past due amounts or such other rate as may be set out in a Sub-Services Agreement, but not to exceed the maximum interest charges permitted by Law.

Section 13.4 Taxes. In addition to any fees applicable to the Services or other amounts payable by Recipient hereunder, Recipient shall pay to Provider the amount of all applicable sales, use, value-added, goods and services, transfer, receipts, consumption or other similar (such Taxes, but excluding any interest, penalties or amounts imposed with respect thereto, “Service Taxes”) that Provider or any of its Affiliates is in the future required to pay that result from any Service

 

19


delivered hereunder, regardless of whether such Service Taxes are invoiced with the applicable fee payment, payable directly by Recipient to a taxing authority, added retroactively or subsequently imposed in connection with any tax claim, assessment or other proceeding. If Provider or any of its Affiliates is legally obligated to collect any Service Taxes from Recipient, Provider shall have full authority to do so. Provider shall provide Recipient with an invoice for the Services that sets forth the amount of Service Taxes that are due, and Recipient shall pay the amount of Service Taxes set forth on such invoice to Provider in accordance with the payment terms set forth in Section 13.3. Recipient shall provide Provider with such other information as Provider reasonably requests to determine the amount of any such Service Taxes. If Recipient is exempt from any such Service Taxes, Recipient shall furnish Provider with a valid and properly completed resale or exemption certificate as required under applicable Law. If any deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax is required by Law from any payment by Recipient under this Agreement, Recipient shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from such payment to the extent required by applicable Law. If any applicable Law requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any payment by Recipient, then the sum payable by Recipient shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made, Provider receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required; provided, however, if the Provider determines acting reasonably in good faith that it received a refund or obtained and utilised a credit for any Tax deducted or withheld by the Recipient, the Provider shall promptly pay the amount of such refund or the amount of Tax actually saved in consequence of the utilisation of such credit to the Recipient. To the extent Provider delivers to Recipient such properly completed and executed documentation as will permit any payment to be paid without deduction or withholding or at a reduced rate of deduction or withholding, Recipient will reduce or eliminate such deduction or withholding in accordance with applicable Law.

Section 13.5 No Right to Set-Off. Recipient shall pay to Provider the full amount of Service Fees and other amounts required to be paid under this Agreement and not set-off, counterclaim or otherwise withhold any amount owed or claimed to be owed to Recipient under this Agreement, the Merger Agreement or otherwise, on account of any obligation owed by Provider, whether or not such obligation has been finally adjudicated, settled or otherwise agreed upon in writing.

ARTICLE 14

COMPLIANCE; DATA PROTECTION

Section 14.1 Data Security.

(a) Recipient hereby agrees that it shall and shall cause its Affiliates to comply with the standards and policies of Provider and its Affiliates provided to Recipient to the extent applicable to Recipient’s and its Affiliates’ use of the Services, including any data privacy policies, policies with respect to the protection of proprietary information and any other information and security policies, in each case as provided by Provider to Recipient. To the extent Recipient and/or its Affiliates may not be able to comply with such standards or policies, Recipient shall inform Provider in writing of its inability to comply and Provider and its Affiliates shall cooperate in good faith with Recipient or the applicable Affiliate of Recipient to determine an appropriate course of action in order to ensure Recipient is able to realize the benefit the Services; provided, however, that Provider and its Affiliates may refuse to provide the Services to Recipient and its Affiliates to the extent that, in Provider’s reasonable judgment, such non-compliance with any conditions or policies results in a material risk to Provider’s or its Affiliates’ business operations.

 

20


Section 14.2 Data Protection Law. Without limiting Section 14.1, the Parties shall, and shall cause their Affiliate and their employees, agents and sub-contractors to comply, with the Data Protection Law and all other applicable data protection laws in connection with the performance of their obligations under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement:

Data Protection Law” means all applicable law relating to data privacy and data protection including: (i) the General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (GDPR); (ii) the GDPR as it forms part of the domestic law of the UK by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (UK GDPR); (iii) the e-Privacy Directive (2002/58/EC) and the UK Privacy and Electronic Communications (EC Directive) Regulations 2003 (SI 2003/2426); (iv) the UK Data Protection Act 2018, (v) the California Consumer Privacy Act (as amended by the California Privacy Rights Act) (CCPA); and (vi) other US comprehensive privacy laws, in each case as amended, consolidated, replaced or updated from time to time and together with any subordinate or related legislation made under any of the foregoing which are applicable to Provider, Recipient.

Recipient Data” means all personal data in whatever form or medium which is (i) supplied, or in respect of which access is granted, to Provider (or any Sub-processor) whether by Recipient, Beneficiaries, or otherwise in connection with this Agreement, or (ii) produced or generated by or on behalf of Provider (or any Sub-processor) in connection with this Agreement.

Sub-processor” means any sub-contractor or other party engaged by Provider in relation to the Services who is or will be processing Recipient Data.

Section 14.3 Data Processing. The Parties agree that for each data processing activity where Provider processes data on behalf of Recipient, the following sets out the information required by Article 28(3) GDPR:

 

Subject matter of processing    The provision of Services under this Agreement.
Duration of processing    In respect of each Service, from the Effective Date until the applicable Service Termination Date.
Nature of processing    See service scope in Schedule A Part A.1.2.
Purpose of processing    To provide data hosting, analytics, fulfilment of customer orders, processing supplier payments. Further detail in the service scope in Schedule A Part A.1.2.
Type of personal data    Name, date of birth, email address, postal address, financial data, bank account information.
Categories of data subjects    Employees and customers of the Business.
Categories of data transfers    Which countries and territories the personal data will be transferred from and to.

 

21


Section 14.4 For the purposes of this Agreement, the Parties agree that Provider (and any Sub-processor) shall be a data processor (or “service Provider,” as defined under the CCPA) and the Recipient shall be the data controller (or “business” as defined under the CCPA). Therefore, Provider shall:

(a) only process Recipient Data as necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement or as required by law applicable to it; provided that Provider first informs Recipient of that legal requirement before processing, unless that law prohibits this on important grounds of public interest;

(b) ensure that all staff who have access to Recipient Data have committed themselves to appropriate obligations of confidentiality;

(c) maintain all appropriate technical and organisational measures to ensure security of Recipient Data, which shall be compliant with Provider’s applicable IT security policies; and

(d) assist Recipient to fulfil its obligation to respond to requests for exercising of data subject rights (including access requests) existing under Data Protection Law (Rights of the data subject);

(e) not engage any Sub-processor in relation to the Services without the prior written authorisation of Recipient or except pursuant to the following general authorisation. Recipient hereby grants Provider a general authorisation to engage Sub-processors as necessary to perform the Services; provided that: (i) Provider has notified Recipient in advance of the name of the Sub-processor and details of the particular Services being sub-contracted to it; or (ii) the delegation of processing to the Sub-processor was undertaken prior to the Effective Date and relates to the provision of the Services. Recipient shall have the right to object to any new Sub-processor within seven (7) days after the date of a notification; provided however such objection may only be on reasonable grounds and Provider shall only be obligated to negotiate in good faith to resolve any such objection. Provider may notify Recipient of Sub-processors by sending Recipient a notice by email. Provider will conduct appropriate due diligence in respect of the Sub-processor’s data privacy and security practices and procedures and shall enter into a written agreement with each Sub-processor containing obligations which are equivalent to those set out in this Section 14.4(e). If Recipient objects to the engagement by Provider of any new Sub-processor during the Term and that impacts the ability of Provider to perform any part of the Services, Provider may remove the affected Service from the scope of this Agreement;

(f) not transfer any Recipient Data outside the United Kingdom or the European Economic Area (EEA), except as described in Provider’s privacy policy at www.informa.com/privacy-policy or otherwise with the express prior written consent of Recipient (which may include, as appropriate, the Parties putting in place an additional data transfer mechanism, such as approved contractual clauses (or identifying an appropriate derogation) to enable any such transfer to be undertaken in accordance with applicable Data Protection Law);

 

22


(g) if requested by Recipient, provide Recipient with reports concerning Provider’s data protection procedures relating to its compliance with this Section 14.4;

(h) notify Recipient as soon as reasonably practicable and in writing if it becomes aware of a personal data breach and provide Recipient with assistance in responding and mitigating it;

(i) maintain a log of personal data breaches;

(j) assist Recipient in complying with Article 35 (Data Protection Impact Assessment) and Article 36 (Prior Consultation) of the GDPR in respect of any new type of processing proposed, in accordance with the Data Protection Law; and

(k) on expiry or termination of this Agreement, either destroy all Recipient Data or transfer it to Recipient or a nominated Third Party (in a mutually agreed format and by a mutually agreed method), with the exception that Provider shall be entitled to retain specific Recipient Data if required by applicable Law or if permitted for certain legitimate business purposes, as further described in Provider’s privacy policy at www.informa.com/privacy-policy.

Section 14.5 Protection Measures. Each of the Parties agrees to maintain appropriate technical and organizational measures against accidental or unlawful destruction or accidental loss, alteration, unauthorized disclosure or access and against all other unlawful forms of processing of any personal data provided or received pursuant to this Agreement. Recipient acknowledges and agrees that the measures maintained by Provider as the Effective Date are appropriate and sufficient for the purposes of this Section 14.5.

ARTICLE 15

DISCLAIMER; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

Section 15.1 Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties. EXCEPT FOR ANY EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND ITS AFFILIATES ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES.

Section 15.2 Limitation of Liability. Subject to Section 15.4 neither Party nor any of its Affiliates shall be liable, whether in warranty, contract, tort or otherwise, for any consequential damages, special damages, incidental or indirect damages, loss of revenue or profits, diminution in value, damages based on multiple of revenue or earnings or other performance metric, loss of business reputation, punitive and exemplary damages or any similar damages of the other Party, or any of its Affiliates or any of their officers, employees, agents or representatives, which in any way arise out of, relate to, or are a consequence of, such Party’s or any Affiliate of such Party’s performance or nonperformance hereunder, or the provision of or failure to provide any of the Services hereunder.

 

23


Section 15.3 Caps on Liability. Subject to Section 15.4, the liability of Provider, on the one hand, or Recipient, on the other hand, with respect to this Agreement or anything done in connection herewith, including the performance or breach hereof, or from the sale, delivery, provision or use of any of the Services provided under or pursuant to this Agreement, whether in warranty, contract, tort (including any form of negligence, recklessness, willful misconduct or strict liability) or otherwise, shall not exceed an amount equaling the Service Fee payable by Recipient to Provider or any Affiliate of Provider, without giving effect to any reduction pursuant to Exhibit C, during the preceding twelve (12) months in respect of the Service from which such liability flows (or 150% of such amount in the case of a breach of Article 14). With respect to any Service that is provided by a third-party subcontractor, Provider’s total liability for any nonperformance of, or failure to perform, such Service (a “Subcontractor Performance Failure”) shall be strictly limited to the actual recovery from such subcontractor of any damages or indemnification under contract or at law that are attributable to such Subcontractor Performance Failure, and in no event shall Provider have any further liability in respect thereof. If requested by Recipient, Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue any remedies it may have against a subcontractor for such Subcontractor Performance Failure. Service Recipient shall reimburse Provider for any costs and expenses incurred by Provider in pursuing remedies on Recipient’s behalf. Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate damages for which the other Party is responsible in connection with this Agreement.

Section 15.4 The limitations on liability set forth in Section 15.2 and Section 15.3 shall not apply to limit liability arising from: (i) the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of a Party; or (ii) the intentional or willful cessation of any obligations of Provider in a manner not contemplated by this Agreement or refusal of Provider to make available any Services.

ARTICLE 16

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 16.1 Indemnification.

(a) Recipient shall indemnify Provider and Affiliates of Provider and its and their respective directors, officers, managers, partners, employees, counsel, financial advisors, accountants, consultants and other advisors, representatives and agents (each a “Provider Indemnified Party” and collectively the “Provider Indemnified Parties”), and defend and hold the Provider Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any and all damages, fines, penalties, losses, liabilities (including settlements and judgments) and expenses (including interest, court costs, reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, or other reasonable fees and expenses of litigation or other proceedings relating to a claim, default or assessment) (collectively, “Losses”) that may be paid or are suffered or incurred by any Provider Indemnified Party that arise out of or relate to any suit, claim, action or cause of action, demand or proceeding asserted by a Third Party against the Indemnified Party (collectively, “Third Party Claims”) that allege (1) any material breach by Recipient or any Affiliate of Recipient of its obligations under Article 12 (Confidentiality) and Article 14 (Compliance, Data Protection), or (2) the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Recipient or any Affiliate of Recipient.

 

24


(b) Provider shall indemnify Recipient and Affiliates of Recipient and its and their respective directors, officers, managers, partners, employees, counsel, financial advisors, accountants, consultants and other advisors, representatives and agents (each a “Recipient Indemnified Party” and collectively the “Recipient Indemnified Parties”), and defend and hold the Recipient Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any and all Losses that may be paid or are suffered or incurred by any Recipient Indemnified Party that arise out of or relate to any Third Party Claims that allege (1) any material breach by Provider or any Affiliate of Provider of its obligations under Article 12 (Confidentiality) and Article 14 (Compliance, Data Protection), or (2) the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Provider or any Affiliate of Provider.

Section 16.2 Indemnification Procedure.

(a) Any Person that may be entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement (the “Indemnified Party”) shall promptly notify the Party or Parties liable for such indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing of any assertion of any pending or threatened Third Party Claim that the Indemnified Party has determined has given or would reasonably be expected to give rise to a right of indemnification under this Agreement, describing in reasonable detail the relevant facts and circumstances; provided, however, that the failure to provide timely notice shall not release the Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations under this Article 16 except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure.

(b) Upon receipt of a notice of a claim for indemnity from an Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 16.2(a) with respect to any Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party may assume the defense and control of such Third Party Claim. In the event that the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense of such claim, it shall allow the Indemnified Party a reasonable opportunity to participate in the defense of such Third Party Claim with its own counsel and at its own expense; provided, that (i) if the Indemnified Party reasonably concludes that the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party have a conflict of interest or different defenses available with respect to such Third Party Claim or (ii) the Indemnifying Party has not in fact employed counsel to assume control of such defense, the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel (in addition to local counsel) to the Indemnified Parties shall be considered “Losses” for purposes of this Agreement. The Party that shall control the defense of any such Third Party Claim (the “Controlling Party”) shall select counsel, contractors and consultants of recognized standing and competence. Provider and Recipient, as the case may be, shall, and shall cause each of their respective Indemnified Parties to, cooperate fully with the Controlling Party in the defense of any Third Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Party does not so assume control of such defense, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to control such defense. The Controlling Party shall keep the other Party advised of the status of such Third Party Claim and the defense thereof. If the Indemnifying Party shall assume the control of the defense of any Third Party Claim in accordance with this Section 16.2(b) the Indemnifying Party shall obtain the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party before entering into any settlement of, or consenting to the entry of any judgment arising from, such Third Party Claims unless (x) the Indemnifying Party shall (i) pay or cause to be paid all amounts arising out of such settlement or judgment concurrently with the effectiveness of such settlement, (ii) not encumber any of the assets of any Identified Party or agree to any restriction or condition that would apply to or materially adversely affect any Indemnified Party or the conduct of any Indemnified Party’s business and (iii) obtain, as a condition of any

 

25


settlement or other resolution, a complete release of any Indemnified Party potentially affected by such Third Party Claim and (y) such settlement or consent shall not include an admission of wrongdoing on the part of any Indemnified Party. Each Indemnified Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any Loss for which such Indemnified Party seeks indemnification under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 17

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Section 17.1 Dispute Resolution. If there is a dispute between the Parties hereto or their respective Affiliates arising out of or relating to this Agreement, either Party may, at any time, give notice to the other Party requesting to discuss actions that might be taken to resolve such dispute and the Parties hereto shall, promptly upon receipt of such notice, negotiate in good faith with respect to the disputed issue and use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such dispute; provided that nothing contained in this Agreement shall obligate or require (or be construed to obligate or require) either Party to agree upon any such actions. If the Parties hereto shall have failed to reach a resolution of the dispute within thirty (30) days after notice of such dispute has been given, either Provider or Recipient, as the case may be, may submit by written notice to the other Party a request that the respective senior officers of Provider and Recipient discuss such actions, and as promptly as practicable after such notice of submission has been given, each of Provider and Recipient shall cause such senior officers to negotiate in good faith with respect to such actions and use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such dispute within ten (10) days of the matter being submitted to them; provided that nothing contained in this Agreement shall obligate or require (or be construed to obligate or require) any of such senior officers to agree upon any such actions. If at the end of such time the Parties are unable to resolve the dispute amicably, then nothing in this Article 17 shall prevent a Party from seeking to adjudicate such a dispute pursuant to Section 18.11, nor shall this Article 17 prevent a Party from seeking a judicial resolution on an emergency or similar expedited basis (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 18.11). Except where prohibited or enjoined by order of an authority with jurisdiction over a Party, each Party shall continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement during any period of time when the dispute resolution procedures outlined above are being followed.

ARTICLE 18

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 18.1 Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and are deemed duly delivered when (a) delivered if delivered personally or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid), (b) sent by email with acknowledgment of receipt requested (or, the first Business Day following such transmission if the date of transmission is not a Business Day) or (c) received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by United States of America certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; in each case to the following addresses and marked to the attention of the individual (by name or title) designated below (or to such other address or individual as a Party may designate by notice to the other Party):

To Recipient:

Informa Group Limited

5 Howick Place, London, SW1P 1WG

Attn:  Group General Counsel

Email:  [***]

 

26


with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Clifford Chance US LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

Attn:  Benjamin K. Sibbett

Email:  [***]

To Provider:

TechTarget, Inc.

275 Grove Street

Newton, MA 02466

Attn:  Dan Noreck

Email:  [***]

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: Joseph B. Conahan

Email: [***]

and

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

7 World Trade Center

250 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10007

Attention: Andrew Alin

Email: [***]

Section 18.2 Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in a written document signed by each Party and that identifies itself as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

27


Section 18.3 Waiver and Remedies. A Party may (a) extend the time for performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other Party to this Agreement, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other Party to this Agreement contained in this Agreement or (c) waive compliance with any of the covenants or conditions for the benefit of such Party contained in this Agreement; provided that (i) any such extension or waiver by either Party to this Agreement will be valid only if set forth in a written document signed on behalf of the Party against whom the extension or waiver is to be effective; (ii) no extension or waiver will apply to any time for performance, inaccuracy in any representation or warranty, or noncompliance with any covenant or condition, as the case may be, other than that which is specified in the written extension or waiver; and (iii) no failure or delay by either Party in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement, and no course of dealing between the Parties, operates as a waiver of such right or remedy, and no single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy precludes any other or further exercise of such right or remedy or the exercise of any other right or remedy. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any enumeration of a Party’s rights and remedies in this Agreement is not intended to be exclusive, and a Party’s rights and remedies are intended to be cumulative to the extent permitted by Law and include any rights and remedies authorized in law or in equity.

Section 18.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including all exhibits) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or between the Parties, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter thereof, except for the Transaction Documents. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Merger Agreement, the terms of the Merger Agreement shall control.

Section 18.5 Assignment, Successors and No Third Party Rights. This Agreement binds and benefits the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither Party may directly or indirectly assign any rights or delegate any obligations under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that Provider may directly or indirectly assign any rights or delegate any obligations under this Agreement to any Affiliate or any Subcontractor of Provider. Any attempted assignment in violation of this Section 18.5 shall be void ab initio. Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Parties to this Agreement, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement except (i) such rights as may inure to a successor or permitted assignee under this Section 18.5, (ii) for Section 16.1, which is intended to benefit and to be enforceable by Recipient Indemnified Parties as specified therein and (iii) for Section 18.5, which is intended to benefit and to be enforceable by Affiliates of Recipient.

Section 18.6 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement remain in full force and effect, if the essential terms and conditions of this Agreement for each Party remain valid, binding and enforceable. If any provision of this Agreement (or any portion thereof) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent legally permissible.

 

28


Section 18.7 Exhibits. The Exhibits to this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement.

Section 18.8 Interpretation. In the negotiation of this Agreement, each Party has received advice from its own attorneys. The language used in this Agreement is the language chosen by the Parties to express their mutual intent, and no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted for or against any Party because that Party or its attorney drafted the provision.

Section 18.9 Expenses. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, each Party shall pay its own direct and indirect expenses incurred by it in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including all fees and expenses of its advisors and representatives.

Section 18.10 Governing Law and Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL PROCEEDINGS OR COUNTERCLAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE MADE IN AND IN ALL RESPECTS SHALL BE INTERPRETED, CONSTRUED AND GOVERNED BY AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF DELAWARE. In any action or proceeding between or among the Parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the Parties hereby (i) irrevocably and unconditionally consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County, Delaware; (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court; and (iii) agrees that it will not bring any such action in any court other than the Court of Chancery for the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County, Delaware, or, if (and only if) such court finds it lacks subject matter jurisdiction, the Federal court of the United States of America sitting in Delaware, and appellate courts thereof. Service of process, summons, notice or document to any Party’s address and in the manner set forth in Section 18.1 shall be effective service of process for any such action, it being acknowledged and agreed that the foregoing shall not limit the right of a Party to effect service of process on any other Party by any other legally available method. Provider (on behalf of itself and its Affiliates) further irrevocably consents to process being served on it in any action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof in the manner for delivery of notices specified in Section 18.1 to Informa USA, Inc. (“Process Agent”) with an address on the date hereof of 605 3rd Avenue, 22nd FL, New York, NY 10158, Attention: Legal, as such Person’s agent for the purpose of accepting service of any process in the United States. Provider agrees that such service upon receipt by Process Agent (x) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon such Person in any such action or proceeding and (y) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to such Person.

 

29


(b) EACH PARTY (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND ITS AFFILIATES) ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY (OR ITS AFFILIATES) MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH SUCH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (IV) EACH SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 18.10.

Section 18.11 No Joint Venture. Nothing in this Agreement creates a joint venture or partnership between the Parties. This Agreement does not authorize any Party (i) to bind or commit, or to act as an agent, employee or legal representative of, the other Party, except as may be specifically set forth in other provisions of this Agreement, or (ii) to have the power to control the activities and operations of the other Party in violation of applicable Law. The Parties are independent contractors with respect to each other under this Agreement. Subject to its obligations hereunder, Provider shall use its sole discretion and shall have complete control over the work performed pursuant to this Agreement, its employees, and other details of performing its obligations hereunder. Each Party agrees not to hold itself out as having any authority or relationship contrary to this Section 18.11.

Section 18.12 Counterparts. The Parties may execute this Agreement in multiple counterparts, each of which constitutes an original as against the Party that signed it, and all of which together constitute one agreement. This Agreement is effective upon delivery of one executed counterpart from each Party to the other Party. The signatures of both Parties need not appear on the same counterpart. The execution of counterparts by electronic signature or delivery of duly executed counterparts by electronic transmission is as effective as signing and delivering the counterpart in person.

Section 18.13 Force Majeure. No Party hereto shall be liable to another for its failure to perform hereunder caused by contingencies beyond its reasonable control (“Force Majeure”), including acts of God, fire, flood, wars, acts of terrorism, sabotage, strike and government actions. Any Party asserting its inability to perform any obligation hereunder for any such contingency shall promptly notify the other Party of the existence of any such contingency and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to recommence its performance of such obligation as soon as commercially practicable. Neither Party shall be relieved of its obligations pursuant to this Section 18.13 to the extent it does not use commercially reasonable efforts to recommence performance of its obligations or otherwise to remedy the event of Force Majeure.

[Signature pages follow]

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Parties as of the date first written above.

 

PROVIDER:
TECHTARGET, INC.
By:   /s/ Daniel T. Noreck
  Name: Daniel T. Noreck
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
RECIPIENT:
INFORMA GROUP LIMITED
By:   /s/ Simon Bane
  Name: Simon Bane
  Title: Deputy Group General Counsel

 

Reverse Transitional Services Agreement

Signature Page


EXHIBITS   
Exhibit A    Services; Fees; Term
Exhibit B    Change Request Form
Exhibit C    Sub-Services Agreements

 

List of Exhibits


Exhibit A Services; Fees; Term

Part A: Property Services

 

A.1.5. Service

Term / Service

Termination Date

   These Services will commence on the Effective Date and, shall terminate forthwith on the expiry of the 18 month period commencing on the Effective Date (unless the Services (or a portion thereof) are earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of the Agreement).
     

A.1.6. Service

Costs

       
      Cost per location per month (GBP)
     Tokyo, Japan    £16,157
     Penang, Malaysia    £12,567
     Seoul, South Korea    £1,795
     TOTAL    £ 30,519
           

 

Exh. A-1


Exhibit B Change Request Form


Exhibit C Sub-Services Agreements

Exhibit 10.6

Execution Version

THIS DATA SHARING AGREEMENT is dated December 2, 2024 (this “Agreement”).

PARTIES

 

(1)

INFORMA PLC incorporated and registered in England and Wales with company number 8860726 whose registered office is at 5 Howick Place, London, SW1P 1WG; and

 

(2)

TECHTARGET, INC., a Delaware corporation, headquartered at 275 Grove Street, Newton, MA 02466,

each a “party” and together the “parties”.

RECITALS

 

(A)

As a result of an M&A transaction whereby part of Informa PLC (“Ivory”) was sold to a newly created company TechTarget, Inc. (“New Toro”) in which the Informa Group has a majority holding, the Informa Group and New Toro see opportunities for New Toro and Informa Group Companies to leverage their respective datasets relating to audiences for events and media and website interactions.

 

(B)

The parties intend to leverage their respective datasets in compliance with the Data Protection Laws, supported by, and in accordance with, this Agreement, which sets out the agreed use cases (i.e. purposes) that may be made of data shared between the parties, as well as the restrictions and mitigations that must be applied in respect of such use.

 

(C)

The parties also intend this Agreement to set out in a transparent manner their respective responsibilities for compliance when acting as Joint Controllers for the purposes of Article 26 of GDPR.

AGREED TERMS

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

The following definitions and rules of interpretation apply in this Agreement:

 

1.1

Definitions:

 

  1.1.1

Agreed Use Case(s): the uses of Shared Personal Data agreed by the parties as set out in Schedule 1 of this Agreement, which may be updated by the parties in writing (referencing this Agreement), for example, to add, remove or modify use cases, from time to time.

 

  1.1.2

Commencement Date: the date specified at the top of this Agreement.

 

  1.1.3

Confidential Information: means any non-public information that is designated as “confidential” by the disclosing party or that should reasonably be considered to be confidential under the circumstances surrounding disclosure. Confidential Information includes Shared Personal Data and the terms of this Agreement. Confidential Information does not include any information that: (a) was previously known to the receiving party; (b) is received from a third party without similar restriction; (c) is or becomes publicly available other than through breach of this Agreement or wrongful act of a third party; or (d) is independently developed by the receiving party without the use of the other party’s Confidential Information.

 

  1.1.4

Consent Countries: the countries identified in Schedule 4 of this Agreement, which may be updated by the parties in writing referencing this Agreement, from time to time.


  1.1.5

Customer: means any client or customer of either party that purchases products or services that may include the Shared Personal Data.

 

  1.1.6

Data Protection Laws: all applicable data protection laws, including the California Consumer Protection Act, European Directive 2002/58/EC, GDPR, the UK Data Protection Act 2018, UK GDPR and any legislation and/or regulation implementing or made pursuant to them, or which amends, replaces, re-enacts or consolidates them and all other applicable laws relating to the processing of personal data and privacy that may exist in any relevant jurisdiction where the parties do business.

 

  1.1.7

Data Subject Request: a request made by a Data Subject to exercise any rights of Data Subjects under the Data Protection Laws.

 

  1.1.8

GDPR: the General Data Protection Regulation ((EU) 2016/679).

 

  1.1.9

Group: means, in relation to a company, that company, any subsidiary or holding company from time to time of that company and any subsidiary from time to time of a holding company of that company.

 

  1.1.10

Informa Group Company: means any member of the Informa Group.

 

  1.1.11

Material Breach:

any material failure by a party to comply with any obligations set forth in this Agreement, which failure causes the other party to be in material violation of any law applicable to such other party’s use or provision of such Shared Personal Data.

 

  1.1.12

Personal Data Breach: any breach of security leading to the accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration, unauthorised disclosure of, or access to, any Shared Personal Data.

 

  1.1.13

Permitted Recipient: any third party Processor appointed by either party and required for the processing of the Shared Personal Data, or each of the parties’ professional advisers, or a relevant supervisory authority or other regulator, or any other third party as may be agreed by the parties in writing from time to time.

 

  1.1.14

Privacy Assessment: an assessment of the data protection risks and applicable mitigations, carried out by the Data Protection Officer or Privacy team.

 

  1.1.15

Restrictions and Mitigations: the restrictions on the use and processing of Shared Personal Data and the mitigations set out in Schedule 3 of this Agreement, which may be updated by the parties in writing referencing this Agreement (for example, to add or remove restrictions and/or mitigations), from time to time.

 

  1.1.16

Shared Personal Data: the Personal Data shared by one party to the other (including in pseudonymous form) as described in Schedule 1 of this Agreement, which may be updated by the parties in writing referencing this Agreement (for example, to add or remove categories of personal data), from time to time. To be clear, Shared Personal Data does not include Personal Data used or otherwise processed by a party unless it was received from the other party pursuant to this Agreement, including any such Personal Data that were obtained by the party directly from the data subject or from a third party, and further including such Personal Data that is duplicative of Shared Personal Data received from the other party.

 

  1.1.17

Transparency Requirements: the requirements to ensure that processing is fair and transparent, as set out in Schedule 2, which may be updated by the parties in writing referencing this Agreement (for example, to modify the manner in which notice is provided and/or any Data Subject consent (if any) obtained), from time to time.

 

2


  1.1.18

UK GDPR: has the meaning given to it in section 3(10) (as supplemented by section 205(4)) of the Data Protection Act 2018.

 

1.2

Controller, Processor, Data Subject, Personal Data, Joint Controllers, processing, special category data, supervisory authority and appropriate technical and organisational measures shall have the meanings given to them in the GDPR.

 

2.

COMMENCEMENT AND DURATION

 

2.1

This Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall continue in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 14.1 (the “Term”).

 

3.

PURPOSE; PROCESS

 

3.1

This Agreement sets out the framework for the sharing of Personal Data between the parties as Joint Controllers.

 

3.2

Within thirty (30) days following the Commencement Date, the parties shall agree on the process for sharing and identifying Shared Personal Data, as may be adjusted by the parties from time to time in accordance with applicable laws and each party shall comply with and share Shared Personal Data in accordance with the terms of such agreement.

 

4.

GENERAL

 

4.1

Each party shall only use or otherwise process (whether directly or indirectly through a third party, including a Permitted Recipient acting as a Processor) Shared Personal Data for the Agreed Use Cases subject to, and in accordance with, the Restrictions and Mitigations.

 

4.2

Each party shall provide the other with contact details of at least one staff member as a point of contact and responsible manager (“Point of Contact for Data”) for all issues arising out of this Agreement and the Data Protection Laws, including the joint training of relevant staff, the procedures to be followed in the event of a Personal Data Breach, maintaining a point of contact for and handling any Data Subject Request, and the regular review of the parties’ compliance with the Data Protection Laws.

 

4.3

Each party shall comply with the Data Protection Laws as may be applicable to its processing of the Shared Personal Data, having regard to its role as a Joint Controller, including by publishing revised privacy notices to applicable data subjects relating to its role as a Joint Controller or as otherwise may be required in connection with the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement.

 

4.4

Each party shall ensure that it has in place appropriate technical and organisational measures, to protect against unauthorised or unlawful processing of the Shared Personal Data and against accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, the Shared Personal Data.

 

5.

PERSONAL DATA BREACHES

 

5.1

Any party that discovers a Personal Data Breach shall inform the Point of Contact for Data at the other party as soon as possible and in any event within twenty-four (24) hours of discovery.

 

5.2

Where a Personal Data Breach occurs, the parties shall co-operate in addressing it in an appropriate and timely manner, including by deciding whether notification to the supervisory authority, and/or communication to data subjects are required under Articles 33 and 34 of GDPR.

 

6.

FAIR AND LAWFUL PROCESSING

 

6.1

Each party shall ensure that it processes the Shared Personal Data fairly and lawfully and in accordance with Schedule 2 of this Agreement.

 

3


6.2

Each party shall ensure that it only processes Shared Personal Data on a lawful basis, which the parties anticipate for the Agreed Use Cases may include the following:

 

  6.2.1

the processing is necessary for the legitimate interests of each party, where such interests are not overridden by the interests or fundamental rights and freedoms of the Data Subjects;

 

  6.2.2

compliance with each party’s respective legal obligations; and,

 

  6.2.3

with a Data Subject’s consent, particularly in respect of the Consent Countries.

 

7.

PERMITTED RECIPIENTS

 

7.1

Each party agrees that the other may engage Permitted Recipients to assist in the performance of this contract, or engage Permitted Recipients for any other legitimate business purpose, except where such engagement may:

 

  7.1.1

cause either party to breach applicable laws; or

 

  7.1.2

materially disadvantage either party,

provided that each Permitted Recipient is subject to written contractual or statutory obligations concerning the Shared Personal Data (including obligations of confidentiality) which are no less onerous than those imposed by this Agreement.

 

7.2

Each party may only engage Permitted Recipients that are Processors:

 

  7.2.1

where the Processor has provided sufficient guarantees to implement appropriate technical and organisational measures that applicable processing will meet the requirements of the Data Protection Laws; and,

 

  7.2.2

subject to written agreements that comply with the Data Protection Laws, including, where applicable, the requirements set out in Article 28 of GDPR and UK GDPR.

 

7.3

Except as provided in this Agreement, including with respect to the Agreed Use Cases (but subject always to the Restrictions and Mitigations), or as required by applicable laws, neither party shall disclose Shared Personal Data to any third parties without the other party’s prior written consent.

 

8.

DATA SUBJECTS’ RIGHTS AND NOTIFICATION TO SUPERVISORY AUTHORITIES

 

8.1

Any party that receives a Data Subject Request which relates directly or indirectly to the processing of Shared Personal Data shall contact the Point of Contact for Data at the other party as soon as possible, and in any event within five (5) business days of receipt of the request, providing a copy of the Data Subject Request and reasonable details of the circumstances giving rise to the request.

 

8.2

The parties agree to provide reasonable assistance as is necessary to each other to enable them to comply with Data Subject Requests and to respond to any other queries or complaints from Data Subjects. The Joint Controller that originally collected (or otherwise obtained) the Shared Personal Data that is the subject of the Data Subject Request shall have primary responsibility for handling that request.

 

8.3

Any party that receives correspondence from a supervisory authority or other data protection regulator which relates to the processing of Shared Personal Data shall contact the Point of Contact for Data as soon as possible and in any event within three (3) business days of receipt of the request. The parties agree to provide reasonable assistance as is necessary to each other to enable them to respond to and comply with the correspondence from the supervisory authority or other data protection regulator.

 

4


9.

DATA RETENTION AND DELETION

Each Joint Controller shall handle retention and deletion of Shared Personal Data in accordance with its own data retention policy (or any agreed joint data retention policy, if relevant), but in no event shall retain the data for longer than necessary for the Agreed Use Case(s).

 

10.

TRANSFERS

Where a party transfers any Shared Personal Data outside a jurisdiction, including the United Kingdom and the European Economic Area, that imposes restrictions on transferring Personal Data outside of such a jurisdiction, it shall ensure that such transfer complies with the Data Protection Laws, including by implementing an approved data transfers mechanism such as approved data transfers agreements.

 

11.

CONFIDENTIALITY

Each party will use the Confidential Information of the other party only to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement. Neither party will disclose Confidential Information of the other party to any third party except to: Permitted Recipients that are subject to substantially similar confidentiality requirements; or, to the extent specifically required by public authorities, pursuant to applicable laws and regulations. The receiving party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to oppose such requests for disclosure where there are reasonable grounds for doing so, and to seek protection or continued confidential treatment of the information.

 

12.

LIABILITY

 

12.1

The parties agree that each party shall only be responsible for any fines, regulatory penalties, damages, costs, compensation claims and other liabilities to third parties to the extent that such liabilities result from that party’s breach of the Data Protection Laws or this Agreement.

 

12.2

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws, neither party will be liable to the other under or in connection with this Agreement, whether in contract, tort (including negligence), misrepresentation (whether tortious or statutory), breach of statutory duty or otherwise for any special, incidental, indirect or consequential damages or for loss of data, loss of profits, business interruption, or similar damages or loss, even if such party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

 

13.

GOVERNANCE

 

13.1

The parties will meet to review the effectiveness of this data sharing initiative every three (3) months (or such frequency as the parties may agree from time to time), having consideration to the aims and purposes set out in this Agreement.

 

13.2

The review of the effectiveness of this Agreement will involve:

 

  13.2.1

assessing whether the purposes for which the Shared Personal Data is being processed are still the ones listed in Schedule 1 of this Agreement;

 

  13.2.2

if new or modified purposes for which the Shared Personal Data is being processed are necessary or desirable, assessing whether the risks to the goodwill and reputation of Ivory’s brands (and/or which New Toro would agree to for its own brands for such purposes) are greater than the risks associated with the purposes as set forth in Schedule 1 on the date of this Agreement and, if so, additional consideration shall be given to Ivory in assessing such new or modified purposes;

 

  13.2.3

assessing whether the Shared Personal Data is still as listed in Schedule 1 of this Agreement;

 

5


  13.2.4

assessing whether the Restrictions and Mitigations listed in Schedule 3 of this Agreement are being complied with and are fit for purpose (and amending them where they are found not to be fit for purpose);

 

  13.2.5

assessing whether the legal framework governing data quality, retention, and data subjects’ rights are being complied with; and,

 

  13.2.6

assessing whether any Personal Data Breaches involving the Shared Personal Data have been handled in accordance with this Agreement and the Data Protection Laws.

 

14.

TERMINATION

 

14.1

Either party may terminate this Agreement:

 

  14.1.1

For its convenience upon six (6) months’ notice to the other party at any time following the date on which Ivory ceases to be the owner, directly or indirectly, of at least forty percent (40%) of the outstanding shares of New Toro; and

 

  14.1.2

upon notice to the other party in the event of a Material Breach by the other party if such Material Breach is not remedied by the other party within sixty (60) days following such party’s receipt of notice of such Material Breach.

 

14.2

Ivory may terminate this Agreement upon notice to New Toro in the event that the Brand Licence Agreement between the parties expires or otherwise terminates in accordance with the provisions thereof.

 

14.3

Upon the effective date of termination of this Agreement for any reason, each party will immediately cease use of Shared Personal Data received from the other party and delete such data from its systems (including those of any Permitted Recipients); provided, for clarity, that the foregoing will not apply to any Personal Data that were obtained by the party directly from the data subject or from a third party, including such Personal Data that are duplicative of Shared Personal Data received from the other party. No further Personal Data will be shared by either party.

 

14.4

Termination or expiry of this Agreement (for whatever reason) shall not affect (i) the validity or enforceability of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement intended to have continuing effect, or (ii) the accrued rights of the parties arising in any way out of this Agreement at the date of termination.

 

15.

VARIATION

No variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing, referencing this Agreement, and signed by the parties (or their authorised representatives).

 

16.

CHANGES TO THE APPLICABLE LAW

In case the Data Protection Laws and any ancillary laws change in a way that the Agreement is no longer adequate for the purpose of governing lawful data sharing exercises, the parties agree that the parties will negotiate in good faith to review the Agreement in light of such changes.

 

17.

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any dispute or claim (including non-contractual disputes or claims) arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales.

 

6


18.

JURISDICTION

Each party irrevocably agrees that the courts of England and Wales shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim (including non-contractual disputes or claims arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter or formation).

 

7


This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of it.

 

Signed by:  

Gareth Wright

    

/s/ Gareth Wright

  
Position:   Group Finance Director      Authorised Signatory   
for and on behalf of Informa PLC        
Signed by:  

Daniel T. Noreck

    

/s/ Daniel T. Noreck

  
Position: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer      Authorised Signatory   
for and on behalf of TechTarget, Inc.


Schedule 1

This Schedule 1 sets out the Agreed Use Cases for the Shared Personal Data, together with the categories of Personal Data comprising Shared Personal Data.

 

   
Agreed Use Case    Shared Personal Data
   
To attract and retain first party audiences for first party media content, via audience marketing campaigns or other similar methods.   

•  Demographic data such as event/media registration data, including name, title, business contact details.

 

•  Firmographic data, such as company, company size, market sector.

 

•  Behavioural data, such as noted interests based on historical content consumption on media sites and/or at events.

 

No special category or sensitive data will be included.

   
To support the fulfilment of marketing programmes/ services in order to provide impressions, clicks or leads to clients/ customers.   

•  Demographic data such as event/media registration data, including name, title, business contact details.

 

•  Firmographic data, such as company, company size, market sector.

 

•  Behavioural data, such as noted interests based on historical content consumption on media sites and/or at events.

 

No special category or sensitive data will be included.

   
To derive buyer level insights and intent for both internal use and for customers, including the evaluation of audiences according to their level of depth, recency and frequency of engagement, to help focus and target marketing and sales activities.   

•  Demographic data such as event/media registration data, including name, title, business contact details.

 

•  Firmographic data, such as company, company size, market sector.

 

•  Behavioural data, such as noted interests based on historical content consumption, on media sites and/or at events.

 

No special category or sensitive data will be included.

   
Each party marketing its products and services (such as events, white papers, etc.) to its respective target market.   

•  Demographic data such as event/media registration data, including name, title, business contact details.

 

2


   
    

•  Firmographic data, such as company, company size, market sector.

 

•  Behavioural data, such as noted interests based on historical content consumption on media sites and/or at events.

 

No special category or sensitive data will be included.

   
Enrichment of each party’s audience data and data subject permissions based on the above processing activities.   

•  Demographic data such as event/media registration data, including name, title, business contact details.

 

•  Firmographic data, such as company, company size, market sector.

 

•  Behavioural data, such as noted interests based on historical content consumption on media sites and/or at events.

 

No special category or sensitive data will be included.

 

3


Schedule 2

This Schedule 2 sets out each party’s obligations as they relate to transparency and consent, including by providing fair processing information (i.e. notice) to Data Subjects of the processing of the Shared Personal Data, the managing of obtaining consents and handling opt-out requests (and any revocations of consents), subject to Schedule 3.

 

1.

Obligations on the Party providing Shared Personal Data

 

1.1.

Legacy Data. Each party shall only make Shared Personal Data available to the other party where:

 

  1.1.1

the Data Subject was informed of the identity of the Controller collecting their Personal Data at the time of collection;

 

  1.1.2

the Data Subject was informed that their Personal Data may be processed for purposes the same as, or substantially similar to, the Agreed Use Cases at the time of collection;

 

  1.1.3

the Data Subject was informed that their Personal Data may be shared with other companies in the same group for such purposes at the time of collection;

 

  1.1.4

the Data Subject has not indicated that they no longer wish their Personal Data to be used for purposes the same as, or substantially similar to, the Agreed Use Cases, whether by making a Data Subject Rights Request, revoking a consent previously provided or opting-out from such processing by any means; and,

 

  1.1.5

In respect of the Consent Countries, it has obtained a positive indication of consent from the Data Subject that the processing of their Personal Data in-line with 1.1.1 to 1.1.3 above was acceptable and that the Data Subject has not withdrawn this indication as set out in 1.1.4 above.

Each party shall take such diligence steps are as are necessary to establish that 1.1.1 to 1.1.4 above are accurate, including by taking such steps and providing such evidence as the other party may reasonably request.

 

1.2.

New Data. From thirty (30) days after the date this Agreement is signed, each party shall only make Shared Personal Data available to the other party where the Data Subject was provided with the following information (which may have been provided through a combination of a privacy policy available at the point of collection and “just in time” notices posted at the point of data collection):

 

  1.2.1

the identity and the contact details of the Controller collecting the Personal Data, which must also include the following statement at the point of data collection: “An Informa Company”. This shall be communicated alongside a description of the essence of the arrangements between the parties as Joint Controllers, which may be included in the parties’ respective privacy policies;

 

  1.2.2

the contact details of the data protection officer for the party collecting the Personal Data;

 

  1.2.3

the purposes for which the Personal Data will be processed and the legal basis for the processing, including a summary of any legitimate interests relied upon by the Controller, and, in particular, that the Personal Data may be processed for the Agreed Use Cases and that the Data Subject may opt-out of such use. In respect of Data Subjects in the Consent Countries, each party will obtain the Data Subject’s prior consent to such use (including by other Informa Group Companies) before including their Personal Data in the Shared Personal Data;

 

4


  1.2.4

the possibility of the Data Subject’s Personal Data being shared with other Informa Group Companies, together with other potential recipients or categories of recipients, if any;

 

  1.2.5

the fact that the Controller intends to transfer Personal Data to other countries around the world, including a description of any appropriate or suitable safeguards (e.g. EU Standard Contractual Clauses) and the means by which to obtain a copy of them;

 

  1.2.6

the period for which the personal data will be stored, or if that is not possible, the criteria used to determine that period;

 

  1.2.7

the existence of the right to request from the Controller access to and rectification or erasure of personal data or restriction of processing concerning the Data Subject or to object to processing as well as the right to data portability;

 

  1.2.8

where the processing is based on consent, the existence of the right to withdraw consent at any time, without affecting the lawfulness of processing based on consent before its withdrawal;

 

  1.2.9

the right to lodge a complaint with a supervisory authority; and,

 

  1.2.10

whether the provision of Personal Data is a statutory or contractual requirement, or a requirement necessary to enter into a contract, as well as whether the Data Subject is obliged to provide the Personal Data and of the possible consequences of failure to provide such data.

 

1.3.

Opt-outs and Revoked Consent

Shared Personal Data shall not include any Personal Data in respect of which the Data Subject has opted-out (or revoked any previous consent) of processing for purposes the same as, or substantially similar to, the Agreed Use Cases.

 

2.

Obligations on a Party using Shared Personal Data

 

2.1.

When processing Shared Personal Data, each party shall ensure that every communication sent to Data Subjects as a result of such processing:

 

  2.1.1

identifies the sender and also includes in a reasonably prominent manner, the descriptor: “an Informa Company”;

 

  2.1.2

includes a prominent link to a privacy policy that includes each of the items listed in 1.2.1 to 1.2.10 above; and

 

  2.1.3

contains a clear and easy-to-use means by which the Data Subject may communicate a change in their preferences, such as by opting-out or revoking any previously given consent. Such means may include: (a) providing a prominent unsubscribe option in each electronic communication, and (b) including a prominent link to a preference centre that enables a Data Subject to make granular choices regarding the uses and sharing of their Personal Data.

 

2.2.

Each party shall promptly record the means, date and time-stamp of any and all indications from Data Subjects, howsoever received, that they no longer wish the Controller to use and/or share their Personal Data for any particular purposes, including the Agreed Use Cases. Each party shall honour such requests in full except to the extent that it is not required to do so by the Data Protection Laws.

 

5


Schedule 3

This Schedule 3 sets out the Restrictions and Mitigations that a party processing Shared Personal Data must apply to its processing and use of such data.

 

   
Agreed Use Case    Restrictions and Mitigations
   
To attract and retain first party audiences for first party media content, via audience marketing campaigns or other similar methods.   

The requesting business should show business justification for targeting this audience (i.e. the request should be supported by evidence of profiles’ topic alignment).

 

High volume of data in EU (over 5,000) will require a Privacy Assessment before data is shared.

 

Activation via SMS or telephone will require a Privacy Assessment before data is shared.

 

Where a Privacy Assessment finds a sharing request is high risk despite the existing controls, such a request will require approval of the CEO of the sharing entity/division.

 

Data access via sharing will be “System to System” and manual downloads of audience records is prohibited.

 

Data sharing request will be use-case specific, data records obtained via sharing would be limited to the initial use case. Any subsequent use case would warrant a reassessment.

 

The preference centres, when available, will be the master data for all consent consideration.

   
To support the fulfilment of marketing programmes/ services in order to provide impressions, clicks or leads to clients/ customers.   

Shared Personal Data must not include Personal Data relating to a Data Subject in the European Economic Area where its use may involve it being shared with a third party without the Data Subject having consented to such sharing.

 

The requesting business should show business justification for targeting this audience (i.e. the request should be supported by evidence of profiles’ topic alignment).

 

High volume of data in EU (over 5,000) will require a Privacy Assessment before data is shared.

 

Activation via SMS or telephone will require a Privacy Assessment before data is shared.

 

Where a Privacy Assessment finds a sharing request is high risk despite the existing controls, such a request will require approval of the CEO of the sharing entity/division.

 

6


   
    

Data access via sharing will be “System to System” and manual downloads of audience records is prohibited.

 

Data sharing request will be use-case specific, data records obtained via sharing would be limited to the initial use case. Any subsequent use case would warrant a reassessment.

   
To derive buyer level insights and intent for both internal use and for customers, including the evaluation of audiences according to their level of depth, recency and frequency of engagement, to help focus and target marketing and sales activities.   

Shared Personal Data must not include Personal Data relating to a Data Subject in the European Economic Area where its use may involve it being shared with a third party without the Data Subject having consented to such sharing.

 

Data access via sharing will be “System to System” and manual downloads of audience records is prohibited.

 

Data sharing request will be use-case specific, data records obtained via sharing would be limited to the initial use case. Any subsequent use case would warrant a reassessment.

 

The parties will apply technical and organisational controls to prevent activation.

   
Each party marketing its products and services (such as events, white papers, etc.) to its respective target market.   

The requesting business should show business justification for targeting this audience (i.e. the request should be supported by evidence of profiles’ topic alignment).

 

High volume of data in EU (over 5,000) will require a Privacy Assessment before data is shared.

 

Activation via SMS or telephone will require a Privacy Assessment before data is shared.

 

Where a Privacy Assessment finds a sharing request is high risk despite the existing controls. such a request will require approval of the CEO of the sharing entity/division.

 

Data access via sharing will be “System to System” and manual downloads of audience records is prohibited.

 

Data sharing request will be use-case specific, data records obtained via sharing would be limited to the initial use case. Any subsequent use case would warrant a reassessment.

 

The preference centres, when available, will be the master data for all consent consideration.

 

7


   
Enrichment of each party’s audience data and data subject permissions based on the above processing activities.   

The parties will apply technical and organisational controls to prevent activation.

 

Data access via sharing will be “System to System” and manual downloads of audience records is prohibited.

 

Data sharing request will be use-case specific, data records obtained via sharing would be limited to the initial use case. Any subsequent use case would warrant a reassessment.

 

8


Schedule 4

This Schedule 4 sets out the Consent Countries in which each party must obtain consent before sharing Personal Data with the other party.

 

   
Region    Countries
   
Americas    Brazil, Canada, Mexico
   
Europe    1.1.Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Switzerland, Spain, Sweden, Ukraine
   
Middle East and Africa    Israel, South Africa
   
APAC    China, India, Japan, South Korea

 

9

Exhibit 10.7

THIS BRAND LICENSE AGREEMENT is dated December 2, 2024 (this “Agreement”).

PARTIES

 

(1)

INFORMA GROUP LIMITED, incorporated and registered in England and Wales with company number 03099067 whose registered office is at 5 Howick Place London (the “Licensor”); and

 

(2)

TECHTARGET, INC., a Delaware corporation, headquartered at 275 Grove Street, Newton, MA 02466 (the “Licensee”), each a “Party” and together the “Parties”.

RECITALS

 

(A)

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 10, 2024 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among TechTarget, Inc., Licensee, Toro Acquisition Sub LLC, Informa PLC, Informa US Holdings Limited, and Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc., at a closing held on the date hereof, among other things Informa US Holdings Limited contributed all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc., plus cash, to Toro CombineCo, Inc. (“ComebineCo”), in exchange for shares of CombineCo Common Stock;

 

(B)

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, Licensor wishes to grant a limited license to the Licensee to use the Licensed IP (as defined below) subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

 

(C)

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Agreement at the Closing is required by the Merger Agreement.

 

(D)

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, terms and conditions set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

AGREED TERMS

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions and rules of interpretation apply:

 

1.1

Definitions:

 

  1.1.1

.

 

  1.1.2

Commencement Date: means the date specified at the top of this Agreement.

 

  1.1.3

Confidential Information: means any non-public information that is designated as “confidential” by the disclosing Party or that should reasonably be considered to be confidential under the circumstances surrounding disclosure. Confidential Information includes the terms of this Agreement. Confidential Information does not include any information that: (a) was previously known to the receiving Party; (b) is received from a third Party without similar restriction; (c) is or becomes publicly available other than through breach of this Agreement or wrongful act of a third Party; or (d) is independently developed by the receiving Party without the use of the other Party’s Confidential Information.


  1.1.4

Licensed IP: means INFORMA, as a trade mark, including any registrations thereof and common law rights therein that are owned by Licensor, to be used solely as part of the name “Informa TechTarget” .

 

  1.1.5

IPRs: means (a) patents, designs, trade marks, trade names, copyright and related rights, database rights, knowhow and confidential information (whether registered or unregistered); (b) all other intellectual property rights and similar or equivalent rights anywhere in the world which currently exist or are recognised in the future; and (c) applications, extensions and renewals in relation to any such rights.

 

  1.1.6

Permitted Recipient: means each of the Parties’ professional advisers, or a relevant regulator, or any other third Party as may be agreed by the Parties in writing from time to time.

 

  1.1.7

Permitted Use: means using the Licensed IP to co-brand the permitted business activities of Licensee .

 

  1.1.8

Territory: means global.

 

2.

GRANT OF LICENSE

 

2.1

Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Licensor, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby grants to the Licensee during the Term a non-exclusive, fully paid, royalty-free, non-sublicensable, non-transferrable license to use the Licensed IP solely in connection with the Permitted Use in the Territory.

 

2.2

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the licenses and rights granted by Licensor herein do not include the right to, and Licensee shall not, use or sublicense the Licensed IP (or any name that is derivative of or confusingly similar thereto) as or in a corporate name, fictitious name, trade name, domain name or the like, except as expressly permitted hereunder.

 

2.3

Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing shall operate to grant the Licensee, and the Licensee shall not apply for or obtain, any other rights in or in relation to the Licensed IP (or any name that is derivative of or confusingly similar thereto) in any country.

 

3.

LICENSEE’S OBLIGATIONS

 

3.1

The Licensee undertakes to the Licensor not to use the Licensed IP otherwise than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

3.2

The Licensee undertakes not to commit or omit any act or pursue any course of conduct, during the Term, which might tend to:

 

  3.2.1

bring the Licensor or the Licensed IP into disrepute;

 

2


  3.2.2

damage the goodwill or reputation of the Licensor or that attaching to the Licensed IP;

 

  3.2.3

prejudice the validity or enforceability of any IPRs in the Licensed IP;

 

  3.2.4

damage or reduce the value of the Licensed IP;

 

  3.2.5

dilute or reduce the value or strength of the Licensed IP; or

 

  3.2.6

distort or damage the image associated with the Licensed IP.

 

3.3

Licensor has the right to provide, and Licensee shall comply with, such quality control standards and procedures and directions as to the form and manner in which the Licensed IP are used as may be reasonably necessary to ensure the quality of the Licensed IP and to protect the validity and goodwill of the Licensed IP. Licensor (by itself or through its authorized agent) reserves the right to review Licensee’s advertising, promotional and any other materials using the Licensed IP, all for the purpose of ensuring that the nature and quality of goods and services and use of the Licensed IP are maintained as required herein. Licensee shall comply strictly with the directions of Licensor regarding the form and manner of the application of the Licensed IP.

 

3.4

Save as provided in clause 2.1, no other trade mark, logo, company name, trade name or the like may be affixed or used in proximity to the Licensed IP.

 

3.5

The Licensee undertakes to comply with all applicable laws, regulations and decisions of any relevant court, tribunal, regulatory body or ombudsman from time to time.

 

4.

OWNERSHIP

 

4.1

The Licensee acknowledges and agrees that as between the Parties, and subject to the rights granted under this Agreement, all rights and interest in and title to the Licensed IP, and any goodwill accruing from the use of the Licensed IP shall vest in, and inure to the benefit of, the Licensor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Licensee shall on request of the Licensor assign any goodwill in the Licensed IP to the Licensor (or its designee).

 

5.

GOVERNANCE

 

5.1

Promptly following the Effective Date, the Parties shall establish a joint steering committee (the “Steering Committee”) in accordance with this Section 5 that shall monitor oversee, coordinate, manage and provide strategic oversight of the activities under this Agreement. The Steering Committee shall not have any authority or competency to operate or make decisions or recommendations beyond its remit.

 

5.2

The Steering Committee shall meet at such times as are agreed to by the Steering Committee members, but at least four (4) times per year. At such meetings, the Parties shall discuss the progress and status of the performance of the Parties’ respective business activities and co-branding of the same. Such meetings may be held in person or by means of telecommunication (telephone, video, or web conferences) at a mutually agreed time and place. The first meeting shall take place within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date. Each Party shall be solely responsible for its own members’ fees and expenses relating to attending and participating in each Steering Committee meeting.

 

3


5.3

Each Party shall initially appoint up to two (2) representatives (or their designees) to the Steering Committee, all of whom will have sufficient seniority within the applicable Party to make decisions arising within the scope of the Steering Committee responsibilities. Each Party may replace its Steering Committee representatives at any time upon written notice to the other Party. The Steering Committee shall have a chairperson, who shall serve for a term of one (1) year, and who shall be selected alternately, on an annual basis, by Informa or TechTarget. The initial chairperson shall be selected by TechTarget. The role of the chairperson shall be to (i) convene and preside at meetings of the Steering Committee and (ii) prepare and circulate draft minutes from each Steering Committee meeting to the Steering Committee members. The chairperson shall send such draft minutes to all Steering Committee members for review and approval within seven (7) days after each meeting. Minutes shall be deemed approved unless any Steering Committee member objects to the accuracy of such minutes by providing written notice to the other Steering Committee members within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the minutes. In the event that any such objection is not resolved by the Steering Committee, such minutes shall be amended to reflect such unresolved dispute. Other than as provided in this Section 2.3(c), the chairperson shall have no additional powers or rights beyond those held by the other Steering Committee representatives.

 

5.4

The Steering Committee shall make decisions by consensus. If the Steering Committee, is unable to reach a unanimous decision on an issue before it within ten (10) Business Days (or no more than five (5) Business Days if reasonably required due to urgency) after it has met and attempted to reach such decision, the issue shall be brought to the CEO of TechTarget and the CEO (or most senior executive) of the Informa Festivals division or subsequent division (each Party’s officer, the “Dispute Officer”) to attempt to reach consensus with respect to such issue. If the Dispute Officers cannot reach an agreement within thirty (30) days of such escalation, the Party that is incurring the larger financial burden with respect to the specific issue in disagreement will have the final decision; provided, however, that any such decision will not result in an increase of the other Party’s financial burden.

 

6.

LICENSED IP – MAINTENANCE AND ENFORCEMENT

 

6.1

The Parties acknowledge that the trade mark laws of some countries contain a requirement that a trade mark license must be recorded, or the Licensee must be recorded as a registered user, against the applicable registered trade mark at the trade mark registry (“Recordal”). Where the Licensor wishes to apply for Recordal of the Licensed IP in any country (whether because it is mandatory, or recommended by Licensor’s external trade mark counsel or otherwise desirable to do so), the Licensee shall assist the Licensor with any necessary formalities relating to the Recordal. Where Licensor has not applied for Recordal and Licensee desires to do to, Licensee shall be entitled to apply for Recordal itself at its cost (provided Licensor has given its prior written consent). The costs of any other Recordal shall be borne by the Licensor, provided that in each case the Licensee shall bear its own costs for providing necessary assistance to the Licensor. The terms of this Clause 5.1 shall also apply in relation to the maintenance of any Recordal or any requirement to record a change to, or the expiry or termination of, this Agreement.

 

4


6.2

Subject to Clause 5.1, the costs and expenses of the maintenance, registration and recording (as applicable) of the Licensed IP shall be at the election of and for the account of the Licensor.

 

7.

INFRINGEMENT

 

7.1

The Licensee shall notify the Licensor as soon as practicable after it becomes aware of any actual, threatened or suspected infringement of any IPRs in the Licensed IP. The notification shall be in writing and contain, as far as possible, full particulars of the actual, threatened or suspected infringement.

 

7.2

If the Licensee becomes aware that any other person or entity alleges that any IPRs in relation to the Licensed IP are invalid or that the use of the Licensed IP infringes any rights of another party or that the Licensed IP is otherwise attacked or vulnerable to attack, the Licensee shall immediately give the Licensor full particulars in writing thereof and shall make no comment or admission to any third party in respect thereof.

 

7.3

The Licensor shall have the conduct of all proceedings relating to the Licensed IP and shall at its sole discretion decide what action, if any, to take in respect of any infringement or alleged infringement of any IPRs in the Licensed IP or any other claim or counterclaim brought or threatened in respect of use or registration (as applicable) of the Licensed IP (and to retain any damages awarded). The Licensee shall not be entitled to bring any action or be joined in any action for infringement and the Licensor shall not be obliged to bring or defend any proceedings in relation to the Licensed IP if it decides in its sole discretion not to do so.

 

7.4

The Licensee shall at the request of the Licensor give full cooperation to the Licensor in any action, claim or proceedings brought or threatened in respect of the Licensed IP and the Licensor shall meet any reasonable expenses incurred by the Licensee in giving such assistance.

 

8.

CONFIDENTIALITY

Each Party will use the Confidential Information of the other Party only to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement. Neither Party will disclose Confidential Information of the other Party to any third Party except to: Permitted Recipients that are subject to substantially similar confidentiality requirements; or, to the extent specifically required by public authorities, pursuant to applicable laws and regulations. The receiving Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to oppose such requests for disclosure where there are reasonable grounds for doing so, and to seek protection or continued confidential treatment of the information.

 

9.

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

9.1

This Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall continue in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 8.2 (the “Term”).

 

9.2

Either party may terminate this Agreement:

 

  9.2.1

For its convenience upon six (6) months’ notice to the other party at any time following the date on which Licensor ceases to be the owner, directly or indirectly, of at least forty percent (40%) of the outstanding shares of Licensee;

 

5


  9.2.2

Licensor may terminate this Agreement immediately upon notice to Licensee in the event that Licensee materially breaches its obligations under this Agreement in a way that causes irreparable harm to the Informa brand, as reasonably determined by Licensor; and

 

  9.2.3

Licensor may terminate this Agreement upon notice to Licensee in the event that Licensee materially breaches its obligations under this Agreement in a way that causes material harm to the Informa brand, as reasonably determined by Licensor, if Licensee does not remedy such breach within ninety (90) days following Licensee’s receipt of notice of such breach.

 

9.3

Upon termination or expiry of this Agreement for any reason:

 

  9.3.1

the licence granted to Licensee to use the Licensed IP under this Agreement shall immediately cease and the Licensee shall cease all use of the Licensed IP;

 

  9.3.2

Licensee shall not undertake any activities or business whatsoever under a name which is the same as, includes, or is confusingly similar to, the Licensed IP; and

 

  9.3.3

Licensee shall cooperate in good faith with Licensor to cancel each Recordal(s).

 

9.4

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.3, following any termination or expiry of this Agreement, for a period of sixty (60) days or such other period as may be reasonably agreed by the Parties, except in the case of termination as a result of Section 9.2.2 or 9.2.3, then such period shall be thirty (30) days, Licensee shall be permitted to wind-down the use of the Licensed Trademarks, including, without limitation, notifying customers about the impending end of the co-branding and removal of all uses of the Licensed IP that are within Licensee’s possession or control. Licensee will not be required to recall, modify or destroy printed materials containing the Licensed IP that have been distributed to third parties as of the effective date of termination.

 

9.5

Termination or expiry of this Agreement (for whatever reason) shall not affect (i) the validity or enforceability of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement intended to have continuing effect, or (ii) the accrued rights of the Parties arising in any way out of this Agreement at the date of termination.

 

10.

ASSIGNMENT

 

10.1

Licensee shall not assign its rights nor delegate its obligations under this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, and any such attempted assignment or delegation shall be void ab initio. Licensor may make such an assignment or delegation, in whole or in part, without Licensee’s consent, provided that in the event of such assignment or delegation, the Licensee’s rights under this Agreement remain unaffected and the assignee or transferee expressly undertakes to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

 

6


11.

VARIATION

No variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing, referencing this Agreement, and signed by the Parties (or their authorised representatives).

 

12.

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any dispute or claim (including non-contractual disputes or claims) arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

13.

EQUITABLE RELIEF

Each Party acknowledges and agrees that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for a breach of this Agreement and that each party shall be entitled to seek the remedies of injunction, specific performance and other relief for any threatened or actual breach of this Agreement under applicable law.

 

14.

JURISDICTION

Each Party irrevocably agrees that the courts of England and Wales shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim (including non-contractual disputes or claims arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter or formation).

[Signature Page on following page.]

 

7


This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of it.

 

Signed by:  

Simon Bane

    

/s/ Simon Bane

  
Position: Deputy Group General Counsel
for and on behalf of Informa Group Limited
     Authorised Signatory   
Signed by:  

Daniel T. Noreck

    

/s/ Daniel T. Noreck

  
Position: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
for and on behalf of TechTarget, Inc.
     Authorised Signatory   

Signature Page to Brand License Agreement

 

8

Exhibit 10.8

Dated as of December 2, 2024

TECHTARGET, INC.

and

INFORMA GROUP LIMITED

 

 

COMMERCIAL COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE 2 PROVISION OF SERVICES

     3  

ARTICLE 3 CHANGE REQUESTS

     4  

ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS

     4  

ARTICLE 5 TERM AND TERMINATION

     5  

ARTICLE 6 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; DATA PROTECTION

     6  

ARTICLE 7 CONFIDENTIALITY

     7  

ARTICLE 8 CONSIDERATION; TAXES

     7  

ARTICLE 9 DISCLAIMER; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     8  

ARTICLE 10 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     9  

ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS

     9  

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

  

Initial List of Brands

Exhibit B

  

Form of Statement of Work

Exhibit C

  

Change Request Form

Exhibit D

  

Consideration; Barter

 


THIS COMMERCIAL COOPERATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 2, 2024 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between TECHTARGET, INC., (formerly known as TORO COMBINECO, INC. or the “Corporation”) a Delaware corporation, , headquartered at 275 Grove Street, Newton, MA 02466 (“TechTarget”), and INFORMA GROUP LIMITED, a private company organized under the laws of England and Wales, with company number 03099067 whose registered office is at 5 Howick Place, London (“Informa”) (each a “Party”, and together the “Parties”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 10, 2024 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Corporation, TechTarget (now known as TechTarget Holdings Inc.), Toro Acquisition Sub, LLC, Informa PLC, Informa US Holdings Limited, and Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc., at a closing held on the date hereof (the “Closing”), among other things, Informa US Holdings Limited contributed all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc., plus cash, to the Corporation, in exchange for shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation;

WHEREAS, each Party desires to receive and provide services and deliverables to the other Party, that will be similar to the services and deliverables provided to each Party by the other Party prior to the Closing;

WHEREAS, the services and deliverables provided hereunder by each Party to the other Party will be on a barter basis without the exchange of monetary consideration;

WHEREAS, the services and deliverables provided under this Agreement will be negotiated and agreed between the Parties on a project-by-project and brand-by-brand basis and will incorporate the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, each Party desires to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions upon which the Parties will provide certain ongoing services to each other as described herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of the Effective Date, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Defined Terms.

(a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Merger Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the corresponding section of this Agreement set forth below:

 

Agreement

     Preamble  

Change

     Section 3.1  

Change Request

     Section 3.2 (a) 

Collecting Party

     Section 8.2  

Dispute Officer

     Section 10.1  

Effective Date

     Preamble  

Force Majeure

     Section 11.13  

Informa

     Preamble  

 

- 1 -


Initial Term

     Section 5.1  

Licensee

     Section 6.1  

Licensor

     Section 6.1  

Paying Party

     Section 8.2  

Process Agent

     Section 11.10 (a) 

Renewal Term

     Section 5.1  

Run-Off Period

     Section 5.1  

Service Taxes

     Section 8.2  

SOW

     Section 2.1  

Subcontractor Performance Failure

     Section 9.3  

TechTarget

     Preamble  

Term

     Section 5.1  

(a) Construction. Any reference to a Person includes such Person’s successors and permitted assigns. Any reference in this Agreement to an “Article,” “Section,” or “Exhibit” refers to the corresponding Article, Section, or Exhibit of or to this Agreement, unless the context indicates otherwise. The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto,” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, unless otherwise provided for herein, and the words “date hereof” refer to the date of this Agreement. The table of contents and the headings of Articles, Sections, and Exhibits are provided for convenience only and are not intended to affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. All words used in this Agreement are to be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require. The words “including,” “includes,” or “include” are to be read as listing non-exclusive examples of the matters referred to, whether or not words such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” are used in each instance. The words “either,” “or,” “neither,” “nor,” and “any” are not intended to be exclusive, unless otherwise specifically provided for herein. The words “to the extent” mean “the degree to which” and not simply “if.” Where this Agreement states that a Party “shall,” “will,” or “must” perform in some manner or otherwise act or omit to act, it means that the Party is legally obligated to do so in accordance with this Agreement. Any reference to a statute is deemed also to refer to any amendments or successor legislation as in effect at the relevant time. Any reference to a Contract or other document as of a given date means the Contract or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time through such date. The words “asset” and “property” are to be read as having the same meaning and effect and as referring to all tangible and intangible assets, properties, and rights, including cash, securities, accounts, contract rights, and real and personal property. References to “written” or “in writing” include electronic form. If any action under this Agreement is required to be done or taken on a day that is not a Business Day, then such action shall be required to be done or taken not on such day but on the next succeeding Business Day. When calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any action under this Agreement is required to be done or taken, the day that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded and the last day of such period shall be included; provided that if the last day of such period is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day shall be deemed to be the last day of the period. Where used with respect to any information or document, “made available,” “provided,” “delivered,” or “furnished” (or any other word or phrase of similar meaning as any of the foregoing), means that the information or document referred to has been physically or electronically delivered to the relevant Parties, including, in the case of information or documents “made available,” “provided,” “delivered,” or “furnished” (or any other word or phrase of similar meaning as any of the foregoing) to a Party, information or documents that have been posted in the data room, or has been publicly disclosed prior to the date hereof.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE 2

PROVISION OF SERVICES

Section 2.1 Purpose and Scope of Services. Each Party shall continue to provide services to the other Party that are substantially similar to the services it (as the successor in interest to certain of the Merger Parties or their interests) provided to such other Party (as the successor in interest to the other Merger Parties or their interests) during, for the Initial Term, the one-year period prior to the Closing and, for all subsequent Renewal Terms, during the one-year period prior to the then-current Renewal Term. The Parties acknowledge and agree that such services will be subject to change to reflect the growth and evolution of the businesses of each Party. As of the Closing, the initial brands that will be subject to shared brand licensing between the Parties during the Initial Term are set forth in Exhibit A and, with respect to the Renewal Terms, such list of initial brands may be subject to change as agreed by the Parties. Each Party agrees that the other Party will be its preferred, but not exclusive, media party to its respective events business. The scope of each such service to be provided by a Party shall be individually negotiated and documented in executed statements of work that are based on the pro forma statement of work attached hereto as Exhibit A (each such negotiated and executed statement of work, being a “SOW”). Except as otherwise agreed by the Parties, the scope of services and deliverables provided hereunder shall primarily relate to (i) content support, (ii) media partnerships, (iii) speaking opportunities, (iv) hosting of analyst summits, (v) advertising campaigns and marketing support, and/or (vi) shared brand licensing. For the avoidance of doubt, services and brands may be rolled on or rolled off during the term of an SOW provided that each Party agrees in writing to the other Party’s request and each Party shall consider any requests for roll on or off in good faith using commercially reasonable efforts to reach an agreement on the foregoing and without unreasonable delay. Each Party agrees to perform the services specified in each SOW (the services provided under an SOW being the “Services”) in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the applicable SOW, which upon execution by both Parties shall be deemed to be incorporated into and form part of this Agreement.

Section 2.2 Statements of Work. Each SOW shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, and shall specify those Services to be provided by each of the Parties to the other on a reciprocal barter basis, such that the consideration received by one Party for its provision of Services under the SOW is its enjoyment of the Services provided by the other Party under the same SOW. SOWs entered into by the Parties shall, without limitation: (i) refer expressly to and incorporate the terms of this Agreement; (ii) designate the date as of which the provisions of the SOW will be effective and, if applicable, the term during which an applicable Party will perform the relevant Services under the SOW; (iii) specify the Services to be performed, resources to be provided, and obligations to be discharged by each Party providing its Services pursuant to the SOW; (iv) describe any obligations of the Party receiving the Services, including any facilities, equipment, personnel, and tasks or other support to be provided or performed by such Party; (v) specify any acceptance terms agreed to by the Parties; and (vi) specify any other terms and conditions specific to the Services to be performed by a Party and the obligations of the Parties. Each SOW will be numbered sequentially beginning with the number one (1) and, when executed by the Parties, will be attached to this Agreement and incorporated herein. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of an SOW and the provisions of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will prevail unless and to the extent that the SOW indicates otherwise.

Section 2.3 Designation of Personnel. Each Party shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to (i) designate which personnel it will assign to perform any Service and (ii) remove and replace such personnel at any time, except that in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not remove, replace or otherwise allocate any such personnel in a manner that would adversely affect its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any SOW in accordance with the Services Standard.

 

- 3 -


Section 2.4 Services Standard. Unless specific performance criteria are agreed by the Parties in an SOW, the Party providing the Services shall be subject to the representations, warranties, and covenants in Article 4. The Party providing the Services hereby acknowledges that time is of the essence in performing services under this Agreement and all SOWs issued hereunder.

ARTICLE 3

CHANGE REQUESTS

Section 3.1 Change Request. Where either Party wishes to make a change to (i) this Agreement, (ii) an SOW, or (iii) any Service pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and an SOW (each, a “Change”), the provisions of this Article 3 shall apply.

Section 3.2 Change Request Procedures.

(a) A Party may request a Change by issuing a written request for that Change to the other Party in the form set out in Exhibit C (such request being a “Change Request”). No Change will be valid unless consented to in writing by both Parties.

(b) Neither Party shall object to a Change to the extent that it is reasonably necessary to comply with applicable Law or the requirements of a relevant governmental authority (a “Regulatory Requirement”) (such change being a “Regulatory Change”). Each Regulatory Change shall be implemented by the Parties (i) in a manner so as to minimize the impact on the provision or receipt of the applicable Services, and (ii) as soon as reasonably practicable once the requesting Party becomes aware of the Regulatory Requirement.

(c) The Parties shall, acting reasonably, discuss and agree upon any Change Request proposed pursuant to Section 3.1 within fifteen (15) Business Days of the receipt of the relevant Change Request by a Party. Upon agreement, the Parties shall implement the Change in accordance with its terms and the Change shall be automatically deemed an amendment to this Agreement or the applicable SOW, as applicable.

(d) Each Party shall bear its own costs of considering and responding to Change Requests proposed by either Party. In respect of:

(i) Changes (other than Regulatory Changes), the Party requesting the Change shall bear the other Party’s reasonable, direct and evidenced costs associated with implementing the Change; and

(ii) Regulatory Changes, each Party shall bear equally any reasonable, direct and evidenced costs associated with implementing the Change.

Section 3.3 Changes in Law. In the event that a change in Law adversely affects either Party’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder or its ability to realize the benefit of this Agreement, the Parties shall promptly prepare and agree upon a Change Request setting out a plan for remediation of such adverse effects or an appropriate work around.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS

Section 4.1 Covenants. During the Term, each Party represents, warrants, and covenants that:

(a) It has full corporate power and authority to execute and consummate this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

- 4 -


(b) This Agreement (including any SOWs subsequently incorporated into it in accordance with its terms), when duly and validly executed and delivered by the Parties, shall constitute the valid and binding agreement of the Parties, enforceable against each Party in accordance with its terms.

(c) It shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform the Services hereunder pursuant to and in conformity with the specifications set forth in each SOW in a timely, professional, and workmanlike manner and such Services shall be performed by trained, skilled, and properly qualified personnel in accordance with industry standards in all material respects.

(d) To the best of its knowledge, it is compliant with all applicable federal, state, county, and local laws, ordinances, regulations, and codes in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, procurement of all material licenses, permits, and consents relating to the Services that are the responsibility of such Party.

(e) Neither the Services nor any deliverables provided hereunder shall materially violate, infringe, or misappropriate any Intellectual Property of a third party, including, without limitation, confidential relationships, trade secrets, patents, trademarks, or copyrights and each Party shall have all necessary rights, authorizations, and licenses to provide the Services provided hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof.

(f) To the best of its knowledge, there is no action, order, writ, injunction, judgment, or decree outstanding or claim, suit, litigation, proceeding, labor dispute, arbitral action, or investigation pending or to its actual knowledge, threatened against or relating to it that would have a material adverse effect on this Agreement or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE 5

TERM AND TERMINATION

Section 5.1 Term. This Agreement shall endure for one (1) year from the anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”), following which it shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year periods on the anniversary of the Effective Date (each successive period thereafter being a “Renewal Term”), unless (i) either Party provides written notice of termination to the other Party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or then-current Renewal Term, or (ii) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 5.2. Following termination under (i), unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, and following termination under (ii), at the election of the terminating Party, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the Services under any applicable SOWs have been fully delivered (the “Run-Off Period”) (the Initial Term or Renewal Term as applicable, and any relevant Run-Off Period, being together the “Term”).

Section 5.2 Termination.

(a) Any individual Service may be terminated if both Parties agree to such termination in writing.

 

- 5 -


(b) Either Party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement and/or an SOW with immediate effect in respect of any or all of the Services by giving written notice to the other Party if:

(i) the other Party commits a material breach of its obligations under this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within a period of ninety (90) days after receipt of notice of such breach;

(ii) the other Party (A) commences a case or other proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction, (B) has such a case or proceeding commenced against it that is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after commencement, (C) is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding is entered, (D) appoints or suffers any appointment of any administrator, receiver, custodian or the like for it or any substantial part of its property that is not discharged or stayed within sixty (60) calendar days after such appointment, (E) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (F) calls a meeting of its creditors with a view to arranging a composition, adjustment or restructuring of its debts, or (G) is otherwise unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or

(iii) any Force Majeure event prevents the other Party from performing its obligations under this Agreement for a continuous period of six (6) weeks, provided that: (a) where applicable the Agreement shall only be terminated in respect of the Services affected by the Force Majeure event; and (b) the foregoing shall not relieve the affected Party of its obligation to use commercially reasonable efforts to resume any affected performance.

Section 5.3 Effect of Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement, all rights and obligations of each Party hereunder shall cease (except for the Parties’ rights and obligations under this Section 5.3, Article 6, Article 7, Section 6.2, Article 9, Article 10, and Article 11, which shall survive termination of this Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the termination of this Agreement pursuant to any of the provisions hereof shall be without prejudice to any rights of either Party that may have accrued prior to the date of such termination.

ARTICLE 6

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; DATA PROTECTION

Section 6.1 Ownership of Intellectual Property; Enabling License. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement (including any SOW) or in the Merger Agreement, each of the Parties shall retain and own all right, title and interest in and to their respective Intellectual Property. No license or right, express or implied, is granted under this Agreement by either Party in or to their respective Intellectual Property, except that, solely to the extent required for the provision or receipt of the Services in accordance with this Agreement or any SOW, each Party (the “Licensor”) hereby grants to the other Party (the “Licensee”) a non-exclusive, revocable (solely as expressly provided in this Agreement), non-transferable (except in connection with an assignment permitted in accordance with Section 11.5), non-sublicensable (except to third parties as required for the provision or receipt of Services, but not for their own independent use), royalty-free, worldwide license to use Intellectual Property (except any Trademarks) of the Licensor as is necessary for the provision and receipt of Services as contemplated in any SOW. Use and licensing of the Trademarks by each Party shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the trademark license agreement entered into between the Parties as of the date hereof. Upon termination of a Service in accordance with this Agreement, the license to the relevant Intellectual Property for such Service will automatically terminate without further action of any Party. For the avoidance of doubt, all licenses granted hereunder shall terminate immediately upon the end of the Term

 

- 6 -


Section 6.2 Data Protection. In the course of the sharing and use of any personal data while providing or receiving Services under this Agreement, each Party shall comply with the terms of the Data Sharing Agreement dated December 2, 2024 applied mutatis mutandis to this Agreement, and all other applicable data protection laws in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or any SOW.

Section 6.3 Reservation of Rights. All rights not expressly granted herein are reserved to the representative Licensor.

ARTICLE 7

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 7.1 Confidentiality. Each of the Parties shall maintain in confidence this Agreement and all proprietary and confidential business information of the other Party which it might become privy as a result of the provision of Services and other matters contemplated hereby; provided that no restrictions shall be placed upon a Party hereto in respect of the use or disclosure of any such information that the receiving Party can demonstrate (a) is or becomes public knowledge through no fault, omission, breach of this Agreement or other act of the receiving Party, (b) was legally acquired by the receiving Party from an unaffiliated Third Party who had a right to convey the same without obligation of secrecy and who did not obtain such information directly or indirectly from a Party affiliated with the disclosing Party, or (c) was independently developed by the receiving Party without use of or reference to the confidential information of the other Party. Specific items of confidential information shall not be deemed to fall within the foregoing exceptions merely because they may be embraced within a body of generally available information within such exception, nor shall any combination of features be deemed to fall within such exception merely because the individual features are within such exception. Each Party may make any legally required disclosure of such proprietary and confidential business information, but such Party shall (unless legally prohibited from doing so) notify the other Party before making any such legally required disclosure and shall limit the amount of the information so disclosed to that which is, in the reasonable opinion of such Party’s legal counsel, legally required disclosure, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such information. This Section 7.1 shall not apply to non-public disclosures made by any Party to protect its rights and remedies under or with respect to this Agreement in the event of any dispute among the Parties. The obligations of this Section 7.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 8

CONSIDERATION; TAXES

Section 8.1 Consideration. The consideration due to each of the Parties for the Services to be provided hereunder is set forth under Exhibit D.

Section 8.2 Taxes. The Party receiving a Service (for purposes of this Section 8.2 only, the “Paying Party”) shall pay to the Party providing the Service (for purposes of this Section 8.2 only, the “Collecting Party”) the amount of all applicable sales, use, value-added, goods and services, transfer, receipts, consumption, or other similar taxes (such Taxes, but excluding any interest, penalties or amounts imposed with respect thereto, “Service Taxes”) that the Collecting Party is in the future required to pay that result from any Service delivered hereunder, regardless of whether such Service Taxes are invoiced, payable directly by the Paying Party to a taxing authority, added retroactively or subsequently imposed in connection with any tax claim, assessment or other proceeding. If the Collecting Party is legally obligated to collect any Service Taxes from the Paying Party, the Collecting Party shall have full authority to do so. The Collecting Party shall provide the Paying Party with a valid tax invoice, and the Paying Party shall pay the amount of Service Taxes set forth on such invoice to the Collecting Party in U.S. dollars ($) within

 

- 7 -


thirty (30) days of receipt of such invoice, or such other time period as may be agreed by the Parties in writing. All such invoices shall be delivered to the Paying Party’s address as set forth in Section 11.1 or as the Paying Party shall later designate by written notice to the Collecting Party. Any payments concerning such invoices shall be made to the Collecting Party by wire transfer in immediately available funds to one or more accounts specified by the Collecting Party. Each Party shall provide the other Party with such other information as the other Party reasonably requests to determine the amount of any such Service Taxes. If a Party is exempt from any such Service Taxes, such Party shall furnish the other Party with a valid and properly completed resale and exemption certificate as required under applicable Law. If any deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax is required by Law from any payment by a Party under this Agreement, such Party shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from such payment to the extent required by applicable Law. If any applicable Law requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any payment by a Party, then the sum payable by such Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made, the Collecting Party receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required; provided, however, that if the Collecting Party determines acting reasonably and in good faith that it received a refund or obtained and utilised a credit for any Tax deducted or withheld by the Paying Party, the Collecting Party shall promptly pay the amount of such refund or the amount of Tax actually saved in consequence of the utilization of such credit to the Paying Party. To the extent the Collecting Party delivers to the Paying Party such properly completed and executed documentation as will permit any payment to be paid without deduction or withholding or at a reduced rate of deduction or withholding, the Paying Party will reduce or eliminate such deduction or withholding in accordance with applicable Law.

Section 8.3 No Right to Set-Off. Each Party shall pay the full amount of Service Taxes required to be paid under this Agreement and not set-off, counterclaim or otherwise withhold any amount owed or claimed to be owed to the other Party under this Agreement, the Merger Agreement or otherwise, on account of any obligation owed by such Party, whether or not such obligation has been finally adjudicated, settled or otherwise agreed upon in writing.

ARTICLE 9

DISCLAIMER; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

Section 9.1 Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties. EXCEPT FOR ANY EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT OR AN SOW, NO PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR GRANTS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES.

Section 9.2 Limitation of Liability. Subject to Section 9.4, neither Party shall be liable, whether in warranty, contract, tort or otherwise, for any consequential damages, special damages, incidental or indirect damages, loss of revenue or profits, diminution in value, damages based on multiple of revenue or earnings or other performance metric, loss of business reputation, punitive and exemplary damages or any similar damages of the other Party, or any of their officers, employees, agents or representatives, which in any way arise out of, relate to, or are a consequence of, such Party’s or such Party’s performance or nonperformance hereunder, or the provision of or failure to provide any of the Services hereunder.

Section 9.3 Caps on Liability. Subject to Section 9.4, the liability of each Party with respect to this Agreement or anything done in connection herewith, including the performance or breach hereof, or from the sale, delivery, provision or use of any of the Services provided under or pursuant to this Agreement or an SOW, whether in warranty, contract, tort (including any form of negligence, recklessness, willful misconduct or strict liability) or otherwise, shall not exceed the collective value of Services under all SOWs

 

- 8 -


entered into within the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period. With respect to any Service that is provided by a third-party subcontractor, a Party’s total liability for any nonperformance of, or failure to perform, such Service (a “Subcontractor Performance Failure”) shall be strictly limited to the actual recovery from such subcontractor of any damages or indemnification under contract or at law that are attributable to such Subcontractor Performance Failure, and in no event shall such Party have any further liability in respect thereof. Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate damages for which the other Party is responsible in connection with this Agreement.

Section 9.4 Exceptions. The limitations on liability set forth in Section 9.2 and Section 9.3 shall not apply to limit liability arising from: (i) the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of a Party; or (ii) the intentional or willful cessation of any obligations of a Party in a manner not contemplated by this Agreement or refusal of a Party to make available any Services.

ARTICLE 10

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Section 10.1 Dispute Resolution. If there is a dispute between the Parties hereto arising out of or relating to this Agreement or an SOW, either Party may, at any time, give notice to the other Party requesting to discuss actions that might be taken to resolve such dispute and the Parties hereto shall, promptly upon receipt of such notice, negotiate in good faith with respect to the disputed issue and use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such dispute; provided that nothing contained in this Agreement shall obligate or require (or be construed to obligate or require) either Party to agree upon any such actions. If the Parties hereto shall have failed to reach a resolution of the dispute within thirty (30) days after notice of such dispute has been given, either Party may submit by written notice to the other Party a request that the CEO of TechTarget and the CEO (or most senior executive) of the Informa Connect division or subsequent division (each Party’s officer, the “Dispute Officer”) discuss such actions, and as promptly as practicable after such notice of submission has been given, each Party shall cause such Dispute Officer to negotiate in good faith with respect to such actions and use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such dispute within ten (10) days of the matter being submitted to them; provided that nothing contained in this Agreement shall obligate or require (or be construed to obligate or require) any Dispute Officer to agree upon any such actions. If at the end of such time the Parties are unable to resolve the dispute amicably, then nothing in this Article 10 shall prevent a Party from seeking to adjudicate such a dispute pursuant to Section 11.10, nor shall this Article 10 prevent a Party from seeking a judicial resolution on an emergency or similar expedited basis (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 11.10). Except where prohibited or enjoined by order of an authority with jurisdiction over a Party, each Party shall continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement during any period of time when the dispute resolution procedures outlined above are being followed.

ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and are deemed duly delivered when (a) delivered if delivered personally or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid), (b) sent by email with acknowledgment of receipt requested (or, the first Business Day following such transmission if the date of transmission is not a Business Day), or (c) received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by United States of America certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; in each case to the following addresses and marked to the attention

 

- 9 -


of the individual (by name or title) designated below (or to such other address or individual as a Party may designate by notice to the other Party):

To Informa:

Informa Group Limited

5 Howick Place, London, SW1P 1WG

Attn:   Group General Counsel

Email:  [***]

To TechTarget:

TechTarget, Inc.

275 Grove Street, Newton, MA 02466

Attn:   General Counsel

Email: [***]

Section 11.2 Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in a written document signed by each Party and that identifies itself as an amendment to this Agreement.

Section 11.3 Waiver and Remedies. A Party may (a) extend the time for performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other Party to this Agreement, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other Party to this Agreement contained in this Agreement, or (c) waive compliance with any of the covenants or conditions for the benefit of such Party contained in this Agreement; provided that (i) any such extension or waiver by either Party to this Agreement will be valid only if set forth in a written document signed on behalf of the Party against whom the extension or waiver is to be effective; (ii) no extension or waiver will apply to any time for performance, inaccuracy in any representation or warranty, or noncompliance with any covenant or condition, as the case may be, other than that which is specified in the written extension or waiver; and (iii) no failure or delay by either Party in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement, and no course of dealing between the Parties, operates as a waiver of such right or remedy, and no single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy precludes any other or further exercise of such right or remedy or the exercise of any other right or remedy. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any enumeration of a Party’s rights and remedies in this Agreement is not intended to be exclusive, and a Party’s rights and remedies are intended to be cumulative to the extent permitted by Law and include any rights and remedies authorized in law or in equity.

Section 11.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including all SOWs and exhibits) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or between the Parties, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter thereof, except for the Transaction Documents. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Merger Agreement, the terms of the Merger Agreement shall control.

Section 11.5 Assignment, Successors and No Third Party Rights. This Agreement binds and benefits the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither Party may directly or indirectly assign any rights or delegate any obligations under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that Informa may directly or indirectly assign any rights or delegate any obligations under this Agreement to any Affiliate or any subcontractor of Informa. Any attempted assignment in violation of this Section 11.5 shall be void ab initio. Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Parties to this Agreement, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement except such rights as may inure to a successor or permitted assignee under this Section 11.5.

 

- 10 -


Section 11.6 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement remain in full force and effect, if the essential terms and conditions of this Agreement for each Party remain valid, binding and enforceable. If any provision of this Agreement (or any portion thereof) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent legally permissible.

Section 11.7 Exhibits. The Exhibits to this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement.

Section 11.8 Interpretation. In the negotiation of this Agreement, each Party has received advice from its own attorneys. The language used in this Agreement is the language chosen by the Parties to express their mutual intent, and no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted for or against any Party because that Party or its attorney drafted the provision.

Section 11.9 Expenses. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, each Party shall pay its own direct and indirect expenses incurred by it in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including all fees and expenses of its advisors and representatives.

Section 11.10 Governing Law and Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL PROCEEDINGS OR COUNTERCLAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE MADE IN AND IN ALL RESPECTS SHALL BE INTERPRETED, CONSTRUED AND GOVERNED BY AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF ENGLAND AND WALES. In any action or proceeding between or among the Parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the Parties hereby (i) irrevocably and unconditionally consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts of England and Wales; (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court; and (iii) agrees that it will not bring any such action in any court other than the courts of England and Wales. Service of process, summons, notice or document to any Party’s address and in the manner set forth in Section 11.1 shall be effective service of process for any such action, it being acknowledged and agreed that the foregoing shall not limit the right of a Party to effect service of process on any other Party by any other legally available method. Informa further irrevocably consents to process being served on it in any action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof in the manner for delivery of notices specified in Section 11.1 to Informa USA, Inc. (the “Process Agent”) with an address on the date hereof of 605 3rd Avenue, 22nd FL, New York, NY 10158, Attention: Legal, as such Person’s agent for the purpose of accepting service of any process in the United States. The Parties agree that such service upon receipt by the Process Agent (x) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon such Person in any such action or proceeding and (y) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to such Person.

(b) EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND

 

- 11 -


ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH SUCH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (IV) EACH SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS Section 11.10.

Section 11.11 No Joint Venture. Nothing in this Agreement creates a joint venture or partnership between the Parties. This Agreement does not authorize any Party (i) to bind or commit, or to act as an agent, employee or legal representative of, the other Party, except as may be specifically set forth in other provisions of this Agreement, or (ii) to have the power to control the activities and operations of the other Party in violation of applicable Law. The Parties are independent contractors with respect to each other under this Agreement. Each Party agrees not to hold itself out as having any authority or relationship contrary to this Section 11.11.

Section 11.12 Counterparts. The Parties may execute this Agreement in multiple counterparts, each of which constitutes an original as against the Party that signed it, and all of which together constitute one agreement. This Agreement is effective upon delivery of one executed counterpart from each Party to the other Party. The signatures of both Parties need not appear on the same counterpart. The execution of counterparts by electronic signature or delivery of duly executed counterparts by electronic transmission is as effective as signing and delivering the counterpart in person.

Section 11.13 Force Majeure. No Party hereto shall be liable to another for its failure to perform hereunder caused by contingencies beyond its reasonable control (“Force Majeure”), including acts of God, fire, flood, wars, acts of terrorism, sabotage, strike and government actions. Any Party asserting its inability to perform any obligation hereunder for any such contingency shall promptly notify the other Party of the existence of any such contingency and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to recommence its performance of such obligation as soon as commercially practicable. Neither Party shall be relieved of its obligations pursuant to this Section 11.13 to the extent it does not use commercially reasonable efforts to recommence performance of its obligations or otherwise to remedy the event of Force Majeure.

[Signature pages follow]

 

- 12 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Parties as of the date first written above.

 

TECHTARGET, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel T. Noreck

  Name: Daniel T. Noreck
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
INFORMA GROUP LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Simon Bane

  Name: Simon Bane
  Title: Deputy Group General Counsel

 

- 13 -


Exhibit A Initial List of Brands


Exhibit B Form of Statement of Work


Exhibit C Change Request Form


Exhibit D Consideration; Barter

Exhibit 10.9

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of December 2, 2024

among

TORO COMBINECO, INC.

as the Borrower,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

and

INFORMA GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED,

as Administrative Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

     2  

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

     2  

Section 1.2

 

Classification of Loans and Borrowings

     57  

Section 1.3

 

Terms Generally

     57  

Section 1.4

 

Accounting Terms; GAAP

     58  

Section 1.5

 

Rounding

     59  

Section 1.6

 

References to Time

     59  

Section 1.7

 

Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities

     59  

Section 1.8

 

Rates Generally

     59  

Section 1.9

 

Divisions

     60  

Section 1.10

 

[Reserved]

     60  

Section 1.11

 

Limited Condition Transactions

     60  

ARTICLE 2 THE CREDITS

     64  

Section 2.1

 

Commitments

     64  

Section 2.2

 

Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans

     64  

Section 2.3

 

Swingline Loans

     66  

Section 2.4

 

[Reserved]

     68  

Section 2.5

 

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

     68  

Section 2.6

 

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

     69  

Section 2.7

 

Prepayments

     70  

Section 2.8

 

Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback

     70  

Section 2.9

 

Defaulting Lenders

     74  

Section 2.10

 

[Reserved]

     75  

ARTICLE 3 INTEREST, FEES, YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.

     85  

Section 3.1

 

Interest

     85  

Section 3.2

 

Fees

     86  

Section 3.3

 

Inability to Determine Rates

     87  

Section 3.4

 

Increased Costs; Illegality

     87  

Section 3.5

 

Compensation for Losses

     89  

Section 3.6

 

Taxes

     89  

Section 3.7

 

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

     93  

Section 3.8

 

Benchmark Replacement Setting

     94  

(d)

 

Unavailability of Tenor of Benchmark

     95  

(e)

 

Benchmark Unavailability Period

     96  

ARTICLE 4 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

     96  

Section 4.1

 

Conditions to Initial Credit Extensions

     96  

Section 4.2

 

Conditions to All Credit Extensions

     97  

 

i


ARTICLE 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     98  

Section 5.1

 

Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws

     98  

Section 5.2

 

Authorization; No Contravention

     98  

Section 5.3

 

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

     98  

Section 5.4

 

Binding Effect

     99  

Section 5.5

 

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect

     99  

Section 5.6

 

Litigation

     99  

Section 5.7

 

Environmental Matters

     99  

Section 5.8

 

Ownership of Properties; Liens

     100  

Section 5.9

 

[Reserved]

     100  

Section 5.10

 

Investment Company Status, Etc.

     100  

Section 5.11

 

Taxes

     100  

Section 5.12

 

ERISA

     100  

Section 5.13

 

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests

     101  

Section 5.14

 

[Reserved]

     101  

Section 5.15

 

Federal Reserve Regulations, Etc.

     101  

Section 5.16

 

[Reserved]

     101  

Section 5.17

 

Solvency

     101  

Section 5.18

 

Anti-Corruption Laws; Sanctions; Anti-Terrorism Laws

     101  

Section 5.19

 

Accuracy of Information, Etc.

     102  

ARTICLE 6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     102  

Section 6.1

 

Financial Statements and Other Information

     102  

Section 6.2

 

Notices of Material Events

     104  

Section 6.3

 

Existence; Conduct of Business

     104  

Section 6.4

 

Payment and Performance of Obligations

     105  

Section 6.5

 

Maintenance of Properties

     105  

Section 6.6

 

Books and Records; Inspection Rights; Audit

     105  

Section 6.7

 

Compliance with Laws

     105  

Section 6.8

 

Use of Proceeds

     105  

Section 6.9

 

Information Concerning the Borrower

     106  

Section 6.10

 

[Reserved]

     106  

Section 6.11

 

[Reserved]

     106  

Section 6.12

 

Covenant to Guarantee

     106  

ARTICLE 7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     107  

Section 7.1

 

Indebtedness; Equity Interests

     107  

Section 7.2

 

Liens

     110  

Section 7.3

 

Fundamental Changes; Business; Fiscal Year

     112  

Section 7.4

 

Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions

     113  

Section 7.5

 

Dispositions

     117  

Section 7.6

 

Sale and Lease Back Transactions

     118  

Section 7.7

 

[Reserved]

     119  

Section 7.8

 

[Reserved]

     119  

Section 7.9

 

Financial Covenants

     119  

Section 7.10

 

Restrictive Agreements

     119  

Section 7.11

 

Amendment of Material Documents

     120  

Section 7.12

 

Payments on Subordinated Debt

     120  

Section 7.13

 

[Reserved]

     120  

Section 7.14

 

Designation of Subsidiaries

     121  

 

ii


ARTICLE 8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     121  

Section 8.1

 

Events of Default

     121  

Section 8.2

 

Remedies Upon Event of Default

     124  

Section 8.3

 

Application of Funds

     124  

Section 8.4

 

Equity Cure

     125  

ARTICLE 9 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     126  

Section 9.1

 

Appointment and Authority

     126  

Section 9.2

 

Rights as a Lender

     126  

Section 9.3

 

Exculpatory Provisions

     126  

Section 9.4

 

Reliance by Administrative Agent

     128  

Section 9.5

 

Delegation of Duties

     128  

Section 9.6

 

Resignation of Administrative Agent

     128  

Section 9.7

 

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

     129  

Section 9.8

 

No Other Duties, Etc.

     130  

Section 9.9

 

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     130  

Section 9.10

 

[Reserved]

     130  

Section 9.11

 

[Reserved]

     130  

Section 9.12

 

Erroneous Payments

     130  

ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS

     134  

Section 10.1

 

Notices

     134  

Section 10.2

 

Waivers and Amendments

     135  

Section 10.3

 

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

     137  

Section 10.4

 

Successors and Assigns

     139  

Section 10.5

 

Survival

     145  

Section 10.6

 

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution

     145  

Section 10.7

 

Severability

     145  

Section 10.8

 

Setoff

     146  

Section 10.9

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     146  

Section 10.10

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     147  

Section 10.11

 

Payments Set Aside

     147  

Section 10.12

 

Headings

     148  

Section 10.13

 

Interest Rate Limitation

     148  

Section 10.14

 

Confidentiality; Treatment of Certain Information

     148  

Section 10.15

 

USA PATRIOT Act

     149  

Section 10.16

 

No Fiduciary Duty

     149  

Section 10.17

 

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions

     149  

Section 10.18

 

Certain ERISA Matters

     150  

Section 10.19

 

Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs

     152  

 

iii


SCHEDULES:

 

Schedule 2.1    Commitments
Schedule 5.13    Subsidiaries; Equity Interests
Schedule 7.1    Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 7.2    Existing Liens
Schedule 7.4    Existing Investments
Schedule 10.1    Notice Information

EXHIBITS:

 

Exhibit A    Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit B-1    Form of Committed Loan Notice
Exhibit B-2    [Reserved]
Exhibit C-1    Form of Revolving Loan Note
Exhibit C-2    [Reserved]
Exhibit C-3    [Reserved]
Exhibit D    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit E    Form of Closing Certificate
Exhibit F    Form of Subsidiary Joinder Agreement
Exhibit G-1    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit G-2    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit G-3    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit G-4    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

 

iv


CREDIT AGREEMENT

CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 2, 2024, among Toro CombineCo, Inc. (to be renamed TechTarget, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the LENDERS party hereto and INFORMA GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED, as Administrative Agent.

RECITALS

A. The Borrower has requested that the Lenders make loans and other financial accommodations to the Borrower as more fully set forth herein.

B. The Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Credit Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

ABR Borrowing” means, as to any Borrowing, the ABR Loans comprising such Borrowing.

ABR Loan” means a Loan bearing interest based on the Alternate Base Rate.

Acquired EBITDA” means, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary (any of the foregoing, a “Pro Forma Entity”) for any period, the historical Consolidated EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity for such period, which historical Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA herein and to be based on financial statements for such Pro Forma Entity prepared in accordance with GAAP to the extent available (subject to the absence of footnote disclosures and year-end audit adjustments with respect to financial statements that are not annual audited financial statements), provided that when such Acquired EBITDA is included in Consolidated EBITDA it shall be on a Pro Forma Basis.

Acquired Entity or Business” means, for any period, any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the Borrower in a Permitted Acquisition or Investment, to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise Disposed of during such period.

Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions resulting, directly or indirectly, in: (a) the acquisition by any Person of (i) all or substantially all of the assets of another Person or (ii) all or substantially all of any business line, unit or division of another Person, (b) the acquisition by any Person (i) of in excess of 50% of the Equity Interests of any other Person, or (ii) otherwise causing any other Person to become a subsidiary of such Person, or (c) a merger, amalgamation consolidation, or any other combination of any Person with another Person (other than a Person that is a Loan Party or a Subsidiary of a Loan Party) in which a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is the surviving Person.

 

2


Additional Borrower” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.16(a).

Additional Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(a).

Additional Specified Refinancing Lender” means, at any time, any bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor (other than any such bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor that is a Lender at such time) that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Indebtedness pursuant to a Specified Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.13; provided that each Additional Specified Refinancing Lender shall be subject to the approval of (i) the Administrative Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, to the extent that each such Additional Specified Refinancing Lender is not then an existing Lender, an Affiliate of a then existing Lender or an Approved Fund and such consent would otherwise be required by Section 10.4 and (ii) the Borrower to the extent such consent would otherwise be required by Section 10.4.

Administrative Agent” means Informa Group Holdings Limited, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders or any successor thereto.

Administrative Agents Payment Office” means the Administrative Agent’s office located at 5 Howick Place, London SW1P 1WG, United Kingdom, or such other office as to which the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

AHYDO” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(a).

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day; plus 0.50% per annum and (c) the Daily SOFR Rate on such day; plus 1.00% per annum, provided that the Alternate Base Rate shall at no time be less than the Floor. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent clearly manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Rate or the Daily SOFR Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition of the term Federal Funds Rate, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) or (c), as applicable, of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the Daily SOFR Rate, as applicable, shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the Daily SOFR Rate, as applicable, respectively.

 

3


Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Loan Parties or their respective Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Anti-Terrorism Laws” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.18(c).

Applicable Law” means, as to any Person, all applicable Laws binding upon such Person or to which such a Person is subject.

Applicable Lending Office” means for any Lender, such Lender’s office, branch or affiliate designated for SOFR Loans, ABR Loans, Swingline Loans or participations therein, as applicable, as notified to the Administrative Agent, any of which offices may be changed by such Lender.

Applicable Margin” means with respect to the Revolving Loans, the Swingline Loans and Commitment Fees, during the applicable periods set forth below in the case of (i) ABR Revolving Borrowings, the percentage set forth in the following table under the heading “ABR Margin”, (ii) Swingline Loans, the percentage set forth in the following table under the heading “ABR Margin”, (iii) SOFR Revolving Borrowings, the percentage set forth in the following table under the heading “SOFR Margin”, and (iv) Commitment Fees, the percentage set forth in the following table under the heading “Commitment Fees”:

 

Pricing
Level
  

Consolidated Total Net

Leverage Ratio

   ABR
Margin
    SOFR
Margin
    Commitment
Fees
 
I    Greater than or equal to 2.50:1.00      2.00     3.00     0.500
II    Greater than or equal to 1.50:1.00 but less than 2.50:1.00      1.75     2.75     0.400
III    Less than 1.50:1.00      1.50     2.50     0.300

The Applicable Margin shall initially be set at Pricing Level III and shall be determined and adjusted quarterly on the date (each a “Margin Determination Date”) that is three (3) Business Days after receipt by the Administrative Agent of the Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.1(c) for the most recently ended fiscal quarter or Fiscal Year of the Borrower, as applicable; provided that if the Borrower fails to deliver the Compliance Certificate as required by Section 6.1(c) for the most recently ended fiscal quarter (or Fiscal Year, as applicable) preceding the applicable Margin Determination Date, the Applicable Margin from such Margin Determination Date shall be based on Pricing Level I until the third Business Day after the Compliance Certificate is delivered, at which time the Pricing Level shall be determined by reference to the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower preceding such Margin Determination Date. The Applicable Margin shall be effective from one Margin Determination Date until the next Margin Determination Date. Any adjustment in the Applicable Margin shall be applicable to all Loans

 

4


then existing or subsequently made during the applicable period for which the relevant Applicable Margin applies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any financial statement delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or (b) or any Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(c) is inaccurate (regardless of whether (i) this Credit Agreement is in effect, or (ii) any of the Commitments are in effect, or (iii) any Loans are outstanding when such inaccuracy is discovered or such financial statement or Compliance Certificate was delivered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “Applicable Period”) than the Applicable Margin applied for such Applicable Period, then (A) the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a corrected Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period, (B) the Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period shall be determined as if the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio in the corrected Compliance Certificate were applicable for such Applicable Period, and (C) the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest and fees owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.8. If the preceding sentence is complied with, the failure to previously pay such interest and fees at the correct Applicable Margin and the delivery of such inaccurate certificate shall not in and of themselves constitute a Default or Event of Default and no amounts shall be payable at the Default Rate in respect of any such interest or fees.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the Applicable Margin in respect of any Class of Extended Revolving Commitments, Extended Revolving Loans or Extended Term Loans shall be the applicable percentages per annum set forth in the relevant Extension Amendment, (y) the Applicable Margin in respect of any Class of Incremental Facilities shall be the applicable percentages per annum set forth in the relevant Incremental Assumption Agreement and (z) the Applicable Margin in respect of any Class of Refinancing Indebtedness or shall be the applicable percentages per annum set forth in the Specified Refinancing Amendment.

Applicable Percentage” means, at any time (a) with respect to any Lender with a Commitment of any Class, the percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is the amount of such Lender’s Commitment of such Class and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of all Commitments of such Class of all Lenders (provided that if the Commitments under the Revolving Facility have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages of the Lenders under the Revolving Facility shall be determined based upon the Revolving Exposure at such time of the determination pursuant to clause (b) below) and (b) with respect to the Loans of any Class, a percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is such Lender’s Outstanding Amount of the Loans of such Class and the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans of such Class.

Applicable Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Applicable Margin.

Appropriate Lenders” means, at any time, (a) with respect to the Revolving Facility, the Revolving Lenders, (b) with respect to any Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender and the Revolving Lenders and (c) with respect to any Incremental Facility, the applicable Lenders with Incremental Revolving Loans, Incremental Term Loan or Incremental Commitments of that Class.

 

5


Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Approved Line of Business” means, collectively, (a) those lines of business of the same general type as which the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries operate (or presently propose to operate) on the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions occurring on the Closing Date) and (b) any business or activity that is the same, similar or otherwise reasonably related, synergistic, ancillary, complementary or incidental thereto (a “Similar Business”).

Arranger” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.7.

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.4) and received by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit A or any other form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Attorney Costs” means when referring to the Attorney Costs of the Administrative Agent and the Credit Parties, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses, charges, disbursements and other charges of one law firm (and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction).

Attributable Indebtedness” means, at any date, (a) in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP subject to Section 1.3, (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation of any Person, the capitalized or principal amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease or other agreement were accounted for as a Capital Lease, subject to Section 1.3, and (c) all Synthetic Debt of such Person.

Audited Financial Statements” means the Form 10-K containing the audited consolidated balance sheet of TechTarget, Inc. (to be renamed TechTarget Holdings Inc.) as of the last day of each of the three most recent Fiscal Years ended at least ninety (90) days prior to the Closing Date and the related audited consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity of the Borrower for each of the three most recent Fiscal Years ended at least ninety (90) days prior to the Closing Date.

Available Incremental Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a).

Availability Period” means, with respect to the Revolving Facility, the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date with respect to the Revolving Facility and, if different, the date of the termination of the Commitments in accordance with the provisions of this Credit Agreement.

 

6


Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark, as applicable, (x) if such Benchmark is a term rate, any tenor for such Benchmark (or component thereof) that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest Period pursuant to this Credit Agreement or (y) otherwise, any payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark (or component thereof), as applicable, that is or may be used for determining any frequency of making payments of interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark pursuant to this Credit Agreement, in each case, as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor for such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of “Interest Period” pursuant to Section 3.8(d).

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation, rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time that is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Benchmark” means, initially, the Term SOFR Reference Rate; provided that if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to the Term SOFR Reference Rate or the then-current Benchmark, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to Section 3.8(a). Any reference to “Benchmark” shall include, as applicable, the published component used in the calculation thereof.

Benchmark Replacement means, for any Available Tenor, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent for the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date:

(a) Daily Simple SOFR; or

(b) the sum of: (i) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (A) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (B) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate and an adjustment as a replacement to the then-current Benchmark for Dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time and (ii) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; provided, that any such Benchmark Replacement shall be administratively feasible as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion in consultation with the Borrower.

If the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above would be less than the Floor, such Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

7


Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (a) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body or (b) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for Dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities.

Benchmark Replacement Date” means a date and time determined by the Administrative Agent, which date shall be no later than the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(a) in the case of clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event”, the later of (i) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (ii) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

(b) in the case of clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event”, the first date on which such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) has been determined and announced by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) or the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) to be non-representative; provided that such non-representativeness will be determined by reference to the most recent statement or publication referenced in such clause (c) and even if any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) continues to be provided on such date.

For the avoidance of doubt, the “Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (a) or (b) with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(a) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely; provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

 

8


(b) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely; provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

(c) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) or the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) announcing that all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) are not, or as of a specified future date will not be, representative.

For the avoidance of doubt, a “Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

Benchmark Unavailability Period” means, the period (if any) (a) beginning at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 3.8 and (b) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 3.8.

Beneficial Ownership Certification” means, with respect to the Borrower, a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, which certification shall be substantially in the form provided by the Administrative Agent or such other form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

 

9


Board of Directors” means, for any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors or other governing body of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board or other governing body. Unless otherwise provided, “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Parent Entity.

Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble.

Borrower Model” shall mean the Borrower’s financial model dated as of November 14, 2024, provided to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date.

Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Class, Type and, in the case of a SOFR Borrowing, having the same Interest Period, made by the Lenders.

Borrowing Minimum” means (a) in the case of a SOFR Borrowing, $1,000,000, (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing (other than a Swingline Loan), $500,000, and (c) in the case of a Swingline Loan, $100,000.

Borrowing Multiple” means (a) in the case of a SOFR Borrowing, $500,000, (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing (other than a Swingline Loan), $500,000, and (c) in the case of a Swingline Loan, $100,000.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City, New York or London, United Kingdom are authorized or required by law to close.

Capital Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal, or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is, or is required to be, accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person, subject to Section 1.3.

Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capital Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to Section 1.3.

Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (and any Subsidiary thereof).

Cash Equivalents” means each of the following:

(a) debt obligations maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof to the extent the principal thereof and interest thereon is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom or a member state of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality of any thereof;

 

10


(b) money market instrument, commercial paper and other short term obligations rated at least A-2 or the equivalent from S&P or P-2 or equivalent from Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of such other nationally recognized rating agency);

(c) certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits, issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any Lender or Affiliate thereof or any domestic office of any commercial bank that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000 or $100,000,000 in the case of any non-U.S. bank and which is rated at least A-2 by S&P and P-2 by Moody’s in the note or commercial paper rating category (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of such other nationally recognized rating agency);

(d) repurchase agreements with a term of not more than thirty (30) days for securities described in clause (a) of this definition and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) of this definition;

(e) money market accounts or mutual funds, substantially all of the investments of which are in cash or investments contemplated by clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution);

(f) investments in money market funds complying with the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 or any successor rule of the SEC under the Investment Company Act,

(g) investments in assets set forth on the Borrower’s cash management and investment policy as in effect on the Closing Date (as may be modified by the Borrower after the Closing Date in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent);

(h) investments similar to any of the foregoing denominated in foreign currencies approved by the Board of Directors;

(i) solely with respect to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, any investment that such Person is permitted to make in accordance with applicable law;

(j) Investment Grade Securities at the time such Investment is made; and

(k) other short term liquid investments approved in writing by the Administrative Agent.

Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority or the compliance therewith by any Credit Party (or, for purposes of Section 3.4(b), by any

 

11


Applicable Lending Office of such Credit Party or such Credit Party’s holding company, if any); provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, requirements, guidelines and directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith or in the implementation thereof and (ii) all requests, rules, requirements, guidelines and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

Change of Control” means a transaction in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act) other than one or more Permitted Holders or a Parent Entity becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Equity Interests of the Borrower or the Parent Entity.

Class”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans, Extended Revolving Loans, Specified Refinancing Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans or Incremental Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Specified Refinancing Term Loans and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment, Incremental Revolving Commitment, Extended Revolving Commitment, Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitment, Incremental Term Loan Commitment, Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment or Specified Refinancing Term Loan Commitment.

Closing Date” means December 2, 2024, the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.1 were satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.2).

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Commitment” means, a Revolving Commitment, Extended Revolving Commitment of a given Extension Series, Incremental Revolving Commitment, Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitment of a given Specified Refinancing Series, Incremental Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment.

Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of a Borrowing (other than a Swingline Borrowing), a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of SOFR Loans pursuant to Section 2.2(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1.

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.) and any successor statute.

Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent, any Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to Section 10.1, including through the Platform.

 

12


Compliance Certificate” means a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

Conforming Changes” means, with respect to either the use or administration of the Benchmark, or the use, administration, adoption or implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including, for example and not by way of limitation or prescription, changes to the definition of “Alternate Base Rate,” the definition of “Business Day,” the definition of “Interest Period” or any similar or analogous definition, the definition of “Government Securities Business Day,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, the applicability and length of lookback periods, the applicability of Section 3.5, and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower) decides may be appropriate in connection with the use or administration of the Benchmark or to reflect the adoption and implementation of any Benchmark Replacement or to permit the use and administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower) decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower) determines that no market practice for the administration of any such rate exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower) decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents).

Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense (other than amortization of right to use assets in respect of operating leases), including the amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, intangible assets, advanced location payments, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expense, bridge, commitment and other financing fees, discounts, yield, capitalized expenditures (including Capitalized Software Expenditures), customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs, unrecognized prior service costs, the amortization of original issue discount and amortization of favorable or unfavorable lease assets or liabilities, actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period:

(a) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case, to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:

 

13


(i) federal, state, local, provincial, and foreign income or franchise taxes and similar taxes, including foreign withholding taxes, and for corporate franchise, capital stock, net worth and value-added taxes of such Person and its Subsidiaries paid or payable in cash during such period; plus

(ii) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent paid or payable in cash or otherwise; plus

(iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(iv) any non-cash losses and non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash charges that constitute an accrual of or a reserve for future cash charges or are reasonably likely to result in a cash outlay in a future period) (in each case other than in respect of accounts receivable or inventory); plus

(v) non-cash charges, expenses, or losses arising from stock-based compensation arising from the grant of stock-based awards to employees (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash charge in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash charge that was paid in a prior period) or relating to the vesting of warrants; plus

(vi) restructuring costs, integration costs, retention, recruiting, relocation and signing bonuses and expenses, long term incentive plan expenses, severance costs, systems establishment costs, costs associated with the establishment of new information technology systems, costs associated with office and facility openings, closings and consolidations, transaction fees and expenses and, including, any one time expense relating to enhanced accounting function or other transaction costs; provided that the aggregate amount permitted to be added back pursuant to this clause (vi), together with the amount permitted to be added back pursuant to clauses (vii)(y) and (xii) below, for any period shall not exceed 25.0% of the Consolidated EBITDA for such period (after giving effect to such add-backs); plus

(vii) other one-time payments, charges and expenses (including rationalization, legal, tax, structuring and other costs and expenses), (x) related to the Transactions (including all Transaction Expenses), or (y) in each case to the extent consummated acquisitions, Investments, Dispositions, issuances of Indebtedness or Equity Interests permitted under the Loan Documents (or otherwise permitted by the Required Lenders), refinancing transactions or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument; provided that the aggregate amount permitted to be added back pursuant to this clause (vii)(y), together with the amount permitted to be added back pursuant to clause (vi) above and (xi) below, for any period shall not exceed 25.0% of the Consolidated EBITDA for such period (after giving effect to such add-backs); plus

 

14


(viii) fees, costs charges and expenses (x) that have been (or, without duplication, are required to be) reimbursed by third parties in such period (pursuant to indemnity or otherwise) and (y) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (I) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (II) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the determination by the Borrower that there exists such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption; plus

(ix) the cumulative effect for such period of a change in accounting principles; plus

(x) any impact for expenses related to any Permitted Acquisition or Investment that would have otherwise been capitalized if it were treated as the acquisition of a business, in each case, consistent with past practices, plus

(xi) any pro forma “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies related to mergers and other business combinations, acquisitions, divestitures, dispositions, discontinuance of activities or operations or other Specified Transactions, restructurings, cost savings initiatives, operational changes and other initiatives (including, for the avoidance of doubt, acquisitions occurring prior to the Closing Date) that are reasonably identifiable and projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) within 18 months after such merger or other business combination, acquisition, divestiture, disposition or other specified transaction, restructuring, cost savings initiative, operational change or other initiative is consummated (or undertaken or implemented prior to consummation of the acquisition or other applicable transaction (including any actions taken on or prior to the Closing Date)); provided that the aggregate amount permitted to be added back pursuant to this clause (xi), together with clauses (vi) and (vii)(y) above, for any period shall not exceed 25.0% of the Consolidated EBITDA for such period (after giving effect to such add-backs); provided, further, that any such addbacks described in this clause (xii) in respect of the Transactions shall not count against the foregoing cap; plus

(xii) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring losses, expenses, write-offs (in each case other than in respect of accounts receivable or inventory) or charges; plus

 

15


(xiii) to the extent actually received and not already included in Consolidated Net Income, proceeds of business interruption insurance, plus

(xiv) charges, expenses, and other items described in the Borrower Model; plus

(xv) adjustments consistent with Regulation S-X (as in effect prior to January 1, 2021) or contained in a quality of earnings report made available to the Administrative Agent conducted by financial advisors (which are either nationally recognized or reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being understood and agreed that any of the “Big Four” accounting firms are acceptable));

(b) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case, to the extent taken into account (or added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such Person for such period:

(i) interest income to the extent received in cash or otherwise during such period; plus

(ii) any gain realized in connection with the sale or Disposition of assets (including Dispositions pursuant to Sale and Leaseback transactions) other than in the ordinary course of business or the Disposition of any securities or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness; plus

(iii) Extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains or income;

provided further that, Consolidated EBITDA for any period shall be calculated so as to exclude (without duplication of any adjustment referred to above) non-cash foreign translation gains.

For the avoidance of doubt:

(i) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period any adjustments resulting from the application of ASC 815 and its related pronouncements and interpretations, or the equivalent accounting standard under GAAP or an alternative basis of accounting applied in lieu of GAAP,

(ii) in respect of any calculation to be made on a Pro Forma Basis, there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, the Acquired EBITDA of any Acquired Entity or Business during such period (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any Acquired Entity or Business attributable to any assets or property, in each case to the extent not so acquired) to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred, abandoned, or otherwise disposed by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary during such period and the Acquired EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “Converted Restricted Subsidiary”), based on the actual Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion);

 

16


(iii) in respect of any calculation to be made on a Pro Forma Basis and to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business, or asset sold, transferred, abandoned, or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business, or asset so sold or disposed of, a “Sold Entity or Business”), and the Disposed EBITDA of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary”) based on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer, or disposition or conversion); provided that for the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any classification under GAAP of any Person or business in respect of which a definitive agreement for the disposition thereof has been entered into as discontinued operations, the Disposed EBITDA of such Person or business shall not be excluded pursuant to this paragraph until such disposition shall have been consummated.

(iv) Unless expressly specified otherwise or required by context, references in this Credit Agreement to Consolidated EBITDA shall refer to the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to September 30, 2024, Consolidated EBITDA (after giving effect to the consummation of the Informa Acquisition) shall be deemed to be the amount set forth opposite such fiscal quarter in the following table:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending On

   Amount  

September 30, 2024

   $ 22,000,000  

June 30, 2024

   $ 22,000,000  

March 31, 2024

   $ 18,000,000  

December 31, 2023

   $ 36,000,000  

Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” shall be defined as, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recent Measurement Period most recently ended on or prior to such date of determination to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the consolidated total cash interest expense (including that attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, the cash interest component of deferred payment obligations and net costs in respect of any obligations under any Swap Agreements constituting interest rate swaps, collars, caps or other arrangements requiring payments contingent upon interest rates of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any Person (the “first Person”) for any period, the sum of net income (or loss) for such period of such first Person and its subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (to the extent available), excluding, without duplication, to the extent included in determining such net income (or loss) for such period: (a) any income (or loss) of any other Person (the “second Person”) if such second Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary of such first Person, except that such first Person’s equity in the net income of any second Person for such period shall be included in the determination of Consolidated Net

 

17


Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such second Person during such period to such first Person or any of its subsidiaries as a dividend or other distribution, (b) the income of any subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) of such first Person to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such subsidiary of that income is prohibited by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such subsidiary, and (c) all non-cash adjustments made to translate foreign assets and liabilities for changes in foreign exchange rates made in accordance with ASC 830. In addition in calculating Consolidated Net Income, (i) the effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements required or permitted by Financial Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805 – Business Combinations and Topic 350 – Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (ASC 805 and ASC 350) (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 141 and 142, respectively) resulting from the application of purchase accounting, including in relation to the Transactions and any acquisition that is consummated after the Closing Date or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded, (ii) any effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Agreement Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid) shall be excluded, (iii) any non-cash income (or loss) related to currency gains or losses related to Indebtedness, intercompany balances, and other balance sheet items and to Swap Agreement Obligations pursuant to ASC 815 (or such successor provision) shall be excluded, (iv) any non-cash expense, income, or loss attributable to the movement in mark-to-market valuation of foreign currencies, Indebtedness, or derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded, (v) any impairment charge, asset write-off, or write-down pursuant to ASC 350 and Financial Accounting Standards Codification Topic 360 – Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (ASC 360) (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 144) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC 805 shall be excluded, (vi) non cash income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts, shall be excluded and (vii) at the election of the Borrower, subject to the provisions set forth in Section 1.3, the Consolidated Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period.

Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt secured by a Lien that is not Subordinated Debt minus the Net Cash Amount, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period most recently ended on or prior to such date of determination.

Consolidated Total Debt” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at any time and as determined on a consolidated basis and without duplication, an amount equal to the sum of Indebtedness solely of Indebtedness for borrowed money (including all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, loan agreements, debentures, notes or similar instruments, including seller paper), Capitalized Lease Obligations, purchase money obligations (discounted for any original issue discount in connection with such Indebtedness) and in each case (but without duplication) any guaranty of the foregoing, and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Swap Agreement Obligations; provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Letters of Credit, except to the extent of any unreimbursed drawing thereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Total Debt shall exclude any intercompany indebtedness, including any such Indebtedness owing to a Parent Entity of the Borrower (or an Affiliate of a Parent Entity of the Borrower) that is subordinated to the Obligations.

 

18


Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt minus the Net Cash Amount to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period most recently ended on or prior to such date of determination.

Contested in Good Faith” means, with respect to any matter, that such matter is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP.

Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings analogous thereto.

Controlled Foreign Corporation” means a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code.

Converted Restricted Subsidiary” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.

Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Consolidated EBITDA.

Credit Agreement” means this Credit Agreement.

Credit Extension” means the making of a Loan.

Credit Facilities” means the Revolving Facility and, if applicable, each other category of Commitments and each extension of credit hereunder.

Credit Parties” means the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders.

Cumulative Credit” means, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

(a) the cumulative amount of cash and Cash Equivalent proceeds from (i) the sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower or Equity Interests of any indirect parent of the Borrower after the Closing Date and on or prior to such time (including upon exercise of warrants or options) (other than any amount designated as a Cure Amount), which proceeds have been contributed as common equity to the capital of the Borrower and (ii)

 

19


the Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower (or Equity Interests of any Parent Entity) (other than any amount designated as a Cure Amount) issued upon conversion of Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Debt) or Disqualified Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower owed to a Person other than a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party not previously applied for a purpose (including a Cure Amount) other than use in the Cumulative Credit, plus

(b) an amount equal to any returns in cash and Cash Equivalents (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.4(k), provided that in no case shall such amount exceed the amount of such Investment made using the Cumulative Credit pursuant to Section 7.4(k), minus

(c) any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make Investments pursuant to Section 7.4(k) after the Closing Date and prior to such time, minus

(d) any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make payments or distributions in respect of Subordinated Debt pursuant to Section 7.12(c) after the Closing Date and prior to such time.

Cure Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.4.

Cure Right” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.4.

Daily Simple SOFR means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the sum of (i) SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which will include a lookback) being established by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining “Daily Simple SOFR” for syndicated business loans; provided, that if the Administrative Agent decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may establish another convention in its reasonable discretion plus (ii) the Daily Simple SOFR Adjustment, and (b) the Floor.

Daily Simple SOFR Adjustment” means 0.10000%.

Daily SOFR Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to Term SOFR in effect on such day for a one (1) month Interest Period (subject to the Floor referred to in the definition of “Term SOFR”).

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or that upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

20


Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to the outstanding principal balance of any Loan, the sum of (i) the rate of interest otherwise applicable thereto plus (ii) 2.00% per annum, and (b) when used with respect to any interest, fee or other amount payable under the Loan Documents which shall not have been paid when due, the sum of (i) the Alternate Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Margin applicable to ABR Revolving Borrowings plus (iii) 2.00% per annum.

Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.9(b), any Lender that (a) refuses or has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans, which failure or refusal is not cured within one (1) Business Day after such refusal or failure unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such refusal or failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Swingline Loans) within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or Swingline Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied) or a Lender has publicly announced that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under other loan agreements, credit agreements or similar facilities generally, (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect holding company that has, (i) has admitted in writing that it is insolvent, (ii) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (iii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity or (iv) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect holding company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.9(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, the Swingline Lender and each Lender.

 

21


Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of the non-cash consideration received by the applicable Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an asset sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by a Responsible Officer, minus the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale or conversion of, or collection on, such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 7.5.

Designated Preferred Stock” shall mean preferred stock of the Borrower or any Parent Entity (in each case other than Disqualified Equity Interests) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Borrower or the Parent Entity thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof.

Disposed EBITDA” means, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the historical Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period as certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower, which historical Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA herein and to be based on financial statements for such Sold Entity or Business prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to the absence of footnote disclosures and year-end audit adjustments with respect to financial statements that are not annual audited financial statements), provided that when such Disposed EBITDA is excluded from Consolidated EBITDA it shall be on a Pro Forma Basis).

Disposition” means, with respect to any Person, the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including by way of Division, Sale and Leaseback or any sale or issuance of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary by way of a merger or otherwise) by such Person to any other Person, with or without recourse, of (a) any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith, (b) any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares), or (c) any other assets, provided, however, that none of the following shall constitute a Disposition: (i) any sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by (A) a Loan Party to another Loan Party, (B) a Non-Loan Party Subsidiary to another Non-Loan Party Subsidiary or (C) a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower, (ii) the collection of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business, the disposition or discount of inventory, accounts receivable, or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable and sales, transfers and other dispositions of accounts receivable (including write-offs, discounts and compromises) in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof, (iii) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (iv) dispositions of worn out, damaged, uneconomical, surplus or obsolete equipment, equipment that is no longer useful in the business of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or property (including leasehold property interests) that is no longer economically practical in its business or commercially desirable to maintain or any disposition of immaterial assets, or goods (or other assets) in the ordinary course of business, (v) licenses, crosslicensing or sublicenses of any Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, (vi) any disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities, (vii) dispositions or transfers to a Subsidiary in connection with Transfer Pricing Arrangements, (viii) the incurrence of Permitted Liens or the making of any

 

22


Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 7.4, (ix) any sale or disposition of assets (whether tangible or intangible) or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than the greater of (a) $5,000,000 and (b) 5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such disposition, (x) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, or any comparable or successor provision, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business, (xi) any issuance, sale or pledge of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness, or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; (xii) foreclosures, condemnation, casualty or any similar action on assets (including dispositions in connection therewith); (xiii) [reserved]; (xiv) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including Sale and Leasebacks and asset securitizations permitted by this Credit Agreement, (xv) (a) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release, or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims, (b) the termination or collapse of cost sharing agreements with the Borrower or any Subsidiary and the settlement of any crossing payments in connection therewith, or (c) the settlement, discount, write off, forgiveness, or cancellation of any Indebtedness owing by any present or former consultants, directors, officers, or employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) or any Subsidiary or any of their successors or assigns; (xvi) sales, transfers, and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements, (xvii) the lapse or abandonment of Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable business judgment of the Borrower are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (xviii) dispositions of property to the extent that (a) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is purchased within 365 days thereof or (b) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually purchased within 365 days thereof), (xix) leases, assignments, subleases, licenses, or sublicenses, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (xx) dispositions of non-core assets acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder and (xxi) any swap of assets in exchange for services or other assets in the ordinary course of business of comparable or greater Fair Market Value or usefulness to the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Borrower. Each of the terms “Dispose” and “Disposed” when used as a verb shall have an analogous meaning.

Disqualified Equity Interest” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event or condition, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change in control, asset sale, condemnation or similar event, so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change in control, asset sale, condemnation or similar event shall be subject to the prior occurrence of the Termination Date), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d)

 

23


is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Equity Interests are issued; provided that if such Equity Interest is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interest shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death, or disability.

Disqualified Institution” means any financial institution or other Person that (i) has been specified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in writing on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) is a competitor of the Borrower, Informa PLC or any of the Borrower’s or Informa PLC’s Subsidiaries specified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in writing on or prior to the Closing Date (which list of competitors may be supplemented by the Borrower after the Closing Date by means of a written notice to the Administrative Agent but which supplementation shall not become effective until the next Business Day after the date such supplementation is provided), and (iii) in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) of this definition, any of their Affiliates (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any bona fide debt investment funds or commercial banks or similar financial institutions that are Affiliates of the persons referenced in clause (ii) of this definition above) that are either (a) in respect of competitors only, identified in writing by Borrower to the Administrative Agent from time to time (but which supplementation shall not become effective until the next Business Day after the date such supplementation is provided) or (b) readily identifiable solely on the basis of such Affiliate’s name; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any such additional supplementation referred to in clause (ii) or (iii) of this definition shall not apply retroactively to any prior assignment to or by any Lender permitted hereunder at the time of such assignment; provided, further, that “Disqualified Institutions” shall exclude any Person that the Borrower has designated as no longer being a “Disqualified Institution” by written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders from time to time. The Lenders may disclose, on a confidential basis, the Disqualified Institutions posted on the Platform to potential lenders in connection with a bona fide potential assignment of loans and/or commitments.

Division” means the division of the assets, liabilities and/or obligations of a Person (the “Dividing Person”) among two or more Persons, whether pursuant to a “plan of division” or similar arrangement pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act or any similar provision under the laws of any other applicable jurisdiction and pursuant to which the Dividing Person may or may not survive.

Dollars” or “$” refers to the lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States, or any state, commonwealth or other political subdivision thereof (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the District of Columbia).

 

24


Earn-Out Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, obligations of such Person that are recognized under GAAP as a liability of such Person, payable in cash or which may be payable in cash at the seller’s or obligee’s option arising from the acquisition of a business or a line of business (whether pursuant to an acquisition of Equity Interests or assets, the consummation of a merger or consolidation or otherwise) and payable to the seller or sellers thereof.

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country that is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country that is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country that is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.4(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.4(b)(iii)).

Environmental Claims” means any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, written demands, demand letters, written claims, liens, notices of liability, non-compliance or violation, investigations, proceedings, settlements, consent decrees, consent orders, consent agreements and all costs and liabilities relating to or arising from or under any Environmental Law, including (a) any and all claims by Governmental Authorities for enforcement, investigation, corrective action, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions, cost recovery, damages, natural resource damages or penalties pursuant to or arising under any Environmental Law, (b) any and all claims by any one or more Persons seeking damages, contribution, restitution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief directly or indirectly resulting from, based upon or arising under Environmental Law, pertaining to Hazardous Materials or an alleged injury or threat of injury to human health, safety, natural resources, or the indoor or outdoor environment, and (c) all liabilities contingent or otherwise, expenses, obligations, losses, damages, fines and penalties arising under any Environmental Law.

Environmental Law” means, collectively and individually any and all federal, state, local, or foreign statute, rule, regulation, code, guidance, ordinance, order, judgment, directive, decree, injunction or common law as now or previously in effect and regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning: the environment; protection of the environment and natural resources; air emissions; water discharges; noise emissions; the Release, threatened Release or discharge into the environment and physical hazards of any Hazardous Material; the generation, handling, management, treatment, storage, transport or disposal of any Hazardous Material or otherwise concerning pollution or the protection of the outdoor or indoor environment, preservation or restoration of natural resources, employee or human health or safety, and potential or actual exposure to or injury from Hazardous Materials.

 

25


Environmental Liability” means, in respect of any Person, any statutory, common law or equitable liability, contingent or otherwise of such Person directly or indirectly resulting from, arising out of or based upon (a) the violation of any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (b) an Environmental Claim.

Environmental Permit” means any permit, approval, authorization, certificate, license, variance, filing or permission required by or from any Governmental Authority pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, (a) shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, (b) warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, (c) securities (other than Indebtedness) convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and (d) all other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or non-voting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and the rules and regulations issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any Loan Party, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA and Sections 412 and 430 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c), (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA with respect to a Pension Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period referred to in Section 4043 of ERISA is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Pension Plan of a non-exempt “prohibited transaction,” as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975(c)(1) of the Code; (c) any failure of any Pension Plan to satisfy the “minimum funding standard” applicable to such Pension Plan under Section 412 or Section 430 of the Code or Section 302 or Section 303 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Pension Plan, the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j)(3) of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate to make any required contribution to any Multiemployer Plan; (e) a determination that any Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status as defined in Section 430(i)(4) of the Code or Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA; (f) the incurrence by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Pension Plan including the imposition of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or any Pension Plan(other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (g) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or Section 4041A or ERISA, the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a Pension Plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Pension Plan or Pension Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan under

 

26


Section 4042 of ERISA or the occurrence of an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA or the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administrator, any Pension Plan; (h) any limitations under Section 436 of the Code become applicable; (i) the incurrence by any Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (j) a withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (k) the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 or Title IV of ERISA; or (l) the imposition on any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any tax under Chapter 43 of Subtitle D of the Code, or the assessment of a civil penalty on any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate under Section 502(c) of ERISA.

Erroneous Payment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.12(a).

Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.12(d)(i).

Erroneous Payment Impacted Class” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.12(d)(i).

Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.12(d)(i).

Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.12(e).

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.1.

Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower or another Loan Party, (b) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation or by any contractual obligation (to the extent such contractual obligation is existing (i) on the Closing Date or (ii) at the time of acquisition of such Subsidiary so long as the prohibition or restriction in such contract is not entered into in contemplation thereof) from providing a Guarantee of the Obligations or which would require governmental (including regulatory or any other Governmental Authority’s) consent, approval, license or authorization (including under any financial assistance, corporate benefit, thin capitalization, capital maintenance, liquidity maintenance or similar legal principles) to provide such a Guarantee unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (c) any Foreign Subsidiary, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (e) any Foreign Subsidiary Holdco, (f) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary or not-for-profit subsidiary, (g) any Subsidiary that

 

27


is a Securities Corp., (h) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (i) any Subsidiary for which the provision of a guaranty would result in adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined by the Borrower, (j) any Subsidiary that is a broker dealer subsidiary, (k) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, and (l) any other Subsidiary with respect to which (i) the Borrower and the Administrative Agent reasonably determine in writing the cost or other consequences of providing such a Guarantee shall be excessive in view of the benefits of such Guarantee to be afforded to the Lenders therefrom, or (ii) the Borrower and the Administrative Agent mutually agree shall not be required to provide any such Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that an Excluded Subsidiary guarantees, grants a lien on its assets to secure, or has greater than 65% of its voting Equity Interests pledged to secure, other Material Indebtedness of the Loan Parties, such Excluded Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary and shall be required to guarantee the Obligations and become a Loan Party hereunder.

Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its Applicable Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 3.7(b)) or (ii) such Lender changes its Applicable Lending Office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.6, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Applicable Lending Office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.6(g) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Existing Revolving Class” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

Existing Revolving Commitment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

Existing Revolving Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

Existing Term Loan Class” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(a).

Extended Revolving Commitments” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

Extended Revolving Credit Maturity Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

Extended Revolving Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

Extended Term Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(a).

 

28


Extended Term Loan Commitments” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(a).

Extending Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(c).

Extension Amendment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(d).

Extension Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(e).

Extension Election” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(c).

Extension Request” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

Extension Series” shall mean all Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Extension Series) and that provide for the same interest margins, extension fees, and amortization schedule.

Fair Market Value” shall mean with respect to any asset or group of assets on any date of determination, the value of the consideration obtainable in a sale of such asset at such date of determination assuming a sale by a willing seller to a willing purchaser dealing at arm’s length and arranged in an orderly manner over a reasonable period of time having regard to the nature and characteristics of such asset, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Credit Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities and implementing such Sections of the Code.

Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum (expressed as a decimal, rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that (a) if the day for which such rate is to be determined is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, (b) if such rate is not so published for any day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it and (c) if the Federal Funds Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Credit Agreement.

 

29


Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Financial Covenants” means the covenants set forth in Section 7.9(a) and (b).

Financial Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of such Person (or such other financial officer as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent).

Fiscal Year” means the four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

Floor means 0.00% per annum.

Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

Foreign Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan or arrangement (a) maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or Subsidiary that is not subject to the laws of the United States, or (b) mandated by a government other than the United States for employees of any Loan Party or Subsidiary.

Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Foreign Subsidiary Holdco” means any Domestic Subsidiary that owns no material assets other than the Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are Controlled Foreign Corporations.

Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, with respect to the Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure other than such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure that has been reallocated to other Lenders.

Fund” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

Funding Fee” means the funding fee payable by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to 0.75% of the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Commitments on the Closing Date, which shall be due and payable on the Closing Date.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States; provided, however, that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision, regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Furthermore, at any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may elect to apply International Financial Reporting

 

30


Standards (“IFRS”) accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP and GAAP concepts shall thereafter be construed to refer to IFRS and corresponding IFRS concepts (except as otherwise provided in this Credit Agreement); provided any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, further, that any calculation or determination in this Credit Agreement that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Borrower’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the amount of any Indebtedness under GAAP with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligations.

Government Securities Business Day” means any day except for (a) a Saturday, (b) a Sunday or (c) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (or any successor thereto) recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in United States government securities.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any department, commission, board, bureau, agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) and any group or body charged with setting financial accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).

Granting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.4(g).

Guarantee Requirement” means, at any time, the requirement that the Administrative Agent shall have received the Guaranty required to be delivered on the Closing Date, or, following the Closing Date, pursuant to Section 6.12, subject, in each case, to the limitations and exceptions of this Credit Agreement, the Subsidiary Joinder Agreement duly executed by each Loan Party that is a party thereto.

Guarantees” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation, provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity

 

31


obligations or product warranties in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Credit Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The term “Guaranteed” has a meaning analogous thereto. The amount of any Guarantee at any time shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the lesser at such time of (i) the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made (or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated amount of the obligations in respect of which such Guarantee is made as determined by such Person in good faith) and (ii) the maximum amount for which the guarantor may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee.

Guarantors” means each Person that is a party to the Guaranty.

Guaranty” means the Guaranty, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent.

Hazardous Materials” means all substances, wastes, chemicals, pollutants, or other contaminants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, mold, infectious, pharmaceutical or medical wastes and all other substances of any nature that are now or hereafter regulated under any Environmental Law or are now or hereafter defined, listed, classified, considered or described as hazardous, dangerous or toxic by any Governmental Authority or under any Environmental Law.

Holdings” means TechTarget, Inc. (to be renamed TechTarget Holdings Inc.).

IFRS” shall have the meaning given to such term in the definition of GAAP.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower that has been designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as an “Immaterial Subsidiary” on the date on which financial statements for such quarter are delivered pursuant to this Credit Agreement (and not subsequently designated by the Borrower as no longer an “Immaterial Subsidiary”) that, together with its respective Subsidiaries, (a) generates less than 5.0% of EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a Pro Forma Basis for the most recent Measurement Period, or (b) has total assets (including capital stock in other Subsidiaries and excluding investments that are eliminated in consolidation) of less than 5.0% of consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as reflected in the Financial Statements most recently delivered on or prior to such date; provided, that the aggregate EBITDA of all Immaterial Subsidiaries, together with its respective Subsidiaries, shall not exceed 10.0% of EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at any time, measured as aforesaid, and the aggregate assets owned by all Immaterial Subsidiaries, together with its respective Subsidiaries, shall not exceed 10.0% of consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at any time, measured as aforesaid.

Incremental Assumption Agreement” means an Incremental Assumption Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Incremental Term Loan Lender and/or existing or additional Revolving Lender party thereto.

Incremental Commitments” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a).

 

32


Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Effective Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(d).

Incremental Equivalent Debt” means Indebtedness consisting of the issuance of senior secured notes, loans or other Indebtedness (whether secured or unsecured and in each case in respect of the issuance of notes, whether issued in a public offering, Rule 144A or other private placement or purchase or otherwise) or any bridge financing in lieu of the foregoing, in each case, the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness will be as determined by the Borrower and the providers of such Indebtedness subject to Section 2.11(h).

Incremental Facility” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Revolving Commitment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Revolving Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(d).

Incremental Revolving Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(d).

Incremental Term Loan Commitment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Term Loan Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(e).

Incremental Term Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a).

Incremental Term Facility” means a term loan credit facility evidenced by Incremental Term Loan Commitments, if any.

Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date” means the final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loan, as set forth in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement, provided that if such date is not a Business Day, the Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately preceding such day.

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money;

(b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, loan agreements, debentures, notes or similar instruments, including seller paper (but excluding obligations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository, credit card, purchasing card and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds and other obligations in respect of netting services, overdraft protection, cash pooling, employee credit cards and similar arrangements, in each case, in connection with deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business);

 

33


(c) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions which have been reimbursed) of all letters of credit (including standby and commercial), banker’s acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;

(d) the Swap Termination Value of each Swap Agreement (to the extent reflecting an amount owed by such Person or an amount that would be owing were such Swap Agreement terminated);

(e) the Attributable Indebtedness of such Person in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, Synthetic Debt and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person (regardless of whether accounted for as indebtedness under GAAP); provided, however, that no obligations in respect of any operating lease shall be treated as “Indebtedness” for any purposes under this Credit Agreement solely as a result of its required treatment as Indebtedness under GAAP;

(f) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in final service or taking final delivery and title thereto other than (i) trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any purchase price adjustments, earn-out obligations or similar obligations;

(g) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by a Lien) on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(h) all Earn-Out Obligations of such Person to the extent then due and payable and reflected on the balance sheet of such Person under GAAP;

(i) the redemption, repayment or other repurchase amount of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Equity Interest of such Person or (if such Person is a Subsidiary of the Borrower other than a Loan Party) any Preferred Stock of such Subsidiary, but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends (the amount of such obligation to be equal at any time to the maximum fixed involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price for such Equity Interest, or if less (or if such Equity Interest has no such fixed price), to the involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price therefor calculated in accordance with the terms thereof as if then redeemed, repaid or repurchased, and if such price is based upon or measured by the Fair Market Value of such Equity Interest);

 

34


(j) all obligations of such Person to pay a specified purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted (e.g., take or pay obligations) or similar obligations and, without duplication, all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person; and

(k) all Guarantees by such Person of any of the foregoing.

The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation, company, or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is non-recourse to such Person. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (g) shall be deemed to be equal to the greater of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitee” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.3(b).

Informa” means Informa PLC.

Informa Acquisition” means the Acquisition by Informa and its Affiliates of at least 57% (subject to agreed-upon adjustments including, but not limited to, for option exercise and tax withholding) of the outstanding Equity Interests of Toro CombineCo, Inc. (to be renamed TechTarget, Inc.) pursuant to the Informa Acquisition Agreement.

Informa Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 10, 2024, by and among TechTarget, Inc. (to be renamed TechTarget Holdings Inc.), Toro CombineCo, Inc. (to be renamed TechTarget, Inc.), Toro Acquisition Sub, LLC, Informa PLC, Informa US Holdings Limited and Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc.

Informa Group Holdings Limited” means Informa Group Holdings Limited, a private limited company organized in the United Kingdom.

Information” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.14(a).

Initial Revolving Commitments” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Revolving Commitments.

Intellectual Property” means, collectively, with respect to a Person, all of such Person’s rights, priorities and privileges relating to all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature arising under United States, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, including, without limitation inventions, designs, patents, copyrights, trademarks, licenses, domain names, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know how, show how or other data or information, software and databases and all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation, registrations and franchises, and all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing or used in connection with, any of the foregoing, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

 

35


Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year and the Maturity Date of the Credit Facility under which such ABR Loan was made, (b) with respect to any SOFR Loan, the last day of the Interest Period therefor and, in the case of any Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at a three (3) month interval after the first day of such Interest Period, and the Maturity Date of the Credit Facility under which such SOFR Loan was made and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar month and the earlier of the maturity date selected therefor pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(iii) and the Maturity Date.

Interest Period” means, with respect to any applicable Loan or Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Loan or Borrowing, or the date on which the Interest Period referred to in the foregoing clause (a) ends, as the case may be, and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, three or six months thereafter (in each case, subject to the availability thereof), as specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice; provided that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (ii) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period, (iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date and (iv) no tenor that has been removed from this definition pursuant to Section 3.8(d) shall be available for specification in such Committed Loan Notice. For purposes hereof, the date of a Loan or Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Loan or Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Loan or Borrowing. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.

Investment” means, as to any Person, (a) any Acquisition by such Person, (b) any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person in another Person, whether by means of the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person (including any partnership or joint venture interest), or (c) any direct or indirect loan, advance (other than to customers, dealers, licensees, franchisees, suppliers, distributors, consultants, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others) to, Guarantee with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of, such other Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment on any date of determination shall be, in the case of any Investment in the form of (i) a loan or an advance, the principal amount thereof outstanding on such date, (ii) a Guarantee, the amount of such Guarantee as determined in accordance with the last sentence of the definition of such term, (iii) a transfer of Equity Interests or other property by the investor to the investee, including any such transfer in the form of a capital contribution, or the issuance of Equity Interests

 

36


to such investor, the Fair Market Value of such Equity Interests or other property as of the time of the transfer or issuance, without any adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment and (iv) any Investment (other than any Investment referred to in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above) in the form of an Acquisition or a purchase or other acquisition for value of any evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of any other Person, the original cost of such Investment (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith), plus the cost of all additions, as of such date, thereto, and minus the amount, as of such date, of any portion of such Investment repaid to the investor in cash as a repayment of principal or a return of capital, as the case may be, but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment.

Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or, in the case of short-term obligations, P-3) (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or, in the case of short-term obligations, A-3) (or the equivalent) by S&P, or any equivalent rating by any other rating agency recognized internationally or in the United States of America.

Investment Grade Securities” means (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); (ii) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating; (iii) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and (iv) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States of America customarily utilized for high quality investments.

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

ISP” means the International Standby Practices, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the applicable time of issuance).

Latest Maturity Date” means, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest Maturity Date of any Incremental Term Loan, in each case as extended in accordance with this Credit Agreement or pursuant to any other Loan Document from time to time.

Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

Lenders” means Informa Group Holdings Limited, any financial institution party hereto and any other financial institution that has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, Extension Amendment, Specified Refinancing Amendment or Incremental Assumption Agreement. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the term “Lenders” shall include the Swingline Lender but does not include the Administrative Agent in its capacity as the Administrative Agent.

 

37


Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit providing for the payment of cash upon the honoring of a presentation thereunder.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease or title retention agreement relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Limited Condition Transaction” means any Acquisition (including by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Equity Interests or otherwise), Investment, Disposition, incurrence, prepayment, repayment or redemption of Indebtedness, Disqualified Equity Interest or Preferred Stock or designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article 2 in the form of a Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan, or any Incremental Term Loan, Extended Term Loan, Specified Refinancing Term Loan, Incremental Revolving Loan, Extended Revolving Loan, Specified Refinancing Revolving Loan, as the context shall require; collectively, the “Loans”.

Loan Document Obligations” means the due and punctual payment and performance of all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party under or pursuant to each of the Loan Documents or otherwise with respect to any Loan and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with enforcement and collection of the foregoing, including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel (and if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in each relevant material jurisdiction (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions)), in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest, expenses and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest, expenses and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Guaranty, each Incremental Assumption Agreement and each other document entered into in connection herewith.

Loan Parties” means, collectively, (a) the Borrower, (b) the Guarantors and (c) any Person that becomes a Loan Party hereunder pursuant to the terms of Section 6.12.

Margin Determination Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Applicable Margin.

 

38


Margin Stock” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board.

Master Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Swap Agreement.”

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, property, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the validity or enforceability of this Credit Agreement or any and all other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of (taken as a whole) available to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents or (c) the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations under any Loan Document is affected in a manner that is material and adverse to the Lenders.

Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) in excess of the greater of (x) $20,000,000 and (y) 20.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) most recently ended on or prior to such date of determination (measured as of such date).

Maturity Date” means (a) with respect to the Revolving Facility, December 2, 2029, provided, that, if such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately preceding such day, (b) with respect to any Incremental Term Loan, the applicable Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date, and (c) any Extended Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the maturity date of an Extended Term Loan, as applicable.

Measurement Period” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending on or prior to such date for which Financial Statements of the Borrower have been (or have been required to be) delivered hereunder. A Measurement Period may be designated by reference to the last day thereof (e.g., the December 31, 2024 Measurement Period refers to the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended December 31, 2024 and a Measurement Period shall be deemed to end on the last day thereof).

Moodys” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Net Cash Amount” means the total amount, as of any date of determination, of (a) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (b) the amount of any Parent Loan Balances, up to the greater of (i) $75,000,000 and (ii) 50.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Measurement Period most recently ended on or prior to such date of determination.

New Subsidiary Notification Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.12(a).

 

39


Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.2 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Non-Guarantor Debt Cap” means an amount equal to (a) the greater of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis).

Non-Guarantor Investment Cap” means an amount equal to (a) the greater of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis).

Non-Loan Party Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party.

Notes” means, collectively, the Revolving Loan Notes and the Swingline Loan Notes.

Obligations” means, collectively, (a) the Loan Document Obligations and (b) the Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights.

OFAC” means the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, and any successor thereto.

Organizational Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-United States jurisdiction), (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating or limited liability company agreement and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Original Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a)(iii).

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

40


Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.7(b)).

Outstanding Amount” means with respect to any Loan on any date, the outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments thereof occurring on such date.

Parent Entity” means any of Informa and any other Person that becomes a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Informa on or after the Closing Date and of which the Borrower is a direct or indirect Subsidiary that is designated by the Borrower as a “Parent Entity”.

Parent Loan Balances” means any amounts due to the Borrower from any Parent Entity that is payable to the Borrower.

Participant” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.4(d).

Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.4(d).

Payment Recipient” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.12(a).

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

Pension Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 or Section 430 of the Code or Section 302 or Section 303 of ERISA, and in respect of which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Permitted Acquisitions” means, collectively, each Acquisition which satisfies each of the following conditions, which in the case of a Limited Condition Transaction shall be subject to Section 1.11:

(a) at the time of and immediately before and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(b) such Acquisition shall be consensual, approved by the Board of Directors of the Borrower and, if applicable, has been approved by the Acquisition target’s Board of Directors (or comparable governing body);

(c) the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary that is the acquiring entity shall be the surviving legal entity after completion of the Acquisition;

(d) such Acquisition and all transactions related thereto shall be consummated in accordance with material laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements of all Governmental Authorities;

 

41


(e) all actions, if any, required to be taken with respect to such newly created or acquired Subsidiary (including each Subsidiary thereof) or assets in order to satisfy the requirements set forth in the definition of the term “Guarantee Requirement” to the extent applicable shall be taken (or arrangements for the taking of such actions shall have been made) within the time periods as set forth in Section 6.12; and

(f) to the extent required by the Guarantee Requirement, any newly created or acquired Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) shall become a Loan Party, in each case in accordance with Section 6.12.

(g) after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Acquisition and, if applicable, the making of a Credit Extension in connection with such Acquisition, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenants under Section 7.9 for the most recently ended Measurement Period for which financial statements were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or 6.1(b), as applicable; and

(h) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent upon its reasonable request (i) a description of the proposed Acquisition, (ii) to the extent obtained and available, a quality of earnings report and (iii) to the extent prepared, financial statements for the Borrower including the Acquisition target on a Pro Forma Basis.

Permitted Encumbrances” means:

(a) (i) Liens existing on the Closing Date; provided that any Lien securing Indebtedness or other obligations in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate shall only be permitted if set forth on Schedule 7.2 and (ii) Liens arising under this Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens imposed by law for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies that are (x) not yet due and payable, are overdue by no more than sixty (60) days, or (y) which are being Contested in Good Faith, or are not required to be paid pursuant to Section 6.4, or for property taxes on property of the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy, or claim is to such property;

(c) landlords’, vendors’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days or if more than 60 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or are being Contested in Good Faith, provided that enforcement of such Liens is stayed pending such contest;

(d) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

 

42


(e) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money), leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds, or deposits as security for the payment of rent or deposits made to secure obligations arising from contractual or warranty refunds, and other obligations of a like nature, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.1(k);

(g) easements, zoning restrictions, ground leases, survey exceptions, licenses, rights of way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligation or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(h) any interest of title of a lessor under, and liens arising from UCC financing statements (or the equivalent filings, registrations, or agreements in foreign jurisdictions) relating to leases in compliance with this Credit Agreement;

(i) (i) normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks or other depository institutions (including Liens under cash management arrangements), (ii) Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (iii) Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iv) Liens in favor of banking or other financial institutions or other electronic payment service providers arising as a matter of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of business encumbering deposits and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking or finance industry;

(j) Liens imposed by the Uniform Commercial Code or similar provisions of applicable law in the ordinary course of business, covering only the goods sold and securing only the unpaid purchase price for such goods;

(k) any interest or title of a licensor, sublicensor, lessor or sublessor with respect to any assets under any license or lease agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, provided that the same do not in any material respect interfere with the business of the Loan Parties or their Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(l) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases with respect to any assets (including intellectual property) granted to third Persons in the ordinary course of business, provided that the same do not in any material respect interfere with the business of the Loan Parties or their Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(m) customary rights of set off, bankers’ liens, refunds or charge backs, under deposit agreements, the Uniform Commercial Code or common law, of banks or other financial institutions where any Loan Party or any of such Loan Party’s Restricted Subsidiaries maintains deposits (other than deposits intended as cash collateral for the Obligations) in the ordinary course of business;

 

43


(n) Liens on Margin Stock to the extent that a prohibition on such Liens would violate Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board;

(o) Liens (i) on earnest money deposits made in cash by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted under this Credit Agreement (ii) on amounts deposited as “security deposits” (or their equivalent) in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property pursuant to a disposition permitted hereunder;

(p) customary rights of first refusal, “tag-along” and “drag-along” rights, and put and call arrangements under joint venture agreements for joint ventures permitted hereunder;

(q) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising in the ordinary course of business as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(r) Liens resulting from the filing of precautionary UCC-1 financing statements (or equivalent) with respect to operating leases;

(s) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(t) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the purchase, storage or shipping of goods or assets (or the related assets and proceeds thereof), which Liens are in favor of the seller or shipper of such goods or assets and only attach to such goods or assets and proceeds thereof;

(u) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal, or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(v) Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business and not as a result of any default or omission by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(w) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(x) Deposits or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(y) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any other Loan Party;

 

44


(z) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (a) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (b) relating to pooled deposits or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, or (c) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(aa) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business;

(bb) (a) Liens on Equity Interests in joint ventures; provided that any such Lien is in favor of a creditor of such joint venture and such creditor is not an Affiliate of any partner to such joint venture and (b) purchase options, call, and similar rights of, and restrictions for the benefit of, a third party with respect to Equity Interests held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in joint ventures; and

(cc) Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents that are earmarked to be used to satisfy or discharge Indebtedness; provided (a) such cash and/or Cash Equivalents are deposited into an account from which payment is to be made, directly or indirectly, to the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness that is to be satisfied or discharged, (b) such Liens extend solely to the account in which such cash and/or Cash Equivalents are deposited and are solely in favor of the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness (or any agent or trustee for such Person or Persons) that is to be satisfied or discharged, and (c) the satisfaction or discharge of such Indebtedness is expressly permitted hereunder;

(dd) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, other Liens and privileges arising mandatorily by any Requirements of Law; and

(ee) Liens incurred to secure any Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1(a)(xx).

Permitted Holders”: (a) Informa; (b) its Affiliates; and (c) any “group” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) of which any of the Persons specified in clause (a) or (b) above is a member (provided that (without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group”) one or more of such Persons collectively have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Parent Entity held by such “group”), and any other Person that is a member of such “group”.

Permitted Lien” means (i) any Permitted Encumbrance and (ii) Liens permitted by Section 7.2.

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Platform” means DebtX, Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system.

 

45


Preferred Stock” means, as applied to the Equity Interest of any corporation or company, Equity Interests of any class or classes (however designated) that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation or company, over shares of Equity Interests of any other class of such corporation or company.

Prime Rate” means the “Prime Rate” appearing in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal or, in the event such Prime Rate is no longer published by The Wall Street Journal, another U.S. national publication reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower, changing when and as said prime rate changes.

Pro Forma Basis” means, with respect to compliance with any test, financial ratio, or covenant hereunder, that all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test or covenant: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (1) in the case of a sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (2) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of Specified Transaction, shall be included, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (c) any incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (it being agreed that if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, such Indebtedness shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate that is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided that, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or covenant solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA. Each of the terms “Pro Forma Compliance” and “Pro Forma Effect” shall have an analogous meaning.

Pro Forma Entity” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Acquired EBITDA.

Protected Person” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.3(d).

PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Qualified Equity Interests” means, with respect to the Equity Interests of any Person, any Equity Interests other than Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person.

Real Property” means, collectively, all right, title and interest in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned or leased by any Person, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership thereof.

Recipient” means the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as applicable.

 

46


Refinancing Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a)(iii).

Refunding Capital Stock” means the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Debt of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Equity Interests of any Parent Entity of the Borrower, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect Parent Entity or management investment vehicle to the extent contributed to the Borrower (in each case, other than any Disqualified Equity Interests).

Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.4(c).

Regulation T, U or X” means Regulation T, U or X, respectively, of the Federal Reserve Board.

Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, members, directors, officers, employees, agents, brokers, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors, attorneys-in-fact and representatives, including accountants, auditors and legal counsel, of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Release” means any actual or threatened releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, leaching, seeping, emitting, migration, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, depositing, disposing, or dumping of Hazardous Materials into the indoor or outdoor environment, including the movement of any Hazardous Material through the air, soil, surface water, groundwater or property and any other conditions resulting in potential or actual human exposure to Hazardous Materials within a structure.

Relevant Governmental Body means the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

Removal Effective Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.6(b).

Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Loans (other than Swingline Loans), a Committed Loan Notice and (b) with respect to a Swingline Loan, a Swingline Loan Notice.

Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Total Credit Exposures representing more than 50% of the Total Credit Exposures of all Lenders. The Total Credit Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time.

Requirements of Law” shall mean, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule, or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.

 

47


Resignation Effective Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.6(a).

Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, or other similar officer of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Retired Capital Stock” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Refunding Capital Stock.

Revolving Borrowing” means a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans of the same Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of SOFR Loans, having the same Interest Period.

Revolving Commitments” means, with respect to each Revolving Lender, the commitment hereunder of such Revolving Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Swingline Loans in an aggregate outstanding amount not exceeding the amount of such Revolving Lender’s Commitment as set forth on Schedule 2.1 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Revolving Lender shall have assumed its Commitment in accordance with Section 10.4(b), as applicable, as such Commitment may be adjusted from time to time (including pursuant to Section 2.5 or Section 2.11) or pursuant to assignments by or to such Revolving Lender pursuant to Section 10.4. The initial aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments on the Closing Date is $250,000,000 (the “Initial Revolving Commitments”), as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement.

Revolving Commitment Percentage” shall mean at any time, for each Revolving Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment at such time by (ii) the amount of the Total Revolving Commitment at such time; provided that at any time when the Total Revolving Commitment shall have been terminated, each Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage shall be the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Exposure at such time by (b) the Revolving Exposure of all Revolving Lenders at such time.

Revolving Exposure” means, as to any Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of its Revolving Loans, plus (b) its Swingline Exposure.

Revolving Facility” means the credit facility established hereunder and evidenced by the Revolving Commitments.

 

48


Revolving Lender” means a Lender having a Commitment or, if the Commitments have expired or terminated, having Revolving Exposure.

Revolving Loan” means a loan referred to in Section 2.1(a) and made pursuant to Section 2.2 or as the context may require, (a) any Extended Revolving Loan, (b) any Specified Refinancing Revolving Loan, and (c) any Incremental Revolving Loan, in each case made pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Credit Agreement.

“Revolving Loan Extension Request” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(b).

Revolving Loan Note” means with respect to a Revolving Lender, a promissory note evidencing the Revolving Loans of such Lender payable to the order of such Lender (or, if required by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global Inc.

Sale and Leaseback” means any transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of any property, real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and (b) as part of such transaction, thereafter rents or leases such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold, transferred or disposed.

Sanctioned Country” means any country, territory or region which is itself the subject or target of any comprehensive Sanctions (including, as of the date of this Credit Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, and the so-called Donetsk People’s Republic, so-called Luhansk People’s Republic, and Crimea regions of Ukraine).

Sanctioned Person” means (a) any Person or group listed in any Sanctions related list of designated Persons maintained by OFAC, including the List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons, or the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any EU member state or His Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, (b) any Person subject to any law that would prohibit all or substantially all financial or other transactions with that Person or would require that assets of that Person that come into the possession of a third-party be blocked (c) any legal entity organized or domiciled in a Sanctioned Country, (d) any agency, political subdivision or instrumentality of the government of a Sanctioned Country, (e) any natural person ordinarily resident in a Sanctioned Country, or (f) any Person 50% or more owned, directly or indirectly, individually or in the aggregate by any of the above.

Sanctions” means all economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state, His Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or other relevant sanctions authority.

Section 2.12 Additional Amendment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(d).

 

49


Securities Corp.” means any Subsidiary that is a “Security Corporation” as defied in 830 Code of Mass. Regulations 63.38B.1.

Securities Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Senior Notes” means those certain 0.125% Convertible Senior Notes issued by TechTarget, Inc. (to be renamed TechTarget Holdings Inc.) due December 15, 2025 and those certain 0.00% Convertible Senior Notes issued by TechTarget, Inc. (to be renamed TechTarget Holdings Inc.) due December 15, 2026.

Significant Subsidiary” shall mean, at any date of determination, (a) any Restricted Subsidiary whose gross revenues (when combined with the gross revenues of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries after eliminating intercompany obligations) for the Measurement Period most recently ended on or prior to such date were equal to or greater than 10% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP or (b) each other Restricted Subsidiary that, when such Restricted Subsidiary’s total gross revenues (when combined with the total gross revenues of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries after eliminating intercompany obligations) are aggregated with each other Restricted Subsidiary (when combined with the total gross revenues of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries after eliminating intercompany obligations) that is the subject of an Event of Default described in Section 8.1(h) or (i) would constitute a “Significant Subsidiary” under clause (a) above.

Similar Business” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Approved Line of Business.

SOFR” means a rate equal to the secured overnight financing rate as published by the SOFR Administrator on the website of the SOFR Administrator, currently at http//www.newyorkfed.org (or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR Administrator from time to time).

SOFR Administrator” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).

SOFR Borrowing” means, as to any Borrowing, the SOFR Loans comprising such Borrowing.

SOFR Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on Term SOFR, other than pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Alternate Base Rate”.

Sold Entity or Business” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.

Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the present assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not less than the sum of the debt (including contingent liabilities) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not less than the

 

50


amount that will be required to pay the probable liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on their debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) the capital of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not unreasonably small in relation to the business of such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, contemplated as of such date and (d) such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, do not intend to incur, or believe that they will incur, debts (including current obligations and contingent liabilities) beyond their ability to pay such debts as they mature in the ordinary course of business; provided that the amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Specified Refinancing Amendment” means an amendment to this Credit Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrower, (b) the Administrative Agent, (c) each Additional Specified Refinancing Lender and (d) each Lender that agrees to provide any portion of Specified Refinancing Term Loans, Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitments or Specified Refinancing Revolving Loans incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.13 (each a Specified Refinancing Lender).

Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitments” means one or more Classes of Revolving Commitments hereunder that result from a Specified Refinancing Amendment.

Specified Refinancing Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Specified Refinancing Amendment.

Specified Refinancing Revolving Loans” means one or more Classes of Revolving Loans that result from a Specified Refinancing Amendment.

Specified Refinancing Series” means all Specified Refinancing Term Loans or Specified Refinancing Term Loan Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Specified Refinancing Amendment (or any subsequent Specified Refinancing Amendment to the extent such Specified Refinancing Amendment expressly provides that the Specified Refinancing Term Loans or Specified Refinancing Term Loan Commitments provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Specified Refinancing Series) and that provide for the same effective yield and amortization schedule.

Specified Refinancing Term Loan Commitments” means one or more term loan commitments hereunder that fund Specified Refinancing Term Loans of the applicable Specified Refinancing Series hereunder pursuant to a Specified Refinancing Amendment.

Specified Refinancing Term Loans” means one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Specified Refinancing Amendment.

Specified Transaction” means any (a) Permitted Acquisition, (b) Investment, (c) Disposition, (d) incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, (e) Subsidiary designation, (f) Incremental Term Loan, (g) Incremental Revolving Commitment, or (h) other event or action that in each case that, by the terms of this Credit Agreement, requires a test to be calculated on a “Pro Forma Basis”, be given in “Pro Forma Compliance” with, or after giving “Pro Forma Effect.”

 

51


Spot Rate” for any currency shall mean the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the Administrative Agent as the spot rate for the purchase by the Administrative Agent of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if it does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.

SPV” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.4(g).

Subordinated Debt” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower that is subordinated to the Indebtedness owing by the Borrower to the Lenders with subordination terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Subordinated Debt Documents” means any agreement, indenture or instrument pursuant to which any Subordinated Debt is issued, in each case as amended to the extent permitted under the Loan Documents.

Subordinated Debt Payments” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12.

subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (“Topco”), as of any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of Topco in Topco’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power is or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by Topco or one or more subsidiaries of Topco.

Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the context may require.

Subsidiary Joinder Agreement” means a Subsidiary Joinder Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, pursuant to which a Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) becomes a party to each applicable Loan Document.

Successor Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.3(a)(ii).

Swap Agreement” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is

 

52


governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement, confirmation or other agreement (any such agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Agreement Obligations” means all obligations of the Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries under each Swap Agreement to which any Loan Party or its Restricted Subsidiary is a party.

Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Agreements, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Agreements (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Swingline Exposure” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender at any time, its Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Swingline Loans.

Swingline Lender” means Informa Group Holdings Limited in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans.

Swingline Loan” means a loan referred to and made pursuant to Section 2.3.

Swingline Loan Note” means with respect to the Swingline Lender, a promissory note evidencing the Swingline Loans of such Lender payable to the order of such Lender (or, if required by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns).

Swingline Loan Notice” means a notice of a Swingline Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3(b).

Swingline Sublimit” means $0. The Swingline Sublimit is a sublimit of the Commitments.

Synthetic Debt” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination thereof, all obligations of such Person in respect of transactions entered into by such Person that are intended to function primarily as a borrowing of funds (including any minority interest transactions that function primarily as a borrowing) but are not otherwise included in the definition of “Indebtedness” or as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (to the extent available).

Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person at any time of determination under (i) a so called synthetic, off balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (ii) an agreement for the use or possession of property, in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which could be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment) (other than operating leases arising as a result of Sale and Leaseback transactions).

 

53


Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges in the nature of a tax imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Loan Extension Request” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)

Term Loans” means any Incremental Term Loans, Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loans, Specified Refinancing Term Loans and any Extended Term Loans, collectively.

Term SOFR” means a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the sum of (i) the Term SOFR Reference Rate for a tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period on the day (such day, the “Term SOFR Determination Day”) that is two (2) Government Securities Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period; provided, however, that if as of 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on any Term SOFR Determination Day the Term SOFR Reference Rate for the applicable tenor has not been published by the Term SOFR Administrator and a Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to the Term SOFR Reference Rate has not occurred, then Term SOFR will be the Term SOFR Reference Rate for such tenor as published by the Term SOFR Administrator on the first preceding Government Securities Business Day for which such Term SOFR Reference Rate for such tenor was published by the Term SOFR Administrator so long as such first preceding Government Securities Business Day is not more than three (3) Government Securities Business Days prior to such Term SOFR Determination Day, plus (ii) the Term SOFR Adjustment and (b) the Floor.

Term SOFR Adjustment” means 0.10% per annum.

Term SOFR Administrator” means CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited (CBA) (or a successor administrator of the Term SOFR Reference Rate selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion).

Term SOFR Determination Day” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Term SOFR”.

Term SOFR Reference Rate” means the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR published by the Term SOFR Administrator and displayed on CME’s Market Data Platform (or other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time).

Termination Date” means the date upon which all Commitments have terminated and the Loans, together with all interest and fees related thereto and other Loan Document Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnification and unasserted expense reimbursement obligations in each case not yet due and payable), have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash.

 

54


Total Credit Exposure” means, at any date, the sum, without duplication, of (i) the Total Revolving Commitment at such date (or, if the Total Revolving Commitment shall have terminated on such date, the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders at such date), (ii) the Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (iii) without duplication of clause (ii), the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans at such date.

Total Revolving Commitment” shall mean the sum of the Revolving Commitments of all the Lenders.

Total Term Loan Commitment” shall mean the sum of (i) the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, if applicable, of all the Lenders, (ii) the Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments, if applicable, of all the Lenders, (iii) the Specified Refinancing Term Loan Commitments and (iv) the Extended Term Loan Commitments, if applicable, of all the Lenders.

Total Revolving Outstandings” means at any time, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans at such time.

Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions, this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby in connection therewith.

Transactions” means (a) the redemption or exchange of Senior Notes after the Closing Date, (b) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which it is a party, (c) the borrowing of the Loan to pay the redemption price of the Senior Notes, (d), the use of the proceeds of the Loans, (e) the satisfaction of the Guarantee Requirement, (f) the payment of Transaction Expenses and (g) shortly after the closing hereunder, the closing of the Informa Acquisition. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Transactions are permitted hereunder.

Transfer Pricing Arrangements” means any commercial arrangements or transactions in connection with purchases of goods or services in the ordinary course of business between the Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries and certain Affiliates of the Loan Parties where, in the reasonable, good faith determination of the Borrower, the fees, payments or other consideration thereunder is established in accordance with the requirements of Section 482 of the Code and the accompanying regulations under Treasury Regulation §1.482.

Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to (i) Term SOFR or (ii) the Alternate Base Rate.

UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

 

55


Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement means the applicable Benchmark Replacement excluding the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated by the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.14 subsequent to the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, there are no Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

USA PATRIOT Act” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.6(g)(ii)(B)(3).

Voting Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, shares of such Person’s Equity Interests having the right to vote for the election of the members of the Board of Directors or other managing person of such Person under ordinary circumstances.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment (it being understood that the Weighted Average Life to Maturity shall be determined without giving effect to any change in installment or other required payments of principal resulting from prepayments following the incurrence of such Indebtedness); by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly-Owned” means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) director’s qualifying shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

56


Withdrawal Liability” means a liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Withholding Agent” means any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

Section 1.2 Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Credit Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “SOFR Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “SOFR Revolving Loan”). Borrowings may also be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “SOFR Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “SOFR Revolving Borrowing”).

Section 1.3 Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.” Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Credit Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Credit Agreement, (e) any reference to any law or regulation herein shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and (f) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. Any terms used in this Credit Agreement that are defined in the UCC shall be construed and defined as set forth in the UCC unless otherwise defined herein; provided, that to the extent that the UCC is used to define any

 

57


term herein and such term is defined differently in different Articles of the UCC, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the UCC shall govern. Where reference is made to “the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis” or similar language, such consolidation shall not include any Subsidiaries of the Borrower other than Restricted Subsidiaries. All references to “knowledge” of any Loan Party shall mean the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party.

Section 1.4 Accounting Terms; GAAP.

(a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Credit Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein; provided that, if after the date hereof there occurs any change in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of any provision hereof and the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of such change in GAAP or in the application thereof (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then, with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test contained in this Credit Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs, Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio, Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio (and all component definitions thereof) shall be calculated with respect to such period and all Specified Transactions occurring during such period on a Pro Forma Basis.

(c) If at any time the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof, including any financial ratio calculations, thresholds or covenants, to eliminate the effect of (i) any change in GAAP or in the application thereof occurring after the Closing Date on the operation of such provision, regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof or (ii) the election by the Borrower to apply IFRS in lieu of GAAP for all purposes of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP or such election to apply IFRS, as applicable, including but not limited to amending the financial ratio calculations, thresholds and any financial covenant in this Credit Agreement to recalibrate such financial ratio calculation, threshold and financial covenant for the effects of such change in GAAP or such election to apply IFRS, as applicable, so long as (1) such recalibration is limited to changes in the calculation of such financial ratio calculations, thresholds or covenant levels due to the effects of differences between GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date and any change in GAAP occurring after the Closing Date or the change

 

58


from GAAP to IFRS, (2) the recalibrated financial ratio calculations, thresholds or covenant levels shall be mutually agreed (and negotiated by all parties in good faith) between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, unless the Required Lenders have given notice of their objection to such recalibration within five (5) Business Days of receiving notice thereof, and (3) any such recalibration shall be done in a manner such that, after giving effect to such recalibration, the recalibrated thresholds and covenant levels shall be consistent with the intention of the respective thresholds and covenant levels calculated under GAAP prior to such notice; provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Credit Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein, and the determination of Indebtedness hereunder, shall be made without giving effect to Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Standard ASC 842 (Leases) (or any other applicable financial accounting standard having a similar result or effect) and related interpretations, in each case, to the extent any lease (or similar arrangement conveying the right to use) would be required to be treated as a capital lease thereunder where such lease (or similar arrangement) would have been treated as an operating lease under GAAP as in effect immediately prior to the effectiveness of the ASC 842.

Section 1.5 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Credit Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

Section 1.6 References to Time. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to a time shall refer to Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Savings Time, as applicable.

Section 1.7 Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that it was represented by counsel in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, that it and its counsel reviewed and participated in the preparation and negotiation hereof and thereof and that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation hereof or thereof.

Section 1.8 Rates Generally. The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to (a) administration, construction, calculation, publication, continuation, discontinuation, movement, or regulation of, or any other matter related to, the Alternate Base Rate, the Benchmark, or any alternative, successor or replacement rate thereto (including any Benchmark Replacement), any component definition thereof or rates referred to in the definition thereof, including whether any Benchmark is similar to, or will produce the same value or economic equivalence of, any other rate or whether financial

 

59


instruments referencing or underlying the Benchmark will have the same volume or liquidity as those referencing or underlying any other rate, (b) the impact of any regulatory statements about, or actions taken with respect to any Benchmark (or component thereof), (c) changes made by any administrator to the methodology used to calculate any Benchmark (or component thereof) or (d) the effect, implementation or composition of any Conforming Changes. The Administrative Agent and its affiliates or other related entities may engage in transactions that affect the calculation of the Alternate Base Rate, the Benchmark, any alternative, successor or replacement rate (including any Benchmark Replacement) or any relevant adjustments thereto, in each case, in a manner adverse to the Borrower. The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, such transactions. The Administrative Agent may select information sources or services in its reasonable discretion to ascertain the Alternate Base Rate, the Benchmark, or any alternative, successor or replacement rate (including any Benchmark Replacement), in each case pursuant to the terms of this Credit Agreement, and shall have no liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages, costs, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise and whether at law or in equity), for any error or calculation of any such rate (or component thereof) provided by any such information source or service.

Section 1.9 Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with Division: (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.

Section 1.10 [Reserved].

Section 1.11 Limited Condition Transactions.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, when (a) calculating any applicable ratio, test or any other basket or determining other compliance with this Credit Agreement, in connection with any Specified Transaction, including the incurrence of Indebtedness, the creation of Liens, the making of any Disposition, the making of an Investment or Acquisition, the prepayment or repayment of Indebtedness, the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or otherwise testing availability under any basket (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated EBITDA or consolidated total assets); (b) determining compliance with any provision of this Credit Agreement which requires that no Default or Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom, (c) determining compliance with any provision of this Credit Agreement which requires accuracy of any representations and warranties set forth herein or (d) the satisfaction of all other conditions precedent to the incurrence of Indebtedness, the creation of Liens, the making of any Disposition, the making of an Investment or Acquisition, the prepayment or repayment of Indebtedness, or the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, the date of determination of such ratio or other provisions, determination of whether any Default or Event of Default (other than an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 8.1(a), (b), (h) or (i)) has occurred, is

 

60


continuing or would result therefrom, determination of accuracy of any representations or warranties or the satisfaction of any other conditions shall, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), be deemed to be either (x) the date that the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is entered into or (y) at the time of the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction (the “LCT Test Date”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Credit Agreement, this Section 1.11 shall not apply in respect of any conditions to Requests for Credit Extensions set forth in Section 4.2 in respect of the Revolving Facility.

(b) If, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if such Limited Condition Transaction or other transactions had occurred at the beginning of the most recent Measurement Period ending prior to the LCT Test Date for which Financial Statements (and the accompanying Compliance Certificate) of the Borrower have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or (b), as applicable, the Borrower could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with the applicable ratios or other provisions, such provisions shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if any of such ratios or other provisions are exceeded or breached as a result of fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA or other components of such ratio) or other provisions at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Transaction, such ratios and other provisions will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition Transaction is permitted hereunder and (ii) such ratios and compliance with such conditions (other than conditions requiring no Event of Default under Sections 8.1(a), (b), (h) or (i)), and conditions requiring the accuracy of customary “Sungard” representations relating to legal existence, corporate power and authority, authorization, execution and delivery, and legality, validity and enforceability, of the loan documentation, creation, perfection and priority of liens (subject to Permitted Liens), Federal Reserve margin regulations, the Investment Company Act, use of proceeds not violating the USA PATRIOT Act, FCPA, OFAC and other anti-terrorism laws, solvency and no violation of, or conflict with, charter documents as it relates to the loan documentation, in each case, which shall be required to be met upon the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction) shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction or related transactions. If the Borrower has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio with respect to any other transactions on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement for, or offer in respect of, such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio shall be calculated (and tested) on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) had been consummated on the LCT Test Date; provided that in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio with respect to the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement for, or offer in respect of, such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio shall be calculated (and tested) both (i) on a

 

61


Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) had been consummated on the LCT Test Date and (ii) assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) had not been consummated on the LCT Test Date.

Section 1.12 Exchange Rates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of any determination under Articles 6, 7 or 8 or any determination under any other provision of this Credit Agreement expressly requiring the use of a current exchange rate, all amounts incurred, outstanding, or proposed to be incurred or outstanding in currencies other than Dollars shall be translated into Dollars at the Spot Rate; provided, however, that for purposes of determining compliance with Article 7 with respect to the amount of any Indebtedness, Investment, Lien or Disposition in a currency other than Dollars, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness, Lien or Investment is incurred or after such Disposition is made; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.12 shall otherwise apply to such Articles, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness, Lien, or Investment may be incurred or Disposition made at any time under such Articles. For purposes of any determination of Consolidated Total Debt, amounts in currencies other than Dollars shall be translated into Dollars at the currency exchange rates used in preparing the most recently delivered Financial Statements.

Section 1.13 Timing of Payment or Performance. Except as otherwise provided herein, when the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty, or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on (or before) a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

Section 1.14 Certifications. All certifications to be made hereunder by an officer or representative of a Loan Party shall be made by such a Person in his or her capacity solely as an officer or a representative of such Loan Party, on such Loan Party’s behalf and not in such Person’s individual capacity.

Section 1.15 Compliance with Certain Sections. In the event that any Lien, Investment, Indebtedness (whether at the time of incurrence or upon application of all or a portion of the proceeds thereof), Disposition, Affiliate transaction or prepayment of Indebtedness meets the criteria of one or more than one of the categories of transactions then permitted pursuant to any clause or subsection of the applicable Sections 7.1, 7.2 7.37.47.5 or 7.6, then such transaction (or portion thereof) at any time shall be allocated to one or more of such clauses or subsections within the relevant Section as determined by the Borrower in its sole discretion at such time and may be reclassified by the Borrower in its sole discretion from time to time.

 

62


Section 1.16 Designation of Borrowers.

(a) The Borrower may from time to time designate one or more additional borrowers (each, an “Additional Borrower”) for purposes of this Credit Agreement by delivering to the Administrative Agent: (i) written notice (including via email) of its election to become an Additional Borrower duly executed on behalf of such Restricted Subsidiary and the applicable Borrower not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the proposed effectiveness of such election (or such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent); (ii) all documentation and other information with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or, in the case of any Additional Borrower under any Credit Facility, any Revolving Lender at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date of such effectiveness (or such later date as may be agreed by the Borrower) that is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the USA PATRIOT Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the date of such effectiveness (or such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent); (iii) (A) solely to the extent such Additional Borrower is not already a Loan Party, all documents, updated schedules, instruments, certificates and agreements (including applicable Loan Documents), and all other actions and information, then required by or in respect of such Additional Borrower by Section 6.12 or by the Loan Documents or any intercreditor agreement (in each case, without giving effect to any grace periods for delivery of such items, the updating of such information or the taking of such actions), including a pledge of 100% of the Equity Interests in such Additional Borrower, (B) a legal opinion of counsel to the Additional Borrower relating to such Additional Borrower, in form and substance consistent with that delivered in respect of the Borrower on the Closing Date, and (C) a customary secretary’s certificate attaching such documents as were delivered by the Borrower on the Closing Date; (iv) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating that, as of the date the Additional Borrower joins this Credit Agreement as such, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (v) promissory notes in respect of such Additional Borrower in favor of any Lender requesting such promissory notes, in form and substance consistent with the Notes set forth in Exhibit C-1 (modified to reflect such Additional Borrower); and (vi) a customary joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent whereby the Additional Borrower becomes party hereto as a Borrower and appoints the Borrower as “Borrower Agent” hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. The Obligations of the Borrower and each Additional Borrower shall be joint and several in nature.

(b) After such deliveries, the appointment of the Additional Borrower shall be effective upon the effectiveness of an amendment to this Credit Agreement and any applicable Loan Document necessary (in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent) to give effect to the appointment of such Additional Borrower (in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, including amendments to disambiguate certain uses of the word “Borrower” and related terms hereunder).

 

63


ARTICLE 2

THE CREDITS

Section 2.1 Commitments.

(a) Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Revolving Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower in Dollars from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding such Revolving Lender’s Commitment or (ii) the Total Revolving Outstandings exceeding the aggregate Commitments. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Revolving Loans may be ABR Loans or SOFR Loans, as further provided herein.

Section 2.2 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.

(a) Each Borrowing (other than a Swingline Borrowing which shall be made in accordance with Section 2.3), each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of SOFR Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice, to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be made in writing (or in the case of telephonic notice, promptly confirmed in writing electronic delivery permitted) substantially in the form of a Committed Loan Notice appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and received by the Administrative Agent (i) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m. three (3) Government Securities Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, or (ii) in the case of any other Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m. three (3) Government Securities Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, so long as Informa Group Holdings Limited (or any of its Affiliates) is the administrative agent, all Committed Loan Notices shall be provided exclusively by electronic mail to the email address set out in Schedule 10.1.

(b) Except as provided in Section 2.3(c), each Borrowing or conversion of Loans shall be in a principal amount of the Borrowing Minimum or a whole multiple of the Borrowing Multiple in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (A) whether the Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of SOFR Loans, (B) the requested date of the Borrowing, continuation or conversion, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (C) the Class and principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, continued or converted, (D) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted, (E) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”, and (F) the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.2. Notwithstanding anything in this Credit Agreement to the contrary, if the Borrower:

(i) requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of SOFR Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month; or

(ii) (i) fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or then the applicable Loans shall be made as ABR Loans, (ii) fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation of SOFR Loans, then the applicable Loans shall be continued as SOFR Loans with an Interest Period of one month or (iii) fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation of ABR Loans, then the applicable Loans shall be continued as ABR Loans.

 

64


For avoidance of doubt, the Borrower and Lenders acknowledge and agree that any conversion or continuation of an existing Loan shall be deemed to be a continuation of that Loan with a converted interest rate methodology and not a new Loan. Any automatic conversion or continuation as provided above shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable SOFR Loans. No Swingline Loan may be converted into any Type of Loan other than an ABR Loan.

(c) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Appropriate Lender of the details of any automatic conversion or continuation described in Section 2.2(b). In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make (or cause its Applicable Lending Office to make) the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent, by transfer in immediately available funds to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders, not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction or waiver of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.2 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.1), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by transfer to the account of the Borrower that is designated in the Committed Loan Notice; provided that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are Swingline Loans outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied first, to the payment in full of any such Swingline Loans, and then, to the Borrower as provided above.

(d) Except as otherwise provided herein, a SOFR Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan unless the Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.5 in connection therewith. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require with written notice to the Borrower that (i) no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as SOFR Loans and (ii) unless repaid, each SOFR Loan be converted to an ABR Loan at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Appropriate Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for SOFR Loans upon determination of such interest rate.

(f) The failure of any Appropriate Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Appropriate Lender of its obligations hereunder, provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several, and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required. All Borrowings made on the Closing Date must be made as ABR Borrowings unless the Borrower shall have given a Committed Loan Notice requesting a SOFR Borrowing (which such notice shall, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, extend the benefits of Section 3.5 to the Appropriate Lenders in respect of such Borrowings).

(g) Anything in clauses (a) through (d) above to the contrary notwithstanding, after giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Loans of the same Type, there shall not be more than eight (8) Interest Periods in effect at any time for all Borrowings of SOFR Loans.

 

65


Section 2.3 Swingline Loans.

(a) The Swingline. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth and upon the agreements of the Revolving Lenders set forth in this Section 2.3, the Swingline Lender shall make Swingline Loans to the Borrower in Dollars from time to time on any Business Day after the making of the initial Revolving Loans through the seventh Business Day preceding the Maturity Date; provided that after giving effect to each Swingline Loan, (i) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Swingline Loans shall not exceed the Swingline Sublimit and (ii) the Total Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the aggregate Commitments; provided, further, that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swingline Loan to refinance any outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.3, prepay under Section 2.7, and reborrow under this Section 2.3.

(b) Borrowing Procedures. Each Swingline Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swingline Lender, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swingline Lender not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum, (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day and (iii) the maturity date of the requested Swingline Loan which shall be not later than seven (7) Business Days after the making of such Swingline Loan. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or facsimile (or transmitted by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent) of a written Swingline Loan Notice to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swingline Lender of any telephonic Swingline Loan Notice, the Swingline Lender will, provided that all applicable conditions in Section 4.2 are satisfied or waived, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swingline Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by crediting the account of the Borrower maintained with the Swingline Lender and notify the Administrative Agent thereof in writing.

(c) Refinancing of Swingline Loans.

(i) The Swingline Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swingline Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Revolving Lender make on such borrowing date an ABR Revolving Loan in Dollars in an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.2, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of ABR Loans. Each Revolving Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in Dollars for the account of

 

66


the Swingline Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Payment Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.3(c)(ii), each Revolving Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made an ABR Revolving Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swingline Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swingline Loan cannot be refinanced by a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.3(c)(i), the request for ABR Revolving Loans submitted by the Swingline Lender as set forth therein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swingline Lender that each of the Revolving Lenders purchase for cash a risk participation in the relevant Swingline Loan in Dollars and each Revolving Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to make such purchase in an amount equal to the product of such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage multiplied by the amount of such Swingline Loan. Each Revolving Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Revolving Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender any amount required to be paid by such Revolving Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.3(c) by the time specified in Section 2.3(c)(i), the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Revolving Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swingline Lender at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. A certificate of the Swingline Lender submitted to any Revolving Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this Section 2.3(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance; provided that each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans (but not to purchase and fund risk participations in Swingline Loans) pursuant to this Section 2.3(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.2. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swingline Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations.

(i) At any time after any Revolving Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swingline Loan, if the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of such Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Revolving Lender its Applicable Percentage of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Revolving Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swingline Lender.

 

67


(ii) If any payment received by the Swingline Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swingline Loan is required to be returned by the Swingline Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.11 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swingline Lender in its discretion), each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Swingline Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swingline Lender.

(e) Interest for Account of Swingline Lender. Until each Revolving Lender funds its ABR Revolving Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.3 to refinance such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Swingline Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swingline Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swingline Lender. The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swingline Loans directly to the Swingline Lender and the Swingline Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof.

Section 2.4 [Reserved].

Section 2.5 Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

(a) Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the last day of the Availability Period.

(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments, provided that (i) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment or repayment of the Revolving Loans and the Swingline Loans in accordance with Section 2.7, the sum of the Revolving Exposures of all Revolving Lenders would exceed the aggregate Commitments, (ii) each such reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $2,500,000 and not less than $5,000,000, and (iii) any reduction of the Commitments to an amount below the Swingline Sublimit shall automatically reduce the Swingline Sublimit on a Dollar for Dollar basis. If at any time, as a result of such a partial reduction or termination as provided in Section 2.5(a), the Revolving Exposure of all Lenders would exceed the aggregate Commitments, then the Borrower shall on the date of such reduction or termination of Commitments, repay or prepay Revolving Borrowings or Swingline Loans (or a combination thereof) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section at least three (3) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree) prior to the effective date of such repayment, termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Revolving Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable, provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or transactions, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied subject to the Borrower’s obligation to indemnify the Lenders pursuant to Section 3.5. Each reduction, and any termination, of the Commitments shall be permanent and each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Revolving Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments.

 

68


Section 2.6 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

(a) Payment at Maturity. The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan together with all accrued interest thereon on the earlier of the Maturity Date and, if different, the date of the termination of the Commitments in accordance with the provisions of this Credit Agreement, and (ii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan together with all accrued interest thereon on the earliest of (A) the maturity date selected by the Borrower for such Swingline Loan, (B) the Maturity Date and (C) the date of the termination of the Commitments in accordance with the provisions of this Credit Agreement.

(b) Notes. Any Lender may request through the Administrative Agent that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to (i) in the case of a Revolving Lender, a Revolving Loan Note, and (ii) in the case of the Swingline Lender, a Swingline Loan Note. In addition, if requested by a Lender, its Note may be made payable to such Lender and its registered assigns in which case all Loans evidenced by such Note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 10.4) be represented by one or more Notes in like form payable to the order of the payee named therein and its registered assigns. Upon request of the Borrower, promptly following the Termination Date, each Lender shall return to the Borrower any Note issued to it, or in the case of any loss, theft or destruction of any such Note, a lost note affidavit in customary form.

(c) Lender Records. Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan owing to such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(d) Register. Entries made in good faith by the Administrative Agent in the Register pursuant to Section 10.4(c), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to Section 2.6(b) or 2.6(c), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Credit Agreement, absent manifest error; provided, however, that the failure of the Administrative Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Credit Agreement. Copies of the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section will be made available to the Borrower promptly upon the Borrower’s request.

 

69


Section 2.7 Prepayments.

(a) Optional Prepayments.

(i) The Borrower may, upon written notice (electronic delivery permitted) to the Administrative Agent, at any time and from time to time, voluntarily prepay any Borrowing of any Class in whole or in part without premium or penalty (except as set forth in Section 3.5)), provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (1) three (3) Government Securities Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of a SOFR Borrowing and (2) one (1) Business Day prior to the date of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing (or, in each case, such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree) and (B) each prepayment shall be in a principal amount of the Borrowing Minimum or a whole multiple of the Borrowing Multiple in excess thereof or, in each case, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, provided that a notice of prepayment may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or transactions, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice (electronic delivery permitted) to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied subject to the Borrower’s obligation to indemnify the Lenders pursuant to Section 3.5.

(ii) The Borrower may, upon written notice to the Swingline Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swingline Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment (or such later date as the Swingline Lender may agree) and (B) any such prepayment shall be in a principal amount of the Borrowing Minimum or a whole multiple of the Borrowing Multiple in excess thereof or the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(b) Prepayments of Revolving Loans. If for any reason the Total Revolving Outstandings at any time exceed the aggregate Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall immediately prepay, without premium or penalty, Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

(c) General Rules. All prepayments shall be subject to Section 3.5, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. All prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest thereon and any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.5.

Section 2.8 Payments Generally; Administrative Agents Clawback.

(a) General. Each Loan Party shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document (whether of principal of Loans, interest or fees, or of amounts payable under Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 or 10.3, or otherwise) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date when due, in immediately available funds. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrower

 

70


hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, to request on behalf of the Borrower, Revolving Loans (which shall be ABR Loans) or Swingline Loans, in an amount sufficient to pay all principal, interest, fees, or other amounts from time to time due and payable by any Loan Party to any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document. All payments to be made by a Loan Party hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff, without setoff or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent’s Payment Office, except payments to be made to the Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 or 10.3, shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars.

(b) Pro Rata Treatment. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.8 and as otherwise required under Section 3.4(e), each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans, each payment of fees, each reduction of the Commitments and each conversion of any Borrowing to or continuation of any Borrowing as a Borrowing of any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments (or, if such Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their outstanding Loans of the applicable Class). Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender’s percentage of such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole Dollar amount. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.8 or elsewhere in this Credit Agreement, the Borrower may extend the final maturity of Incremental Term Loans and/or Revolving Commitments in connection with an Extension Amendment that is permitted under Section 2.12 without being obligated to effect such extensions on a pro rata basis among the Lenders (it being understood that no such Extension Amendment (i) shall constitute a payment or prepayment of any Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as applicable, for purposes of this Section 2.8 or (ii) shall reduce the amount of any scheduled amortization payment due pursuant to any Incremental Assumption Agreement, except that the amount of any scheduled amortization payment due to a Lender of Extended Term Loans may be reduced to the extent provided pursuant to the express terms of the respective Term Loan Extension Request) without giving rise to any violation of this Section 2.8 or any other provision of this Credit Agreement. Furthermore, the Borrower may take all actions contemplated by Section 2.12 in connection with any Extension Amendment (including modifying pricing, amortization and repayments or prepayments), and in each case such actions shall be permitted, and the differing payments contemplated therein shall be permitted without giving rise to any violation of this Section 2.8 or any other provision of this Credit Agreement.

 

71


(c) Administrative Agent’s Clawback; Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent.

(i) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender (x) in the case of ABR Borrowings, two (2) Business Days prior to the proposed time of such Borrowing and (y) otherwise, prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.2 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the Appropriate Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(iii) Notice by Administrative Agent. A notice from the Administrative Agent to any Lender (with a copy to Borrower) with respect to any amount owing under this paragraph (c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and purchase participations in Swingline Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.3(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or purchase participations in Swingline Loans or make any payment under Section 10.3(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, purchase its participation in Swingline Loans or to make its payment under Section 10.3(c).

 

72


(e) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article 2, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the borrowing of Loans set forth in Article 4 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(f) Funding Source. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner; provided, that each Lender hereby represents that it is not relying on or looking to any margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board) for the repayment of the Borrowings provided for herein.

(g) Insufficient Payment. Subject to the provisions of Article 8, whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Credit Parties under or in respect of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent (i) first, towards payment of all fees and expenses due to the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents, (ii) second, towards payment of all expenses then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance herewith, (iii) third, towards payment of interest, fees and commissions then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest, fees and commissions then due to such parties, and (iv) fourth, towards payment of principal of Loans then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal of Loans then due to such parties.

(h) Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or other obligations hereunder resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon or other such obligations greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then such Lender shall (x) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (y) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them; provided that:

(i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Credit Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant.

 

73


The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of each Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

Section 2.9 Defaulting Lenders.

(a) Defaulting Lender Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Credit Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Credit Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Required Lenders and Section 10.2.

(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article 8 or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.8 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Swingline Lender hereunder; third, [reserved]; fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Credit Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Credit Agreement; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders or Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender or Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document; seventh, so long as no Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the Revolving Facility without giving effect to Section 2.9(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 2.9(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

74


(iii) Certain Fees.

(A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any Commitment Fee for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

(iv) Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure. If any Swingline Loans are outstanding at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then all or any part of the Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment. Subject to Section 10.17, no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(v) Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swingline Loans. If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the Swingline Lender’s Fronting Exposure.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Swingline Lender agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Swingline Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the Commitments under the Revolving Facility (without giving effect to Section 2.9(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

(c) New Swingline Loans. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect to such Swingline Loan.

Section 2.10 [Reserved].

 

75


Section 2.11 Incremental Commitments.

(a) The Borrower may, from time to time, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, request Incremental Term Loan Commitments (together with delayed draw term loan commitments (“Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments” and the Loans thereunder, the “Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loans”), the “Incremental Term Loan Commitments” and the Loans provided thereunder, “Incremental Term Loans”) and/or additional Revolving Commitments, as applicable (“Incremental Revolving Commitment” and together with the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, “Incremental Commitments”, and collectively with Incremental Term Loan Commitments and Incremental Term Loans, “Incremental Facilities”), from one or more Lenders (in the sole discretion of such Lenders) or Eligible Assignees who will become Lenders (in each case, subject to the consent of Informa Group Holdings Limited in its sole discretion (solely so long as Informa Group Holdings Limited or any of its Affiliates is a Lender), each, an “Additional Lender”), in an aggregate principal amount of up to the sum of (x) the greater of (A) $125,000,000 and (B) 100.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period calculated on a Pro Forma Basis (in each case less any such amount previously utilized to incur any Incremental Equivalent Debt) plus (y) all voluntary prepayments, debt buy-backs (including, in the case of loan buy-backs, the cash amount of loans repurchased), and voluntary permanent commitment reductions and payments utilizing Section 3.7(b), as applicable, of any Incremental Term Loans and any Incremental Equivalent Debt (including voluntary prepayments made at a discount to par, with credit given for the cash amount of the debt repurchased), payments utilizing Section 3.7(b) and voluntary permanent commitment reductions of the Revolving Facility and any Incremental Revolving Commitments prior to the date of any such incurrence, in each case, to the extent not funded with the proceeds of long term debt (other than revolving Indebtedness) (in each case, other than any prepayments, buy-backs or reductions of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on clause (z)) plus (z) an additional unlimited principal amount so long as at the time of the incurrence of such Incremental Commitments (with any Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments being deemed incurred at the time of establishment) and immediately after giving effect thereto and to the use of the proceeds thereof (assuming the full utilization thereof), the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the incurrence of such Incremental Facility (other than any amount incurred simultaneously therewith under clause (x) and/or (y) above) and any Acquisition or Investment consummated in connection therewith, and assuming for purposes of this calculation that (a) the full committed amount of any Incremental Commitment (including any Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments) then being incurred is fully drawn and (b) the cash proceeds of such Incremental Commitment then being incurred shall not be netted from Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio) shall be less than or equal to 2.50:1.00 for the most recently ended Measurement Period (the sum of clauses (x), (y) and (z), the “Available Incremental Amount”); provided that all or any portion of any Incremental Commitments or Incremental Equivalent Debt incurred in reliance on clause (x) and/or clause (y) shall be reclassified as the Borrower may elect from time to time as incurred under clause (z) if the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not have exceeded 2.50:1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis for the most recently ended Measurement Period at the time of such proposed reclassification, and if the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 2.50:1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis at the end of any subsequent Measurement Period after the initial incurrence of such Incremental Commitments or Incremental Equivalent Debt, such reclassification shall be deemed to have automatically occurred whether or not elected by the

 

76


Borrower. Each such person providing an Incremental Revolving Commitment, if not already a Lender hereunder, shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Facility being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum amount of $10,000,000) and (ii) the date on which such Incremental Facility is requested to become effective (which shall not be less than ten (10) Business Days nor more than sixty (60) calendar days after the date of such notice, unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent). All Incremental Facilities shall be made in Dollars.

(b) The Borrower and each Incremental Term Loan Lender and/or additional Revolving Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Assumption Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Commitment of such Lender. Subject to clause (c) below, each Incremental Assumption Agreement in respect of Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall specify the terms of the Incremental Term Loans. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Assumption Agreement. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Assumption Agreement, this Credit Agreement shall be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Commitments evidenced thereby. Any such amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

(c) The terms of each Incremental Facility shall contain the following:

(i) no Lender shall be required to participate in any Incremental Facility;

(ii) any Incremental Facility shall not be guaranteed by any person other than a Loan Party;

(iii) other than any Incremental Term Loans in the form of a customary bridge facility, so long as the long term Indebtedness into which any such customary bridge facility is to be converted or exchanged satisfies this clause or so long as such customary bridge facility is converted or exchanged into equity securities (including common or preferred), the Incremental Term Loans shall not mature earlier than the Latest Maturity Date of the Revolving Facility;

(iv) [reserved];

(v) subject to clause (iii) above, the amortization schedule applicable to any Incremental Term Loans shall be determined by the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans; provided that, if there are no then-existing term loans hereunder, the amortization shall not exceed 20.0% per annum;

(vi) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom (except in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, where such condition shall be (x) no Default at signing and (y) no Event of Default under Sections 8.1(a), (b), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom at the time such Incremental Commitment is incurred);

 

77


(vii) the pricing, interest rate, discounts, premiums, floors and fees applicable to any Incremental Term Loans shall be determined by the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans;

(viii) any Incremental Term Loans may provide for the ability to participate on a pro rata basis, or on a less than or greater than pro rata basis, in any voluntary prepayments of any then-existing term loans (or mandatory prepayment with proceeds of Refinancing Indebtedness) and on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis) in any other mandatory prepayments of any then-existing term loans (except that the Borrower shall be permitted to prepay any class of term loans on a greater than pro rata basis as compared to any other class of term loans with a later maturity date than such class) (provided that any Incremental Term Loans (including, without limitation, any unsecured or secured indebtedness) may participate on a pro rata basis, or on a less than or greater than pro rata basis, in any mandatory prepayment with proceeds of Refinancing Indebtedness);

(ix) in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, there shall be no requirement for the Borrower to satisfy any of the conditions in Section 4.2 at the time the Incremental Commitment is incurred (including the absence of any default or the bring-down of the representations and warranties) unless otherwise required by the lenders providing the proposed Incremental Commitment (provided that (i) the amount that can be incurred under the Available Incremental Amount cannot be increased without the consent of the Required Lenders and (ii) the absence of an Event of Default under Sections 8.1(a), (b), (h) or (i) cannot be omitted or waived without the consent of the Required Lenders);

(x) except as otherwise required or permitted in clauses (i) through (ix) above, all other terms of such Incremental Term Loans shall be on terms and pursuant to documentation to be determined by the Borrower and the lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans;

(xi) all material terms of any Incremental Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans thereunder shall be identical to the existing Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans (it being acknowledged that, if required to consummate an Incremental Revolving Commitment, (a) the Applicable Margin, Floor and Commitment Fees on the Revolving Facility may be increased for all Revolving Lenders under the Revolving Facility without the consent of any other Lender, (b) additional upfront or similar fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Incremental Revolving Commitment without any requirement to pay such amounts to any Revolving Lenders that do not participate in such Incremental Revolving Commitment, and (c) any terms of such Incremental Revolving Commitment may be more favorable to the Lenders thereunder if such terms are also added for the benefit of the Revolving Facility being increased); and

 

78


(d) On any date on which Incremental Commitments are established pursuant to an Incremental Assumption Agreement (such date, the “Incremental Effective Date”), subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing and following terms and conditions, with respect to Incremental Revolving Commitments, (i) each Additional Lender providing an Incremental Revolving Commitment (an “Incremental Revolving Lender”) shall purchase from each of the Revolving Lenders with Revolving Commitments, at the principal amount thereof, such interests in the Revolving Loans outstanding on such Incremental Effective Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, the Revolving Loans will be held by existing Revolving Lenders and Incremental Revolving Lenders ratably in accordance with their Revolving Commitments after giving effect to the addition of such Incremental Revolving Commitments to the existing Revolving Commitments, (ii) each Incremental Revolving Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Commitment and, each Loan made under an Incremental Revolving Commitment (a “Incremental Revolving Loan”) shall be deemed, for all purposes, Revolving Loans and (iii) each Incremental Revolving Lender shall become a Revolving Lender with respect to the Incremental Revolving Commitment and all matters relating thereto; provided that the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender shall have consented (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to such Incremental Revolving Lender’s providing such Incremental Revolving Commitment to the extent such consent, if any, would be required under Section 10.2 for an assignment of Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, to such Incremental Revolving Lender.

(e) On any Incremental Effective Date on which any Incremental Term Loan Commitments of any series are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Section 2.11, (i) each Additional Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment (each, a “Incremental Term Loan Lender”) of any series shall make an Incremental Term Loan in an amount equal to its Incremental Term Loan Commitment of such series, and (ii) each Incremental Term Loan Lender of any series shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of such series and the Incremental Term Loans of such series made pursuant thereto. On any Incremental Effective Date on which any Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments of any series are effective, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the foregoing terms and conditions, (A) each Additional Lender with an Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment (each, a “Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender”) of any series shall provide commitments to make Incremental Term Loans to the Borrower in an amount equal to its Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment of such series, and (B) each Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender of any series shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment of such series and the Incremental Term Loans of such series made pursuant thereto.

(f) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may take any and all action as may be reasonably necessary to ensure that all Incremental Term Loans, when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of outstanding Term Loans on a pro rata basis. This may be accomplished at the discretion of the Administrative Agent by requiring each outstanding SOFR Borrowing of the relevant Class to be converted into an ABR Borrowing of such Class on the date of each Incremental Term Loan, or by allocating a portion of each Incremental Term Loan to each outstanding SOFR Borrowing of the same Class on a pro rata basis, even though as a result thereof such Incremental Term Loan may effectively have a shorter Interest Period than the term loans included in the Borrowing of which they are a part (and notwithstanding any other provision of this Credit Agreement that would prohibit such an initial Interest Period). Any conversion or prepayment made pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be subject to Section 3.5 (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall consult with the Borrower regarding the foregoing and, to the extent practicable, will attempt to pursue options that minimize breakage costs).

 

79


(g) Each Incremental Assumption Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect technical and corresponding amendments to this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provision of this Section 2.11 (including (i) to increase the effective yield of the applicable Class of Incremental Term Loans, or make other changes to any applicable Class of Incremental Term Loans that are favorable to the Lenders thereof, in any such case to the extent necessary in order to ensure that any applicable Class of Incremental Term Loans are “fungible” with any applicable existing Class of Term Loans, (ii) to add mechanics to allow for the accrual and payment of payment-in-kind interest in respect of any such additional Class of Incremental Term Loans and to add any “AHYDO” payment provisions related thereto and/or (iii) to add or extend, in either case, any other “call protection” for the benefit of any applicable existing Class of Term Loans).

(h) The Borrower may, in lieu of Incremental Term Facilities, utilize any part of the Available Incremental Amount at any time by issuing or incurring Incremental Equivalent Debt. Any such Incremental Equivalent Debt (a) shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 2.11(c)(iii) in respect of Incremental Facilities, (b) shall be deemed to be senior secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio for purposes of calculating the Available Incremental Amount, (c) shall not be guaranteed by any Person other than a Loan Party and (d) shall be subject to the consent of Informa Group Holdings Limited in its sole discretion (solely so long as Informa Group Holdings Limited or any of its Affiliates is a Lender). Any Incremental Equivalent Debt that is secured shall be subject to a customary intercreditor agreement on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

Section 2.12 Extension Facilities.

(a) The Borrower may at any time, and from time to time, request that all or a portion of the Incremental Term Loans of any Class (an “Existing Term Loan Class”) be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Incremental Term Loans (any such Incremental Term Loans which have been so converted, “Extended Term Loans” and the commitments thereunder, the “Extended Term Loan Commitments”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.12. In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Existing Term Loan Class which such request shall be offered equally to all such Lenders) (a “Term Loan Extension Request”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall be on terms to be agreed between the Borrower and any Lender providing such Extended Term Loan; provided, however, that (x) the scheduled final maturity date shall be extended and all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization of principal of the Incremental Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class (with any such delay resulting in a corresponding adjustment to the scheduled amortization payments reflected in this Credit Agreement or in the Incremental Assumption Agreement, as the case may be, with respect

 

80


to the Existing Term Loan Class from which such Extended Term Loans were converted, in each case as more particularly set forth below in Section 2.12(d), (y) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Term Loans may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Incremental Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class and/or (B) additional fees, premiums or applicable high-yield discount obligation (“AHYDO”) payments may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Term Loans in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A), in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.12 or otherwise, no Extended Term Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the date on which the Existing Term Loan Class from which they were converted is repaid in full, except in accordance with Section 2.7(a). No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Incremental Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Class converted into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request. Any Extended Term Loans of any Extension Series shall constitute a separate Class of Term Loans from the Existing Term Loan Class from which they were converted.

(b) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Revolving Commitments of any Class, any Extended Revolving Commitments and/or any Incremental Revolving Commitments, each existing at the time of such request (each, an “Existing Revolving Commitment” and any related revolving credit loans thereunder, “Existing Revolving Loans”; each Existing Revolving Commitment and related Existing Revolving Loans together being referred to as an “Existing Revolving Class”) be converted to extend the termination date thereof (the “Extended Revolving Credit Maturity Date”) and the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of Loans related to such Existing Revolving Commitments (any such Existing Revolving Commitments which have been so extended, “Extended Revolving Commitments” and any related Loans, “Extended Revolving Loans”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.12. In order to establish any Extended Revolving Commitments, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Class of Existing Revolving Commitments which such request shall be offered equally to all such Lenders) (a “Revolving Loan Extension Request”, and together with any Term Loan Extension Request, each an “Extension Request”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Revolving Commitments to be established, which shall be on terms to be agreed between the Borrower and any Lender providing Extended Revolving Commitments; provided, however, that (w) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Revolving Commitments shall be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Existing Revolving Commitments, (x) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Revolving Commitments may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Existing Revolving Commitments and/or (B) additional fees and premiums may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Revolving Commitments in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A) and (y) the revolving credit commitment fee rate with respect to the Extended Revolving Commitments may be higher or lower than the revolving credit commitment fee rate for the Existing Revolving Commitment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.12 or otherwise, (1) the borrowing and repayment (other than in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments) of Loans with respect to any Extended Revolving Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Commitments and (2) assignments and participations of Extended Revolving Commitments and Extended Revolving Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable

 

81


to Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans related to such Commitments set forth in Section 10.4. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitments of any Existing Revolving Class converted into Extended Revolving Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments pursuant to any Revolving Loan Extension Request. Each Extended Revolving Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Commitment and, each Loan made under an Extended Revolving Commitment shall be deemed, for all purposes, Revolving Loans. Any Extended Revolving Commitments of any Extension Series shall constitute a separate Class of Revolving Commitments from the Existing Revolving Commitments and from any other Revolving Commitments (together with any other Extended Revolving Commitments so established on such date).

(c) Any Lender (an “Extending Lender”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans and/or Revolving Commitments of the existing Class or Classes subject to such Extension Request converted into Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, shall notify the Administrative Agent (an “Extension Election”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans and/or Revolving Commitments of the existing Class or Classes subject to such Extension Request that it has elected to convert into Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable. In the event that the aggregate amount of Term Loans and/or Revolving Commitments of the existing Class or Classes subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, requested pursuant to the Extension Request, Term Loans and/or Revolving Commitments of the existing Class or Classes subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate amount of Term Loans and/or Revolving Commitments included in each such Extension Election. Notwithstanding the conversion of any Existing Revolving Commitment into an Extended Revolving Commitment, such Extended Revolving Commitment shall be treated identically to all other Revolving Commitments for purposes of the obligations of a Revolving Lender in respect of Swingline Loans under Section 2.3, except that the applicable Extension Amendment may provide that the Maturity Date applicable to the Swingline Sublimit may be extended and the related obligations to make Swingline Loans may be continued so long as the Swingline Lender has consented to such extensions in their sole discretion (it being understood that no consent of any other Lender shall be required in connection with any such extension).

(d) Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an “Extension Amendment”) to this Credit Agreement (which, except to the extent expressly contemplated by the last sentence of this Section 2.12(d) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 10.2, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, established thereby) executed by the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Extending Lenders. No Extension Amendment shall provide for any tranche of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $5,000,000. In addition to any terms and changes required or permitted by Section 2.12(a) or Section 2.12(b), each Extension Amendment (x) shall amend the scheduled amortization payments pursuant to this Credit Agreement or the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement with respect to the Existing Term Loan Class from which the Extended Term Loans were converted to reduce each scheduled prepayment of principal for the

 

82


Existing Term Loan Class in the same proportion as the amount of Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class is to be converted pursuant to such Extension Amendment (it being understood that the amount of any prepayment of principal payable with respect to any individual Term Loan of such Existing Term Loan Class that is not an Extended Term Loan shall not be reduced as a result thereof) and (y) may, but shall not be required to, impose additional requirements (not inconsistent with the provisions of this Credit Agreement in effect at such time) with respect to the final maturity and Weighted Average Life to Maturity of Term Loans incurred following the date of such Extension Amendment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.12(d) and without limiting the generality or applicability of Section 10.2 to any Section 2.12 Additional Amendment, any Extension Amendment may provide for additional terms and/or additional amendments other than those referred to or contemplated above (any such additional amendment, a “Section 2.12 Additional Amendment”) to this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such Section 2.12 Additional Amendments are within the requirements of Section 2.12(a) or Section 2.12(b) and do not become effective prior to the time that such Section 2.12 Additional Amendments have been consented to (including, without limitation, pursuant to (1) consents applicable to holders of Loans provided for in any Incremental Assumption Agreement and (2) consents applicable to holders of any Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments provided for in any Extension Amendment) by such of the Lenders, Loan Parties and other parties (if any) as may be required in order for such Section 2.12 Additional Amendments to become effective in accordance with Section 10.2.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Credit Agreement, (A) on any date on which any existing Class is converted to extend the related scheduled maturity date(s) in accordance with Section 2.12(a) and/or Section 2.12(b) above (an “Extension Date”), (I) in the case of the existing Term Loans of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such existing Term Loans shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Term Loans so converted by such Lender on such date, and the Extended Term Loans shall be established as a separate Class of Term Loans (together with any other Extended Term Loans so established on such date), and (II) in the case of the Existing Revolving Commitments of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such Existing Revolving Commitments shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Revolving Commitments so converted by such Lender on such date, and such Extended Revolving Commitments shall be established as a separate Class of revolving credit commitments from the Existing Revolving Commitments (together with any other Extended Revolving Commitments so established on such date) and (B) if, on any Extension Date, any Loans of any Extending Lender are outstanding under the applicable Existing Revolving Commitments, such Loans (and any related participations) shall be deemed to be allocated as Extended Revolving Loans (and related participations) and Existing Revolving Loans (and related participations) in the same proportion as such Extending Lender’s Existing Revolving Commitments to Extended Revolving Commitments.

(f) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders (other than the Swingline Lender to the extent such consent is expressly required by this Section 2.12) hereby consent to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.12 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees, or premium in respect of any Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Commitments on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Amendment) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, any pro rata payment or amendment section) or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit or restrict any such extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.12.

 

83


Section 2.13 Refinancing Facilities.

(a) On one or more occasions after the Closing Date, the Borrower may, subject to the consent of Informa Group Holdings Limited in its sole discretion (solely so long as Informa Group Holdings Limited or any of its Affiliates is a Lender) obtain, in each case, from any Lender or any Additional Specified Refinancing Lender, Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans and the Revolving Loans (or unused Revolving Commitments) then outstanding under this Credit Agreement (which for purposes of this Section 2.13(a) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Specified Refinancing Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans), in the form of Specified Refinancing Term Loans, Specified Refinancing Term Loan Commitments, Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitments or Specified Refinancing Revolving Loans pursuant to a Specified Refinancing Amendment; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.13 or otherwise, (1) the borrowing and repayment (except for (A) payments of interest and fees at different rates on Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitments (and related outstandings), (B) repayments required upon the maturity date of the Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitments and (C) repayment made in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments (subject to clause (3) below)) of Loans with respect to Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitments after the date of obtaining any Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Commitments, (2) [reserved], (3) the permanent repayment of Revolving Loans with respect to, and termination of, Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitments after the date of obtaining any Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Commitments, except that the Borrower shall be permitted to permanently repay and terminate commitments of any such Class on a better than a pro rata basis as compared to any other Class with a later maturity date than such Class and (4) assignments and participations of Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitments and Specified Refinancing Revolving Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans.

(b) Each issuance of Refinancing Indebtedness under Section 2.13(a) shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) not less than $5,000,000 and (y) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

(c) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended pursuant to a Specified Refinancing Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto and (ii) make such other changes to this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the provisions and intent of Section 10.2 (without the consent of the Required Lenders called for therein) and (iii) effect such other amendments to this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.13, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such Specified Refinancing Amendment.

 

84


ARTICLE 3

INTEREST, FEES, YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.

Section 3.1 Interest.

(a) Interest Rate Generally. All ABR Loans (other than Swingline Loans, which shall bear interest in accordance with the second following sentence) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate as in effect from time to time; plus the Applicable Margin. All SOFR Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to Term SOFR for the Interest Period in effect for such Loans; plus the Applicable Margin. Each Swingline Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate as in effect from time to time; plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) Default Rate.

(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Sections 8.1(a), (b), (h) or (i), then, so long as such Event of Default is continuing, all outstanding principal of each Loan shall, without duplication of amounts payable under the preceding sentence, bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

(iii) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest Payment Dates. Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and at such other times as may be specified herein, provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any SOFR Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(d) Computation of Interest. All interest on SOFR Loans hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days (or in the case of interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate, such interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year)), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but

 

85


excluding the last day). Interest on ABR Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 365 (or 366, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). All interest hereunder on any Loan shall be computed on a daily basis based upon the outstanding principal amount of such Loan as of the applicable date of determination. The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Daily SOFR Rate or Term SOFR shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent clearly manifest error.

(e) Term SOFR Conforming Changes. In connection with the use or administration of Term SOFR, the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower) will have the right to make Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the effectiveness of any Conforming Changes in connection with the use or administration of Term SOFR.

Section 3.2 Fees.

(a) Commitment Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender, a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”), which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin on the average daily unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of such Revolving Lender during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date on which such Revolving Commitment terminates. For purposes of computing Commitment Fees, the Revolving Commitment of any Revolving Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the aggregate principal amount at such time of its outstanding Revolving Loans. Accrued Commitment Fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year, each date on which the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced and on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date. All Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(b) [reserved].

(c) Other Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to each Credit Party, for its own account, fees and other amounts payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon in writing between the Borrower and such Credit Party.

(d) Payment of Fees Generally. All fees payable hereunder shall be paid in dollars on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders entitled thereto. Fees and other amounts paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

86


Section 3.3 Inability to Determine Rates. Subject to Section 3.8, if, on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period for any SOFR Loan:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that “Term SOFR” cannot be determined pursuant to the definition thereof, or

(b) the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a SOFR Loan or a conversion thereto or a continuation thereof that Term SOFR for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed SOFR Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan for the applicable Interest Period, and the Required Lenders have provided notice of such determination to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender.

Upon notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, any obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain SOFR Loans and any right of the Borrower to continue SOFR Loans or to convert ABR Loans to SOFR Loans shall be suspended (to the extent of the affected Interest Periods) until the Administrative Agent (with respect to clause (b) above, at the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon the Borrower’s receipt of such notice, (i) the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of SOFR Loans (to the extent of the affected Interest Periods) or, failing that, the Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to ABR Loans in the amount specified therein and (ii) any outstanding affected SOFR Loans will be deemed to have been converted into ABR Loans at the end of the applicable Interest Period and (iii) in the case of clause (b)(ii) above, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3.1(a), each Swingline Loan shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin. Upon any such conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so converted, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.5. Subject to Section 3.8, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that “Term SOFR” cannot be determined pursuant to the definition thereof on any given day, the interest rate on ABR Loans shall be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to clause (c) of the definition of “Alternate Base Rate” until the Administrative Agent revokes such determination.

Section 3.4 Increased Costs; Illegality.

(a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including pursuant to regulations issued from time to time by the Federal Reserve Board for determining any maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, special, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement)), special deposit, liquidity, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender;

(ii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

 

87


(iii) impose on any Lender any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Credit Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or participation in any such Loan;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or other Recipient, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital Requirements. If any Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or any Applicable Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Credit Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Swingline Loans held by, such Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six (6) months prior to the date that such Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions, and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six (6) month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

(e) Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its Applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to SOFR or Term SOFR, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon SOFR or Term SOFR, then, upon notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower (through the Administrative Agent), (a) any obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain SOFR Loans, and any right of the Borrower to continue SOFR Loans or to convert ABR Loans to SOFR Loans, shall be suspended, and (b) the

 

88


interest rate on which ABR Loans shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to clause (c) of the definition of “Alternate Base Rate”, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (i) the Borrower shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, upon demand from any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all SOFR Loans to ABR Loans (the interest rate on which ABR Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to clause (c) of the definition of “Alternate Base Rate”), on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if all affected Lenders may lawfully continue to maintain such Loans to such day, or immediately, if any Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Loans to such day, and (ii) if necessary to avoid such illegality, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Alternate Base Rate without reference to clause (c) of the definition of “Alternate Base Rate” in each case until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by each affected Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon SOFR or Term SOFR. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.5.

Section 3.5 Compensation for Losses. In the event of (a) the payment or prepayment of any principal of any SOFR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any SOFR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any SOFR Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.7(a) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any SOFR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto or maturity date applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.7(b), then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for any loss, cost and expense attributable to such event (other than lost profits), including any loss, cost or expense arising from the liquidation or redeployment of funds. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

Section 3.6 Taxes.

(a) Defined Terms. For purposes of this Section 3.6, the term “Applicable Law” includes FATCA.

(b) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by Applicable Law. If any Applicable Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with

 

89


Applicable Law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.6) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(c) Payment of Other Taxes by the Loan Parties. Each of the Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(d) Indemnification by the Loan Parties. Each of the Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.6) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each of the Loan Parties shall also, and does hereby, jointly and severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender for any reason fails to pay indefeasibly to the Administrative Agent as required pursuant to Section 3.6(e)(ii).

(e) Indemnification by the Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.4(d) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).

(f) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 3.6, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(g) Status of Lenders.

 

90


(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 3.6(g)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or about the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Credit Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or about the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Credit Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (A) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (B) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;

 

91


(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” related to any Loan Party described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (B) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable; or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2 or Exhibit G-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Credit Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by Applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by Applicable Law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by Applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Credit Agreement.

 

92


Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(h) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 3.6 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.6), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 3.6 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid.

(i) Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 3.6 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the Termination Date.

(j) Confidentiality. Nothing contained in this Section 3.6 shall require any Credit Party or any other indemnified party to make available any of its Tax returns (or any other information that it deems to be confidential or proprietary) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

Section 3.7 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.4, or requires the Borrower to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.6, then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use reasonable efforts to designate a different Applicable Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.4 or Section 3.6, as the case may be, in the future, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

93


(b) Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.4 or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.6 and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different Applicable Lending Office in accordance with Section 3.7(a), or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.4), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 3.4 or Section 3.6) and obligations under this Credit Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that:

(i) unless waived by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 10.4;

(ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.5) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.4 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.6, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

(iv) such assignment does not conflict with Applicable Law; and

(v) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented (or is willing to consent upon becoming a Lender) to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

Section 3.8 Benchmark Replacement Setting.

(a) Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document (and each Swap Agreement shall be deemed not to be a “Loan Document” for purposes of this Section 3.8), if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (x) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (a) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent (subject to clause (y) below) of any other party to, this

 

94


Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and (y) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders. If the Benchmark Replacement is Daily Simple SOFR, all interest payments will be payable on a quarterly basis.

(b) Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the use, administration, adoption or implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(c) Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of (i) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement and (ii) the effectiveness of any Conforming Changes in connection with the use, administration, adoption or implementation of a Benchmark Replacement. The Administrative Agent will notify the Borrower of (x) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a Benchmark pursuant to Section 3.8(d) and (y) the commencement of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section 3.8, including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 3.8.

(d) Unavailability of Tenor of Benchmark. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (i) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate (including the Term SOFR Reference Rate) and either (A) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (B) the administrator of such Benchmark or the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is not or will not be representative, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” (or any similar or analogous definition) for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor and (ii) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (A) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or (B) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is not or will not be representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” (or any similar or analogous definition) for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.

 

95


(e) Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of SOFR Loans to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, (i) the Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to ABR Loans and (ii) any outstanding affected SOFR Loans will be deemed to have been converted into ABR Loans immediately. During a Benchmark Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of the Alternate Base Rate based upon the then-current Benchmark or such tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of the Alternate Base Rate. During a Benchmark Unavailability Period, notwithstanding any provision of Section 3.1, any Swingline Loan shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

ARTICLE 4

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

Section 4.1 Conditions to Initial Credit Extensions. The effectiveness of this Credit Agreement on the Closing Date is subject to satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Credit Agreement. The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received a counterpart of this Credit Agreement (which may include facsimile transmission or electronic mail transmission of a signed signature page of this Credit Agreement) that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the Borrower and each Lender.

(b) Notes. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Note for each Lender that shall have requested one, signed on behalf of the Borrower.

(c) Legal Opinion. The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Credit Parties and dated the Closing Date) from Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, special counsel to the Borrower, in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinions.

(d) Officers’ Closing Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

(e) [reserved].

(f) [reserved].

(g) [reserved].

 

96


(h) USA PATRIOT Act; KYC; Beneficial Ownership Certification. At least five (5) days prior to the Closing Date, each Lender shall have received any and all documentation and other information requested at least ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date by such Lender in connection with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act. To the extent the Borrower constitutes a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, the Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to the Borrower.

(i) Committed Loan Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Committed Loan Notice, duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower with respect to any Credit Extensions to be made on the Closing Date.

(j) Informa Acquisition. The Informa Acquisition shall be consummated immediately after the Transactions hereby pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Informa Acquisition Agreement.

(k) [reserved].

(l) Fees and Expenses. The Borrower shall have paid, or caused to be paid, all fees and expenses that under the terms hereof are due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date (including the Funding Fee and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Administrative Agent in connection with the Transactions).

Section 4.2 Conditions to All Credit Extensions. Subject to Section 1.11 (other than in respect of the Revolving Facility), the obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of SOFR Loans) is subject the following additional conditions precedent:

(a) Each of the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, provided that to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided further that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates.

(b) No Default or Event of Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the Swingline Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of SOFR Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.2(a) (solely in connection with the Loans on the Closing Date) and Section 4.2(b) have been satisfied (or waived) on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

 

97


ARTICLE 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrant to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

Section 5.1 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. The Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is duly incorporated, organized or formed, and validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business as now conducted and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, and (d) has all requisite governmental licenses, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (c) or (d), to the extent that failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower is in compliance with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except, in each case, where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.2 Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of each Loan Document, and the consummation of the Transactions, are within the Borrower’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of the Borrower’s Organizational Documents, (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under (other than under the Loan Documents), or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which the Borrower is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Borrower or its property is subject; or (c) violate any material law applicable to the Borrower; except with respect to any conflict, breach or contravention or payment (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clause (b)(i) or violation referred to in clause (c), to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.3 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, Borrower of any Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Transactions, except for (i) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect or (ii) except, in each case under the provisions in subsection (i), where the failure to obtain, obtain such approval or consent or take or file the same would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

98


Section 5.4 Binding Effect. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

Section 5.5 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect. All consolidated and consolidating financial statements related to the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary that the Administrative Agent has received from the Borrower fairly present in all material respects the Borrower’s financial condition as of the date thereof and the Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating results of operations for the period then ended.

Section 5.6 Litigation. There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that involve any Loan Document or, in an adverse manner, the Transactions.

Section 5.7 Environmental Matters.

(a) Except for Environmental Claims which have been fully resolved with no remaining obligations or conditions:

(i) each of the Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries are currently, and within applicable statutes of limitation, have been, in material compliance with all applicable Environmental Law, except as would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii) (a) Borrower has not received written notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability and (b) except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, Borrower has not (1) failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (2) become subject to any Environmental Liability or (3) received written notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability;

(iii) as of the Closing Date: (A) no property or facility currently, or to the knowledge of each Loan Party, formerly owned, operated or leased by any Loan Party or any of its current or former Restricted Subsidiaries or by any respective predecessor in interest, and (B) no property at which Hazardous Materials generated, owned or controlled by any Loan Party, any of its present or former Restricted Subsidiaries or any predecessor in interest have been stored, treated or disposed of, have been identified by a Governmental Authority as recommended for or requiring or potentially requiring environmental assessment and/or response actions under Environmental Law, except as would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

99


(iv) (A) there has been no disposal, spill, discharge or Release of any Hazardous Material generated, used, owned, stored or controlled by any Loan Party, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any predecessor in interest, on, at or under any property currently, or to the knowledge of each Loan Party, formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party, any of its current or former Restricted Subsidiaries or any predecessor in interest, (B) there are no Hazardous Materials located in, at, on or under such facility or property, or at any other location, in either case (A) or (B), that reasonably could be expected to require investigation, removal, remedial or corrective measures by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (C) neither the Loan Parties nor any of their Restricted Subsidiaries has retained or assumed any liability contractually or by operation of law with regard to the generation, treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials or compliance with Environmental Law that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(v) no Lien has been recorded against any properties, assets or facilities currently owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under any Environmental Law, which would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.8 Ownership of Properties; Liens. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business except for defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted and (b) owns, or is entitled to use, all trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, technology, software, know-how database rights, design rights and other intellectual property rights material to its business, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, the use thereof by the Borrower does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.9 [Reserved].

Section 5.10 Investment Company Status, Etc. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section 5.11 Taxes. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all federal, provincial, state, municipal, foreign and other Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and has timely paid all federal, provincial, state, municipal, foreign and other Taxes levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except (a) those which are being Contested in Good Faith and (b) failures to file or pay as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.12 ERISA. The Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, which reasonably would be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No event described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Pension Plan.

 

100


Section 5.13 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. As of the Closing Date, the Borrower does not have any direct or indirect Subsidiaries, except as disclosed in Schedule 5.13. Such Schedule sets forth (a) the name and jurisdiction of organization or incorporation of each Subsidiary and identifies each Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary on the Closing Date and (b) the ownership interest of the Borrower, Holdings and each of their respective Subsidiaries, including the percentage of such ownership.

Section 5.14 [Reserved].

Section 5.15 Federal Reserve Regulations, Etc. The Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase, acquire or carry any Margin Stock or for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, including Regulation T, U or X.

Section 5.16 [Reserved].

Section 5.17 Solvency. As of the Closing Date, immediately before and after the consummation of the Transactions, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are Solvent.

Section 5.18 Anti-Corruption Laws; Sanctions; Anti-Terrorism Laws.

(a) Each Loan Party, its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries, their respective officers and employees and their directors and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions. Neither any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries, any of their respective directors, officers or employees is a Sanctioned Person. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance by the Loan Party, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and all applicable Sanctions.

(b) No Loan, use of the proceeds of any Loan or other transactions contemplated hereby will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the Anti-Corruption Laws.

(c) Neither the making of the Loans hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the any regulations passed under the USA PATRIOT Act or will violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, or any regulations passed thereunder, including the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto or successor statute thereto (together with Sanctions, “Anti-Terrorism Laws”). Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with applicable Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

101


Section 5.19 Accuracy of Information, Etc. As of the Closing Date, the Borrower has disclosed to the Credit Parties all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the other written reports of factual nature, financial statements, certificates or other written factual information (other than projections, the Borrower Model, other forward-looking or projected information, pro forma information and information of a general economic or general industry nature (including any reports or memos prepared by third party consultants)) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Credit Party in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Credit Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case as modified or supplemented by other written information so furnished), when taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading, provided that, with respect to projected financial information and forward-looking statements, the Loan Parties represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by such Person to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results and such differences may be material.

Section 5.20 Brokers’ Fees. None of the Loan Parties or their Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s, broker’s, investment banking or other similar fee in connection with any of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents other than the closing and other fees payable pursuant to this Credit Agreement.

Section 5.21 Affected Financial Institutions. No Loan Party is an Affected Financial Institution.

ARTICLE 6

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Termination Date, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Credit Parties that:

Section 6.1 Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish or caused to be furnished to the Administrative Agent (for delivery to each Lender):

(a) Within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Borrower’s Form 10-K containing the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower together with the related statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year to the extent applicable, all reported on by Stowe & Degon, LLC, a big four accounting firm or another registered independent public accounting firm of recognized national standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, except with respect to any upcoming maturities of Indebtedness), to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

 

102


(b) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each Fiscal Year, the Borrower’s Form 10-Q containing the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the related unaudited statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous Fiscal Year (to the extent applicable), all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) within five (5) Business Days after any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above (collectively or individually, as the context requires, the “Financial Statements”), a Compliance Certificate signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the most recent Audited Financial Statements and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the Financial Statements accompanying such Compliance Certificate, (ii) containing either a certification that no Event of Default exists or, specifying the nature of each such Event of Default, the nature and status thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (iii) certifying that there have been no changes to the jurisdiction of organization or legal name of any Loan Party since the date of the last Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement, (iv) attaching reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with the Financial Covenants in Section 7.9 and (v) attaching a list of each Subsidiary of the Borrower and that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate or confirmation that there has been no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date or the date of the last such list;

(d) within sixty (60) days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year, an annual consolidated forecast for the Borrower for such Fiscal Year, including projected consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income of the Borrower for the upcoming Fiscal Year, all in a form substantially consistent with that provided to the Borrower’s board of directors;

(e) promptly following any request therefor, (i) such other information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer” requirements under the USA Patriot Act, the Beneficial Ownership Regulation or other applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and Anti-Terrorism Laws (including those passed pursuant to the USA PATRIOT Act), and (ii) such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request and that is reasonably available to Borrower; provided that the Borrower will not be required to disclose or permit the inspection or discussion of any document, information or other matter (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective contractors) is prohibited by law, or any binding agreement, (iii) that is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product or (iv) that is otherwise subject to Section 10.14 or the limitations set forth in Section 6.6; and

 

103


(f) with each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 6.1(a) and 6.1(b) above, the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) (which may be in footnote form only) from such consolidated financial statements.

Section 6.2 Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish or caused to be furnished to the Administrative Agent, upon the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, prompt (but in any event within the time period that may be specified below) written notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Event of Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof;

(b) receipt of any written notice of any investigation by a Governmental Authority or any proceeding commenced or threatened in writing against or the affecting the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all material statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by the Borrower to its security holders; and

(d) the occurrence of any other development that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

provided, that, any documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 above (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on the Borrower’s website on the internet at the Borrower’s publicly-available website address.

Each notice delivered under Section 6.2(a) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer of the Borrower or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Section 6.3 Existence; Conduct of Business. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect (a) its legal existence and (b) the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business, except in the case of clause (b), to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 7.3 or any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition permitted by Section 7.5.

 

104


Section 6.4 Payment and Performance of Obligations. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay or perform its obligations, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid or performed, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being Contested in Good Faith and (b) the failure to make payment pending such contest would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, provided that nothing in this Section shall be deemed to require any Loan Party to pay any Subordinated Debt in violation of the subordination provisions applicable thereto.

Section 6.5 Maintenance of Properties. Except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

Section 6.6 Books and Records; Inspection Rights; Audit. The Borrower will (a) keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities in all material respects and (b) permit any representatives designated by any Credit Party, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accounting firm (provided that the Borrower shall have the opportunity to participate in any such discussions with the Borrower’s independent accounting firm), all at the expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times and not more often than one (1) time per calendar year; provided, however, during the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and with reasonable advance notice; provided, that in no event shall the requirements set forth in this Section 6.6 require the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide any such information (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by applicable laws, rules or regulations or any binding agreement (for which no exception is available or approval has been obtained) or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work-product.

Section 6.7 Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and maintain all permits and licenses necessary to conduct its business, in each case, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.8 Use of Proceeds.

(a) The proceeds of the Loans will be used (x) on the Closing Date to consummate the Transactions and (y) following the Closing Date only for the redemption or exchange of Senior Notes, general corporate and working capital purposes (including, without limitation, Permitted Acquisitions, Investments, dividends and stock repurchases) and any other purpose not inconsistent with the terms hereof or in contravention of any Law or any Loan Document.

 

105


(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, (a) to purchase, acquire or carry any Margin Stock or (b) for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, including Regulations T, U and X. The Borrower will not request any Credit Extension, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall ensure that each Loan Party, their respective Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, the proceeds of any Credit Extension (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or (ii) in any manner that would result in the violation of any applicable Sanctions or any Anti-Terrorism Laws by any Person, including any Credit Party.

Section 6.9 Information Concerning the Borrower. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) days’ prior written notice of any change in (a) its legal name or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, (b) the location of its chief executive office or its principal place of business, or (c) its Federal Taxpayer Identification Number.

Section 6.10 [Reserved].

Section 6.11 [Reserved].

Section 6.12 Covenant to Guarantee.

(a) Subsidiaries. If any Domestic Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than (i) an Excluded Subsidiary or (ii) a Subsidiary that is already a Loan Party) is formed or acquired on or after the Closing Date or if an Excluded Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary or the Borrower designates an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (and in each case is also a direct Domestic Subsidiary of a Loan Party), the Borrower will notify the Administrative Agent within thirty (30) days following the date on which such Subsidiary is formed or acquired or such Excluded Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary or the designation as a Restricted Subsidiary (or such later date as may be acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) and, by such date (and in each case subject to the Guarantee Requirement) (the “New Subsidiary Notification Date”):

(i) the Borrower will cause each such Subsidiary to execute and deliver a Subsidiary Joinder Agreement; and

(ii) the Borrower will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent such certificates and legal opinions to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

Section 6.13 Post-Closing Covenants.

(a) The Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party, to cause each Domestic Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than (i) an Excluded Subsidiary or (ii) a Subsidiary that is already a Loan Party) acquired under the Informa Acquisition Agreement to satisfy the Guarantee Requirement within 30 days of the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion).

 

106


ARTICLE 7

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Termination Date, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Credit Parties that:

Section 7.1 Indebtedness; Equity Interests.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness or to issue any Disqualified Equity Interests, except:

(i) Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents;

(ii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date, provided that any Indebtedness in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate shall only be permitted if set forth in Schedule 7.1;

(iii) Indebtedness which represents extensions, renewals, refinancing or replacements (such Indebtedness being so extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced being referred to herein as the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) of any of the Indebtedness described in clauses (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iv), (a)(v) and (a)(xv) of this Section 7.1 (such Indebtedness being referred to herein as the “Original Indebtedness”), in each case, so long as (i) such Refinancing Indebtedness does not increase the principal amount (other than for accrued interest, fees, premiums and penalties thereon and fees and expenses associated with the refinancing, or to the extent otherwise permitted by this Credit Agreement, such greater amounts) or interest rate of the Original Indebtedness, (ii) any Liens securing such Refinancing Indebtedness are not extended to any additional property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary that is not originally obligated with respect to repayment of such Original Indebtedness is required to become obligated with respect to such Refinancing Indebtedness, (iv) such Refinancing Indebtedness does not result in a shortening of the maturity or Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Original Indebtedness, (v) if such Original Indebtedness was unsecured, such Refinancing Indebtedness is unsecured and (vi) if such Original Indebtedness was subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations or any of the other Obligations, then the terms and conditions of such Refinancing Indebtedness must include subordination terms and conditions that are at least as favorable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as those that were applicable to such Original Indebtedness;

(iv) Indebtedness of the Borrower incurred to finance the acquisition, lease, construction, installation, repair, maintenance, replacement or improvement of any property (real or personal), fixed or capital assets, including Capitalized Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and any refinancing thereof, provided that (A) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction, repair, replacement or improvement and (B) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (iv) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $10,000,000 and (y) 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis);

 

107


(v) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower after the Closing Date, provided that (A) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (B) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (v) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $10,000,000 and (y) 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis);

(vi) Indebtedness between any Restricted Subsidiary and the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(vii) Guarantees by (A) any Loan Party of Indebtedness of any other Loan Party, (B) any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary of Indebtedness of any other Non-Loan Party Subsidiary, and (C) any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of any Loan Party, provided that, in each case, such Indebtedness is otherwise permitted by this Section 7.1(a);

(viii) obligations under any Swap Agreements;

(ix) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or other similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;

(x) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business under (A) bids, trade contracts (other than for debt for borrowed money), leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations) and statutory obligations, (B) appeal bonds or similar instruments, (C) surety bonds, payment bonds, performance bonds, bid bonds, completion guarantees and similar obligations, workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, and bankers acceptances issued for the account of the Borrower and unsecured guarantees thereof and (D) letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) Indebtedness secured by Real Property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $2,500,000 and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis);

(xii) earn-outs, contingent payment obligations and contingent liabilities in respect of any indemnification obligations and adjustments of purchase price, in each case in connection with transactions not prohibited by this Credit Agreement;

(xiii) Indebtedness in the form of purchase price adjustments, Earn-Out Obligations, deferred compensation, contingent payment obligations and contingent liabilities in respect of any indemnification obligations and adjustments of purchase price or other arrangements representing acquisition consideration or deferred payments of a similar nature in each case in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment;

 

108


(xiv) Indebtedness incurred under Borrower’s unsecured corporate credit card program that does not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding;

(xv) unsecured Indebtedness provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom, (ii) after giving Pro Forma Effect to the incurrence of such unsecured Indebtedness, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.00:1.00 for the most recently ended Measurement Period;

(xvi) endorsement of items for deposit or collection of commercial paper received in the Indebtedness owed to any Person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits (including contractual and statutory benefits) or property, casualty, liability or credit insurance, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(xvii) Indebtedness representing reasonable and customary deferred compensation to directors, officers, and employees incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(xviii) Indebtedness in connection with self-insurance arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(xix) obligations arising out of interest rate, foreign currency, and commodity hedging agreements entered into in connection with bona fide hedging activities in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(xx) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, any overdrafts or similar protections and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services and related obligations or in connection with any automated clearing-house transfers of funds;

(xxi) Indebtedness relating to premium financing arrangements for property and casualty insurance plans and health and wealth benefit plans (including health and workers compensation insurance, employment practices liability insurance and directors and officers insurance), incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable within one (1) year;

(xxii) additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 15.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at any one time outstanding;

(xxiii) Transfer Pricing Arrangements;

(xxiv) Indebtedness in respect of Incremental Equivalent Debt;

(xxv) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries and Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $10,000,000 and (y) 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at any one time outstanding;

 

109


(xxvi) Indebtedness with respect to the Senior Notes;

(xxvii) unsecured Subordinated Debt;

(xxviii) any Indebtedness by and among the Borrower, any Subsidiary of Borrower and Informa and any Subsidiary of Informa; and

(xxix) any Indebtedness with respect to Letters of Credit.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of outstanding Indebtedness permitted to be incurred after the Closing Date pursuant to Sections 7.1(a)(vi), (a)(xv), (a)(xxii), and (a)(xxv) by Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries shall not exceed the Non-Guarantor Debt Cap.

Section 7.2 Liens. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Permitted Encumbrances;

(b) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be outstanding pursuant to clause (a)(i), (a)(viii), (a)(xxiv) or (a)(xxix) of Section 7.1;

(c) any Lien on fixed or capital assets acquired, including any equipment, constructed or improved by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien secures Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1(a)(iv), (ii) such Lien and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within one-hundred eighty (180) days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iv) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(d) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that (i) such Lien secures Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1(a)(v), (ii) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as applicable, (iii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iv) such Lien shall secure only the Indebtedness and other obligations that it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as applicable, and any extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(e) Liens on property of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, which Liens secure Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary or another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, in each case, to the extent permitted under Section 7.1;

 

110


(f) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal, or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals, or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (a) and (y) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” and clauses (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 7.2; provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (1) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, the committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (a) and (y) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” and clauses (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 7.2 at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Credit Agreement, and (2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and accrued and unpaid interest, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal, or replacement;

(g) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default;

(h) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security, and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(i) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with the Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions (not securing Indebtedness);

(j) Liens representing any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublicensor or sublessor, or a licensee, lessee or sublicensee or sublessee, in the property subject to any lease, license or sublicense or concession agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Liens arising from precautionary financing statements on operating leases relating solely to personal property covering the leased property in the ordinary course of business, to the extent such operating leases are permitted under this Credit Agreement;

(l) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business) and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property granted in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting the Administrative Agent a security interest therein;

(m) Liens in favor customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens only cover the related goods;

(n) Liens securing Incremental Equivalent Debt; provided that the Administrative Agent and the representative for the Incremental Equivalent Debt shall have entered into a customary intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Credit Parties such intercreditor agreement contemplated by this clause (n);

 

111


(o) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (n) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase; or

(p) Liens not in excess of the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 15.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis).

Section 7.3 Fundamental Changes; Business; Fiscal Year.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise Dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets, or all or substantially all of the Equity Interests issued by any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve or consummate a Division, provided that:

(i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge into or consolidate with (A) any Loan Party in a transaction in which the Loan Party is the surviving entity or (B) to the extent such Subsidiary is a Non-Loan Party Subsidiary, any other Non-Loan Party Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary);

(ii) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with any Person in a transaction that is not permitted by Section 7.3(a)(i), provided that (x) in the case of a merger involving the Borrower (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Informa Acquisition), the Borrower shall be (I) the surviving entity of such merger, or (II) subject to the consent of Informa Group Holdings Limited in its sole discretion (solely so long as Informa Group Holdings Limited or any of its Affiliates is a Lender), if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is not the Borrower (such other Person described in clause (II), the “Successor Borrower”), (1) the Successor Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (2) the Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto or in a form otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (3) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, shall have, by a supplement to the Guaranty, confirmed that its guarantee thereunder shall apply to any Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Credit Agreement, (4) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, shall have, by a supplement to any applicable Loan Document, affirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to its Guaranty as reaffirmed pursuant to clause (3), (5) the Successor Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (x) an officer’s certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation, or consolidation and such supplements preserve the enforceability of the Guarantee and (y) if requested by the Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel to the effect that such merger, amalgamation, or consolidation does not violate this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and that the provisions set forth in the preceding clauses (3) through (4) preserve the enforceability of the Guarantee, (6) the Administrative Agent shall have received at least three (3)

 

112


Business Days prior to the proposed date of consummation of the succession such documentation and other information about Successor Borrower as shall have been reasonably requested in writing by any Lender through the Administrative Agent at least ten (10) calendar days prior to such date and as required by U.S. regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the USA PATRIOT Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, and (7) if such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involves the Borrower and a Person that, prior to the consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom (it being understood that if each of the foregoing clauses (1) through (7) are satisfied, the Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Credit Agreement) and (y) such merger is permitted by Section 7.4 and such other Person shall become a Loan Party pursuant to Section 6.12 to the extent required and during the time period provided therein;

(iii) (A) any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to the Borrower or any Loan Party and (B) any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower;

(iv) the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise Dispose of its assets in a transaction that is not permitted by Section 7.3(a)(iii), provided that such sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition is permitted by Section 7.5; and

(v) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve; provided that, the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and is not disadvantageous to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in any material respect;

(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than an Approved Line of Business; and

(c) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, change its Fiscal Year.

Section 7.4 Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger or Division) any Investment, make or permit to exist any Guarantees of any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, make any Acquisition or purchase or otherwise enter into or become party to any derivative transaction, except:

(a) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(b) Investments existing on the Closing Date; provided that any Investment in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate shall only be permitted if set forth in Schedule 5.13 and Schedule 7.4;

(c) [reserved];

 

113


(d) intercompany Investments (i) by and among the Loan Parties, (ii) by any Loan Party in any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 15.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) or (iii) by any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary in any other Non-Loan Party Subsidiary or any Loan Party;

(e) acquisitions made by (i) any Loan Party from any other Loan Party, (ii) any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary from any other Non-Loan Party Subsidiary and (iii) any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary from any Loan Party; provided that, with respect to this clause (iii), the amount of any such Investments shall not exceed the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 15.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) in the aggregate after the Closing Date;

(f) Guarantees permitted by Section 7.1;

(g) Swap Agreements;

(h) Permitted Acquisitions;

(i) loans or advances, payroll, commission, travel and other similar cash advances made to directors (or comparable Persons), officers or employees in the ordinary course of business, including (A) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (B) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent Entity or to permit the payment of taxes with respect thereto; provided that, to the extent such loans or advances are made in cash, the amount of such loans and advances used to acquire such Equity Interests shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash as common equity and (C) for any other purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (A) and (B); provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under this clause (C) shall not exceed $5,000,000;

(j) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of UCC Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and UCC Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

(k) Investments (including Permitted Acquisitions) in an aggregate amount outstanding pursuant to this Section 7.4(k) at any time not to exceed the Cumulative Credit at such time; provided that with respect to any Investment made pursuant to this Section 7.4(k), (A) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would immediately result therefrom and (B) after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Investment, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed a level equal to 0.25x less than the applicable maximum Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio then in effect pursuant to Section 7.9(a) for the most recently ended Measurement Period;

(l) Investments in Similar Businesses in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed, together with any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.4(m) below, the greater of (a) $15,000,000 and (b) 15.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis);

 

114


(m) Investments in joint ventures (or other similar agreements or partnerships) in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed, together with any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.4(l) above, the greater of (a) $15,000,000 and (b) 15.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis);

(n) Investments consisting of Capitalized Software Expenditures;

(o) Investments in deposit accounts and securities accounts opened in the ordinary course of business (for the avoidance of doubt, including, but not limited to Investments in connection with any treasury, depository and cash management services and related obligations or in connection with any automated clearing-house transfers of funds);

(p) (i) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.5 and (ii) Investments received in settlement of amounts due to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries effected in the ordinary course of business as a result of insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, or other similar proceeding involving an account debtor or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of a Loan Party or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(q) Investments of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or consolidates or merges with Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof (including in connection with a Permitted Acquisition) so long as such Investments were not made in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary or of such consolidation or merger;

(r) Investments consisting of (i) extensions of trade credit or Investments in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contracts in the ordinary course of business, (ii) deposits made in connection with the purchase of goods or services or the performance of leases, licenses or contracts, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or in connection with Permitted Acquisitions, (iii) notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other extensions of credit to, customers, distributors and suppliers that are not Affiliates of the Borrower and that are made in the ordinary course of business, and (iv) guarantees made in the ordinary course of business in support of obligations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not constituting Indebtedness for borrowed money, including operating leases and obligations owing to suppliers, distributors, customers and licensees;

(s) Investments in negotiable instruments deposited or to be deposited for collection in the ordinary course of business;

(t) repurchases of common stock of the Borrower under the terms of customary board-approved stock repurchase agreements;

(u) Deposit and securities accounts maintained with banks and other financial institutions;

(v) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers, distributors or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers, distributors or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

115


(w) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers, distributors and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this clause (w) shall not apply to Investments of the Borrower in any Subsidiary or of any Subsidiary in the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

(x) Investments consisting of (i) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, (ii) deposits made in connection with the purchase of goods or services or the performance of leases, licenses or contracts, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or in connection with Permitted Acquisitions, (iii) notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other extensions of credit to, customers, distributors and suppliers that are not Affiliates of the Borrower and that are made in the ordinary course of business, and (iv) guarantees made in the ordinary course of business in support of obligations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not constituting Indebtedness for borrowed money, including operating leases and obligations owing to suppliers, customers, distributors and licensees;

(y) Investments consisting of guarantees in the ordinary course of business to support the obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary under its worker’s compensation and general insurance requirements;

(z) Investments consisting of loans or similar advances made pursuant to Transfer Pricing Arrangements;

(aa) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed the greater of (a) $10,000,000 and (b) 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis); provided, that this Section 7.4(aa) shall be the only clause available under this Section 7.4 for Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries following the Closing Date;

(bb) any loans made to Informa or any Subsidiary of Informa; and

(cc) so long as (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom and (ii) after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Investment and, if applicable, the making of a Credit Extension in connection therewith, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenants under Section 7.9 for the most recently ended Measurement Period, additional Investments of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

In determining the amount of Investments, acquisitions, loans, and advances permitted under this Section 7.4, Investments and acquisitions shall always be taken at the original cost thereof (regardless of any subsequent appreciation or depreciation therein) minus all returns of principal, interest, capital, dividends, distributions and other cash returns thereof and minus all liabilities expressly assumed by another Person in connection with the sale or other Disposition of any Investment, and loans and advances shall be taken at the principal amount thereof then remaining unpaid.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of outstanding Investments permitted pursuant to Sections 7.4(d), (e), (k), (l), (m) and (cc) in Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries, together with the aggregate amount of Dispositions from Loan Parties to Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Sections 7.5(d) and (i) in any Fiscal Year, shall not exceed the Non-Guarantor Investment Cap.

 

116


Section 7.5 Dispositions. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Dispose of any of its assets except:

(a) the sale or lease of (i) inventory, (ii) goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business and (iii) termination of leases and licenses in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(c) the use or transfer of money, cash or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(d) (i) Dispositions among the Loan Parties, (ii) Dispositions among Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties, and (iii) Dispositions from a Loan Party to a Non-Loan Party Subsidiary that do not involve assets having an aggregate Fair Market Value for all such assets so Disposed in excess of (x) the greater of (a) $10,000,000 and (b) 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis), in any Fiscal Year;

(e) Dispositions pursuant to Transfer Pricing Arrangements;

(f) the granting of Permitted Liens and the other transactions permitted by Section 7.2;

(g) (i) the abandonment, cancellation or lapse of issued patents, registered trademarks and other registered intellectual property of a Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary thereof to the extent, in such Loan Party’s reasonable business judgment, not economically desirable in the conduct of such Loan Party’s business or so long as such lapse is not materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders and (ii) the expiration of patents in accordance with their statutory terms;

(h) (i) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software, including under an open source license or the licensing of other intellectual property rights) and terminations thereof, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) and (ii) Dispositions of Intellectual Property (including inbound or outbound licenses) that do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) (in each case other than to an Unrestricted Subsidiary);

(i) the sale of assets (other than Equity Interests of any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, unless all of the Equity Interests of such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) are sold in accordance with this clause (i) to a Person that is not an Affiliate of a Loan Party) for at least Fair Market Value, so long as (A) no Default then exists or would immediately result therefrom and (B) with respect to a Disposition for a purchase price in excess of

 

117


$10,000,000, at least 75% of the consideration received by the applicable Loan Party consists of cash or Cash Equivalents or converts to cash within 180 days of such sale; provided that, for purposes of this clause (B), Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in respect of such asset sale, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in respect of asset sales pursuant to this clause (i) that do not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding shall be deemed to be cash (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being determined in good faith by the Borrower at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(j) (A) any termination of any lease in the ordinary course of business, (B) any expiration of any option agreement in respect of real or personal property, (C) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or (D) the settlement, release, reorganization or surrender of contract, tort or other claim in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Dispositions of obsolete, worn out, used or surplus property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(l) Dispositions of non-core assets acquired in connection with any Acquired Entity or Business; provided that (i) the aggregate amount of such sales shall not exceed 15% of the Fair Market Value of the Acquired Entity or Business and (ii) each such sale is in an arm’s-length transaction and the Borrower or the respective Restricted Subsidiary receives at least Fair Market Value;

(m) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(n) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(o) to the extent constituting Dispositions, transactions permitted by (i) Section 7.2, (ii) Section 7.3 (other than clause (a)(iv) thereof) and (iii) Section 7.4; and

(p) the unwinding or terminating of hedging arrangements or transactions contemplated by any Swap Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of Dispositions from Loan Parties to Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Sections 7.5(d) and (i) in any Fiscal Year, together with the aggregate amount of outstanding Investments permitted pursuant to Sections 7.4(d), (e), (k), (l), (m) and (cc) in Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries, shall not exceed the Non-Guarantor Investment Cap.

Section 7.6 Sale and Lease Back Transactions. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any Person.

 

118


Section 7.7 [Reserved].

Section 7.8 [Reserved].

Section 7.9 Financial Covenants

(a) Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio. The Borrower will not permit the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2025, to exceed 3.00:1.00; provided, that for the four fiscal quarters ending after the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition, or a series of Permitted Acquisitions occurring within a twelve-month period (commencing after the Closing Date), involving aggregate cash consideration in excess of $150,000,000, at the election of the Borrower, the foregoing maximum Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be increased to 3.50:1.00 (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis); provided further, that the Borrower shall be permitted to elect such increase an unlimited number of times during the term of this Credit Agreement so long as, in each case, there are at least two full consecutive fiscal quarters immediately prior to such election in which the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 3.00:1.00.

(b) Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio. The Borrower will not permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2025, to be less than 3.00:1.00.

Section 7.10 Restrictive Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that materially prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (unless such agreement or arrangement does not prohibit, restrict or impose any condition upon the ability of any Loan Party to create, incur or permit to exist, or the ability of the Administrative Agent to exercise any right or remedy with respect to, any Lien in favor of the Credit Parties created under the Loan Documents) or (b) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to (A) restrictions and conditions imposed by law, or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or any request of any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or by the Loan Documents, (B) restrictions and conditions existing on the Closing Date (but shall apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition), (C) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of assets or a Subsidiary permitted under this Credit Agreement pending such sale, provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the assets or Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (D) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case that is in existence at the time of such transaction (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its

 

119


Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or designated, (E) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (F) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Equity Interests or preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.1 and (G) customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture and the Equity Interests issued thereby, (ii) clause (a) of this Section shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Credit Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, and (iii) clause (a) of this Section shall not apply to customary provisions in agreements restricting the assignment thereof.

Section 7.11 Amendment of Material Documents. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, amend, supplement modify or waive any of its rights under (a) any Subordinated Debt Document in any manner not permitted by the terms of the applicable intercreditor or subordination agreement or (b) any of its Organizational Documents, other than immaterial amendments, modifications or waivers that would not reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Credit Parties.

Section 7.12 Payments on Subordinated Debt. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, declare or make, directly or indirectly, any payment of principal or interest or any purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition or defeasance with respect to any Subordinated Debt (which for purposes of clarity does not include the Senior Notes) (“Subordinated Debt Payments”); except that to the extent permitted by the relevant subordination or intercreditor agreement, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Subordinated Debt Payments:

(a) in an aggregate amount of payments made pursuant to this Section 7.12 not to exceed the greater of (a) $10,000,000 and (b) 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year (plus any unused amount from the immediately preceding Fiscal Year with any amount in the current year deemed to be used prior to any amounts from the prior Fiscal Year),

(b) so long as (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom and (ii) after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Subordinated Debt Payment, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.00:1.00 for the most recently ended Measurement Period, other Subordinated Debt Payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and

(c) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Cumulative Credit at such time; provided that with respect to any Subordinated Debt Payment made pursuant to this Section 7.12(c), (A) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would immediately result therefrom and (B) after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Subordinated Debt Payment, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.75:1.00 for the most recently ended Measurement Period.

Section 7.13 [Reserved].

 

120


Section 7.14 Designation of Subsidiaries. The Borrower may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis, with the Financial Covenants set forth in Section 7.9 for the most recently ended Measurement Period and, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any such designation, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating such compliance, (iii) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of any other Indebtedness, (iv) no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it was previously designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (v) the Consolidated EBITDA of all Unrestricted Subsidiaries for the most recent Measurement Period for which financial statements have been, or are required to have been, delivered hereunder shall not exceed 7.5% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period and (vi) no Unrestricted Subsidiary may own or exclusively license any Intellectual Property material to the business of the Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date shall constitute an Investment by the Borrower therein and Disposition by the Borrower thereof at the date of designation in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Borrower in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value at the date of such designation of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment in such Subsidiary.

ARTICLE 8

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 8.1 Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default (each, an “Event of Default”):

(a) Non-Payment of Principal. The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise.

(b) Other Non-Payment. The Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Section 8.1) payable under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days.

(c) Representations and Warranties. Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party in this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any

 

121


other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been materially incorrect when made or deemed made and, in respect of any such inaccuracy that is capable of being cured, such in accuracy shall continue unremedied for a period of fifteen (15) days after the earlier of any Loan Party’s knowledge of such inaccuracy or notice thereof from the Administrative Agent (which notice will be given at the request of the Required Lenders).

(d) Specific Covenants. The Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in (x) Sections 6.2(a), 6.3 (solely with respect to the Borrower’s legal existence in the State of Delaware), 6.8 or in Article 7; provided that any Event of Default under Section 7.9 is subject to cure as provided in Section 8.4 or (y) Sections 6.1 or 6.12 and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of ten (10) days after the earlier of any Loan Party’s knowledge of such breach or notice thereof from the Administrative Agent (which notice will be given at the request of the Required Lenders).

(e) Other Covenants. The Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document to which it is a party (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Section 8.1), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier of any Loan Party’s knowledge of such breach or notice thereof from the Administrative Agent (which notice will be given at the request of the Required Lenders).

(f) Other Agreements. If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which the Borrower is a party or by which it is bound resulting in a right by a third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Material Indebtedness beyond the period of grace and following all required notices, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created.

(g) Change of Control. A Change of Control shall occur.

(h) Involuntary Proceedings. An involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower, any Significant Subsidiary or their debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Debtor Relief Law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower, any Significant Subsidiary or for a substantial part of their assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for sixty (60) days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered.

(i) Voluntary Proceedings. The Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Debtor Relief Law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Section 8.1, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower, any Significant Subsidiary or for a substantial part of their assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding or (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

122


(j) Inability to Pay Debts. The Borrower shall become unable, admit in writing its inability, fail generally or publicly declare its intention not to pay its debts as they become due.

(k) Judgments. One or more judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against the Borrower (which shall not be fully covered (without taking into account any applicable deductibles) by insurance) (A) in an amount for such judgements in excess of the greater of (x) $20,000,000 and (y) 20.0% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) for the most recent Measurement Period and (B) such judgments shall remain undischarged or unbonded for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower to enforce any such judgment; provided, that any such amount shall be calculated after deducting from the sum so payable (i) any amount of such judgment that is covered by a valid and binding policy of insurance in favor of such Loan Party provided by a third party insurer and (ii) any amount of such judgement as to which such Loan Party is entitled to be indemnified, to the extent coverage in connection with such indemnification is not denied.

(l) Invalidity of Subordination Provisions. The subordination provisions of any Subordinated Debt Document shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated, or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, or Borrower shall contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations for any reason shall not have the priority contemplated by this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or such subordination provisions.

(m) ERISA Events. The occurrence of any event or condition in clauses (i) through (v) below, individually or in the aggregate, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) An ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries (or in the case of an ERISA Event described in subsection (b) of the definition of that term in Section 1.1, could reasonably be expected to subject any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries, any Pension Plan, any trust created thereunder, any trustee or administrator thereof, or any party dealing with any Pension Plan or trust to a tax or penalty on “prohibited transactions” under Section 502 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code), (ii) an ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan that constitutes grounds for appointment of a trustee for or termination by the PBGC of any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (iii) a Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate shall fail to pay when due any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan; (iv) any event similar to the foregoing shall occur or exist with respect to a Foreign Plan; or (v) there shall be at any time a Lien imposed against the assets of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate under Section 412 or Section 430 of the Code or Section 302, Section 303, or Section 4068 of ERISA.

(n) Invalidity of Loan Documents. Any Loan Document shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party shall so assert in writing or shall disavow any of its obligations thereunder.

 

123


Section 8.2 Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing (subject to Section 8.4), then, and in every such event (other than an event described in Section 8.1(h) or (i)), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of each Loan Party accrued under the Loan Documents, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower, and in case of any event described in Section 8.1(h) or (i), the Commitments shall automatically terminate the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of each Loan Party accrued under the Loan Documents, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

Section 8.3 Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.2 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First, to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article 3), in each case payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second, [reserved];

Third, to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts, payable to the Credit Parties (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Credit Parties and amounts payable under Article 3), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth, to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and other Obligations, ratably among the Credit Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth payable to them;

Fifth, to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, ratably among the Credit Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fifth held by them;

 

124


Sixth, [reserved];

Seventh, to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties owing under or in respect of the Loan Documents that are due and payable to the Credit Parties, or any of them, on such date, ratably based on the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Credit Parties on such date;

Eighth, [reserved]; and

Last, to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnification and unasserted expense reimbursement obligations in each case not yet due and payable) have been paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by law.

Section 8.4 Equity Cure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 8, in the event that the Loan Parties fail to comply with the Financial Covenants as of the end of any fiscal quarter, then the Borrower shall have the right, no later than 15 Business Days after the day on which the Financial Statements are required to be delivered for the applicable fiscal quarter, to issue common Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or other Equity Interests on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in exchange for cash in an aggregate amount equal to the minimum amount which, when added to Consolidated EBITDA, is sufficient to cure the relevant failure to comply with the Financial Covenants (the “Cure Amount”). The entire cash proceeds of such issuance shall be contributed in cash to the common or preferred equity of the Borrower and be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA solely for purposes of determining compliance with the applicable Financial Covenants (the “Cure Right”). Upon the receipt by the Borrower of the Cure Amount, the Financial Covenants shall be recalculated giving Pro Forma Effect to the following:

(a) Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased, solely for the purpose of measuring the Financial Covenants and not for any other purpose under this Credit Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount;

(b) the Loan Parties shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of such Financial Covenants as of the end of the relevant fiscal quarter, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Covenants shall thereafter be deemed cured for all purposes of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; and

(c) to the extent a fiscal quarter as to which the Cure Right has been exercised is included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of any of the Financial Covenants in a subsequent Measurement Period, the Cure Amount shall be included in the amount of Consolidated EBITDA for such subsequent Measurement Period.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (a) in each period of four fiscal quarters, there shall be at least two fiscal quarters as to which the Cure Right is not exercised, (b) [reserved], (c) Cure Amounts received pursuant to any exercise of the Cure Right shall be disregarded for any calculation of Consolidated EBITDA required hereunder for any purpose other than compliance with the Financial Covenants as provided in this Section 8.4, (d) the Cure Right shall not be

 

125


exercised more than five times and (e) from the day on which the Financial Statements are delivered for the applicable fiscal quarter indicating that the Loan Parties have failed to comply with the Financial Covenants as of the end of such fiscal quarter until the receipt by the Borrower of the applicable Cure Amount, the (i) Lenders shall not be required to make any Loans and (ii) Administrative Agent and Lenders shall not exercise any remedies pursuant to Section 8.2 that would otherwise be available due to the Loan Parties’ failure to comply with the Financial Covenants.

ARTICLE 9

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 9.1 Appointment and Authority. Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Informa Group Holdings Limited to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any Applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

Section 9.2 Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its branches and Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for, and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

Section 9.3 Exculpatory Provisions.

(a) The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

126


(ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or Applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and

(iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its branches or Affiliates in any capacity.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 8.2 and Section 10.2), or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent in writing by the Borrower or a Lender.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 5 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to investigate a violation or potential violation of an Environmental Law or a Release or threat of Release of a Hazardous Material, nor shall it have any liability for any action it takes or does not take in connection with any such investigation.

 

127


Section 9.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person and otherwise authenticated by the proper party or parties, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

Section 9.5 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Credit Facilities as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith in the selection of such sub-agents.

Section 9.6 Resignation of Administrative Agent.

(a) The Administrative Agent may at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in New York, New York. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above, provided that in no event shall any such successor Administrative Agent be a Defaulting Lender. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

(b) If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, by notice in writing to the Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

 

128


(c) With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (ii) except for any indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.3 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

Section 9.7 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that none of the Administrative Agent nor any arranger or bookrunner (collectively the “Arranger”) has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by the Administrative Agent or the Arranger hereafter taken, including any consent to, and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent or the Arranger to any Lender as to any matter, including whether the Administrative Agent or the Arranger have disclosed material information in their (or their Related Parties’) possession. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent and the Arranger that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of, appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Credit Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower hereunder. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own credit analyses, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties. Each Lender represents and warrants that (i) the Loan Documents set forth the terms of a commercial lending facility and (ii) it is engaged

 

129


in making, acquiring and/or holding commercial loans in the ordinary course and is entering into this Credit Agreement as a Lender for the purpose of making, acquiring or holding commercial loans and providing other facilities set forth herein as may be applicable to such Lender, and not for the purpose of purchasing, acquiring or holding any other type of financial instrument, and each Lender agrees not to assert a claim in contravention of the foregoing. Each Lender represents and warrants that it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to make, acquire and/or hold commercial loans and to provide other facilities set forth herein, as may be applicable to such Lender, and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to make, acquire and/or hold such commercial loans or to provide such other facilities, is experienced in making, acquiring and/or holding such commercial loans or providing such other facilities.

Section 9.8 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no other agent listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent or a Lender hereunder.

Section 9.9 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Loan Document Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Section 10.3) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent Section 10.3.

Section 9.10 [Reserved].

Section 9.11 [Reserved].

Section 9.12 Erroneous Payments.

 

130


(a) If the Administrative Agent (x) notifies a Lender or any Person who has received funds on behalf of a Lender(any such Lender or other recipient (and each of their respective successors and assigns), a “Payment Recipient”) that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion (whether or not after receipt of any notice under Section 9.12(b)) that any funds (as set forth in such notice from the Administrative Agent) received by such Payment Recipient from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates were erroneously or mistakenly transmitted to, or otherwise erroneously or mistakenly received by, such Payment Recipient (whether or not known to such Lender or other Payment Recipient on its behalf) (any such funds, whether transmitted or received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise, individually and collectively, an “Erroneous Payment”) and (y) demands the return of such Erroneous Payment (or a portion thereof), such Erroneous Payment shall at all times remain the property of the Administrative Agent pending its return or repayment as contemplated below in this Section 9.12 and held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, and such Lender shall (or, with respect to any Payment Recipient who received such funds on its behalf, shall cause such Payment Recipient to) promptly, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days thereafter (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, specify in writing), return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made, in same day funds (in the currency so received), together with interest thereon (except to the extent waived in writing by the Administrative Agent) in respect of each day from and including the date such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Payment Recipient to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in same day funds at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Payment Recipient under this Section 9.12(a) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(b) Without limiting the provisions of Section 9.12(a), each Payment Recipient (and each of their respective successors and assigns) hereby further agrees that if it receives a payment, prepayment or repayment (whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise) from the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) (x) that is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in this Credit Agreement or in a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment, (y) that was not preceded or accompanied by a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates), or (z) that such Payment Recipient otherwise becomes aware was transmitted, or received, in error or by mistake (in whole or in part), in each case:

(i) it acknowledges and agrees that (A) in the case of immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), an error shall be presumed to have been made (absent written confirmation from the Administrative Agent to the contrary) or (B) in the case of immediately preceding clause (z), an error and mistake has been made, in each case, with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment; and

 

131


(ii) such Lender shall (and shall cause any other recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf to) promptly (and, in all events, within one Business Day of its knowledge of the occurrence of any of the circumstances described in immediately preceding clauses (x), (y) and (z)) notify the Administrative Agent of its receipt of such payment, prepayment or repayment, the details thereof (in reasonable detail) and that it is so notifying the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.12(b). For the avoidance of doubt, the failure to deliver a notice to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.12(b) shall not have any effect on a Payment Recipient’s obligations pursuant to Section 9.12(a) or on whether or not an Erroneous Payment has been made.

(c) Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off, net and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document, or otherwise payable or distributable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender under any Loan Document with respect to any payment of principal, interest, fees, or other amounts, against any amount that the Administrative Agent has demanded to be returned under Section 9.12(a).

(d) (i) In the event that an Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) is not recovered by the Administrative Agent for any reason, after demand therefor in accordance with Section 9.12(a), from any Lender that has received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) (and/or from any Payment Recipient who received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) on its respective behalf) (such unrecovered amount, an “Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency”), upon the Administrative Agent’s notice to such Lender at any time, then effective immediately (with the consideration therefor being acknowledged by the parties hereto), (A) such Lender shall be deemed to have assigned its Loans (but not its Commitments) of the relevant Class with respect to which such Erroneous Payment was made (the “Erroneous Payment Impacted Class”) in an amount equal to the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may specify) (such assignment of the Loans (but not Commitments) of the Erroneous Payment Impacted Class, the “Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment”) (on a cashless basis and such amount calculated at par plus any accrued and unpaid interest with the assignment fee to be waived by the Administrative Agent in such instance), and is hereby (together with the Borrower) deemed to execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and such Lender shall deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (but the failure of such Person to deliver any such Notes shall not affect the effectiveness of the foregoing assignment), (B) the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall be deemed to have acquired the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, (C) upon such deemed acquisition, the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and the assigning Lender shall cease to be a Lender hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, its obligations under the indemnification provisions of this Credit Agreement and its applicable Commitments which shall survive as to such assigning Lender, (D) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be deemed to have waived any consents required under this Credit Agreement to any such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and (E) the Administrative Agent may reflect in the Register its ownership interest in the Loans subject to the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment. For the avoidance of doubt, no Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment will reduce the Commitments of any Lender and such Commitments shall remain available in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement.

 

132


(ii) The Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, sell any Loans acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and upon receipt of the proceeds of such sale, the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency owing by the applicable Lender shall be reduced by the net proceeds of the sale of such Loan (or portion thereof), and the Administrative Agent shall retain all other rights, remedies and claims against such Lender (and/or against any recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf). In addition, an Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency owing by the applicable Lender (x) shall be reduced by the proceeds of prepayments or repayments of principal and interest or other distribution in respect of principal and interest, received by the Administrative Agent on or with respect to any such Loans acquired from such Lender pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment (to the extent that any such Loans are then owned by the Administrative Agent) and (y) may in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent be reduced by any amount specified by the Administrative Agent in writing to the applicable Lender from time to time.

(e) The parties hereto agree (x) irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent may be equitably subrogated, in the event that an Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) is not recovered from any Payment Recipient that has received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) for any reason, the Administrative Agent shall be subrogated to all the rights and interests of such Payment Recipient (and, in the case of any Payment Recipient who has received funds on behalf of a Lender, to the rights and interests of such Lender, as the case may be) under the Loan Documents with respect to such amount (the “Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights”) (provided that the Loan Parties’ Obligations under the Loan Documents in respect of the Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights shall not be duplicative of such Obligations in respect of Loans that have been assigned to the Administrative Agent under an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment) and (y) that an Erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations owed by the Borrower or any other Loan Party; provided that this Section 9.12 shall not be interpreted to increase (or accelerate the due date for) the Obligations of the Borrower relative to the amount (and/or timing for payment) of the Obligations that would have been payable had such Erroneous Payment not been made by the Administrative Agent; provided, further, that for the avoidance of doubt, immediately preceding clauses (x) and (y) shall not apply to the extent any such Erroneous Payment is, and solely with respect to the amount of such Erroneous Payment that is, comprised of funds received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrower for the purpose of making such Erroneous Payment.

(f) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Payment Recipient shall assert any right or claim to an Erroneous Payment, and hereby waives, and is deemed to waive, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Erroneous Payment received, including without limitation any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine.

(g) Each party’s obligations, agreements and waivers under this Section 9.12 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any transfer of rights or obligations by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and/or the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations (or any portion thereof).

 

133


ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Notices.

(a) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower or any Loan Party:

TechTarget, Inc.

275 Grove Street, Newton, MA 02466

Attention: Daniel T. Noreck

Phone: [***]

E-mail: [***]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

1225 Seventeenth Street

Suite 2600

Denver, CO 80209

Attn: Chalyse Robinson

Phone: [***]

E-mail: [***]

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.1 (Committed Loan Notices shall additionally be delivered to the addressees set forth therein); and

(iii) if to any other Credit Party, the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified to the Administrative Agent.

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b).

 

134


(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Credit Party pursuant to Article 2 if such Credit Party has notified the Administrative Agent in writing (and the Administrative Agent has notified the Borrower in writing of the same) that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement of transmission to the intended recipient (such as by the “delivery receipt requested” function, return e-mail, confirmation of system-generated posting notices by a Platform or other written acknowledgement) and (ii) notices or communications posted to a Platform or an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, borrowing requests and other notices to Administrative Agent, a Swingline Lender sent by email or posted to a Platform or an Internet or intranet website shall only be effective against such party if receipt of such transmission is affirmatively acknowledged by such party.

(c) Change of Address, Etc. Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

Section 10.2 Waivers and Amendments

(a) No failure or delay by any Credit Party in exercising any right or power under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Credit Parties under the Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether any Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

 

135


(b) Except as otherwise set forth in this Credit Agreement (including Sections 2.11, 2.12 or 2.13 or as set forth below) or in the other Loan Documents, neither this Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document nor any provision thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Loan Parties and the Required Lenders, or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall:

(i) extend or increase any Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Article 4 or the waiver of any Default shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

(ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan, or reduce the rate of any interest, or reduce any fees or other amounts, payable under the Loan Documents, without the written consent of each Credit Party directly and adversely affected thereby; provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend or modify any of the Financial Covenants set forth in Section 7.9, any defined terms used therein or the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate, in each case, notwithstanding the fact that any such amendment or modification actually results in reduction in the rate of interest or fees;

(iii) postpone any date scheduled for any payment of principal of, or interest on, any Loan, or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the stated termination or expiration of the Commitments or reduce the amount of or postpone the date of any prepayment required by Section 2.7(b) without the written consent of each Credit Party directly and adversely affected thereby;

(iv) except as provided in subsection (c) below change any provision hereof in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required by Section 2.8(b) or the pro rata reduction of Commitments required by Section 2.5(c), without the written consent of each Credit Party directly and adversely affected thereby;

(v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of the term “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder;

(vi) [reserved];

(vii) change the currency in which any Commitment or Loan is, or is to be, denominated, or payment under the Loan Documents is to be made without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(viii) release any Guarantor from any guarantee under the Guaranty (except as expressly provided therein or in Section 9.10), or limit its liability in respect of such guarantee, without the written consent of each Lender; or

(ix) subordinate in right of payment the Obligations to any other Indebtedness for borrowed money, in each case without the consent of each Lender; and

 

136


provided, further, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties hereunder or under any other Loan Document of (A) the Administrative Agent, unless in writing executed by the Administrative Agent and (B) any Swingline Lender, unless in writing executed by such Swingline Lender, in each case in addition to the Borrower and the Lenders required above.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder and any amendment, waiver or consent that by its terms requires the consent of all the Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders, except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended, or the maturity of any of its Loan may not be extended, the rate of interest on any of its Loans may not be reduced and the principal amount of any of its Loans may not be forgiven, in each case without the consent of such Defaulting Lender and (y) any amendment, waiver or consent requiring the consent of all the Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than the other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

(d) In addition, notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend such provision, and, in each case, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.

Notwithstanding anything in this Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, this Section 10.2) or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (i) this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (or amended and restated) to effect an incremental facility, extension facility or specified refinancing facility pursuant to Sections 2.11, 2.12 or 2.13 (and the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may effect such amendments to this Credit Agreement and the other Loans Documents without the consent of any other party as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the terms of any such incremental facility, extension facility or specified refinancing facility); (ii) no Lender consent is required to enter into any intercreditor agreement or effect any amendment, amendment and restatement or supplement to any intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Credit Agreement.

Section 10.3 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a) Costs and Expenses. The Loan Parties, jointly and severally, shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including Attorney Costs of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated) and (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Credit Party (including Attorney Costs of the Administrative Agent or any Credit Party), in connection with

 

137


the enforcement or protection of its rights (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) (A) in connection with this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including all such reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.

(b) Indemnification by Loan Parties. The Loan Parties, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Credit Party, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including Attorney Costs), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Claim or Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto or (v) any government investigation, audit, hearing or enforcement action resulting from any Loan Party’s or any of its Affiliate’s noncompliance (or purported noncompliance) with any applicable Sanctions, other Anti-Terrorism Laws or Anti-Corruption Laws (it being understood and agreed that the Indemnitees shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this clause (including indemnification for fines, penalties and other expenses) regardless of whether any adverse finding is made against any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates), provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (y) arise out of any dispute solely among the Indemnitees (not arising as a result of any act or omission by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate of the Borrower) or (z) result from a claim brought by any Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if such Loan Party has obtained a final and non-appealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that the indemnity set forth above in this paragraph shall be held to be unenforceable in whole or in part because it is violative of any law or public policy, the Borrower shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all indemnified amounts incurred by Indemnitees or any of them. This Section 10.3(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, or liabilities arising from any non-Tax claim.

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Swingline Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Swingline Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such

 

138


Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the Total Credit Exposure at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender); provided that with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to the Swingline Lender solely in its capacity as such, only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts, such payment to be made severally among them based on such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) provided, further, that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Swingline Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.8(d).

(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no party hereto shall assert, and each party hereto hereby waives, any claim against any other party hereto (including any assignee thereof) (each such Person being called a “Protected Person”), on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Protected Person shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(e) Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly and in no event later than thirty (30) days after Borrower’s receipt of a reasonably detailed request therefor.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Loan Party shall be responsible for (i) any fees, costs or expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including Attorney Costs of counsel for the Administrative Agent) set forth in clause (a) above or (ii) any indemnification obligations set forth in clause (b) above, in each case incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein.

Section 10.4 Successors and Assigns.

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Credit Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void) and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph

 

139


(b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (e) of this Section. Nothing in this Credit Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each Credit Party) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Credit Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement (including all or a portion of its applicable Commitments and the applicable Loans at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts.

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s applicable Commitment and/or the applicable Loans at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to any Credit Facility) or contemporaneous assignments to or by related Approved Funds (determined after giving effect to such assignments) that equal at least the amount specified in paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section in the aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in paragraph (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the applicable Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the applicable Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $5,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of a Revolving Facility, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement with respect to the applicable Loan or the applicable Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate tranches on a non-pro rata basis.

 

140


(iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default under Sections 8.1(a), (b), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (y) such assignment is to a Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender), an Affiliate of a Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) or an Approved Fund, provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within fifteen (15) Business Days after written notice of such assignment shall have delivered to the Borrower;

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of the Revolving Facility if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment in respect of such facility, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and

(C) the consent of the Swingline Lender shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Revolving Facility.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500. In addition, each assignee shall, on or before the effective date of such assignment, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent written certification as to exemption from deduction or withholding of any United States Taxes in accordance with Section 3.6(g).

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made to (A) any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute a Defaulting Lender or a Subsidiary thereof, (B) a Person who, at the time of such assignment, is a Sanctioned Person if such assignment would violate Applicable Law or (C) any Disqualified Institution unless an Event of Default under Sections 8.1(a), (b), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing.

(vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural person).

(vii) Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the

 

141


Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Swingline Loans, as applicable, in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under Applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Credit Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Credit Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Credit Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Credit Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.5 and Section 10.3 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Credit Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Credit Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section.

(c) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the applicable Lenders, and the applicable Commitments of, and principal amounts of the applicable Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Credit Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than (w) a natural person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural person), (x) the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (y) any Defaulting Lender or any of its subsidiaries or (z) a Person who, at the time of such participation, is a Sanctioned Person if the sale of such participation would violate Applicable Law) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Credit Agreement (including all or a portion of its applicable Commitment and/or the applicable Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Credit Party shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement.

 

142


Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Credit Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Credit Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in Section 10.2(c) that affects such Participant. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 3.6 (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 3.6(g) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.7 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.5 or 3.6, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 3.7(b) with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.8 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.8(h) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Credit Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(e) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

143


(f) Cashless Settlement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Credit Agreement, any Lender may exchange, continue or rollover all or a portion of its Loans in connection with any refinancing, extension, loan modification or similar transaction permitted by the terms of this Credit Agreement, pursuant to a cashless settlement mechanism approved by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Lender.

(g) SPV Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “SPV”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make the Borrower pursuant to this Credit Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPV to make any Loan, (ii) if an SPV elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof and (iii) such SPV and the applicable Loan or any applicable part thereof shall be appropriately reflected in the Participant Register (if applicable). The making of a Loan by an SPV hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPV shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Credit Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Credit Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPV, it shall not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPV any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.4, any SPV may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) other than a Disqualified Institution providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPV to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) subject to Section 10.14, disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPV. This Section 10.4(g) may not be amended without the written consent of the SPV. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Credit Agreement but subject to the following sentence, each SPV shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.4 and 3.6 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (subject to the limitations and requirements of those Sections and Section 3.7 as though it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.4(b), including the requirements of Section 3.6(g) (it being agreed that any documentation required under Section 3.6(g) shall be provided to the Granting Lender)). Notwithstanding the prior sentence, an SPV shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.4 or 3.6 than its Granting Lender would have been entitled to receive absent the grant to such SPV, unless such grant to such SPV is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

144


Section 10.5 Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of any Loan Document and the making of any Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that any Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under the Loan Documents is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 10.3, 10.9, and 10.10 and Article 9 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or the Termination Date.

Section 10.6 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution. This Credit Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Except as provided in Section 4.1, this Credit Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed signature page counterpart hereof by telecopy, emailed .pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to any document to be signed in connection with this Credit Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic association of signatures and records on electronic platforms, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or the Uniform Commercial Code, each as amended, and the parties hereto hereby waive any objection to the contrary, provided that (x) nothing herein shall require Administrative Agent to accept electronic signature counterparts in any form or format and (y) Administrative Agent reserves the right to require, at any time and at its sole discretion, the delivery of manually executed counterpart signature pages to any Loan Document and the parties hereto agree to promptly deliver such manually executed counterpart signature pages. This Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to Administrative Agent or any Lender, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

Section 10.7 Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Credit Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

145


Section 10.8 Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Credit Party and each of their respective branches and Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Credit Party or any such branch or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against any and all of the obligations of such Loan Party or such Restricted Subsidiary now or hereafter existing under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Credit Party or such branch or Affiliate, irrespective of whether or not such Credit Party, branch or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of such Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Credit Party different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness, provided, that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.8 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Credit Party and its branches and Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Credit Party and its branches and Affiliates may have. Each Credit Party agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

Section 10.9 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a) Governing Law. This Credit Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Submission to Jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Credit Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall (i) affect any right that any Credit Party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document against the Borrower or any other Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction or (ii) waive any statutory, regulatory, common law, or other rule, doctrine, legal restriction, provision or the like providing for the treatment of bank branches, bank agencies, or other bank offices as if they were separate juridical entities for certain purposes, including Uniform Commercial Code Sections 4-106, 4-A-105(1)(b), and 5-116(b), UCP 600 Article 3 and ISP98 Rule 2.02, and URDG 758 Article 3(a).

 

146


(c) Waiver of Objection to Venue. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Service of Process. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.1. Nothing in this Credit Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Credit Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Applicable Law.

Section 10.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 10.11 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

147


Section 10.12 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Credit Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Credit Agreement.

Section 10.13 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts that are treated as interest thereon under applicable law (collectively the “charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “maximum rate”) that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding an interest in such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all of the charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the maximum rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and the charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated, and the interest and the charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the maximum rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

Section 10.14 Confidentiality; Treatment of Certain Information.

(a) Each Credit Party agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, consultants and contractors who have a reasonable need to know such Information (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by any Requirement of Law or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Credit Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (x) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Credit Agreement or (y) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Loan Parties and their obligations, (g) on a confidential basis to (1) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the credit facility provided for herein or (2) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the credit facility provided for herein, (h) with the consent of the Borrower, (i) to any Person providing a Guarantee of all or any portion of the Obligations, or (j) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower that is not known to be subject to a confidentiality obligation to the Borrower or (z) is independently generated by the Administrative Agent, any Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates. In addition, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Credit Agreement and information about this Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents to (i) market data collectors, league table providers and other similar service providers to the lending industry and (ii) service

 

148


providers to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the administration of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Commitments. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or that is independently prepared by the Administrative Agent or any other Credit Party. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

(b) Subject in each case to the Borrower’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Administrative Agent or any Lender may publish customary advertising material relating to the transactions contemplated hereby using the name, product photographs, logo or trademark of any Loan Party.

Section 10.15 USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, provide such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in order to assist the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in maintaining compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

Section 10.16 No Fiduciary Duty. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that in connection with all aspects of the transactions contemplated hereby and any communications in connection therewith, such Loan Party and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the other Credit Parties and their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, will have a business relationship that does not create, by implication or otherwise, any fiduciary duty on the part of the Administrative Agent, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates and no such duty will be deemed to have arisen in connection with any such transactions or communications.

Section 10.17 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and

 

149


(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any applicable Resolution Authority.

Section 10.18 Certain ERISA Matters.

(a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans or the Commitments,

(ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement,

(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement, or

 

150


(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b) In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that:

(i) none of the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto),

(ii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement is independent (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-21) and is a bank, an insurance carrier, an investment adviser, a broker-dealer or other person that holds, or has under management or control, total assets of at least $50,000,000, in each case as described in 29 CFR § 2510.3-21(c)(1)(i)(A)-(E),

(iii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies (including in respect of the Loan Document Obligations),

(iv) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement is a fiduciary under ERISA or the Code, or both, with respect to the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the transactions hereunder, and

(v) no fee or other compensation is being paid directly to the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates for investment advice (as opposed to other services) in connection with the Loans, the Commitments or this Credit Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent hereby informs the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Loans, the Commitments and this Credit Agreement, (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans or the Commitments for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans or the Commitments by such

 

151


Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.

Section 10.19 Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Swap Agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

(a) In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

(b) As used in this Section 10.19, the following terms have the following meanings:

BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

 

152


Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

[Signature pages follow]

 

153


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Credit Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

TORO COMBINECO, INC., as the Borrower
By:   /s/ Daniel T. Noreck
  Name: Daniel T. Noreck
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer


INFORMA GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED, as the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and a Lender
By:   /s/ Gareth Wright
  Name: Gareth Wright
  Title: Director


SCHEDULES

[See attached]

Exhibit 10.10

TECHTARGET, INC.

2024 INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.

Purpose

The purpose of this 2024 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of TechTarget, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), is to advance the interests of the Company’s stockholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to the Company and by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives that are intended to better align the interests of such persons with those of the Company’s stockholders. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” shall include any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations thereunder (the “Code”) and any other business venture (including, without limitation, joint venture or limited liability company) in which the Company has a controlling interest, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”).

 

2.

Eligibility

All of the Company’s employees, officers and directors, as well as consultants and advisors to the Company (as the terms consultants and advisors are defined and interpreted for purposes of Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any successor form) are eligible to be granted Awards (as defined below) under the Plan. Each person who is granted an Award under the Plan is deemed a “Participant.” The Plan provides for the following types of awards, each of which is referred to as an “Award”: Options (as defined in Section 5), SARs (as defined in Section 6), Restricted Stock (as defined in Section 7), RSUs (as defined in Section 7), Other Stock-Based Awards (as defined in Section 8) and Cash-Based Awards (as defined in Section 8). Any type of Award may be granted as a Performance Award under Section 9. Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

 

3.

Administration and Delegation

(a) Administration by Board of Directors. The Plan will be administered by the Board. The Board shall have authority to grant Awards and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable. The Board may construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and any Award agreements entered into under the Plan. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award. All actions and decisions by the Board with respect to the Plan and any Awards shall be made in the Board’s discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award.


(b) Appointment of Committees. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board (a “Committee”). All references in the Plan to the “Board” shall mean the Board or a Committee of the Board (or the Delegated Persons referred to in Section 3(c)) to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee (or such Delegated Persons).

(c) Delegation to Delegated Persons. Subject to any requirements of applicable law (including as applicable Sections 152(b) and 157(c) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware), the Board may, by resolution, delegate to one or more persons (including officers of the Company) or bodies (such persons or bodies, the “Delegated Persons”) the power to grant Awards (subject to any limitations under the Plan) to eligible service providers of the Company and to exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Board may determine, provided that the Board shall fix: (i) the maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to such resolution (which number shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, the maximum number of shares issuable upon exercise or settlement of Awards), (ii) the time period during which such Awards, and during which the shares issuable upon exercise thereof, may be issued, and (iii) the minimum consideration (if any) for which such Awards may be issued, and the minimum consideration for the shares issuable upon exercise thereof; and provided further, that no Delegated Person shall be authorized to grant Awards to itself; and provided further, that no Delegated Person shall be authorized to grant Awards to any “executive officer” of the Company (as defined by Rule 3b-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) or to any “officer” of the Company (as defined by Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act).

(d) Awards to Non-Employee Directors. Awards to non-employee directors will be granted and administered by a Committee, all of the members of which are independent directors as defined by Section 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules.

(e) Foreign Award Recipients. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws and practices of jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate or have employees or engage individuals eligible for Awards, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws, policies, customs, or practices; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Committee determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 4(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, the Code, or any other applicable United States governing statute or law.

 

-2-


4.

Stock Available for Awards

(a) Number of Shares; Share Counting.

(1) Authorized Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment under Section 10, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to such number of shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) as is equal to the sum of:

(A) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (i) 11% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 10, 2024, by and among TechTarget, Inc. (“Legacy TechTarget”), the Company (then known as Toro CombineCo, Inc.), Toro Acquisition Sub, LLC, Informa PLC, Informa US Holdings Limited and Informa Intrepid Holdings, Inc., as such agreement may be amended from time to time (the “Merger Agreement”) minus (ii) such number of shares of Common Stock as is equal to the number of shares of Common Stock that are subject to Unvested CombineCo RSUs (as such term is defined in the Merger Agreement) issued solely in respect of restricted stock units granted by Legacy TechTarget between January 10, 2024 and the Effective Date; plus

(B) such additional number of shares of Common Stock as is equal to the number of shares of Common Stock that are subject to Unvested CombineCo RSUs which expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, canceled, or forfeited.

Subject to adjustment under Section 10, up to 7,700,000 of the shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan may be issued as Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 5(b)) under the Plan. Shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

(2) Share Counting. For purposes of counting the number of shares available for the grant of Awards under the Plan under this Section 4(a):

(A) all shares of Common Stock covered by SARs shall be counted against the number of shares available for the grant of Awards under the Plan; provided, however, that (i) SARs that may be settled only in cash shall not be so counted and (ii) if the Company grants an SAR in tandem with an Option for the same number of shares of Common Stock and provides that only one such Award may be exercised (a “Tandem SAR”), only the shares covered by the Option, and not the shares covered by the Tandem SAR, shall be so counted, and the expiration of one in connection with the other’s exercise will not restore shares to the Plan;

(B) to the extent that an Award may be settled only in cash, no shares shall be counted against the shares available for the grant of Awards under the Plan;

(C) if any Award (i) expires or is terminated, surrendered or cancelled without having been fully exercised or is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right) or (ii) results in any Common Stock not being issued (including as a result of an Award that was settleable either in cash or in

 

-3-


stock actually being settled in cash), the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards; provided, however, that (1) in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the foregoing shall be subject to any limitations under the Code, (2) in the case of the exercise of an SAR, the number of shares counted against the shares available under the Plan shall be the full number of shares subject to the SAR multiplied by the percentage of the SAR actually exercised, regardless of the number of shares actually used to settle such SAR upon exercise and (3) the shares covered by a Tandem SAR shall not again become available for grant upon the expiration or termination of such Tandem SAR;

(D) shares of Common Stock delivered (either by actual delivery, attestation or net exercise) to the Company by a Participant to (i) purchase shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an Award or (ii) satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to Awards (including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation) shall be added back to the number of shares available for the future grant of Awards, provided that no more than the number of shares used to satisfy the statutory minimum tax withholding obligation shall be added back to the Plan pursuant to this Section 4(a)(2)(D)(ii); and

(E) shares of Common Stock repurchased by the Company on the open market using the proceeds from the exercise of an Award shall not increase the number of shares available for future grant of Awards.

(b) Limit on Awards to Non-Employee Directors. The maximum aggregate amount of cash and value of Awards (calculated based on grant date fair value for financial reporting purposes) granted in any calendar year to any individual non-employee director for services as a director shall not exceed $1,000,000 in the case of an incumbent director; provided, however, that such maximum aggregate amount shall not exceed $1,250,000 in any calendar year for any individual non-employee director for services as a director in such non-employee director’s initial year of election or appointment; and provided, further, however, that fees paid by the Company on behalf of any non-employee director in connection with regulatory compliance, any amounts paid or Awards made pursuant to a bona fide consulting agreement for services other than as a director, any amounts paid to a non-employee director as reimbursement of an expense and any financial statement expense associated with the modification of an outstanding award (whether or not granted under the Plan) shall not count against the foregoing limit. The Board may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the Board may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation.

(c) Substitute Awards. In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Board may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted by such entity or an affiliate thereof. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Board deems appropriate in the circumstances, notwithstanding any limitations on Awards contained in the Plan. Substitute Awards shall not count against the overall share limit set forth in Section 4(a)(1) or any sublimits contained in the Plan, except as may be required by reason of Section 422 and related provisions of the Code.

 

-4-


5.

Stock Options

(a) General. The Board may grant options to purchase Common Stock (each, an “Option”) and determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option, including conditions relating to applicable federal or state securities laws, as the Board considers necessary or advisable.

(b) Incentive Stock Options. An Option that the Board intends to be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (an “Incentive Stock Option”) shall only be granted to employees of TechTarget, Inc., any of TechTarget, Inc.’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code, and shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. An Option that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be designated a “Nonstatutory Stock Option.” The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other person, if an Option (or any part thereof) that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option is not an Incentive Stock Option or if the Company converts an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) Exercise Price. The Board shall establish the exercise price of each Option or the formula by which such exercise price will be determined. The exercise price shall be specified in the applicable Option agreement. The exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Grant Date Fair Market Value (as defined below) of the Common Stock on the date the Option is granted; provided that if the Board approves the grant of an Option with an exercise price to be determined on a future date, the exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Grant Date Fair Market Value on such future date. “Grant Date Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock for purposes of the Plan will be determined as follows:

(1) if the Common Stock trades on a national securities exchange, the closing sale price (for the primary trading session) on the date of grant; or

(2) if the Common Stock does not trade on any such exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of grant as reported by an over-the-counter marketplace designated by the Board; or

(3) if the Common Stock is not publicly traded, the Board will determine the Grant Date Fair Market Value for purposes of the Plan using any measure of value it determines to be appropriate (including, as it considers appropriate, relying on appraisals) in a manner consistent with the valuation principles under Code Section 409A of the Code or any successor provision thereto, and the regulations thereunder (“Section 409A”), except as the Board may expressly determine otherwise.

For any date that is not a trading day, the Grant Date Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock for such date will be determined by using the closing sale price or average of the bid and asked prices, as appropriate, for the immediately preceding trading day and with the timing in the formulas above adjusted accordingly. The Board can substitute a particular time of day or other

 

-5-


measure of “closing sale price” or “bid and asked prices” if appropriate because of exchange or market procedures or can, use weighted averages either on a daily basis or such longer period, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 409A.

The Board shall determine the Grant Date Fair Market Value for purposes of the Plan, and all Awards are conditioned on the Participant’s agreement that the Board’s determination is conclusive and binding even though others might make a different determination.

(d) Duration of Options. Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable Option agreement; provided, however, that no Option will be granted with a term in excess of 10 years.

(e) Exercise of Options. Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with payment in full (in the manner specified in Section 5(f)) of the exercise price for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised. Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option will be delivered by the Company as soon as practicable following exercise.

(f) Payment Upon Exercise. Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for as follows:

(1) in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company;

(2) except as may otherwise be provided in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, by (i) delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding or (ii) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company funds sufficient to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding;

(3) to the extent provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at their fair market value (valued in the manner determined or approved by the Board), provided (i) such method of payment is then permitted under applicable law, (ii) such Common Stock, if acquired directly from the Company, was owned by the Participant for such minimum period of time, if any, as may be established by the Board and (iii) such Common Stock is not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements;

(4) to the extent provided for in the applicable Nonstatutory Stock Option agreement or approved by the Board, by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, as a result of which the Participant would receive (i) the number of shares underlying the portion of the Option being exercised, less (ii) such number of shares as is equal to (A) the aggregate exercise price for the portion of the Option being exercised divided by (B) the fair market value of the Common Stock (valued in the manner determined or approved by the Board) on the date of exercise;

 

-6-


(5) to the extent permitted by applicable law and provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, by payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; provided, however, that in no event may a promissory note of the Participant be used to pay the Option exercise price; or

(6) by any combination of the above permitted forms of payment.

(g) Limitation on Repricing. Unless such action is approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Company may not (except as provided for under Section 10): (1) amend any outstanding Option granted under the Plan to provide an exercise price per share that is lower than the then-current exercise price per share of such outstanding Option; (2) cancel any outstanding option (whether or not granted under the Plan) and grant in substitution therefor new Awards under the Plan (other than Awards granted pursuant to Section 4(c)) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise or measurement price per share lower than the then-current exercise price per share of the cancelled option; (3) cancel in exchange for a cash payment any outstanding Option with an exercise price per share above the then-current fair market value of the Common Stock (valued in the manner determined or approved by the Board); or (4) take any other action under the Plan that constitutes a “repricing” within the meaning of the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market or any other exchange or marketplace on which the Company’s stock is listed or traded (the “Exchange”).

(h) No Reload Options. No Option granted under the Plan shall contain any provision entitling the Participant to the automatic grant of additional Options in connection with any exercise of the original Option.

(i) No Dividend Equivalents. No Option shall provide for the payment or accrual of dividend equivalents.

 

6.

Stock Appreciation Rights

(a) General. The Board may grant Awards consisting of stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) entitling the holder, upon exercise, to receive an amount of Common Stock or cash or a combination thereof (such form to be determined by the Board) determined by reference to appreciation, from and after the date of grant, in the fair market value of a share of Common Stock (valued in the manner determined or approved by the Board) over the measurement price established pursuant to Section 6(b). The date as of which such appreciation is determined shall be the exercise date.

(b) Measurement Price. The Board shall establish the measurement price of each SAR and specify it in the applicable SAR agreement. The measurement price shall not be less than 100% of the Grant Date Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the SAR is granted; provided that if the Board approves the grant of an SAR effective as of a future date, the measurement price shall be not less than 100% of the Grant Date Fair Market Value on such future date.

(c) Duration of SARs. Each SAR shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable SAR agreement; provided, however, that no SAR will be granted with a term in excess of 10 years.

 

-7-


(d) Exercise of SARs. SARs may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with any other documents required by the Board.

(e) Limitation on Repricing. Unless such action is approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Company may not (except as provided for under Section 10): (1) amend any outstanding SAR granted under the Plan to provide a measurement price per share that is lower than the then-current measurement price per share of such outstanding SAR; (2) cancel any outstanding SAR (whether or not granted under the Plan) and grant in substitution therefor new Awards under the Plan (other than Awards granted pursuant to Section 4(c)) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise or measurement price per share lower than the then-current measurement price per share of the cancelled SAR; (3) cancel in exchange for a cash payment any outstanding SAR with a measurement price per share above the then-current fair market value of the Common Stock (valued in the manner determined or approved by the Board); or (4) take any other action under the Plan that constitutes a “repricing” within the meaning of the rules of the Exchange.

(f) No Reload SARs. No SAR granted under the Plan shall contain any provision entitling the Participant to the automatic grant of additional SARs in connection with any exercise of the original SAR.

(g) No Dividend Equivalents. No SAR shall provide for the payment or accrual of dividend equivalents.

 

7.

Restricted Stock; RSUs

(a) General. The Board may grant Awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock (“Restricted Stock”), subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) from the recipient in the event that conditions specified by the Board in the applicable Award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Board for such Award. The Board may also grant Awards entitling the recipient to receive shares of Common Stock or cash to be delivered at the time such Award vests or on a deferred basis (“RSUs”).

(b) Terms and Conditions for Restricted Stock and RSUs. The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of Restricted Stock and RSUs, including the conditions for vesting and repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, if any.

(c) Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock.

(1) Dividends. Any dividends (whether paid in cash, stock or property) declared and paid by the Company with respect to shares of Restricted Stock (“Unvested Dividends”) shall be paid to the Participant only if and when such shares become free from the restrictions on transferability and forfeitability that apply to such shares. Each payment of Unvested Dividends will be made no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividends are paid to stockholders of that class of stock or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the lapsing of the restrictions on transferability and the forfeitability provisions

 

-8-


applicable to the underlying shares of Restricted Stock. No interest will be paid on Unvested Dividends.

(2) Stock Certificates/Issuance. The Company may require that any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, as well as dividends or distributions paid on such Restricted Stock, shall be deposited in escrow by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee) or, alternatively, that such shares be issued in book entry only, in the name of the Participant with appropriate transfer and forfeiture restrictions. At the expiration of the applicable restriction periods, the Company (or such designee) shall deliver the certificates no longer subject to such restrictions (or, to the extent the Restricted Stock was issued in book entry, remove the restrictions) to the Participant or if the Participant has died, to his or her Designated Beneficiary (as defined below).

(d) Additional Provisions Relating to RSUs.

(1) Settlement. Upon the vesting of and/or lapsing of any other restrictions with respect to each RSU, the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company (i.e., settlement) the number of shares of Common Stock specified in the Award agreement or (if so provided in the applicable Award agreement or otherwise determined by the Board) an amount of cash equal to the fair market value (valued in the manner determined or approved by the Board) of such number of shares or a combination thereof. The Board may provide that settlement of RSUs shall be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant, in a manner that complies with Section 409A.

(2) Voting Rights. A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any RSUs.

(3) Dividend Equivalents. The Award agreement for RSUs may provide Participants with the right to receive an amount equal to any dividends or other distributions declared and paid on an equal number of outstanding shares of Common Stock (“Dividend Equivalents”). Dividend Equivalents may be credited to an account for the Participant and may be settled in cash and/or shares of Common Stock, in each case to the extent provided in the applicable Award agreement. Dividend Equivalents with respect to RSUs will be subject to the same restrictions on transfer and forfeitability as the RSUs with respect to which paid. No interest will be paid on Dividend Equivalents.

 

8.

Other Stock-Based and Cash-Based Awards

(a) General. The Board may grant other Awards of shares of Common Stock, and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock or other property (“Other Stock-Based Awards”). Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan or as payment in lieu of, or in satisfaction of, compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock-Based Awards may be paid in shares of Common Stock or cash, as the Board shall determine. The Company may also grant Awards denominated in cash rather than shares of Common Stock (“Cash-Based Awards”).

 

-9-


(b) Terms and Conditions. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock-Based Award or Cash-Based Award, including any purchase price applicable thereto.

(c) Dividend Equivalents. The Award agreement for an Other Stock-Based Award may provide Participants with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be credited to an account for the Participant and may be settled in cash and/or shares of Common Stock, in each case to the extent provided in the applicable Award agreement. Dividend Equivalents with respect to Other-Stock Based Awards will be subject to the same restrictions on transfer and forfeitability as the Other Stock-Based Award with respect to which paid. No interest will be paid on Dividend Equivalents.

 

9.

Performance Awards

(a) Grants. Awards under the Plan may be made subject to the achievement of performance goals pursuant to this Section 9 (“Performance Awards”).

(b) Performance Measures. The Board may specify that the degree of granting, vesting and/or payout of any Performance Award shall be subject to the achievement of one or more performance measures established by the Board, which may be based on the relative or absolute attainment of specified levels of one or any combination of the following, and which may be determined pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or on a non-GAAP basis, as determined by the Board: earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), EBITDA as adjusted for non-cash expenses (such as stock-based compensation expenses), net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of the Common Stock, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, stockholder returns, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of Common Stock, sales or market shares and number of customers, or any other metric determined by the Board. Such goals may reflect absolute entity or business unit performance or a relative comparison to the performance of a peer group of entities or other external measure of the selected performance criteria and may be absolute in their terms or measured against or in relationship to other companies comparably, similarly or otherwise situated. The Board may specify that such performance measures shall be adjusted to exclude any one or more of: (i) non-recurring or unusual gains or losses, (ii) gains or losses on the dispositions of discontinued operations, (iii) the cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles, (iv) the writedown of any asset, (v) fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates, (vi) charges for restructuring and rationalization programs, and (vii) any other factors as the Board may determine. Such performance measures: (x) may vary by Participant and may be different for different Awards; (y) may be particular to a Participant or the department, branch, line of business, subsidiary or other unit in which the Participant works; and (z) may cover such period as may be specified by the Board. The Board shall have the authority to make equitable adjustments to the performance goals in recognition of any changes in the Company’s capitalization, unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company, in response to changes in applicable laws or regulations or

 

-10-


to account for items of gain, loss or expense determined to be extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence or related to the disposal of a segment of a business or related to a change in accounting principles.

(c) Adjustments. The Board may adjust the cash or number of shares payable pursuant to such Performance Award, and the Board may, at any time, waive the achievement of the applicable performance measures.

(d) Dividends; Dividend Equivalents. Notwithstanding its designation as a Performance Award, no Option or SAR shall provide for the payment or accrual of dividend equivalents in accordance with Sections 5(i) and 6(g), as applicable, any dividends declared and paid by the Company with respect to shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject to Section 7(c)(i), and any right to receive Dividend Equivalents on an award of RSUs and Other Stock-Based Awards shall be subject to Sections 7(d)(3) and 8(c), as applicable.

 

10.

Adjustments for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events

(a) Changes in Capitalization. In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, (i) the number and class of shares available under the Plan and the number of shares that may be issued as Incentive Stock Options, (ii) the share counting rules set forth in Section 4(a), (iii) the number, class, exercise, measurement or purchase price and any other per-share related provisions of shares subject of each outstanding Award, and (iv) any performance goals applicable to an Award, shall be equitably adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards may be made, if applicable) in the manner determined by the Board. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event the Company effects a split of the Common Stock by means of a stock dividend and the exercise price of and the number of shares subject to an outstanding Option are adjusted as of the date of the distribution of the dividend (rather than as of the record date for such dividend), then an optionee who exercises an Option between the record date and the distribution date for such stock dividend shall be entitled to receive, on the distribution date, the stock dividend with respect to the shares of Common Stock acquired upon such Option exercise, notwithstanding the fact that such shares were not outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for such stock dividend.

(b) Reorganization Events.

(1) Definition. A “Reorganization Event” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which all of the Common Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is canceled, (b) any transfer or disposition of all of the Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange or other transaction or (c) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(2) Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Awards Other than Restricted Stock.

 

-11-


(A) In connection with a Reorganization Event, the Board may take any one or more of the following actions as to all or any (or any portion of) outstanding Awards other than Restricted Stock on such terms as the Board determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable Award agreement, another agreement between the Company and the Participant or another Company plan):

(i) provide that Awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof);

(ii) upon written notice to a Participant, provide that unvested Awards will be forfeited immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event and/or that unexercised Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event unless exercised by the Participant (to the extent then exercisable) within a specified period following the date of such notice;

(iii) provide that Awards shall become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an Award shall lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon such Reorganization Event;

(iv) make or provide for a payment, in such form (which may include, without limitation, cash, cash equivalents and/or securities of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof)) as may be determined by the Board, to Participants with respect to an Award held by a Participant equal in value to (A) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the vested portion of the Award (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting that occurs upon or immediately prior to such Reorganization Event) multiplied by (B) the excess, if any, of (I) the amount of cash and/or value, as determined by the Board in its discretion, of any non-cash consideration per share of Common Stock to be received by holders of Common Stock as a result of the Reorganization Event (the “Acquisition Price”) over (II) the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such Award and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such Award, provided that any escrow, holdback, earn-out or similar provisions in the definitive agreement governing the Reorganization Event may, as determined by the Board, apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to holders of Common Stock, and provided further that if the Acquisition Price does not exceed the exercise price of such Award, then the Award shall be canceled without any payment of consideration therefor;

(v) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise, measurement or purchase price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings); and

(vi) any combination of the foregoing.

In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 10(b)(2)(A), the Board shall not be obligated by the Plan to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, identically.

 

-12-


(B) Notwithstanding the terms of Section 10(b)(2)(A)(i), in the case of outstanding RSUs that are subject to Section 409A: (i) if the applicable RSU agreement provides that the RSUs shall be settled upon a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i), and the Reorganization Event constitutes such a “change in control event”, then no assumption or substitution shall be permitted pursuant to Section 10(b)(2)(A)(i) and the RSUs shall instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable RSU agreement; and (ii) the Board may only undertake the actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 10(b)(2)(A) if the Reorganization Event constitutes a “change in control event” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) and such action is permitted or required by Section 409A; if the Reorganization Event is not a “change in control event” as so defined or such action is not permitted or required by Section 409A, and the acquiring or succeeding corporation does not assume or substitute the RSUs pursuant to clause (i) of Section 10(b)(2)(A), then the unvested RSUs shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event without any payment in exchange therefor.

(C) For purposes of Section 10(b)(2)(A)(i), an Award (other than Restricted Stock) shall be considered assumed if, following consummation of the Reorganization Event, such Award confers the right to purchase or receive pursuant to the terms of such Award, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event, the consideration (whether cash, securities or other property) received as a result of the Reorganization Event by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that if the consideration received as a result of the Reorganization Event is not solely common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), the Company may, with the consent of the acquiring or succeeding corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise or settlement of the Award to consist solely of such number of shares of common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) that the Board determined to be equivalent in value (as of the date of such determination or another date specified by the Board) to the per share consideration received by holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock as a result of the Reorganization Event.

(D) The Board may impose a limitation on the ability of Participants holding Options and/or SARs to exercise their Awards for the minimum number of days prior to the closing of the Reorganization Event as is reasonably necessary to facilitate the orderly closing of the Reorganization Event. The Company shall provide reasonable notice to Participants of any such limitation on exercise.

(3) Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Restricted Stock. Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the repurchase and other rights of the Company with respect to outstanding Restricted Stock shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor and shall, unless the Board determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which the Common Stock was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to such Reorganization Event in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to such Restricted Stock; provided, however, that the Board may either provide for termination or deemed satisfaction of such repurchase or other rights

 

-13-


under the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, either initially or by amendment, or provide for forfeiture of such Restricted Stock if issued at no cost. Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event involving the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock then outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

(c) Change in Control Events.

(1) Definitions.

(A) A “Change in Control Event” shall mean: (i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of any capital stock of the Company if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) 30% or more of either (x) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (y) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (A), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control Event: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company (excluding an acquisition pursuant to the exercise, conversion or exchange of any security exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for common stock or voting securities of the Company, unless the Person exercising, converting or exchanging such security acquired such security directly from the Company or an underwriter or agent of the Company), or (2) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a Business Combination (as defined below) which complies with clauses (x) and (y) of subsection (iii) of this definition; or (ii) a change in the composition of the Board that results in the Continuing Directors (as defined below) no longer constituting a majority of the Board (or, if applicable, the Board of Directors of a successor corporation to the Company), where the term “Continuing Director” means at any date a member of the Board (x) who was a member of the Board on the date of the initial adoption of the Plan by the Board or (y) who was nominated or elected subsequent to such date by at least a majority of the directors who were Continuing Directors at the time of such nomination or election or whose election to the Board was recommended or endorsed by at least a majority of the directors who were Continuing Directors at the time of such nomination or election; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from this clause (y) any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or (iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or share exchange involving the Company or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, each of the following two conditions is satisfied: (x) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities

 

-14-


entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation in such Business Combination (which shall include, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (such resulting or acquiring corporation is referred to herein as the “Acquiring Corporation”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, respectively, immediately prior to such Business Combination and (y) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) maintained or sponsored by the Company or by the Acquiring Corporation) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Acquiring Corporation, or of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination); or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. For the avoidance of doubt, a mere reduction in the amount of Outstanding Company Common Stock held by Informa US Holdings Limited as of the Effective Date shall not, by itself, constitute a Change in Control Event.

(B) “Good Reason” shall mean (i) if the Participant is a party to an employment or other agreement that defines “good reason”, then good reason as defined in such agreement and (ii) otherwise, (a) a material diminution in base compensation, (b) a material diminution in duties, authority or responsibilities, (c) a material relocation or (d) a material breach of the Award agreement or other employment or service agreement between the Company and the Participant. Notwithstanding the occurrence of any such event or circumstance, such occurrence shall not be deemed to constitute Good Reason unless (x) the Participant gives the Company notice of termination no more than ninety (90) days after the initial existence of such event or circumstance, (y) such event or circumstance has not been fully corrected and the Participant has not been reasonably compensated for any losses or damages resulting therefrom within thirty (30) days of the Company’s receipt of such notice and (z) the Participant’s termination of employment occurs within six (6) months following the Company’s receipt of such notice.

(C) “Cause” shall mean (i) if the Participant is a party to an employment or other agreement that defines “cause”, then cause as defined in such agreement and (ii) otherwise, any act (a) whether or not involving the Company or any affiliate of the Company, of fraud or gross misconduct, (b) the commission by the Participant of (x) a felony or (y) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud, or (c) gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Participant with respect to the Company or any affiliate of the Company. The Participant shall be considered to have been discharged for “Cause” if the Company determines, within thirty (30) days after the Participant’s resignation, that discharge for Cause was warranted.

(2) Effect on Options. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10(b), effective immediately prior to a Change in Control Event, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Option or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, the vesting schedule of such Option shall be accelerated in part so that one-half of the number of shares that would otherwise have first become vested on

 

-15-


any date after the date of the Change in Control Event shall immediately become exercisable. The remaining one-half of such number of shares shall continue to become vested in accordance with the original vesting schedule set forth in such Option, with one-half of the number of shares that would otherwise have become vested on each subsequent vesting date in accordance with the original schedule becoming vested on each such subsequent vesting date; provided, however, that each such Option shall be immediately exercisable in full if, on or prior to the first anniversary of the date of the consummation of the Change in Control Event, the Participant’s employment with the Company or the Acquiring Corporation is terminated for Good Reason by the Participant or is terminated without Cause by the Company or the Acquiring Corporation.

(3) Effect on Awards of Restricted Stock and RSUs. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10(b), effective immediately prior to a Change in Control Event, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Award of Restricted Stock or RSUs or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, the vesting schedule of such Award shall be accelerated in part so that one-half of the number of shares that would otherwise have first become free from conditions or restrictions on any date after the date of the Change in Control Event shall immediately become free from conditions or restrictions. Subject to the following sentence, the remaining one-half of such number of shares shall continue to become free from conditions or restrictions in accordance with the original schedule set forth in the applicable Award agreement, with one-half of the number of shares that would otherwise have become free from conditions or restrictions on each subsequent vesting date in accordance with the original schedule becoming free from conditions or restrictions on each subsequent vesting date. In addition, each such Award of Restricted Stock or RSUs shall immediately become free from all conditions or restrictions if, on or prior to the first anniversary of the date of the consummation of the Change in Control Event, the Participant’s employment with the Company or the Acquiring Corporation is terminated for Good Reason by the Participant or is terminated without Cause by the Company or the Acquiring Corporation.

(4) Effect on SARs and Other Stock-Based Awards. The Board may specify in an Award at the time of the grant the effect of a Change in Control Event on any SAR and Other Stock-Based Award.

(5) Section 409A. The definition of Change in Control Event for purposes of the Plan is intended to conform to the description of “Change in Control Events” in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5), or in subsequent IRS guidance describing what constitutes a change in control event for purposes of Section 409A of the Code when the Award is subject to Section 409A. Accordingly, no Change in Control Event will be deemed to provide for acceleration of payment with respect to a transaction or event described in this Section 10(c) unless the transaction or event would constitute a “Change in Control Event” as described in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5), or in subsequent IRS guidance under Section 409A of the Code.

 

11.

General Provisions Applicable to Awards

(a) Transferability of Awards. Awards shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by a Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, other than in the case of an Incentive

 

-16-


Stock Option, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant; provided, however, that, except with respect to Awards subject to Section 409A and Incentive Stock Options, the Board may permit or provide in an Award for the gratuitous transfer of the Award by the Participant to or for the benefit of any immediate family member, family trust or other entity established for the benefit of the Participant and/or an immediate family member thereof if the Company would be eligible to use a Form S-8 under the Securities Act for the registration of the sale of the Common Stock subject to such Award to such proposed transferee; provided further, that the Company shall not be required to recognize any such permitted transfer until such time as such permitted transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument in form and substance satisfactory to the Company confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Award. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section 11(a) shall be deemed to restrict a transfer to the Company.

(b) Documentation. Each Award shall be evidenced in such form (written, electronic or otherwise) as the Board shall determine. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

(c) Termination of Status. The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, termination or other cessation of employment or service, authorized leave of absence or other change in the employment or other service status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, or the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary, may exercise rights, or receive any benefits, under an Award. “Designated Beneficiary” means (i) the beneficiary designated, in a manner determined by the Board, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death or (ii) in the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, the Participant’s estate.

(d) Withholding. The Participant must satisfy all applicable federal, state, and local or other income and employment tax withholding obligations before the Company will deliver stock certificates or otherwise recognize ownership of Common Stock under an Award. The Company may elect to satisfy the withholding obligations through additional withholding on salary or wages. If the Company elects not to or cannot withhold from other compensation, the Participant must pay the Company the full amount, if any, required for withholding or have a broker tender to the Company cash equal to the withholding obligations. Payment of withholding obligations is due before the Company will issue any shares on exercise, vesting or release from forfeiture of an Award or at the same time as payment of the exercise or purchase price, unless the Company determines otherwise. If provided for in an Award or approved by the Board, a Participant may satisfy the tax obligations in whole or in part by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their fair market value (valued in the manner determined or approved by the Company); provided, however, except as otherwise provided by the Board, that the total tax withholding where stock is being used to satisfy such tax obligations cannot exceed the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligations (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income), except that, to the extent that the Company is

 

-17-


able to retain shares of Common Stock having a fair market value (determined or approved by the Company) that exceeds the statutory minimum applicable withholding tax without financial accounting implications or the Company is withholding in a jurisdiction that does not have a statutory minimum withholding tax, the Company may retain such number of shares of Common Stock (up to the number of shares having a fair market value equal to the maximum individual statutory rate of tax (determined or approved by, the Company)) as the Company shall determine to be necessary to satisfy the tax liability associated with any Award. Shares used to satisfy tax withholding requirements cannot be subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

(e) Amendment of Award. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5(g), 6(e), 11(g) and 11(h), the Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless (i) the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Plan or (ii) the change is permitted under Section 10.

(f) Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously issued or delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and regulations and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

(g) Limitations on Vesting. Subject to Section 11(h), no Award shall vest earlier than the first anniversary of its date of grant, unless such Award is granted in lieu of salary, bonus or other compensation otherwise earned by or payable to the Participant. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to Awards granted, in the aggregate, for up to 5% of the maximum number of authorized shares set forth in Section 4(a).

(h) Acceleration. The Board may at any time provide that any Award shall become immediately exercisable in whole or in part, free from some or all restrictions or conditions or otherwise realizable in whole or in part, as the case may be.

 

12.

Miscellaneous

(a) No Right To Employment or Other Status. No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award by virtue of the adoption of the Plan, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan, except as expressly provided in the applicable Award.

 

-18-


(b) No Rights As Stockholder. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be issued with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares.

(c) Clawback. In accepting an Award under the Plan, the Participant agrees to be bound by any clawback policy that the Company has in effect or may adopt in the future, including without limitation TechTarget, Inc.’s Compensation Recovery Policy adopted in accordance with stock exchange listing requirements (or any successor policy). The Participant agrees that in the event it is determined in accordance with any such policy that any Award granted under the Plan (including any dividends, Unvested Dividends or Dividend Equivalents paid with respect thereto), any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise or settlement thereof (including securities or other property received therefor), or any other proceeds from the exercise or settlement of such Award or the sale of such shares of Common Stock or any other compensation subject to such policy must be forfeited or reimbursed to the Company, the Participant will promptly take any action necessary to effectuate such forfeiture and/or reimbursement as determined by the Company.

(d) Effective Date and Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective on the date of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (such date, the “Effective Date”), provided that this Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholder and Legacy TechTarget’s stockholders prior to such date. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the expiration of 10 years from the Effective Date, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

(e) Amendment of Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time provided that (i) neither Section 5(g) nor Section 6(e) requiring stockholder approval of any Option or SAR repricing may be amended without stockholder approval; (ii) no amendment that would require stockholder approval under the rules of the national securities exchange on which the Company then maintains its primary listing will be effective unless and until the Company’s stockholders approve such amendment; and (iii) if the national securities exchange on which the Company then maintains its primary listing does not have rules regarding when stockholder approval of amendments to equity compensation plans is required (or if the Company’s Common Stock is not then listed on any national securities exchange), then no amendment to the Plan (A) materially increasing the number of shares authorized under the Plan (other than pursuant to Section 4(c) or Section 10), (B) expanding the types of Awards that may be granted under the Plan, or (C) materially expanding the class of participants eligible to participate in the Plan shall be effective unless and until the Company’s stockholders approve such amendment. In addition, if at any time the approval of the Company’s stockholders is required as to any other modification or amendment under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the Board may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval. Unless otherwise specified in the amendment, any amendment to the Plan adopted in accordance with this Section 13(e) shall apply to, and be binding on the holders of, all Awards outstanding under the Plan at the time the amendment is adopted, provided the Board determines that such amendment, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Participants under the Plan. No Award shall be made that is conditioned upon stockholder approval of any

 

-19-


amendment to the Plan unless the Award provides that (i) it will terminate or be forfeited if stockholder approval of such amendment is not obtained within no more than 12 months from the date of grant and (2) it may not be exercised or settled (or otherwise result in the issuance of Common Stock) prior to such stockholder approval.

(f) Authorization of Sub-Plans (including for Grants to non-U.S. Employees). The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying applicable securities, tax or other laws of various jurisdictions. The Board shall establish such sub-plans by adopting supplements to the Plan containing (i) such limitations on the Board’s discretion under the Plan as the Board deems necessary or desirable or (ii) such additional terms and conditions not otherwise inconsistent with the Plan as the Board shall deem necessary or desirable. All supplements adopted by the Board shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each supplement shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any supplement to Participants in any jurisdiction which is not the subject of such supplement.

(g) Compliance with Section 409A. If and to the extent (i) any portion of any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to a Participant in connection with his or her employment termination constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and (ii) the Participant is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, in each case as determined by the Company in accordance with its procedures, by which determinations the Participant (through accepting the Award) agrees that to be bound, such portion of the payment, compensation or other benefit shall not be paid before the day that is six months plus one day after the date of “separation from service” (as determined under Section 409A) (the “New Payment Date”), except as Section 409A may then permit. The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Participant during the period between the date of separation from service and the New Payment Date shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum on such New Payment Date, and any remaining payments will be paid on their original schedule.

The Company makes no representations or warranty and shall have no liability to the Participant or any other person if any provisions of or payments, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but do not to satisfy the conditions of that section.

(h) Limitations on Liability. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan, nor will such individual be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument such individual executes in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, employee or agent of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan has been or will be delegated, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Board’s approval) arising out of any act or omission to act concerning the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

 

-20-


(i) Governing Law. The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

-21-

Exhibit 10.11

TECHTARGET, INC.

2024 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The purpose of this 2024 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (this “Plan”) is to provide eligible employees of TechTarget, Inc. (the “Company”) and certain of its subsidiaries with opportunities to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), commencing at such time and on such dates as the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) shall determine.

The Company intends for the Plan to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” as defined in Section 423 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the regulations issued thereunder and the Plan shall be interpreted consistent therewith. However, the Administrator may authorize the grant of Options (as defined below) under Offerings (as defined below) that are not intended to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, pursuant to any rules, procedures, agreements, appendices, or sub-plans (collectively, “Sub-Plans”) as may be adopted by the Administrator for such purpose and/or to achieve tax, securities law or other compliance or policy objectives in jurisdictions outside the United States (each such Offering, a “Non-423 Offering”, and each Offering intended to comply with Section 423 of the Code, a “Section 423 Offering”).

Subject to adjustment under Section 15 hereof, 1,400,000 shares of Common Stock have been approved for issuance under the Plan. For avoidance of doubt, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock reserved under this Plan may be used to satisfy purchases of Common Stock under Section 423 Offerings and any remaining portion of such maximum number of shares of Common Stock may be used to satisfy purchases of Common Stock under Non-423 Offerings.

1. Administration. The Plan will be administered by the Board or by a committee appointed by the Board (the “Administrator”). The Administrator has authority to (i) make rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan; (ii) interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan; (iii) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; (iv) determine which Designated Companies (as defined in Section 2) will participate in the Plan, including whether a Designated Company will participate in a Section 423 Offering or a Non-423 Offering, provided that in no event may a Designated Company participate in a Section 423 Offering and a Non-423 Offering at the same time; (v) decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and (vi) otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan, and its interpretation and decisions with regard thereto shall be final and conclusive. To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Administrator may delegate administrative tasks under the Plan to the services of an agent or an officer of the Company, including without limitation, determining the Designated Companies eligible to participate in the Plan or in an Offering thereunder.

2. Eligibility. All employees of (i) the Company and (ii) all employees of any subsidiary of the Company (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) and (iii) solely for purposes of any Non-423 Offering, any other entity in which the Company has a greater than 50% equity interest, and in the case of (ii) and (iii) which has been designated by the


Administrator or its delegate from time to time (the Company and any subsidiary or such other entity so designated are each referred to as a “Designated Company” and are collectively referred to as the “Designated Companies”), are eligible to participate in any one or more of the offerings of Options (as defined in Section 9) to purchase Common Stock under the Plan provided that:

(a) they are customarily employed by a Designated Company for more than 20 hours a week and for more than five months in a calendar year;

(b) they have been employed by a Designated Company for at least three months prior to enrolling in the Plan; and

(c) they are employees of a Designated Company on the first day of the applicable Plan Period (as defined below).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and without limitation to Section 23 hereof, an employee of a Designated Company shall also be eligible to participate in an Offering to the extent that local law requires participation in the Offering to be extended to such employee, as determined by the Administrator in a manner consistent with Section 423 of the Code or otherwise under a Non-423 Offering.

No employee may be granted an Option hereunder if such employee, immediately after the Option is granted, owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of the stock of the Company or any subsidiary. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an employee, and all stock that the employee has a contractual right to purchase shall be treated as stock owned by the employee.

The Administrator retains the discretion to determine which eligible employees may participate in a Section 423 Offering pursuant to and consistent with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.423-2(e) and (f). In the case of a Non-423 Offering, an eligible employee (or group of eligible employees) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Administrator has determined, in its sole discretion, that participation of such eligible employee(s) is not advisable or practicable for any reason.

3. Offerings. The Company will make one or more offerings (“Offerings”) to employees to purchase Common Stock under this Plan. Offerings will begin at such time and on such dates as the Administrator shall determine, or the first business day thereafter (such dates, the “Offering Commencement Dates”). Each Offering Commencement Date will begin a six-month period (a “Plan Period”) during which payroll deductions or other contributions will be made and held for the purchase of Common Stock at the end of the Plan Period. However, the Administrator may, at its discretion, choose a different Plan Period of not more than twelve (12) months for Offerings. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, each Offering under the Plan in which eligible employees of a Designated Company may participate will be deemed a separate offering for purposes of Section 423 of the Code, even if the dates of the applicable Plan Periods of each such Offering are identical, and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. With respect to Section 423 Offerings, the terms of separate Offerings need not be identical provided that all eligible employees granted Options in a particular Offering will


have equal rights and privileges, except as otherwise may be permitted by Section 423 of the Code; a Non-423 Offering need not satisfy such requirements.

4. Participation. An employee eligible on the Offering Commencement Date of any Offering may participate in such Offering by completing and forwarding either a written or electronic payroll deduction authorization form to the employee’s appropriate payroll office or an agent designated by the Company at least 15 days (or such other number of days as is determined by the Company) prior to the applicable Offering Commencement Date. The form will authorize a regular payroll deduction from the Compensation received by the employee during the Plan Period. Unless an employee files a new form or withdraws from the Plan, his or her deductions and purchases will continue at the same rate for future Offerings under the Plan as long as the Plan remains in effect. Furthermore, with respect to a Designated Company that is incorporated or formed in a non-U.S. jurisdiction where participation in the Plan through payroll deductions is prohibited or otherwise problematic under local laws (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion), the Administrator may permit eligible employees to elect to participate through other contributions in a form acceptable to the Administrator in lieu of payroll deductions. The Administrator shall determine what constitutes “Compensation” for purposes of the Plan. In the absence of a determination by the Administrator, the term “Compensation” shall mean the amount reportable on the employee’s U.S. Federal Income Tax Withholding Statement (or analogous non-U.S. statement), excluding overtime, shift premium, incentive or bonus awards, allowances and reimbursements for expenses such as relocation allowances for travel expenses, income or gains associated with the grant or vesting of restricted stock or restricted stock units, income or gains on the exercise of Company stock options or stock appreciation rights, and similar items, whether or not shown or separately identified on the employee’s U.S. Federal Income Tax Withholding Statement (or analogous non-U.S. statement), but including, in the case of salespersons, sales commissions to the extent determined by the Administrator. The Administrator will have discretion to determine the application of this definition to eligible employees outside the United States.

5. Deductions. The Company will maintain payroll deduction or other contribution accounts for all participating employees. With respect to any Offering made under this Plan, an employee may authorize a payroll deduction or other contribution in any percentage amount (in whole percentages) at a minimum of 1% up to a maximum of 15% of the Compensation the employee receives during the Plan Period or such shorter period during which deductions from payroll or other contributions are made. The Administrator may, at its discretion, designate a lower maximum contribution rate. The minimum payroll deduction is such percentage of Compensation as may be established from time to time by the Administrator.

6. Deduction Changes. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, an employee may decrease or discontinue his or her payroll deduction once during any Plan Period, by filing either a written or electronic new payroll deduction authorization form, as determined by the Company. However, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, an employee may not increase his or her payroll deduction during a Plan Period. If an employee elects to discontinue his or her payroll deductions during a Plan Period, but does not elect to withdraw his or her funds pursuant to Section 8 hereof, funds deducted prior to his or her election to discontinue will be applied to the purchase of Common Stock on the Exercise Date (as defined below).


7. Interest. Interest will not be paid on any employee accounts, except as required by applicable law or to the extent that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, elects to credit employee accounts with interest at such rate as it may from time to time determine.

8. Withdrawal of Funds. An employee may at any time prior to the close of business on the fifteenth business day prior to the end of a Plan Period (or such other number of days as is determined by the Company) and for any reason permanently draw out the balance accumulated in the employee’s account and thereby withdraw from participation in an Offering. Partial withdrawals are not permitted. The employee may not begin participation again during the remainder of the Plan Period during which the employee withdrew his or her balance. The employee may participate in any subsequent Offering in accordance with terms and conditions established by the Administrator.

9. Purchase of Shares.

(a) Number of Shares. On the Offering Commencement Date for the applicable Plan Period, the Company will grant to each eligible employee who is then a participant in the Plan an option (an “Option”) to purchase on the last business day of such Plan Period (the “Exercise Date”) at the applicable purchase price (the “Option Price”) up to such whole number of shares of Common Stock as is determined by multiplying $2,083 by the number of full months in the Plan Period and dividing the result by the closing price (as determined below) on the Offering Commencement Date; provided, however, that no employee may be granted an Option which permits his or her rights to purchase Common Stock under this Plan and any other employee stock purchase plan (as defined in Section 423(b) of the Code) of the Company and its subsidiaries, to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such Common Stock (determined at the date such Option is granted) for each calendar year in which the Option is outstanding at any time; and, provided, further, however, that the Administrator may, in its discretion, set a different fixed number of shares of Common Stock that each eligible employee may purchase per Plan Period which number shall not be greater than the number of shares of Common Stock determined using the formula in the first clause of this Section 9(a), and which number shall be subject to the second clause of this Section 9(a).

(b) Option Price. The Administrator shall determine the Option Price for each Plan Period, including whether such Option Price shall be determined based on the lesser of the closing price of the Common Stock on (i) the first business day of the Plan Period or (ii) the Exercise Date, or shall be based solely on the closing price of the Common Stock on the Exercise Date; provided, however, that such Option Price shall be at least 85% of the applicable closing price. In the absence of a determination by the Administrator, the Option Price will be 85% of the lesser of the closing price of the Common Stock on (i) the first business day of the Plan Period or (ii) the Exercise Date. The closing price shall be (a) the closing price (for the primary trading session) on any national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or (b) the average of the closing bid and asked prices in the over-the-counter-market, whichever is applicable, as published in The Wall Street Journal or another source selected by the Administrator. If no sales of Common Stock were made on such a day, the price of the Common Stock shall be the reported price for the last preceding day on which sales were made.


(c) Exercise of Option. Each employee who continues to be a participant in the Plan on the Exercise Date shall be deemed to have exercised his or her Option at the Option Price on such date and shall be deemed to have purchased from the Company the number of whole shares of Common Stock reserved for the purpose of the Plan that his or her accumulated payroll deductions or other contributions on such date will pay for, but not in excess of the maximum numbers determined in the manner set forth above.

(d) Return of Unused Payroll Deductions. Any balance remaining in an employee’s payroll deduction or other contribution account at the end of a Plan Period will be automatically refunded to the employee, except that any balance that is less than the purchase price of one share of Common Stock will be carried forward into the employee’s payroll deduction or other contribution account for the following Offering, unless the employee elects not to participate in the following Offering under the Plan, in which case the balance in the employee’s account shall be refunded.

10. Issuance of Certificates. Certificates representing shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan may be issued only in the name of the employee or, for U.S. employees only, in the name of the employee and another person of legal age as joint tenants with rights of survivorship, or (in the Company’s sole discretion) in the name of a brokerage firm, bank, or other nominee holder designated by the employee. The Company may, in its sole discretion and in compliance with applicable laws, authorize the use of book entry registration of shares in lieu of issuing stock certificates.

11. Rights on Retirement, Death or Termination of Employment. If a participating employee’s employment with a Designated Company ends before the last business day of a Plan Period, no payroll deduction shall be taken from any pay then due and owing to the employee and no further other contributions will be permitted, and the balance in the employee’s account shall be paid to the employee. In the event of the employee’s death before the last business day of a Plan Period, the Company shall, upon notification of such death, pay the balance of the employee’s account (a) to the executor or administrator of the employee’s estate or (b) if no such executor or administrator has been appointed to the knowledge of the Company, to such other person(s) as the Company may, in its discretion, designate. If, before the last business day of the Plan Period, the Designated Company by which an employee is employed ceases to be a subsidiary or other entity that is eligible to be a Designated Company, or if the employee is transferred to a subsidiary or other entity that is not eligible to be a Designated Company, the employee shall be deemed to have terminated employment for the purposes of this Plan.

12. Optionees Not Stockholders. Neither the granting of an Option to an employee, the deductions from his or her Compensation, nor the ability to make other contributions toward the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall make such employee a stockholder of the shares of Common Stock covered by an Option under this Plan and such employee shall not become a stockholder until he or she has purchased and received such shares.

13. Options Not Transferable. Options under this Plan are not transferable by a participating employee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are exercisable during the employee’s lifetime only by the employee.


14. Application of Funds. All funds received or held by the Company under this Plan may be combined with other corporate funds and may be used for any corporate purpose (unless otherwise required by applicable laws).

15. Adjustment for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events.

(a) Changes in Capitalization. In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, (i) the number and class of securities available under this Plan, (ii) the share limitations set forth in Section 9, and (iii) the Option Price shall be equitably adjusted to the extent determined by the Administrator.

(b) Reorganization Events.

(1) Definition. A “Reorganization Event” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which all of the Common Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled, (b) any transfer or disposition of all of the Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange or other transaction or (c) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(2) Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Options. In connection with a Reorganization Event, the Administrator may take any one or more of the following actions as to outstanding Options on such terms as the Administrator determines: (i) provide that Options shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent Options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (ii) upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding Options will be terminated immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event and that all such outstanding Options will become exercisable to the extent of accumulated payroll deductions or other contributions as of a date specified by the Administrator in such notice, which date shall not be less than ten (10) days preceding the effective date of the Reorganization Event (or such other number of days as is determined by the Administrator), (iii) upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding Options will be cancelled as of a date prior to the effective date of the Reorganization Event and that all accumulated payroll deductions or other contributions will be returned to participating employees on such date, (iv) in the event of a Reorganization Event under the terms of which holders of Common Stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Reorganization Event (the “Acquisition Price”), change the last day of the Plan Period to be the date of the consummation of the Reorganization Event and make or provide for a cash payment to each employee equal to (A) (1) the Acquisition Price times (2) the number of shares of Common Stock that the employee’s accumulated payroll deductions or other contributions as of immediately prior to the Reorganization Event could purchase at the Option Price, where the Acquisition Price is treated as the fair market value of the Common Stock on the last day of the applicable Plan Period for purposes of determining the Option Price under Section 9(b) hereof, and where the number of shares that could be purchased is subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9(a), minus (B) the result of multiplying such number of shares by such Option Price, (v) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or


dissolution of the Company, Options shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (net of the Option Price thereof) and (vi) any combination of the foregoing.

For purposes of clause (i) above, an Option shall be considered assumed if, following consummation of the Reorganization Event, the Option confers the right to purchase, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event, the consideration (whether cash, securities or other property) received as a result of the Reorganization Event by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that if the consideration received as a result of the Reorganization Event is not solely common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), the Company may, with the consent of the acquiring or succeeding corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of Options to consist solely of such number of shares of common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) that the Board determines to be equivalent in value (as of the date of such determination or another date specified by the Board) to the per share consideration received by holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock as a result of the Reorganization Event.

16. Amendment of the Plan. The Board may at any time, and from time to time, amend or suspend this Plan or any portion thereof, except that if the approval of any such amendment by the stockholders of the Company is required by law, by Section 423 of the Code or the applicable listing rules of the exchange on which the Common Stock is traded, such amendment shall not be effected without such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following amendments shall require the approval of the Company’s stockholders: (a) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased under the Plan, except as provided in Section 15; (b) any ability to issue shares of Common Stock before payment therefor in full; (c) any reduction in the price per share at which Common Stock may be purchased; and (d) any change in the definition of subsidiaries or other entities eligible to participate in the Plan. In no event may any amendment be made that would cause the Plan to fail to comply with Section 423 of the Code.

17. Insufficient Shares. If the total number of shares of Common Stock specified in elections to be purchased under any Offering plus the number of shares purchased under previous Offerings under this Plan exceeds the maximum number of shares issuable under this Plan, the Administrator will allot the shares then available on a pro-rata basis.

18. Termination of the Plan. This Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board. Upon termination of this Plan all amounts in the accounts of participating employees shall be promptly refunded without interest (unless otherwise required by applicable laws).

19. Governmental Regulations. The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver shares of Common Stock under this Plan is subject to listing on a national stock exchange (to the extent the Common Stock is then so listed or quoted) and the approval of all governmental authorities required in connection with the authorization, issuance or sale of such stock. If, pursuant to this Section 19, the Administrator determines that shares of Common Stock will not be issued to any


employee, the Company is relieved from liability to any employee except to refund to the employee the amount in such employee’s payroll deduction or other contribution account, without interest thereon (except as may be required by applicable laws).

20. Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by Delaware law except to the extent that such law is preempted by U.S. federal law.

21. Issuance of Shares. Shares may be issued upon exercise of an Option from authorized but unissued Common Stock, from shares held in the treasury of the Company, or from any other proper source.

22. ESPP Broker Account. The Administrator may require that the shares purchased on behalf of each participant shall be deposited directly into a brokerage account which the Company shall establish for the participant at a Company-designated brokerage firm. The account will be known as the ESPP Broker Account.

Except as otherwise provided below, the deposited shares may not be transferred (either electronically or in certificate form) from the ESPP Broker Account until the later of the following two periods: (i) the end of the two (2)-year period measured from the Offering Commencement Date for the Plan Period in which the shares were purchased and (ii) the end of the one (1)-year period measured from the Exercise Date on which the shares were purchased. Such limitation shall apply both to transfers to different accounts with the same ESPP broker and to transfers to other brokerage firms. Any shares held for the required holding period may thereafter be transferred (either electronically or in certificate form) to other accounts or to other brokerage firms.

The foregoing procedures shall not in any way limit when the participant may sell his or her shares. Those procedures are designed solely to assure that any sale of shares prior to the satisfaction of the required holding period is made through the ESPP Broker Account. In addition, the participant may request a stock certificate or share transfer from his or her ESPP Broker Account prior to the satisfaction of the required holding period should the participant wish to make a gift of any shares held in that account. However, shares may not be transferred (either electronically or in certificate form) from the ESPP Broker Account for use as collateral for a loan or otherwise in any manner that is prohibited by Company policies or securities laws.

The foregoing procedures shall apply to all shares purchased by each participant, whether or not that participant continues to be an employee of a Designated Company.

23. Grants to Employees in Non-U.S. Jurisdictions. The Company may, to comply with the laws of a non-U.S. jurisdiction, grant Options under a Section 423 Offering to employees of the Company or a Designated Company who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) with terms that are specified and communicated to the employees in such jurisdiction and that are less favorable (but not more favorable) than the terms of the Options granted under the Section 423 Offering to employees of the Company or the Designated Company who are resident in the United States. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Plan, employees of the Company or a


Designated Company who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) may be excluded from eligibility to participate in a Section 423 Offering if (a) the grant of an Option under the Plan to a citizen or resident of the foreign jurisdiction is prohibited under the laws of such jurisdiction or (b) compliance with the laws of the foreign jurisdiction would cause the Offering to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. The Company may add one or more appendices to this Plan describing the operation of the Plan in those foreign jurisdictions in which employees are excluded from participation or granted less favorable Options.

24. Authorization of Sub-Plans. The Administrator may from time to time establish one or more Sub-Plans under the Plan to accommodate requirements of local law and procedures outside the United States, facilitate the administration of the Plan or accomplish other Company objectives in offering the Plan in jurisdictions outside the United States, or to qualify for particular tax treatment under laws of jurisdictions other than the United States. Subject to Section 16 hereof, such Sub-Plans may take precedence over the provisions of this Plan, but unless otherwise amended or superseded by the terms of any such Sub-Plan, the provisions of this Plan will govern the operation of Sub-Plans. To the extent inconsistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, any such Sub-Plan will be operated under a Non-423 Offering, and rights granted thereunder will not be required by the terms of the Plan to comply with Section 423 of the Code.

25. Withholding. At the time of any taxable event that creates an obligation for the Company or any Designated Company to withhold U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state and/or local taxes (including, without limitation, income tax, social insurance contributions, fringe benefit tax, employment tax, stamp tax and any employer tax liability which has been transferred to an employee) for which an employee is liable in connection with his or her participation in the Plan (“Tax-Related Items”), each affected employee shall, no later than the date of the event creating the withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items, make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Tax-Related Items required by law to be withheld in connection with any transaction related to Options granted to or shares acquired by such employee pursuant to the Plan. The Company may, to the extent permitted by law, withhold any such Tax-Related Items from any payment of any kind otherwise due to an employee, including by one or a combination of the following methods: (i) retaining, from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable on the last day of the Plan Period, a number of shares having a fair market value sufficient to cover the withholding obligation for the applicable Tax-Related Items (provided, however, that the amount withheld does not exceed the maximum statutory tax rate or such lesser amount as is necessary to avoid liability accounting treatment); (ii) withholding from proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Option, either through a voluntary sale or an automatic sale arranged by the Company; or (iii) withholding from the employee’s wages or other compensation.

26. Transfer of Employment. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, a participant whose employment transfers or whose employment terminates with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by or between Designated Companies will not be treated as having terminated employment for purposes of participating in the Plan or an Offering; however, if a participant transfers from a Section 423 Offering to a Non-423 Offering, the exercise of the


participant’s Option will be qualified under the Section 423 Offering only to the extent that such exercise complies with Section 423 of the Code. If a participant transfers from a Non-423 Offering to a Section 423 Offering, the exercise of the participant’s Option will remain non-qualified under the Non-423 Offering.

27. Section 409A of the Code. Options granted under a Section 423 Offering are exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code. Options granted under a Non-423 Offering are intended to be exempt from, or to comply with Section 409A of the Code, and as such, the Exercise Date for each Plan Period shall be fixed prior to the Offering Commencement Date and may not be accelerated or deferred unless permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representation in this regard and will have no liability to a participant or any other party if an Option that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator with respect thereto.

28. Effective Date and Approval of Stockholders. The Plan shall become effective on the date of the closing of the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 10, 2024, by and among TechTarget, Inc. (“Legacy TechTarget”), Toro CombineCo, Inc., Toro Acquisition Sub, LLC, Informa PLC, Informa US Holdings Limited and Informa Intrepid Holdings, Inc., as such agreement may be amended from time to time (such date, the “Effective Date”), provided that this Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholder and Legacy TechTarget’s stockholders prior to such date.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on September 20, 2024

Approved by the stockholders on November 26, 2024

Exhibit 10.12

THIS SECONDMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made on the December 2, 2024

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

TECHTARGET, INC., a Delaware corporation, formerly known as TORO COMBINECO, INC. (“TechTarget”);

 

(2)

GARY NUGENT (the “Executive”); and

 

(3)

INFORMA SUPPORT SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Informa”).

 

1.

GENERAL

 

1.1

The capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning set out in Schedule 1 – Definitions, unless otherwise specified.

 

2.

SECONDMENT TERMS

 

2.1

During the Secondment Period, the Executive shall be seconded to TechTarget for the purpose of performing the Services for or on behalf of TechTarget, reporting to the board of directors of TechTarget (the “TechTarget Board”) in relation to the Services.

 

2.2

The Executive will at all times during the Secondment Period continue to be an employee of Informa, will continue to remain a member of the Informa Group Executive Committee (“Informa ExCom”), and will report into the Group CEO of Informa Plc in relation to matters related to the Employment Agreement and Informa ExCom; provided, however, that the Executive will report to the TechTarget Board in relation to his performance of the Services and with respect to any confidential, proprietary or competitively sensitive information of TechTarget and its subsidiaries.

 

2.3

The Executive agrees to perform the Services from TechTarget’s offices in Newton, Massachusetts and understands and agrees that he will be required to travel from time to time to properly fulfil his obligations.

 

2.4

The Executive agrees to comply with TechTarget’s policies applicable to the performance of the Services in addition to complying with Informa Group policies as set out in the Employment Agreement.

 

2.5

During the Secondment Period, the Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time and attention to his performance of the Services; provided that the Executive may (a) serve on the board of one business corporation in a non-executive function with the prior written consent of the TechTarget Board (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), (b) participate in charitable, civic, educational, professional, community or industry affairs, (c) manage his and his family’s personal investments and (d) conduct such activities as are customarily performed by other members of Informa ExCom.

 

3.

CONFIDENTIALITY AND DATA

 

3.1

Concurrently herewith, the Executive is entering into an agreement with TechTarget covering confidentiality obligations and restrictive covenants.


3.2

The Executive will be required to keep confidential any confidential information belonging to the Informa Group in accordance with the terms of his Employment Agreement, save for any information in respect of the Bluefin Business (as defined in the Merger Agreement) which is required to be used for the purposes of performing the Services.

 

3.3

The Executive acknowledges that the Informa Group may provide TechTarget with his personal data, and any personal information he or the Informa Group provides to TechTarget during the Secondment Period will be dealt with in accordance with TechTarget’s data privacy policy.

 

4.

COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT

 

4.1

During the Secondment Period, Informa shall, subject to Clause 4.5, pay the Executive’s salary, bonus and provide or make available any insurance, pension and other benefits to which he is entitled, in each case on the terms set forth in the Employment Agreement.

 

4.2

Notwithstanding Clause 4.1, TechTarget, through the compensation committee of the TechTarget Board (the “TechTarget Compensation Committee”), will be solely responsible for determining the Executive’s compensation during the Secondment Period and assessing the Executive’s performance in making such a determination (including with respect to any determinations of the Executive’s variable pay pursuant to Section 6 of the Employment Agreement). During the Secondment Period, other than with respect to grants of equity awards of Informa Plc, unless otherwise agreed with the TechTarget Compensation Committee, Informa shall not, and shall not permit any of its affiliates to, increase the Executive’s base or variable compensation, pay or agree to pay any additional compensation to the Executive or increase the employee benefits or rights to severance (including with respect to the definitions of Cause and Good Reason set forth in the Employment Agreement) provided to the Executive as set forth in his Employment Agreement (other than with respect to changes in benefits generally applicable to similarly situated employees of Informa).

 

4.3

In respect of the Secondment, the Executive will be granted equity awards by TechTarget in accordance with its normal reward cycle subject to the relevant TechTarget equity plan rules in place from time to time, with the quantum and any conditions to be determined by the TechTarget Compensation Committee. In addition, it is proposed that the Executive will be awarded a one off “welcome grant” of TechTarget restricted shares, in the form of either restricted stock or restricted stock units, with a grant value of at least 100% of the Executive’s base salary with Informa as set forth in the Executive’s Employment Agreement as of the date hereof, subject to the approval of the TechTarget Compensation Committee and subject to the relevant TechTarget equity plan rules in place from time to time. The Parties agree that the Executive may be granted equity in Informa Plc at the complete discretion of the Informa Group.

 

4.4

In its capacity as the Executive’s employer, Informa shall, to the extent required by law, pay all necessary employer taxes with respect to the Executive, report the Executive’s income to the appropriate tax authorities and withhold taxes from such income, subject to Clause 4.5 below.


4.5

TechTarget will reimburse to the Informa Group:

 

  (a)

The payments and benefits set out at Clause 4.1 and any other reasonable and documented costs the Informa Group incurs in connection with the Executive’s employment by Informa during the Secondment Period and its termination (including Separation Pay as defined in the Employment Agreement, subject to the Executive signing a reasonable and customary general release of claims in favour of the TechTarget Group), provided that:

 

  (i)

TechTarget shall not be obligated to reimburse the Informa Group for Separation Pay which becomes due as a result of

 

  (A)

Informa’s termination of the Executive without Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreement) without the approval of the TechTarget Board prior to such termination; or

 

  (B)

the Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason (as defined in the Employment Agreement) unless the Executive’s termination for Good Reason is in response to an act, omission or decision by TechTarget. Where such termination is as a result of an act, omission or decision by Informa Group (including as a result of Informa’s termination of this Agreement, unless pursuant to 7.1(f) of the Secondment Agreement) then TechTarget shall not be required to reimburse the Informa Group; and

 

  (ii)

TechTarget shall not be obliged to reimburse the Informa Group for any relocation costs associated with the Executive moving back to the UK if the Executive will continue to be employed by or recommence employment with the Informa Group.

 

  (b)

Informa’s share, at cost, of social security taxes, unemployment taxes and any other similar government required tax, fee or levy paid, or accrued in accordance with applicable accounting requirements specifically related to the services performed by the Executive while performing the Services.

For the avoidance of doubt, TechTarget will not be required to reimburse Informa in relation to any equity grants in Informa Plc (including any taxes, fees or levies paid or accrued in connection therewith).

 

4.6

Informa shall promptly provide to TechTarget any information with respect to the Executive’s employment, compensation, benefits and perquisites with Informa reasonably requested by TechTarget, including in connection with its public company reporting obligations.

 

4.7

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, TechTarget will not be required to reimburse the Informa Group in respect of any costs resulting from any amendment to the Employment Agreement not consented to in writing by the TechTarget Compensation Committee, (other than with respect to changes in benefits generally applicable to similarly situated employees of Informa).

 

4.8

Informa represents that it has provided to TechTarget a true and complete copy of the Employment Agreement as in effect on the date of this Agreement.


5.

TECHTARGET INDEMNIFICATION OF INFORMA; INFORMA INDEMNIFICATION OF TECHTARGET

 

5.1

TechTarget, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Informa Group from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses of any nature whatsoever, including legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, but excluding consequential damages, lost profits and punitive damages (except to the extent paid or payable to an unaffiliated third party in connection with any Claim (as defined below)) (collectively, “Liabilities”), solely to the extent arising out of or in connection with any and all actions, suits, investigations, proceedings or claims, whether arising under statute or action of a governmental entity or otherwise (“Claims”), brought by any unaffiliated third party against any member of the Informa Group (other than any Claim brought by a stockholder of TechTarget or the Informa Group (i) in its capacity as such or (ii) on behalf of TechTarget or any member of the Informa Group) in connection with any action taken or omitted by the Executive in his capacity as CEO of TechTarget (except where found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be attributable to (i) actions taken by the Executive in the course of his employment with Informa and done at the instruction of a member of the Informa Group or (ii) the gross negligence, wilful misconduct or fraud of the Informa Group or any person acting on behalf of the Informa Group). For the avoidance of doubt, instructions given to the Executive by the TechTarget Board shall not constitute being “at the instruction of a member of the Informa Group.”

 

5.2

Informa, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall indemnify and hold harmless the TechTarget Group from and against any and all Liabilities, solely to the extent arising out of or in connection with any and all Claims brought by any unaffiliated third party against any member of the TechTarget Group (other than any Claim brought by any stockholder of TechTarget or the Informa Group (i) in its capacity as such or (ii) on behalf of TechTarget or any member of the Informa Group) in connection with any action taken or omitted by the Executive in his capacity as an executive of the Informa Group (except where found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be attributable to (i) actions taken by the Executive in his capacity as CEO of TechTarget or done at the instruction of TechTarget or another member of the TechTarget Group or (ii) the gross negligence, wilful misconduct or fraud of the TechTarget Group or any person acting on behalf of the TechTarget Group). For the avoidance of doubt, direct instructions given to the Executive by any member of the Informa Group (other than through its role, or through the actions of its representatives in fulfilling such role, on the TechTarget Board) shall not constitute being “at the instruction of TechTarget or another member of the TechTarget Group.”

 

6.

INDEMNIFICATION OF THE EXECUTIVE

 

6.1

Simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, TechTarget and the Executive shall execute and deliver an Indemnification Agreement, in TechTarget’s standard form in which TechTarget agrees to indemnify the Executive for actions associated with being a director and officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Such agreement, or a mutually agreed substitute agreement, shall remain in place at all times during the term of this Agreement.


7.

TERMINATION OF SECONDMENT AGREEMENT

 

7.1

This Agreement shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of: (a) the termination of the Employment Agreement by any party thereto, for any reason, (b) TechTarget or Informa serving 6 months’ written notice of termination of this Agreement, (c) TechTarget serving notice that the Agreement be terminated immediately due to a reason that would amount to Cause, as defined in the Employment Agreement, if TechTarget were the employer of the Executive, (d) the Executive ceasing to be the CEO of TechTarget and its subsidiaries for any reason or (e) the material breach by TechTarget of the terms of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured within thirty (30) days of written notice of such breach by Informa, in which case the Agreement will terminate upon written notice by Informa not later than thirty (30) days following such thirty (30)-day cure period.

 

7.2

Informa will notify TechTarget without unreasonable delay upon becoming aware: (a) that the Executive has given notice to terminate the Employment Agreement; or (b) that Informa intends to terminate the Employment Agreement.

 

8.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1

This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings between Informa and TechTarget concerning the Secondment.

 

8.2

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by DocuSign or similar platform, or by .pdf, .tif,.gif, .jpeg or similar attachment to electronic mail), each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other parties hereto.

 

8.3

No representation, promise, inducement or statement of intention has been made by or on behalf of either party hereto that is not set forth in this Agreement or the documents referred to herein.

 

8.4

Any amendments to this Agreement need to be agreed in writing by all of the parties (save for matters not relevant to the Executive’s terms, which for the avoidance of doubt will include, but is not limited to amendments to clauses 4.5, 4.6, 5, and 6).

 

8.5

In the case of any conflict between this Agreement and the Employment Agreement: (i) the terms of this Agreement shall prevail in relation to the Services; and (ii) the terms of the Employment Agreement shall prevail in relation to the Executive’s employment with Informa.

 

8.6

The failure of any Party hereto at any time or from time to time to require performance of any of the other party’s obligations under this Agreement shall in no manner affect the right to enforce any provision of this Agreement at a subsequent time, and the waiver of any rights arising out of any breach shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights arising out of any subsequent breach.


8.7

The terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each Party hereto, and it is not the intention of the Parties to confer third-party beneficiary rights upon any other person.

 

8.8

Neither this Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder may be assigned by any Party hereto without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

8.9

The headings used in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof.

 

8.10

In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

8.11

Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of the Secondment or the termination of the Secondment shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. This Clause 8.11 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Clause 8.11 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Clause 8.11.

 

8.12

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with federal law and, to the extent federal law incorporates state law, that law shall be the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts applicable to a contract executed and performed in such state, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

 

8.13

For the avoidance of doubt, if the transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement are not consummated, this Agreement will be void ab initio with no further force or effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Secondment Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

INFORMA SUPPORT SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Brian Vasandani

  Name: Brian Vasandani
  Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to Secondment Agreement]


TECHTARGET, INC.
By:  

/s/ Danie T. Noreck

  Name:Daniel T. Noreck
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
  Date: December 2, 2024

[Signature Page to Secondment Agreement]


GARY NUGENT

/s/ Gary Nugent

Date: December 2, 2024

[Signature Page to Secondment Agreement]


SCHEDULE 1 - DEFINITIONS

The following initially capitalized terms, as used in this Agreement, have the following meanings:

 

(a)

Effective Date” means the date on which completion of the transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement (as defined below) occurs;

 

(b)

Employment Agreement” means the employment agreement between Informa and the Executive dated October 22, 2024;

 

(c)

Informa Group” means at any time, Informa Plc and each entity (other than any member of the TechTarget Group) that is a Subsidiary of Informa Plc as of such time;

 

(d)

“Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of January 10, 2024, by and among TechTarget, Inc., Toro CombineCo, Inc., Toro Acquisition Sub, LLC., Informa Plc Informa US Holdings Limited and Informa Intrepid Holdings Inc.;

 

(e)

“Parties” TechTarget, the Executive and Informa individually (collectively “the “Parties”).

 

(f)

Secondment” means the secondment of the Executive from Informa to TechTarget pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(g)

Secondment Period” means from the Effective Date and continuing for an indefinite period thereafter subject to termination in accordance with Clause 7 of this Agreement;

 

(h)

Services” means all services commensurate with the duties of a CEO of a corporation whose shares are listed and traded on Nasdaq;

 

(i)

Subsidiary” has the meaning given to it in the Form of Stockholders’ Agreement attached as Exhibit III to the Merger Agreement;

 

(j)

TechTarget Group” means, as of any time, TechTarget and each Subsidiary of TechTarget as of such time.

 

Exhibit A - 1

Exhibit 10.13

THIS RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made on the December 2, 2024.

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

TECHTARGET, INC., a Delaware corporation, formerly known as TORO COMBINECO, INC. (“TechTarget”); and

 

(2)

GARY NUGENT (the “Executive”).

 

1.

Consideration and Notice. The Executive enters into this agreement in exchange for eligibility to receive equity grants in TechTarget and in exchange for the entitlements that he will receive in connection with the secondment agreement entered into between TechTarget, the Executive and Informa Support Services Inc, on today’s date (the “Secondment Agreement”). The Executive also enters into this Agreement in exchange for the continued provision of new Confidential Information (as defined below) in the course of carrying out his role as CEO of TechTarget pursuant to the Secondment Agreement (the “Secondment”). The Executive and TechTarget agree that this Agreement is supported by mutually agreed-upon consideration under the Massachusetts Noncompetition Agreement Act (MGL c.149, § 24L) and agree and stipulate not to challenge the sufficiency of the agreed-upon consideration supporting this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (i) TechTarget has advised the Executive, in writing, that the Executive has the right to consult with counsel prior to signing this Agreement (and this document constitutes that writing); and (ii) the Executive has been given more than ten (10) business days to review this Agreement prior to signing it.

 

2.

Confidential Information. As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means non-public information belonging to TechTarget and its affiliates and subsidiaries which is of value to TechTarget in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to TechTarget or its affiliates or subsidiaries. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, (i) all information concerning trade secrets of TechTarget or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, including computer programs, system documentation, special hardware, product hardware, related software development, computer systems, source code, object code, manuals, formulae, processes, methods, machines, compositions, ideas, improvements or inventions; (ii) all sales and financial information concerning TechTarget or its affiliates or subsidiaries; (iii) all customers, customer lists or requirements; (iv) all group strategy, research activities, data, technology, methodologies, techniques, distribution plans, contractual arrangements, profits, sales, price lists, pricing policies, operational methods, technical processes, other business affairs and methods, plans for future developments and other technical and business information relating to the business of TechTarget and its affiliates or subsidiaries, their employees, their officers, their business partners or customers and all trademarks, domain names, copyrights and patents and applications thereof, all inventions, processes, studies, reports, research records, market surveys and know-how and technical papers; (v) all information in any way concerning the business or affairs of TechTarget or its affiliates or subsidiaries, suppliers, business partners or customers which was furnished to the Executive by TechTarget or its affiliates or subsidiaries, suppliers, business partners or customers or otherwise discovered by the Executive during the Secondment; and (vi) any document marked “confidential” or any


  information which the Executive has been advised is confidential or which might reasonably be expected to be regarded as confidential or any information which has been given to TechTarget or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain, unless due to breach of the Executive’s duties under Section 3.

 

3.

Confidentiality. The Executive’s position as CEO of TechTarget creates a relationship of confidence and trust between the Executive and TechTarget with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Secondment and after its termination, the Executive will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of TechTarget, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Executive’s duties as CEO of TechTarget and/ or his obligations as a member of Informa Plc’s Executive Committee. The Executive understands that pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, the Executive shall not be held criminally, or civilly, liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made in confidence either directly or indirectly to a federal, state, or local government official, or an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting, or investigating, a violation of law. Moreover, the Executive understands that the Executive may disclose trade secrets in a complaint, or other document, filed in a lawsuit, or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. Finally, the Executive understands that certain individuals who file a lawsuit alleging retaliation by TechTarget for reporting a suspected violation of the law may disclose the trade secret to their attorney and use the trade secret in the court proceeding, if that person files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order. Nothing in this Agreement prohibits the Executive from making truthful statements or disclosures about any alleged unlawful employment practice, including, but not limited to, discrimination, harassment or retaliation.

 

4.

Documents, Records, etc. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Executive by TechTarget or are produced by the Executive in connection with the Secondment will be and remain the sole property of TechTarget. The Executive will return to TechTarget all such materials and property as and when requested by TechTarget. In any event, the Executive will return all such materials and property immediately upon termination of the Secondment Agreement for any reason. The Executive will not retain any such material or property or any copies thereof after such termination.

 

5.

Noncompetition. During the term of the Secondment and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, less the duration of any Non-Working Period (as hereafter defined) the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, perform the same or substantially similar duties for a Competing Business (as hereinafter defined) that Executive performed for TechTarget or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries in the twenty-four (24) months prior to termination of the Secondment within the Restricted Territory (as hereinafter defined), save that the Executive may continue to be employed by Informa or any of its affiliates. The Executive understands that the restrictions set forth in this Section 5 are intended to protect TechTarget’s interest in its Confidential

 

- 2 -


  Information and established employee, customer and supplier relationships and goodwill, and agrees that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing Business” means any businesses that offer (i) digital demand generation and digital advertising, and purchase intent data or sales and marketing workflow solutions targeted toward customers that offer technology or communications solutions inclusive of hardware, software, and services; (ii) market data, research, and advisory services or consulting services incorporating industry analyst content targeted toward customers that offer technology or communications solutions inclusive of hardware, software, and services; or (iii) content marketing services inclusive of custom content creation targeted toward customers that offer technology or communications solutions inclusive of hardware, software, and services. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Non-Working Period” shall mean any period after which notice has been served by any party under the Secondment Agreement and during which time the Executive is not required to perform services under the Secondment Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Restricted Territory” means any geographic area or territory where the Executive conducted business for or on behalf of TechTarget or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, or where parties were located with whom or which the Executive interacted during the twenty-four (24) months prior to termination of the Secondment.

 

6.

Non solicitation. During the term of the Secondment and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter the Executive (i) will refrain, either alone or in association with others, from directly or indirectly employing, attempting to employ, recruiting or otherwise soliciting any Restricted Person (as defined herein), inducing or influencing any Restricted Person to terminate their relationship with TechTarget or any of its subsidiaries (other than terminations of employment of subordinate employees undertaken in the course of the Secondment) or otherwise interfering in any material respect with said relationship; and (ii) will refrain, either alone or in association with others, from (x) soliciting any Restricted Business Partner (as defined herein) or (y) encouraging any Restricted Business Partner, in the case of each of clauses (x) and (y), to terminate or otherwise modify adversely its business relationship with TechTarget or any of its subsidiaries. The Executive understands that the restrictions set forth in this Section 6 are intended to protect TechTarget’s interest in its Confidential Information and established employee, customer and supplier relationships and goodwill, and agrees that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Restricted Person” means each and every person employed by TechTarget or any of its subsidiaries within the twelve (12) month period preceding termination of the Secondment and with whom the Executive, during such period, had supervisory responsibility or work-related contact, or about whom the Executive acquired Confidential Information relating to compensation, benefits, performance evaluations or services (in each case, excluding any such persons whose relationship with TechTarget or its subsidiaries was terminated by TechTarget or its subsidiaries without cause). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Restricted Business Partner” means each and every customer, vendor, supplier, consultant and independent contractor with whom or with which TechTarget or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries has conducted business within the twelve (12) month period preceding termination of the Secondment and with whom the Executive, during such twelve (12) month period, had business-related contact or about which the Executive acquired Confidential Information by virtue of the Secondment.

 

- 3 -


7.

Third-Party Agreements and Rights. The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party which restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information or the Executive’s engagement in any business. The Executive represents to TechTarget that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement and performance of the Secondment will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party. In the Executive’s work for TechTarget, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of TechTarget any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party (save as permitted to do so by Informa).

 

8.

Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation. During and after the Executive’s Secondment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with TechTarget in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of TechTarget which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was seconded to TechTarget. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of TechTarget at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s Secondment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with TechTarget in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was seconded to TechTarget. TechTarget shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 8.

 

9.

Reasonableness of Restrictions and Remedies. The Executive agrees that the terms of this Agreement are intended to protect and preserve legitimate business interests of TechTarget and are reasonable and necessary. It is further agreed that any breach of this Agreement may render irreparable harm to TechTarget. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that TechTarget’s remedies at law may be inadequate and that, subject to Section 11, TechTarget shall be entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief against any threatened or continued breach of this Agreement by the Executive without the necessity of proving irreparable harm or injury as a result of such breach or threatened breach or posting a bond. In the event a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any provision of this Agreement is excessively broad, it is expressly agreed that this Agreement shall be construed so that the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected by any such determination, but shall remain in full force and effect, and any such overbroad provision(s) shall be deemed, without further action on the part of any party, to be modified, amended and/or limited, but only to the extent necessary to render the same valid and enforceable in such jurisdiction. Further, a court of competent jurisdiction may modify any such overbroad provision to the extent necessary to make the provision enforceable according to applicable law and enforce the provision as modified. The Executive further agrees that any applicable restricted period set forth in Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement shall be tolled during any legal proceedings during which TechTarget seeks to enforce any of these covenants against the Executive if it is ultimately determined that the Executive was in breach of such covenants.

 

- 4 -


10.

Future Employer Notice. The Executive agrees that, during the non-competition and non-solicitation period, he will give notice to TechTarget of each new business activity he plans to undertake that may be in breach of the restriction set out at section 5 of this Agreement, at least ten (10) business days prior to beginning any such activity. The notice shall state the name and address of the individual, corporation, association or other entity or organization (“Entity”) for whom such activity is undertaken and the name of the Executive’s business relationship or position with the entity. The Executive further agrees to provide TechTarget with other pertinent information concerning such business activity as TechTarget may reasonably request in order to determine the Executive’s continued compliance with the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement. The Executive agrees to provide a copy of the Agreement to all persons and Entities with whom the Executive seeks to be hired or do business before accepting employment or engagement with any of them.

 

11.

Arbitration of Disputes. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than the Executive or TechTarget may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity’s agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 11 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 11 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 11.

 

12.

Consent to Jurisdiction. To the extent that any court action is permitted consistent with or to enforce Section 11 of this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, the Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

 

1.1

Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements between the parties or their predecessors with respect to any related subject matter. The Executive agrees that any change or changes in the Executive’s duties under the Secondment Agreement after the signing of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, if the transactions contemplated in the merger agreement dated January 10, 2024, by and among TechTarget, Informa Plc and others are not consummated, this Agreement will be void ab initio with no further force or effect.

 

- 5 -


13.

Assignment; Successors and Assigns, etc. Neither TechTarget nor the Executive may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other party; provided that TechTarget may assign its rights under this Agreement without the consent of the Executive in the event that TechTarget shall effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into, any other corporation, partnership, organization or other entity, or transfer all or substantially all of its properties or assets to any other corporation, partnership, organization or other entity. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon TechTarget and the Executive, their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

 

14.

Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any Section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

15.

Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

16.

Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with TechTarget or, in the case of TechTarget, at its main offices, attention of the Chairperson, and shall be effective on the date of delivery in person or by courier or three (3) days after the date mailed.

 

17.

Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of TechTarget.

 

18.

Governing Law. This is a Massachusetts contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such Commonwealth. With respect to any disputes concerning federal law, such disputes shall be determined in accordance with the law as it would be interpreted and applied by the United States Court of Appeals for the First Circuit.

 

19.

Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by DocuSign or similar platform, or by .pdf, .tif,.gif, .jpeg or similar attachment to electronic mail), each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other parties hereto.

 

- 6 -


TECHTARGET, INC.

 

By:   /s/ Daniel T. Noreck
Name:   Daniel T. Noreck
Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Date:   December 2, 2024

 

[Signature Page to Restrictive Covenant Agreement]


GARY NUGENT
/s/ Gary Nugent
Date: December 2, 2024

 

[Signature Page to Restrictive Covenant Agreement]

Exhibit 99.1

Creation of Informa TechTarget, the B2B Growth Accelerator for the Technology Sector

Informa TechTarget brings together market-shaping insights and expertise, audience scale, unique intent data, specialist content, and leading end-to-end go-to-market services for B2B technology vendors

NEWTON, Massachusetts – December 2, 2024 – The creation of Informa TechTarget was today confirmed, following the successful completion of the combination of TechTarget, the global leader in purchase intent-driven services, with Informa Tech’s digital businesses –part of Informa PLC (LSE: INF.L), a FTSE-50 UK Group with a leading position in international B2B events, B2B digital services and academic knowledge. Informa TechTarget aspires to be the leading B2B growth accelerator for the technology industry, delivering services that help companies move faster to market and faster to revenue. Trading of the new company’s common stock will commence on December 3, 2024 on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “TTGT”.

Informa TechTarget now employs more than 2,000 people and serves 7,500 customers worldwide and sits at the growing intersection of two exciting markets – tech and B2B marketing – estimated to be a $20 billion annual market opportunity. The new company will offer technology vendors powerful solutions built on the back of its unique B2B audiences, permissioned intent data, specialist insights and expertise, helping them reach, engage and influence technology buyers and driving exceptional outcomes across the entire go-to-market:

 

   

Intelligence and advice from 750+ editors, journalists, and expert industry analysts that guide and influence strategies at market, product, and go-to-market levels.

 

   

Branded content with superior reach for building awareness and thought leadership through its publishing network of over 220 digital editorial brands, alongside full-service content studios that connect buyers and sellers to engage and prompt action.

 

   

An audience of 50 million B2B Tech and Line of Business (LOB) professionals worldwide, delivering powerful permissioned intent data for actionable targeting and demand generation solutions that build client pipelines and accelerate revenue.

Gary Nugent, former CEO of Informa Tech, will serve as the new CEO.

“Following the definitive agreement between TechTarget and Informa earlier this year, we are delighted to combine our strengths as Informa TechTarget.” said Gary Nugent, CEO Informa TechTarget. “Our business serves an attractive, dynamic growth market, underpinned by increasing demand for B2B solutions built upon permission-based audiences and first-party data. Informa TechTarget has a unique set of assets, brands and talents that address the go-to-market challenges of today’s B2B technology vendors across their product lifecycle, from R&D to ROI, helping to accelerate time to market and to revenue while delivering long-term value to our shareholders.”


Informa PLC has contributed $350 million of cash and the Informa Tech Digital Businesses in exchange for an approximately 57% equity stake in the new company. The $350 million of cash, or approximately $11.70 per outstanding TechTarget share, will be paid to existing TechTarget shareholders, who also retain an approximately 43% equity stake in the new company.

To learn more about Informa TechTarget, click here.

About Informa TechTarget

TechTarget, Inc. (Nasdaq: TTGT), which also refers to itself as Informa TechTarget,

informs, influences and connects the world’s technology buyers and sellers, helping accelerate growth from R&D to ROI.

With a vast reach of over 220 highly targeted technology-specific websites and over 50 million permissioned first-party audience members, Informa TechTarget has a unique understanding of and insight into the technology market.

Underpinned by those audiences and their data, we offer expert-led, data-driven, and digitally enabled services that have the potential to deliver significant impact and measurable outcomes to our clients:

 

   

Trusted information that shapes the industry and informs investment

 

   

Intelligence and advice that guides and influences strategy

 

   

Advertising that grows reputation and establishes thought leadership

 

   

Custom content that engages and prompts action

 

   

Intent and demand generation that more precisely targets and converts

Informa TechTarget is headquartered in Boston, MA and has offices in 19 global locations. For more information, visit informatechtarget.com and follow us on LinkedIn.

© 2024 TechTarget, Inc. All rights reserved. All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Contacts

Media Inquiries

Kate Russell

Brands2Life on behalf of Informa TechTarget

informatechtargetUS@brands2life.com


Investor Inquiries

Daniel Noreck

Chief Financial Officer

TechTarget, Inc.

dnoreck@techtarget.com

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements, other than historical facts, are forward-looking statements, including: statements regarding the expected benefits of the transactions, such as improved operations, enhanced revenues and cash flow, synergies, growth potential, market profile, business plans, expanded portfolio and financial strength; the competitive ability and position of TechTarget, Inc. (the “Company”); legal, economic, and regulatory conditions; and any assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Forward-looking statements concern future circumstances and results and other statements that are not historical facts and are sometimes identified by the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “potential,” “intend,” “expect,” “endeavor,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “overestimate,” “underestimate,” “believe,” “plan,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “predict,” “continue,” “target,” or the negatives of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern the Company’s expectations, strategy, priorities, plans, or intentions. Forward-looking statements are based upon current plans, estimates, and expectations that are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those indicated or anticipated by such forward-looking statements. We can give no assurance that such plans, estimates, or expectations will be achieved, and therefore, actual results may differ materially from any plans, estimates, or expectations in such forward-looking statements.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from such plans, estimates, or expectations include, among others: unexpected costs, charges, or expenses resulting from the Transactions; uncertainty regarding the expected financial performance of the Company; failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the Transactions, including as a result of integrating the Informa Tech Digital Businesses with the business of TechTarget; the ability of the Company to implement its business strategy; difficulties and delays in the Company achieving revenue and cost synergies; evolving legal, regulatory, and tax regimes; changes in economic, financial, political, and regulatory conditions, in the United States and elsewhere, and other factors that contribute to uncertainty and volatility, natural and man-made disasters, civil unrest, pandemics, geopolitical uncertainty, and conditions that may result from legislative, regulatory, trade, and policy changes associated with the current or subsequent U.S. administrations; the Company’s ability to meet expectations regarding the accounting and tax treatments of the Transactions; market acceptance of the Company’s products and services; the impact of pandemics and future health epidemics and any related economic downturns on the Company and the markets in which it and its customers operate; changes in economic or regulatory conditions or other trends affecting the internet, internet advertising and IT industries; data privacy and artificial intelligence laws, rules, and regulations; the impact of foreign currency exchange rates; certain macroeconomic factors facing the global economy, including instability in the regional banking sector, disruptions in the capital markets, economic sanctions and economic slowdowns or recessions, rising inflation and interest rate fluctuations on the operating results of the Company; and other matters included in Risk Factors of the Company’s definitive proxy statement/prospectus filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) on October 25, 2024 relating to the registration statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-280529) initially filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on June 27, 2024, and declared effective by the SEC on October 25, 2024 and other documents filed by the Company from time to time with the SEC. This summary of risks and uncertainties should not be considered to be a complete statement of all


potential risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company. Other factors may affect the accuracy and reliability of forward-looking statements. We caution you not to place undue reliance on any of these forward-looking statements as they are not guarantees of future performance or outcomes. Actual performance and outcomes, including, without limitation, the Company’s actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this press release.

Any forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this press release. None of the Company, its affiliates, advisors or representatives, undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or developments, future events, or otherwise, except as required by law. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any of these forward-looking statements.

Exhibit 99.2

RISK FACTORS

Investing in TechTarget, Inc. (“we,” “us,” or “our”) securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risk factors (i) set forth below and (ii) under “Risk Factors” in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 and the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2024 of TechTarget Holdings Inc. and (iii) as updated by our subsequent filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, before deciding whether to purchase our securities. The risks and uncertainties we describe below and in the documents mentioned above are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition, as well as adversely affect the value of an investment in our securities, and the occurrence of any of these risks might cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

The integration of our legacy TechTarget business and the legacy business of Informa PLC’s (“Informa”) Informa Tech division (“Informa Tech Digital Businesses”) presents challenges that may prevent us from realizing all the anticipated benefits of the transactions.

Our management team will need to devote significant attention and resources to integrating the business practices and operations of our legacy TechTarget business and the legacy Informa Tech Digital Businesses, which operated as independent businesses prior to the business combination transactions. Potential difficulties we may encounter in the integration process include the following:

 

   

the difficulty in successfully integrating, or the inability to successfully integrate, our legacy TechTarget business and the legacy Informa Tech Digital Businesses, including their respective operations, technologies, products and services, in a manner that permits us to achieve the cost savings and revenue synergies anticipated to result from the combination, which could result in the anticipated benefits of the combination not being realized partly or wholly in the time frame currently anticipated or at all;

 

   

lost sales and customers as a result of certain customers of any of the businesses deciding not to do business with us, or deciding to decrease their amount of business in order to reduce their reliance on a single company;

 

   

the necessity of coordinating geographically separated organizations, systems and facilities;

 

   

potential unknown liabilities and unforeseen increased expenses, delays or regulatory conditions associated with the combination;

 

   

integrating personnel with diverse business backgrounds and business cultures, while maintaining focus on providing consistent, high-quality products and services;

 

   

consolidating and rationalizing IT platforms and administrative infrastructures as well as accounting systems and related financial reporting activities and difficulty implementing effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures in particular; and

 

   

preserving important relationships of our legacy TechTarget business and the legacy Informa Tech Digital Businesses and resolving potential conflicts that may arise.

Furthermore, it is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees or skilled workers of either or both of our legacy TechTarget business and the legacy Informa Tech Digital Businesses. The loss of key employees and skilled workers could adversely affect our ability to successfully conduct our business because of their experience and knowledge of our legacy TechTarget business and the legacy Informa Tech Digital Businesses. In addition, we could be adversely affected by the diversion of our management’s attention and any delays or difficulties encountered in connection with the integration of our legacy TechTarget business and the legacy Informa Tech Digital Businesses. The process of integrating operations could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of one or more of our segments.


If we experience difficulties with the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the combination may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected. These integration matters could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects during this transition period.

Informa could engage in business and other activities that compete with us.

Informa has agreed that until the First Trigger Date (as such term is defined in that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2024, by and among us, Informa PLC and Informa US Holdings Limited (the “Stockholders Agreement”)), the Informa Group will not acquire a Competitive Business (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), subject to certain exceptions. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, Informa or any of its subsidiaries may engage in certain activities notwithstanding the fact that they may compete directly or indirectly with our business. To the extent that Informa engages in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us, or engages in business with any of our partners, customers or vendors, our ability to successfully operate and expand our business may be adversely affected.

Failure to successfully implement and operate under the Data Sharing Agreement between us and Informa could impact the potential benefits of the Transactions.

On December 2, 2024, we entered into a Data Sharing Agreement with Informa. Among other things, the Data Sharing Agreement allows us and Informa to share data across each entity. If we are unsuccessful at implementing and operating under the Data Sharing Agreement, some of the potential benefits from the combination might not be realized.

The corporate opportunity provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders Agreement may enable Informa to benefit from corporate opportunities that might otherwise be available to us.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“Charter”) and the Stockholders Agreement contain provisions related to the waiver of certain corporate opportunities that may be of interest to both us and Informa. Our Charter provides, among other things, that Informa and the other persons specified therein shall not be liable to us, our affiliates or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as our stockholder, director, or officer in connection with certain business activities and opportunities. The provisions set forth in the Stockholders Agreement provides in general that (i) a corporate opportunity offered to any individual who is our director, but not our officer or employee and who is also a director, officer or employee of Informa will belong to us only if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as our director and otherwise will belong to Informa and (ii) a corporate opportunity offered to any individual who is our officer or employee and also is a director, officer or employee of Informa will belong to us unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person in his or her capacity as a director, officer or employee of Informa, in which case it will belong to Informa. The absence of a duty on the part of Informa or its affiliates to present corporate opportunities to us may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by Informa to itself or its affiliates.

Because we will depend on our ability to generate revenues from the sale and support of purchase intent driven advertising campaigns, material reductions in advertising spending will likely have an adverse effect on our revenues and operating results.

The primary source of our revenues is the sale and support of purchase intent-driven advertising campaigns to our customers. Any material reduction in advertising expenditures will likely have an adverse effect on our revenues and operating results. We believe that advertising spending on the internet, as in traditional media, fluctuates significantly as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. Some of these factors include:

 

   

variations in expenditures by advertisers due to budgetary constraints;


   

the cancellation or delay of projects by advertisers or by one or more significant customers;

 

   

the cyclical and discretionary nature of advertising spending;

 

   

the relocation of advertising expenditures to competitors or other media;

 

   

general global economic conditions and the availability of capital, as well as economic conditions specific to the internet and online and offline media industry; and

 

   

the occurrence of extraordinary events, such as natural disasters, disease outbreaks (such as the novel coronavirus), acts of terrorism and international or domestic political and economic unrest.

We generate revenue from sales of subscriptions to our platforms and data, and any decline in demand or changes in preference trends for the types of products and services that we offer would negatively impact our business.

We derive a substantial amount of revenue from the sale of subscriptions to our platforms and data. Demand and preference trends for these platforms and data is affected by various factors, many of which are beyond our control. Some of these potential factors include:

 

   

awareness and acceptance of the market research, market insight, and lead generation platforms generally, and the growth, contraction and evolution of these platforms;

 

   

availability of products and services that compete with those we offer;

 

   

brand recognition;

 

   

pricing;

 

   

ease of adoption and use;

 

   

performance, features, and user experience, and the development and acceptance of new features, integrations, and capabilities;

 

   

customer support;

 

   

accessibility across several devices, operating system, and applications;

 

   

integration with customer relationship management and similar systems; and

 

   

the potential for the development of new systems and protocols for business-to-business (“B2B”) communication.

If we fail to successfully predict and address declines in demand and changes in preference trends, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

General domestic and global economic, business or industry conditions, financial market instability, and geopolitical changes have in the past and are expected to continue to adversely affect our business, as well as our ability to forecast financial results.

The U.S. and international economies have experienced inconsistent, unpredictable growth and a certain degree of instability, magnified at times by factors including changes in the availability of credit, inflation, volatile business and consumer confidence, unemployment, responses to public health crisis, including pandemics like COVID-19 and epidemics and geopolitical unrest, including from the impacts of the ongoing conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and in the Middle East. These and other macro-economic conditions have contributed to unpredictable changes in the global economy and expectations of future global economic growth. Additionally, economic weakness in the United States and international markets have adversely affected our customers and their spending decisions, causing them to reduce or delay their purchases of our offerings, which has adversely affected and are expected to continue to affect our business.

Because all components of our budgeting and forecasting are dependent upon estimates of growth or contraction in the economy generally, and in the IT market specifically, it will be difficult for us to accurately estimate future income and expenditures. We will not be able to predict the duration of current economic conditions or the duration or strength of an economic recovery in the United States or worldwide generally or in the IT industry or in any of its segments. Further adverse changes may occur as a result of global, domestic or regional economic conditions, changing consumer and customer confidence, inflation, unemployment, tariffs, declines in stock markets, or other factors affecting economic and geopolitical conditions generally. These macro-economic


conditions may also result in increased expenses due to higher allowances for doubtful accounts and potential goodwill and asset impairment charges and may make it more difficult for us to make accurate forecasts of revenue, gross margin, cash flows and expenses. We recognize that these challenging macro-economic conditions have and are expected to continue to negatively affect sales of our offerings, both in the United States and internationally and could increase our exposure to losses from bad debts, increase the cost and decrease the availability of financing, or increase the risk of loss on investments. The impact in the future of these macro-economic conditions on our business, results of operations, financial condition and/or liquidity is uncertain and will depend on future developments that we may not be able to accurately predict.

The areas in which we compete are rapidly evolving, which makes it difficult to forecast demand for our products and services.

The areas in which we operate are highly competitive and rapidly evolving. If there is a shift in customer demand for content, market data and market business, or if customers for these areas more quickly or more extensively than expected choose to focus their new spending on, or shift their existing spending to, other solutions that do not interoperate with our solutions, or if competitors are able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies or otherwise to develop their capabilities more quickly, our products and services may not compete as effectively, if at all.

We face significant competition from online media companies as well as from social networking sites, mobile applications, traditional print and broadcast media, general purpose and search engines and generative AI. There can be no assurance that additional competitors will not enter markets that we serve and plan to serve. These competitive pressures may reduce our revenue, operating profits, or both.

In addition, we work in a range of specialist areas that could grow, decline, change or be disrupted, which could alter customer behavior, needs and preferences and change the competitive environment for our products and services. As a result, our revenues and margins could be adversely affected.

Because most of our customers are in the enterprise technology industry, our revenues are subject to characteristics of the enterprise technology industry that can affect advertising spending by B2B technology companies.

Because most of our customers are in the enterprise technology industry, the success of our business is closely linked to the health, and subject to market conditions, of the enterprise technology industry. The enterprise technology industry is characterized by, among other things, volatile quarterly results, uneven sales patterns, short product life cycles, rapid technological developments, frequent new product introductions and enhancements and evolving domestic and international laws and regulations, particularly with respect to data privacy and data protection. As a result, our customers’ advertising budgets, which are often viewed as discretionary expenditures, may increase or decrease significantly over a short period of time. Many of our customers will continue to scrutinize their spending on advertising campaigns. Prior market downturns in the enterprise technology industry have resulted in declines in advertising spending, which can cause longer sales cycles, deferral or delay of purchases by B2B technology companies and generally reduced expenditures for advertising and related services. For example, recent macroeconomic headwinds have caused general anxiety, elongated sales cycles, budget cuts and freezes at many of our customers. Our revenues and profitability depend on the overall demand for advertising services from our customers. We believe that demand for our offerings have been in the past, and could be in the future, be disproportionately affected by fluctuations, disruptions, instability or downturns in the enterprise technology industry, which may cause customers and potential customers to exit the industry or delay, cancel, reduce or reallocate any planned expenditures for our purchase intent driven marketing and sales products. Any slowdown in the formation of new B2B technology companies or decline in the growth of existing B2B technology companies, may cause a decline in demand for our offerings.


In addition, the marketing and advertising budgets of our customers may fluctuate as a result of:

 

   

weakness in corporate enterprise technology spending, resulting in a decline in enterprise technology marketing and advertising spending, a trend that we have seen in the past and that may continue in the future;

 

   

increased concentration in the enterprise technology industry as a result of consolidations, leading to a decrease in the number of current and prospective customers, as well as an overall reduction in marketing and advertising spend;

 

   

reduced spending by combined entities following such consolidations, leading to volume and price compression and loss of revenue; and

 

   

the timing of marketing and advertising campaigns around new product introductions and initiatives.

Our future growth depends in large part on continued increases in sales of data-driven products and services.

We sell a suite of data-driven products and services, which are based on our Activity Intelligence analytics. We expect that data-driven products, as well as the expansion of the features in our product offerings, will be major components of our future growth. The failure of data-driven products offered by us to meet anticipated sales levels, our inability to continue to expand the features in our product offerings successfully, or the failure of our current product offerings or new products and services offered by us to achieve and then maintain widespread customer acceptance could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. In addition, competitors may develop a service or application that is similar to our data-driven product suite, which could also result in reduced sales for those product offerings.

The majority of our revenues are primarily derived from short-term contracts that may not be renewed.

Our customer contracts are expected to be primarily short-term, typically six to twelve months or less, and generally subject to termination by the customer with minimal notice requirements and without substantial penalty. We cannot assure you that our current customers will fulfill their obligations under their existing contracts, continue to participate in existing programs beyond the terms of their existing contracts or enter into any additional contracts for new programs that we may offer. In addition, we may not be successful in our efforts to convert customers from short-term contracts to longer-term contracts, particularly in light of current macroeconomic conditions. If a significant number of our customers or a few large customers decided not to continue purchasing marketing and advertising services from us, we could experience a rapid decline in our revenues over a relatively short period of time. Any factors that limit the amount our customers are willing to and do spend on marketing or advertising with us could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Because we recognize subscription revenue over the subscription term, downturns or upturns in new sales, renewals and upgrades will not be immediately reflected within our results of operations.

We recognize revenue from subscriptions to our platforms on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract subscription period beginning on the date access to the platforms is granted, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. These subscription arrangements generally have contractual terms requiring advance payment for annual or quarterly periods. As a result, much of the subscription revenue reported each quarter will be the recognition of deferred revenue from recurring subscriptions entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed recurring subscription contracts in any one quarter will not be fully reflected in revenue in that quarter but will negatively affect revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in new or renewed sales of recurring subscriptions will not be reflected in full in our results of operations until future periods. This subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers will typically be recognized over the applicable subscription term. By contrast, a majority of our costs are expected to be expensed as incurred, which could result in the recognition of more costs than revenue in the earlier portion of the subscription term, and as a result we may report greater than expected losses in any given period.


If we are unable to deliver content and services that attract and retain a critical mass of members and users, our ability to attract customers may be affected, which could in turn have an adverse effect on our revenues.

Our success depends on our ability to deliver original and compelling content and services to attract and retain members and users, as well as our ability to garner a critical mass of members on our websites or users of the BrightTALK platform. Our member and user base is primarily comprised of business professionals who demand specialized websites and content tailored to the enterprise technology product sectors for which they are responsible and that they purchase. Our content and services may not generate engagement with our websites or the BrightTALK platform or continue to attract and retain a critical mass of members and users necessary to attract customers and generate revenues consistent with those of our legacy TechTarget business or the legacy Informa Tech Digital Businesses’ (together, our “Legacy Businesses”) historical results and expectations of our future results. We also may not develop new content or services in a timely or cost-effective manner. Our ability to develop and produce this specialized content successfully will be subject to numerous uncertainties, including our ability to:

 

   

anticipate and respond successfully to rapidly changing enterprise technology developments and preferences to ensure that our content remains timely and interesting to our members;

 

   

attract and retain qualified editors, writers, freelancers and technical personnel;

 

   

fund new development for our programs and other offerings;

 

   

successfully expand our content offerings into new platform and delivery mechanisms; and

 

   

promote and strengthen the brands of our websites, webinar platform and our name.

If we are not successful in maintaining and growing our member and user base through the deployment of targeted and compelling content, our ability to retain and attract customers may be affected or we may be required to obtain licensed content which may not be at reasonable prices, which could in turn have an adverse effect on our revenues, and operating results.

We depend on internet search engines to attract a significant portion of the visitors to our websites. If our websites were to become listed less prominently in search results due to changes in the search engines’ algorithms or otherwise, our business and operating results could be materially harmed.

We derive a significant portion of our website traffic from users who search for enterprise technology research and editorial content through internet search engines. A critical factor in attracting members and users to our websites, virtual events and webinar platform will be whether we are prominently displayed in response to an internet search relating to enterprise technology content. Search result listings are determined and displayed in accordance with a set of formulas or algorithms developed by the particular internet search engine. The algorithms determine the order of the listing of results in response to the user’s internet search. From time to time, search engines revise their algorithms. In some instances, these modifications may be detrimental and cause our websites to be listed less prominently in unpaid search results or not at all, which we expect would result in decreased traffic from search engine users to our websites. Our websites, virtual events and webinar platform may also become listed less prominently in unpaid search results, for other reasons, such as search engine technical difficulties, search engine technical changes and changes we make to our websites, virtual events and webinar platform. In addition, search engines have deemed the practices of some companies to be inconsistent with search engine guidelines and have decided not to list their websites in search result listings at all. Although we could mitigate certain algorithm changes affecting our traffic with increased marketing expenditures, if our websites, virtual events and webinar platform are listed less prominently or not at all, in search result listings, traffic to our websites could decline, which could impact our operating results. Increased marketing spend to increase site traffic could also impact our operating results.

Further, we use search engine optimization (“SEO”), to enhance the visibility of our websites and optimize ranking in search engine results. Our ability to successfully manage our SEO efforts across our owned and operated websites depends on our ability to adapt and respond to changes in search engine algorithms and methodologies and changes in search query trends. If we fail to successfully manage our SEO strategy, our owned and operated websites may receive less favorable placement in organic or paid listings, which would reduce the number of visitors to our sites, decrease conversion rates and repeat business and have a detrimental effect on our ability to generate revenue.


There are a number of risks associated with our international operations, as well as the expansion of those operations, that could adversely affect our business.

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from customers with billing addresses outside of the United States. We have offices in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Singapore, Australia, Malaysia, China, Bangladesh, Japan, Korea and India. We also publish websites in English, Spanish, French, German, Portuguese, Traditional Chinese, Simplified Chinese, Japanese and Korean, targeting members worldwide who speak those languages.

In addition to many of the same challenges we face domestically, there are additional risks and costs to doing business in international markets, including:

 

   

limitations on our activities in foreign countries where we have granted rights to existing business partners;

 

   

the degree to which our foreign-based customers transition from print to online purchase intent data;

 

   

the adaptation of our websites and purchase intent data programs to meet local needs;

 

   

our foreign-based competitors may have greater resources and more established relationships with local advertisers;

 

   

more restrictive data privacy and data protection regulation, which may vary by country and for which there may be little, conflicting or no guidance;

 

   

more restrictive website licensing and hosting requirements, which may result in our websites being blocked, may require changes to how we operate our websites, or may involve regulatory or enforcement actions against us that could be harmful to our business;

 

   

more extensive labor regulation, which may vary by country;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing multinational operations;

 

   

difficulties in finding appropriate foreign licensees or joint venture partners;

 

   

difficulties following changes in local business operations or structure;

 

   

distance, language and cultural differences in doing business with foreign entities;

 

   

foreign (and domestic) political and economic uncertainty;

 

   

less extensive adoption of the internet as an information source and increased restriction on the content of websites;

 

   

currency exchange-rate fluctuations; and

 

   

potential adverse tax requirements.

As a result, we may face difficulties and unforeseen expenses in expanding our business internationally and, if we attempt to do so, we may be unsuccessful, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Competition for customers’ marketing and advertising spending is intense, and we may not compete successfully, which could result in a material reduction in our market share, the number of our customers and our revenues.

We compete for potential customers with a number of different types of offerings and companies, including: broad based media outlets such as television, newspapers and business periodicals that are designed to reach a wide audience; general purpose portals and search engines; and offline and online offerings of companies that produce content specifically for enterprise technology and business professionals, including Gartner, Forrester, IDC, Frost and Sullivan, Bombora, Inc., Madison Logic, Inc., Demand Science, Inc., 6Sense Inc., Demandbase, Inc., ZoomInfo Technologies Inc and ON24, Inc. Customers may choose the offerings of our competitors over our offerings not only because they prefer the online offerings of our competitors over our offerings but also because customers prefer to utilize forms of marketing and advertising services not offered by us and/or to diversify their marketing and advertising expenditures. Many of our expected competitors have longer operating histories, larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we possess. They may also offer different pricing than we offer, which could be more attractive to customers. Competitors of our Legacy Businesses have historically responded, and our competitors may in the future respond, to challenging market conditions by lowering prices to try to attract our customers. As a result, we could lose market share to our competitors and our revenues could decline.


We may experience competition from other companies with technologies and data to deliver B2B market insight and market access, and competing products and services could provide greater appeal to customers.

There are numerous fragmented competitors offering technologies and data to deliver B2B market insight and market access, including data-driven marketing and lead generation, which requires continuous innovation. There are low barriers to entry in the area of lead generation, and with continuously shifting customer needs and strategies, the monetization of leads requires frequent introductions of new technologies and of new products and services. Many prospective customers have invested substantial resources to implement, and gained substantial familiarity with, competing solutions and therefore may be reluctant or unwilling to migrate from their current solutions to our products and services. Many prospective customers may not appreciate differences in quality between our and lower-priced competitors’ products and services, and many prospective and current customers may not learn the best ways to use our products and services, making them less likely to obtain them or renew or upgrade their subscriptions. New technologies and products and services may be or become better or more attractive to prospective and current customers than our products and services, and many prospective and current customers may select or switch to competing products and services even if we do our best to innovate and provide superior products and services.

Our competitors include:

 

   

free sources of digital and nondigital content on the B2B markets;

 

   

predictive analytics and customer data platform technologies, which may specialize in market news, market insights, lead generation, audience development, or digital demand generation;

 

   

other vendors of market forecasts;

 

   

other platforms that may specialize in building relationships within the B2B markets; and

 

   

prospective and current customers’ internal and homegrown business contact databases.

Some current and potential customers, particularly large organizations, have elected in the past, and may elect in the future, to rely on internal and homegrown databases, software that they develop or acquire, and internal data quality teams that would reduce or eliminate the demand for our products and services. If demand for our products and services declines due to these or other factors, our business, results of operations and financial condition of could be adversely affected.

If we fail to respond to changes in data technology, competitors and potential competitors may be able to develop products and services that take market share from us, and the demand for and delivery of our products and services, as well as our market reputation, could be adversely affected.

We rely on key counterparties to support our business and help deliver certain of our products, including integration with third-party applications and systems that we do not control.

We work with a number of key counterparties to support our business and help deliver certain of our products and services. A failure in key counterparty relationships or services could adversely affect the delivery of certain products and services that we offer and otherwise disrupt our business activities, which in turn could adversely affect customer satisfaction, our relationship with our key counterparties and our results of operations. Periods of extreme economic instability and disruption could also adversely affect the stability of these counterparties.

In addition, legacy TechTarget technologies allow our platforms to interoperate with various third-party applications which are critically important to our business. The functionality of these integrations will depend on access to the third-party applications, and access is not within our control. Some of our expected competitors own, develop, operate or distribute, or have material business relationships with companies that own, develop, operate or distribute, CRM and similar systems into which our legacy platforms integrate. Moreover, some of these competitors have inherent advantages developing products and services that more tightly integrate with their CRM and similar systems or those of their business partners.


Third-party systems are constantly evolving, and it is difficult to predict with certainty the challenges that we may encounter in developing our platforms for use in conjunction with such third-party systems. We may not be able to modify integrations to assure compatibility with the third-party systems following changes to these systems. Some operators of CRM and similar systems may cease to permit access or integration with our platforms. This could result in our customers no longer having a convenient way to integrate our products and services into their CRM of choice.

We may not innovate at a successful pace, which could harm our operating results.

The industry in which we operate is rapidly adopting new technologies and standards to create and satisfy the demands of users and advertisers. It is critical that we innovate by anticipating and adapting to these changes to ensure that our content-delivery, demand generation and data-driven products and services remain effective and interesting to our members, customers and partners. In addition, we may need to make significant expenditures to achieve these goals. If we fail to accomplish these goals, we may lose members and the customers that seek to reach those members, which could harm our operating results. Existing and planned efforts to develop new products, including any subscription-based offerings, may be costly and ultimately not successful, which could harm our operating results.

We may be unable to continue to build awareness of our brands, which could negatively impact our business and cause our revenues to decline.

Building recognition of our brands and maintaining recognition of the brands of our Legacy Businesses will be critical to our ability to attract and retain our member base. We intend to continue to build the brands of our Legacy Businesses and introduce new brands that will resonate with our targeted audiences. In order to promote these brands, we may find it necessary to increase our marketing budget, hire additional marketing and public relations personnel or otherwise increase our financial commitment to creating and maintaining brand loyalty among our customers. If we fail to promote our brands and maintain the brands of our Legacy Businesses effectively, or incur excessive expenses attempting to promote and maintain these brands, our business and financial results may suffer.

If we do not retain our key personnel, our ability to execute our business strategy will be adversely affected.

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the recruitment, retention and effective succession of our executive officers and key management. Our management team has significant industry experience and would be difficult to replace. These individuals possess sales, marketing, financial and administrative skills that are critical to the operation of our business. The competition for these employees is intense. The loss of the services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

We may not be able to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel cost-effectively, which could impact the quality of our content and services and the effectiveness and efficiency of our management, resulting in increased costs and reduced revenues.

Our success depends on our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified technical, editorial, sales and marketing, customer support, financial and accounting and other managerial personnel at commercially reasonable rates. The competition for personnel in the industries in which we operate is intense. Our personnel are able to terminate their employment at any time for any reason. Loss of personnel may result in increased costs associated with replacement hiring and training. If we fail to attract and hire new personnel or retain and motivate our existing personnel, we may not be able to operate our businesses effectively or efficiently, serve our customers properly or maintain the quality of our content and services. In particular, our success will depend in significant part on maintaining and growing an effective sales and customer retention force. This dependence involves a number of challenges, including the need to hire, integrate, motivate and retain additional sales and sales support personnel and train new sales personnel, many of whom lack sales experience when they are hired, as well as increased competition from other companies in hiring and retaining sales personnel.

In December 2022, our legacy TechTarget business committed to a restructuring plan intended to generate operational efficiencies, strengthen our financial position through reducing costs, and better align our operations with our strategic objectives. The plan involved streamlining the operations of certain of our legacy TechTarget business units and included the elimination of approximately 60 positions, or approximately 5% of our legacy TechTarget workforce. We may find it more difficult to hire and retain qualified personnel as a result of the 2022 restructuring plan of our legacy TechTarget business.


We may fail to identify or successfully acquire and integrate businesses, products and technologies that would otherwise enhance our product and service offerings to our customers and members, and as a result our revenues may decline or fail to grow.

Our Legacy Businesses have acquired, and we may in the future acquire or invest in, complementary businesses, products or technologies. Acquisitions and investments involve numerous risks including:

 

   

difficulty in assimilating the operations and personnel of acquired businesses;

 

   

potential disruption of our ongoing businesses and distraction of our management and the management of acquired companies;

 

   

difficulty in incorporating acquired technology and rights into our offerings and services, which could result in additional expenses and/or technical difficulties in delivering our product and service offerings;

 

   

potential failure to achieve additional sales and enhance our customer base through cross-marketing of our products and services to new and existing customers;

 

   

potential detrimental impact to our pricing based on the historical pricing of any acquired business with common customers and the market generally;

 

   

potential litigation resulting from our business combinations or acquisition activities; and

 

   

potential unknown liabilities associated with the acquired businesses.

Our inability to integrate any acquired business successfully, or the failure to achieve any expected synergies, could result in increased expenses and a reduction in expected revenues or revenue growth. As a result, our revenues, results of operations or stock price could fluctuate or decline. In addition, we may not be able to identify or successfully complete acquisitions, which could impact our ability to expand into complementary sectors in the future.

We may have limited protection of our intellectual property rights which others could infringe.

Our success and ability to compete will be dependent in part on the strength of our proprietary rights, on the goodwill associated with our trademarks, trade names and service marks, and on our ability to use U.S. and foreign laws to protect them. Our intellectual property will include, among other things, our original content, our editorial features, logos, brands, domain names, the technology that we use to deliver our services, the various databases of information that we maintain and make available by license, and the appearances of the websites we operate.

We and our Legacy Businesses have both claimed common law and registered trademark protections in certain brands. Despite claiming and applying to register some of their marks in the United States and other countries where we do business, neither we nor our Legacy Businesses have been able to obtain registration of their respective marks in certain U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions due to prior registration or use by third parties employing similar marks and other challenges. We claim common law protection on certain names and marks that our Legacy Businesses have used in connection with our business activities and the activities we conduct in connection with our business activities, however, there is a risk that challenges that were faced individually by our Legacy Businesses will also be raised for the brands and marks of our businesses. New challenges may also be raised against us as we seek intellectual property protections. In addition to U.S. and foreign laws and registration processes, we and our Legacy Businesses have relied on confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees and third parties and other protective contractual provisions to safeguard our intellectual property. Despite efforts to protect intellectual property by our Legacy Business, unauthorized activities may take place and could impact us as we rely on prior protections put in place and future protections that we put in place. We may also experience issues from prior acquisitions of intellectual property made by our Legacy Businesses, together with the costs and difficulties of combining and integrating the intellectual property of our Legacy Businesses into our business.


Policing our intellectual property rights and identifying infringers worldwide will be a difficult task, and even if we are able to identify infringers, we may not be able to stop them from infringing our intellectual property. We cannot be certain that third party licensees of our content will adequately protect our proprietary rights. Intellectual property laws and our agreements may not be sufficient to prevent others from copying or otherwise obtaining and using our content or technologies. In addition, others may develop non-infringing technologies that are similar or superior to those offered by us. In seeking to protect our marks, copyrights, domain names and other proprietary rights, we could face costly litigation and the diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

Furthermore, the relationship between regulations governing domain names and laws protecting trademarks and similar proprietary rights is still evolving. Therefore, we might be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights. Any impairment in the value of these important assets could cause the price of our common stock, $0.001 par value per share, to decline.

We could be subject to claims from third parties based on the content created by us and third parties on our websites. These claims could result in costly litigation, payment of damages or the need to revise the way we conduct our business.

We could be subject to infringement claims from third parties, which may or may not have merit. Due to the nature of content that will be published on our online network, including content placed on our online network by third parties, and as a creator and distributor of original content and research, we may face potential liability based on a variety of theories, including defamation, libel, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement, or other legal theories based on the nature, creation or distribution of this information. Such claims may also include, among others, claims that by providing hypertext links to websites operated by third parties, we are liable for wrongful actions by those third parties through these websites. Similar claims have been brought, and sometimes successfully asserted, against online services. It is also possible that our members could make claims against us for losses incurred in reliance on information provided on our networks. In addition, we could be exposed to liability in connection with material posted to our internet sites by third parties. For example, many of our sites offer members an opportunity to post comments and opinions that are not moderated. Some of this member-generated content may infringe on third party intellectual property rights or privacy rights or may otherwise be subject to challenge under copyright laws. Such claims, whether brought in the United States or abroad, could divert management time and attention away from our business and result in significant cost to investigate and defend, regardless of the merit of these claims. In addition, if we become subject to these types of claims and are not successful in our defense, we may be forced to pay substantial damages. These claims could also result in the need to develop alternative trademarks, content or technology or to enter into costly royalty or licensing agreements. Our insurance may not adequately protect us against these claims. The filing of these claims may also damage our reputation as a high-quality provider of unbiased, timely analysis and result in customer cancellations or overall decreased demand for our services. We may not have, in all cases, conducted formal evaluations of our content, technology and services to determine whether they expose us to any liability of the sort described above. As a result, we cannot be certain that our technology, offerings, services or online content will not infringe upon the intellectual property or other rights of third parties. If we were found to have infringed on a third party’s intellectual property rights or otherwise found liable for damages as a result of such claims, the value of our brands, our Legacy Businesses’ brands and business reputations could be impaired, and our business could suffer.

Changes in laws and standards relating to marketing, data collection and use, and the privacy of internet users could impact our ability to conduct our business and thereby decrease our marketing and advertising service revenues while imposing significant compliance costs on us.

We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including regulation by various federal government agencies, including the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) and state and local agencies, as well as privacy, data protection and cybersecurity laws in jurisdictions outside of the United States. We use e-mail as a significant means of communicating with our members and users. We may also use contact information provided during the enrollment process, including e-mail addresses and telephone numbers, for marketing purposes to our members and users. Our partners may also use contact information to market their products or services to our members and users. The laws and regulations governing the use of e-mail and other contact information for marketing purposes


continues to evolve, and the growth and development of commerce over the Internet may lead to the adoption of additional legislation, changes to existing laws. If new laws or regulations are adopted, or existing laws and regulations are interpreted and/or amended or modified to impose additional restrictions on our ability to send e-mails or use other means to contact our actual or potential members and users, we may not be able to communicate with such members and users in a cost-effective manner. In addition, Internet service providers, software programs and others may block the transmission of unsolicited e-mail, commonly known as “spam.” If such a provider or program identifies us emails as “spam,” our emails could be blocked to our actual or potential members and users. If we are unable to communicate by e-mail with our actual or potential members and users as a result of legislation, blockage or otherwise, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

We collect and process information from visitors, members or users on our websites, platforms, or co-branded sites. Privacy policies and practices concerning the collection, use, and disclosure of member, user and visitor information are posted on our websites. Subject to applicable law and each member’s, user’s and visitor’s permission (depending on the applicable needs and requirements of different countries’ laws), we may use the information we collect to inform our members, and users and visitors of services may be of interest to them. We may also share this information with our customers for members and users who have elected to receive additional promotional materials and have expressly or implicitly granted us permission to share their information with third parties. We also collect information based on the activity of our visitors, members and users on our websites.

Although, we believe our efforts materially comply with applicable international, federal and state laws and regulations and such efforts will not materially harm our business, additional, more burdensome laws or regulations, including more restrictive consumer privacy and data security laws, could be enacted or applied to us or our customers. Such laws or regulations could impair our ability to collect member and user information and provide more targeted content and detailed lead data to our customers which may limit the growth of our audience and revenues. Additionally, governmental authorities, such as the FTC, U.S. state attorneys general, and courts may interpret or apply consumer and data protection laws to require that the online collection, use and dissemination of data, and the presentation of website content, comply with certain standards for notice, choice, security and access, which could also be subject to conflicting or differing interpretations. We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable consumer and data protection laws, but a determination by a state or federal agency or court that any of our practices do not comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in civil or criminal liability, adverse publicity and negatively affect our businesses. New interpretations of these standards could also require us to incur additional compliance costs and restrict our business operations.

Data privacy laws also are expanding across the United States in ways that may impact our business. For example, the state of California has adopted a comprehensive data privacy law, the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which took effect in January 2020 and became enforceable in July 2020. The CCPA was amended in January 2023 by the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”) which expanded consumers’ rights and data collection and processing obligations, including with respect to certain sensitive personal information. In addition, other states, such as Virginia, Colorado, Connecticut, Utah, Tennessee, Oregon, and Texas, among others, have passed comprehensive state data privacy laws similar to the CCPA and CPRA, which are either in effect or will go into effect in the near future. Additional states may likely pass similar data privacy laws in the future. These data privacy laws and regulations create obligations related to the collection and processing of personal information that may impose additional costs and obligations on us and impact our ability to conduct our business. Governmental authorities also are addressing certain data practices (such as marketing), the collection of certain types of personal data (e.g., biometrics or children’s data) or otherwise addressing privacy concerns in various ways. These data privacy laws and regulations may impact our business activities, including our identification of research subjects, relationships with business partners and ultimately the marketing and distribution of our products. We may be required to devote substantial resources to implement and maintain compliance with these laws, and noncompliance could result in regulatory investigations and fines or private litigation.

The U.S. Congress also is considering comprehensive federal data privacy legislation. At this time, it is unclear whether Congress will pass such a law and if so, when and what it will require and prohibit, and how it will interact with currently enacted or future comprehensive state data privacy laws and requirements under existing US federal laws related to personal data, including the CAN-SPAM Act and TCPA. The adoption of comprehensive federal data privacy legislation may require us to incur significant costs for compliance, which may adversely affect our business and operating results.


Data privacy laws are also growing in many countries around the world that may impact our business. The regulatory framework for the collection, use, safeguarding, sharing, transfer and other processing of information worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Globally, virtually every jurisdiction in which we operate has established their own data security and privacy regulatory frameworks with which we need to comply. For example, the EU and its member states, and the United Kingdom enacted laws and regulations governing the collection, processing and use of personal information obtained from their citizens. We may also be subject data privacy and protection laws in other jurisdictions, such as Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, Brazil’s Lei Geral de Proteção de Dados Pessoais, Australia’s Privacy Act, India’s Digital Personal Data Protection Act, Saudi Arabia’s Personal Data Protection Law, China’s Personal Information Protection Law, and Japan’s Act on the Protection of Personal Information. Regulations in these and other jurisdictions have focused on the collection, processing, transfer, use, disclosure and security of personal information, such as an individual’s name, e-mail address or online identifier (such as an IP address). These laws may also provide consumers the right to access the information that a company has collected on them, correct it, request that it be deleted, or to stop the sale of such information to third parties.

The GDPR of the EU became effective in May 2018 and was designed to, among other things, harmonize disparate data privacy laws found across Europe. The GDPR implemented more rigorous principles relating to the data privacy and protection, including enhanced disclosure requirements regarding how personal information is obtained, used and shared; limitations on the purpose and storage of personal information; mandatory data breach notification requirements and enhanced standards for data controllers to demonstrate that they have obtained valid consent for certain data processing activities. The GDPR’s application and scope are extensive and penalties for non-compliance are significant, including fines of up to 20 million Euros or 4% of total worldwide revenue. Further, other laws that the EU is considering, if enacted, could disrupt our ability to use or transfer data or to market and sell our products and services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. New and evolving requirements may also impact transfers of personal data from other countries to the United States, particularly transfers from members of the EU. In addition, following Brexit, we may also be required to meet standards for cross-border personal data transfers imposed by UK regulatory authorities. In the event that we are deemed not in compliance with the GDPR or EU or UK law, or fails to maintain compliance, then we would be exposed to material damages, costs and/or fines if a EU or UK regulator or resident commenced an action and could cause considerable harm to us and our reputation (including requiring notification to customers, regulators, members and/or users), loss of confidence in our services and deter customers from using our services.

Our customers may implement compliance measures that do not align with their services, which could limit the scope and delivery of services we are able to provide. Customers may also require us to implement additional privacy and security measures or impose other contractual obligations including, but not limited to, indemnification and liability obligations, which may cause us to incur potential business disruptions and expenses. If our policies and practices, or those of our customers, are, or are perceived to be, insufficient or if our members, users, visitors or customers have concerns regarding our data privacy and protection practices, we could be subject to enforcement actions or investigations by regulators, lawsuits by private parties or experience reduced member, user and visitor engagement, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We also work with our partners to deliver targeted advertisements based on members’, users’ and visitors’ perceived commercial interests. Many of our members, users and visitors voluntarily provide us with contact and other information when they visit or interact with our websites. We utilize data from third-party sources to augment our member and user profiles, including data provided by Informa under the Data Sharing Agreement and marketing databases so we can personalize content, enhance analytical capabilities, better target our marketing programs and better qualify leads for our customers. However, if visitor, member and/or user and sentiment regarding the sharing of information changes, such as visitors to our websites refusing to provide contact and other information, our ability to personalize content and provide targeted marketing solutions would be materially impaired. If members and users choose to opt-out of behavioral targeting, it would be more difficult for us to offer targeted marketing programs for our customers. If we are unable to acquire data from third-party sources for whatever reason, or if there is a marked increase in the cost of obtaining such data, our ability to personalize content and provide marketing solutions could be negatively impacted.


New and expanding proposals for laws and regulations regarding “Do Not Track” requirements that protect visitors’, members’ and users’ and right to choose whether or not to be tracked online may allow consumers to have greater control over the use of their information collected online, forbid the collection or use of such information, demand a business to comply with their choice to opt-out of such collection or use and place limits upon the disclosure of such information to third-party websites. Any such laws and regulations could have a significant impact on the operation of our advertising and data businesses. U.S. regulatory agencies have also placed an increased focus on online privacy matters and, in particular, on online advertising activities that utilize cookies or other tracking tools. Consumer and industry groups have expressed concerns about online data collection and use by companies, which has resulted in the release of various binding industry self-regulatory codes of conduct and best practice guidelines for online behavioral advertising (“OBA”) and similar activities. These codes of conduct and best practice guidelines govern, among other things, the ways in which companies can collect, use and disclose user information for OBA purposes, including how companies must give notice of these practices, and what choices companies must provide to consumers regarding these practices.

We may be required or otherwise choose to adopt “Do Not Track” mechanisms and abide by certain self-regulatory principles promulgated by the Digital Advertising Alliance and others for OBA and similar activities, which may impair our ability to use our existing tracking technologies, to collect and sell member and user behavioral data, and engage with other third parties. This could cause our net revenues to decline and adversely affect our operating results.

We endeavor to be in material compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and self-regulatory data privacy and protection regimes. However, as referenced above, these laws, regulations and self-regulatory regimes may be modified, and/or new laws may be enacted in the future, which could materially affect our business. Further, data protection authorities may interpret existing laws in new or conflicting ways. We may deploy new products and services from time to time, which may also require us to change our compliance practices. Any such developments (or developments stemming from the enactment or modification of other laws) or our failure to anticipate the application or interpretation of these laws accurately could create liability for us, result in adverse publicity, increase our future compliance costs, make our products and services less attractive to our members, users, visitors and customers, or cause us to change or limit our business practices and materially affect our business and operating results. Further, any failure or perceived failure on our part to comply with any relevant laws or regulations may subject us to significant civil, criminal or contractual liabilities.

The loss of personal, confidential, and/or proprietary information due to our cybersecurity systems or the systems of our customers, vendors, or partners being breached could cause us to incur significant legal and financial exposure and liability, and materially adversely affect our business, operating results and reputation.

We retain personal, confidential, and/or proprietary information relating to our members and users, employees, and customers in secure database servers. The industry in which we operate is prone to cyber-attacks by third parties seeking access to our data or the data we collect from our website visitors and members, or to disrupt our ability to provide service. The Legacy Businesses have experienced and we will likely experience cyber-attacks targeting our database servers and information systems. Cyber-attacks may involve viruses, malware, ransomware, distributed denial-of-service attacks, phishing or other forms of social engineering (predominantly spear phishing attacks), and other methods seeking to gain unlawful access. We may not be able to prevent unauthorized access to these secure database servers and information systems as a result of these third party actions, including intentional misconduct by criminal organizations and hackers or as a result of employee error, malfeasance or otherwise. A security breach could result in intentional malfunctions or loss or corruption of data, software, hardware or other computer equipment, the misappropriation of personal, confidential and/or proprietary information, disruptions in our service, and in the unauthorized access to the data of our customers or our data, including intellectual property, business opportunity, and other confidential business information. Additionally, third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce our employees, vendors, or customers into disclosing access credentials such as usernames, passwords or keys in order to gain access to our database servers and information systems.

Our online networks could also be affected by cyber-attacks, and we could inadvertently transmit viruses across our networks to our members, customers or other third parties. Cyber-attacks continue to evolve in sophistication and volume, and inherently may be difficult to detect for long periods of time. Although our Legacy Businesses developed systems and processes that are designed to protect their data and user data, to prevent data loss, to disable undesirable accounts and activities on their platforms, and to prevent or detect security breaches, we cannot assure that such measures will provide absolute security, and we may incur significant costs in protecting against or remediating cyber-attacks.


Providing unimpeded access to our online networks is critical to engaging with our website visitors and members and providing superior service to our customers. Our inability to provide continuous access to our online networks could cause some of our customers to discontinue purchasing marketing and advertising programs and services and/or prevent or deter our members from accessing our networks. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against cyber-attacks. We cannot assure you that any contractual provisions attempting to limit our liability in these areas will be successful or enforceable, or that our customers or other parties will accept such contractual provisions as part of our agreements.

Many states and foreign jurisdictions in which we operate have enacted laws and regulations that will require us to notify our members, website visitors, customers and, in some cases, governmental authorities and credit bureaus, in the event that certain personal information is accessed, or believed to have been accessed, without authorization. Certain regulations also require proscriptive policies to protect against such unauthorized access. Additionally, increasing regulatory demands will require us to provide heightened protection of personal information to prevent identity theft and the disclosure of sensitive information. Should we experience a loss of personal, confidential, and/or proprietary information, then efforts to regain compliance and address penalties imposed by contractual provisions or governmental authorities could increase our costs significantly.

If we were to experience a significant cybersecurity breach of our information systems or data, the costs associated with the investigation, remediation and potential notification of the breach to counterparties and data subjects could be material, in addition to potential costs related to regulatory investigations in the United States or other countries. In addition, our remediation efforts may not be successful. If we do not allocate and effectively manage the resources necessary to build and sustain the proper technology and cybersecurity infrastructure, we could suffer significant business disruption, including transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, data loss or the loss of or damage to intellectual property or other proprietary information.

In addition to the foregoing, any breach of privacy laws or data security laws, particularly resulting in a significant security incident or breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized use or disclosure of sensitive or confidential consumer information, could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation and financial condition. There is no assurance that privacy and security-related safeguards we implement will protect us from all risks associated with the processing (by us or our service providers), storage and transmission of such information.

Our business, which will be dependent on centrally located communications, computer hardware systems and cloud-based infrastructure providers, will be vulnerable to natural disasters, telecommunication and systems failures, terrorism and other problems, as well as disruption due to maintenance or high volume, all of which could reduce traffic on our networks or websites and which could result in a negative impact on our business.

Our operations are dependent on our communications systems, computer hardware and cloud-based infrastructure providers, all of which are located in data centers operated by third parties. These systems could be damaged by natural disasters, power loss, telecommunication failures, viruses, and hacking and our cloud-based infrastructure providers could take actions, such as establishing unfavorable pricing terms or limiting access to service and other similar events outside of our control, which would impact our ability to run our operations. Our insurance policies are expected to have limited coverage levels for loss or damages in these events and may not adequately compensate us for any losses that may occur. In addition, terrorist acts or acts of war may cause harm to our employees or damage our facilities, our customers or our vendors which could adversely impact our revenues, costs and expenses and financial position. We are generally uninsured for losses and interruptions to our systems or cancellations of events caused by terrorist acts and acts of war.

Our ability to attract and maintain relationships with our members, customers and partners will depend on the satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our internet infrastructure. Our internet marketing and advertising revenues will relate directly to the number of advertisements and other marketing opportunities delivered to our members. System interruptions or delays that result in the unavailability of websites or slower response times for members would reduce the number of advertising impressions and leads delivered to our customers. This could


reduce our revenues as the attractiveness of our websites to our members and advertisers decreases. Our insurance policies provide only limited coverage for service interruptions and may not adequately compensate us for any losses that may occur due to any failures or interruptions in our systems. Further, we do not have multiple site capacity for all of our services in the event of any such occurrence.

In addition, our networks and websites must accommodate a high volume of traffic and deliver frequently updated information. The Legacy Businesses have experienced, and we may experience in the future, slower response times due to higher than expected traffic, or decreased traffic, for a variety of reasons. There have been instances where the Legacy Businesses online networks as a whole, or their respective websites individually, have been inaccessible. Also, slower response times, which have occurred more frequently, can result from general internet problems, routing and equipment problems involving third party internet access providers, problems with third party advertising servers, increased traffic to our servers, viruses and other security breaches that are out of our control. In addition, our members depend on internet service providers and online service providers for access to our online networks or websites. Those providers have experienced outages and delays in the past and may experience outages or delays in the future. A prolonged outage of critical systems, networks or similar services would inhibit the delivery of products and services, increase costs, and adversely affect customer experience and reputation. Serious disruption could affect day-to-day operations and, potentially, colleague engagement. Moreover, our internet infrastructure might not be able to support continued growth of our online networks or websites. To effectively manage growth, these systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain, protect, enhance and upgrade existing systems and develop and implement new systems to keep pace with changing technology and business needs. Any of these problems could result in less traffic to our networks or websites or harm the perception of our networks or websites as reliable sources of information. Less traffic on our networks and websites or periodic interruptions in service could have the effect of reducing demand for marketing and advertising on our networks or websites, thereby reducing our revenues.

Our business depends on continued and unimpeded access to the internet by us and our members and users. If government regulations relating to the internet change, internet access providers may be able to block, degrade, or charge for access to certain of our products and services, which could lead to additional expenses and the loss of customers.

Our products and services will depend on the ability of our members and users to access the internet. Currently, this access is provided by companies that have significant market power in the broadband and internet access marketplace, including incumbent telephone companies, cable companies, mobile communications companies, and government-owned service providers. Some of these providers have taken, or have stated that they may take measures, including legal actions, that could degrade, disrupt, or increase the cost of member access to our advertisements or our third party publishers’ advertisements by restricting or prohibiting the use of infrastructure to support or facilitate our offerings, or by charging increased fees to us or our members to provide our offerings. On December 14, 2017, the Federal Communications Commission voted to repeal the net neutrality rules which were intended, in part, to prevent network operators from discriminating against legal traffic that traverses their networks. It is unclear whether or if such a repeal will be subject to challenge or preemption if the U.S. Congress passes new laws regarding net neutrality.

In addition, as we expand internationally, government regulations concerning the internet, in particular net neutrality, may be nascent or non-existent. Governments of one or more countries may seek to limit access to the platforms, or certain features of the platforms, or may seek to impose other restrictions that could adversely affect the availability of the platforms, or certain features of the platforms, for an extended period of time or indefinitely. In addition, governments in certain countries may seek to block or restrict access to the platforms if they consider the businesses to be in violation of their laws, including privacy laws, and may require the businesses to disclose or provide access to information in their possession. If we fail to anticipate developments in the law or fail for any reason to comply with applicable law, the platforms could be further blocked or restricted, and we could be exposed to significant liability that could harm the business. This regulatory environment, coupled with the potentially significant political and economic power of local network operators, could cause us to experience discriminatory or anti-competitive practices that could impede our growth, cause us to incur additional expense, or otherwise negatively affect our business. Such interference could result in a loss of existing customers, and increased costs, and could impair our ability to attract new customers, thereby harming our revenues and growth.


We may face risks associated with our use of certain artificial intelligence, machine learning, and large language models.

Our business uses artificial intelligence and machine learning (“AI/ML”) technologies, including those offered by third parties, to enhance our content, audience engagement, and overall service offerings and to drive innovation and organizational efficiencies. We also plan to explore, develop, and introduce new AI/ML capabilities and large language models, including generative AI features, into our service offerings and platforms to offer enhanced application functionality, updated product offerings, and improved customer experiences. As with many new and emerging technologies, the use of AI/ML presents risks and challenges that could affect their adoption, and therefore our business. If we enable or offer AI/ML features and solutions that draw controversy due to their perceived or actual impact on human rights, privacy, employment, or in other social, economic, or political contexts, we may experience brand or reputational harm, competitive harm, or legal liability. Additionally, the use of AI/ML technologies may result in inaccurate outputs, contain biased information, or expose us to other risks, which could result in incidents that cause harm to our business, customers and other individuals. These deficiencies and other failures of AI/ML technologies could subject us to regulatory action, legal liability, including under new and proposed state, federal, and international rules and laws regulating AI/ML, as well as new applications or interpretations of existing data protection, privacy, intellectual property, and other laws.

Issues around the implementation and use of AI/ML technologies are complex and the regulatory landscape continues to evolve. It is likely that new laws and regulations will be adopted, or that existing laws and regulations may be interpreted in new ways that would affect our business and the ways in which we use, or contemplate the use of, AI/ML technology, our financial condition, and our results of operations, including as a result of the cost to comply with such laws or regulations. For example, the EU’s Artificial Intelligence Act (“AI Act”) introduces a regulatory landscape that businesses will need to navigate with caution. The AI Act’s stringent measures against certain AI/ML applications may impact businesses in this sector. Such measures include prohibitions on AI/ML technologies that utilize sensitive personal attributes for biometric categorization, restrictions on indiscriminate collection of facial images for recognition databases, and limitations on emotion recognition systems that could be employed in consumer analysis or employee monitoring. Businesses must also be aware of the comprehensive transparency requirements mandated for general-purpose AI systems. This entails maintaining detailed technical documentation and ensuring compliance with the EU’s copyright laws, with even more rigorous standards for high-impact general AI/ML models. These models require exhaustive evaluations, risk assessments related to systemic impacts, adversarial testing and reporting on aspects like energy efficiency, indicating a significant compliance burden for businesses. The scale of penalties for non-compliance range up to €35 million or 7% of global turnover, underscoring the importance of adherence to the new regulations where applicable. To comply with the AI Act, businesses like us will need to take a proactive approach to regulatory compliance, risk management and infrastructure investment.

Further, potential government regulation related to AI/ML use and ethics may also increase the burden and cost of compliance and utilization of AI/ML, and failure to properly remediate AI/ML usage or ethics issues may cause public confidence in AI/ML to be undermined, which could slow their adoption in our offerings and services. In addition, market acceptance of AI/ML is uncertain, and we may be unsuccessful in our service and product development efforts. Any of these factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we do not maintain proper and effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our operating results, our ability to operate our business and investors’ views of us.

Ensuring that we have adequate disclosure controls and procedures, including internal financial and accounting controls and procedures, in place to help ensure that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. On an ongoing basis, we will need to document and both we and our independent auditors will need to test our internal controls over financial reporting in connection with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and, as part of that documentation and testing, our management will need to identify areas for further attention and improvement. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, take a significant period of time to complete, and distract our officers, directors and


employees from the operation of our business. For example, we expect that we will need to design and implement financial reporting and management review controls, together with IT general and application controls for all systems which materially impact financial reporting of the legacy Informa Tech Digital Businesses, the cost of which may be material. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. In addition, investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable to produce accurate financial statements may materially and adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited.

Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds to expand our sales and marketing and service development efforts or to make acquisitions. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund the expansion of our sales and marketing and research and development efforts or take advantage of acquisition or other opportunities, which could seriously harm our business and operating results. If we incur debt, the debt holders would have rights senior to our common stockholders to make claims on our assets and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, stockholders, other than Informa, may experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Any debt financing is likely to have financial and other covenants that could have an adverse impact on our business if we do not achieve our projected results. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our stockholders bear the risk of our future securities offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest.

The impairment of a significant amount of goodwill and intangible assets on our balance sheet could result in a decrease in earnings and, as a result, our stock price could decline.

The Legacy Businesses have acquired assets and businesses over time, some of which have resulted in the recording of a significant amount of goodwill and/or intangible assets on their respective consolidated financial statements. After giving effect to the combination, we had $1.1 billion of goodwill and $1.1 billion of net intangible assets on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2024. The goodwill was recorded because the fair value of the net tangible assets and/or intangible assets acquired was less than the purchase price. We may not realize the full value of the goodwill and/or intangible assets. We will evaluate goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or circumstances suggest that the asset may be impaired. After giving effect to the combination, we did not have any intangible assets, other than goodwill, with indefinite lives as of September 30, 2024. We will evaluate other intangible assets subject to amortization whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of those assets may not be recoverable. If goodwill or other intangible assets are determined to be impaired, we will write off the unrecoverable portion as a charge to our earnings. If we acquire new assets and businesses in the future, as we expect we will, we may record additional goodwill and/or intangible assets. The possible write-off of the goodwill and/or intangible assets could negatively impact our future earnings and, as a result, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Our significant indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.

After giving effect to the combination, we had $3.04 million in aggregate principal amount of 0.125% convertible senior notes due 2025 and $414.00 million in aggregate principal of 0.0% convertible senior notes due 2026 (collectively, the “convertible notes”) outstanding. In addition, we have entered into a $250 million unsecured five-year revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with Informa Group Holdings Limited, an affiliate of Informa, as administrative agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto. The significant amount of indebtedness we carry and may carry in the future could limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, stock repurchases or other purposes.


Our outstanding indebtedness may also increase our vulnerability to adverse economic, market and industry conditions, limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business operations or to our industry overall, and place us at a disadvantage in relation to our competitors that have lower debt levels. Our ability to refinance or repay at maturity our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time, and we ultimately may not be able to do so on desirable terms or at all, which could result in a default under our debt obligations. Any or all of the above events and/or factors could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that the Legacy Businesses should have collected, or in the future we should collect, sales and use, value added, or similar taxes, and we could be subject to liability with respect to past sales by the Legacy Businesses or future sales, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

The Legacy Businesses did not collect sales and use, value added, or similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which they have sales, based on their understanding that such taxes are not applicable. Sales and use, value added, and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly by jurisdiction. Certain jurisdictions in which the Legacy Businesses do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties, and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future. Such tax assessments, penalties, and interest, or future requirements, may adversely affect our results of operations.

Changes in applicable tax laws could result in adverse tax consequences to us.

Our tax positions could be adversely impacted by changes to tax laws, tax treaties, or tax regulations or the interpretation or enforcement thereof by any tax authority in which we file income tax returns, particularly in the United States and the United Kingdom. We cannot predict the outcome of any specific legislative proposals.

Global taxing standards continue to evolve as a result of the Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development (“OECD”) recommendations aimed at preventing perceived base erosion and profit shifting by multinational corporations. While these recommendations do not change tax law, the countries where we operate may implement legislation or take unilateral actions which may result in adverse effects to our future income tax provision and financial statements.

Risks Related to the Ownership of Our Common Stock

We are controlled by Informa. The interests of Informa may differ from the interests of our other stockholders.

Informa beneficially owns 57% of our outstanding common stock (on a fully diluted basis, but without taking into account shares which may be issued upon the conversion (if any) of the convertible notes or shares reserved for future grants pursuant to our equity incentive plans). Under the Stockholders Agreement, Informa has the right under certain circumstances to acquire additional equity securities from us pursuant to pre-agreed procedures, preemptive rights and percentage maintenance rights without the approval of a related party transaction committee (“RPT Committee”).

Through its ownership of at least a majority of the shares of our common stock and the provisions set forth in our Charter, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and the Stockholders Agreement, Informa will have the ability to designate and elect a majority of our Board of Directors. The Stockholders Agreement provides that, for so long as Informa beneficially owns more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, to the extent permitted by applicable law, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Informa US Holdings Limited (“Informa HoldCo”), we will avail ourself of certain available “Controlled Company” exemptions to the corporate governance listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Select Market (in whole or in part, as requested by Informa HoldCo) that would otherwise require us to, among other things, have a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors and an independent compensation committee.


Under the Stockholders Agreement, our board of directors will initially have three directors not designated by Informa and five directors designated by Informa, as well as our Chief Executive Officer, who will be the current Chief Executive Officer of the Informa Tech division of Informa.

Pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, Informa will have the right to consent to certain material actions by us and our subsidiaries for so long as it maintains certain ownership percentages, including over certain mergers and acquisitions, sales of assets, the incurrence of indebtedness, issuances of securities and the termination of the employment or the appointment of a new Chief Executive Officer. For as long as Informa beneficially owns a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, Informa will also have control over certain matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors, the adoption of amendments to our Charter that do not require approval by the holders of separate classes or series of capital stock and the approval of certain mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of our assets. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, Informa has agreed to vote in favor of the election of director nominees not designated by Informa. Informa and its subsidiaries may have different interests than other holders of our common stock and may make decisions adverse to your interests.

Among other things, Informa’s control could delay, defer, or prevent a sale of our business that our other stockholders support, or, conversely, this control could result in the consummation of such a transaction that other stockholders do not support. This concentrated control could discourage a potential investor from seeking to acquire our common stock and, as a result, might impact the market price of our common stock.

Certain of our directors will have to navigate potential conflicts of interest arising from their relationship with Informa. Such relationships may result in such directors having interests that may be different from or in addition to the interests of our stockholders generally for certain decisions.

Three of the nine persons that serve on our board of directors are employed by and/or serve as directors of Informa. Such directors, including Mr. Nugent, have to navigate conflicts between their duties to us and their duties to, and interests in, Informa, which may be different from or in addition to those in our business and our stockholders generally.

We do not employ our Chief Executive Officer, but, instead, retain the services of Gary Nugent through a secondment agreement.

Gary Nugent, who serves as our Chief Executive Officer, is employed by an affiliate of Informa and provides services to us under a secondment agreement. The interests of Informa and its affiliates may be different from or in addition to the interests of our stockholders generally for certain decisions. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature, Informa and its affiliates, as equity holders, may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investment, even though such transactions might involve risks the occurrence of which may not be in the interests of the minority stockholders.

Mr. Nugent’s employment by Informa Support Services, Inc. (“ISSI”) may present conflicts of interest with respect to the performance of his duties to us because (i) we are not Mr. Nugent’s direct employer and therefore do not have complete control over Mr. Nugent’s employment arrangements, (ii) Mr. Nugent takes his instructions from Informa’s chief executive officer with respect to matters related to Mr. Nugent’s employment agreement and his activities related to the Informa Group Executive Committee, of which Mr. Nugent is a member, (iii) Mr. Nugent has obligations to ISSI and Informa in his capacity as an employee of the Informa Group and (iv) Mr. Nugent is eligible to receive equity grants in Informa in addition to any equity grants that he receives from us. Mr. Nugent also owes customary fiduciary duties to us, including a duty of loyalty to act in our best interests and all of our stockholders generally. As such, in addition to the matters noted above, to the extent that our interests and the interests of Informa diverge with respect to any particular matter, Mr. Nugent may have a conflict of interest with respect to such matter.


Mr. Nugent is aware of the potential for conflicts of interest to develop and will attempt to perform his tasks in a manner that is consistent with the obligations and fiduciary duties that he owes to us. However, his employment relationship and affiliation with Informa could give rise to actual conflicts of interest when Mr. Nugent is faced with a decision that has different implications for Informa and us. These conflicts of interest could arise over a variety of matters including, but not limited to, (i) changes to our business and operations, (ii) funding and capital management, (iii) regulatory proceedings and compliance, (iv) agreements or arrangements with Informa or other members of the Informa Group, (v) confidentiality restrictions and information sharing, (vi) employee retention or recruiting, labor, tax, employee benefit or indemnification matters, (vii) our dividend policy and declarations of dividends and (viii) pursuit of various strategic alternatives, including acquisition opportunities.

Informa is prohibited, subject to certain exceptions, from transferring shares of our common stock or acquiring more shares of our common stock until the second anniversary of the closing of the combination of the Legacy Businesses, after which, subject to restrictions, it will be permitted to transfer its shares of our common stock and acquire more shares of our common stock, which could have a negative impact on our stock price or ability to maintain compliance with the Nasdaq Global Select Market’s continued listing requirements.

For two years following the completion of the combination of the Legacy Businesses (unless the Third Trigger Date (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) has occurred prior to such date), Informa is prohibited from transferring any of its shares of our common stock other than to a controlled affiliate of Informa, without the approval of an RPT Committee. Following such two-year lock-up period, the Informa Group will be permitted, subject to restrictions, to sell or otherwise transfer shares of our common stock, including in public offerings pursuant to registration rights to be granted by us. Any such sale or other transfer could significantly increase the number of shares of our common stock available to be traded in the equity markets, which could cause a decrease in the trading price of shares of our common stock. In addition, even if Informa does not transfer a large number of its shares into the market, the potential for Informa to sell large numbers of shares into the market may depress the trading price of shares of our common stock.

For two years following the completion of the combination of the Legacy Businesses, the Informa Group is prohibited from acquiring or seeking to acquire, directly or indirectly, additional shares of our common stock that would result in the Informa Group having an ownership percentage of the outstanding shares of our common stock greater than the percentage of the outstanding shares of our common stock beneficially owned by the Informa Group upon the closing of combination, subject to certain exceptions. Following the two-year standstill period, the Informa Group will be permitted, subject to restrictions, to acquire or seek to acquire, directly or indirectly, additional shares of our common stock which may have an adverse effect on our ability to remain in compliance with the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market, including requirements with respect to maintaining a minimum number of holders of the our common stock. A delisting of our common stock, or the potential for a delisting, could depress the trading price of shares of our common stock.

Informa has the right to purchase additional securities from us, which could have a negative impact on our stock price.

Informa HoldCo has the option (but not the obligation) to, among other things, (i) purchase our securities in connection with securities being issued as consideration in an acquisition transaction, or a public offering or private placement of our securities, or under other circumstances where our securities are not being offered for cash by us, in each case at prices determined based upon pre-agreed procedures without the need for the approval of an RPT Committee and (ii) purchase additional shares of our common stock up to its percentage maintenance share in connection with the issuance of equity awards or our securities pursuant to any “at the market” program, on a quarterly basis and at prices determined based upon pre-agreed procedures. Any such purchase by Informa HoldCo could significantly increase the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, which could cause a decrease in the trading price of shares of our common stock. In addition, even if Informa HoldCo does not exercise its rights to purchase, the existence of such rights may depress the trading price of shares of our common stock.


The benefits and synergies attributable to the combination of the Legacy Businesses may vary from expectations, which may negatively affect the market price of shares of our common stock.

We expect the combination of the Legacy Businesses will result in a number of benefits and synergies, including, but not limited to, operating synergies and stronger fundamental demand for our products and services, and that combination will be accretive to our earnings. These expectations are based on current estimates and assumptions that may prove to be incorrect. Actual operating, technological, strategic and revenue opportunities, if achieved at all, may be less significant than expected or may take longer to achieve than anticipated. In addition, future events and conditions, including, but not limited to, adverse changes in market conditions, regulatory framework, additional transaction and integration-related costs and other factors such as the failure to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of the combination could decrease or delay the accretion that is currently anticipated or could result in dilution. Any dilution of, decrease in, or delay of any accretion to our earnings per share could cause the price of shares of our common stock to decline or grow at a reduced rate.

The price of our common stock may be volatile, and holders of our common stock may be unable to resell their shares of our common stock at or above their purchase price or at all.

The market price for our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control, including, among others:

 

   

trends and changes in consumer preferences in the industries in which we operate;

 

   

changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole and, in particular, in the consumer and advertising marketplaces;

 

   

changes in key personnel;

 

   

our entry into new markets;

 

   

changes in our operating performance;

 

   

investors’ perceptions of our prospects and the prospects of the businesses in which we participate;

 

   

fluctuations in quarterly revenue and operating results, as well as differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors;

 

   

the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

   

announcements relating to litigation;

 

   

guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in such guidance or our failure to meet such guidance;

 

   

changes in financial estimates or ratings by any securities analysts who follow our common stock, our failure to meet such estimates or failure of those analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our common stock;

 

   

downgrades in our credit ratings or the credit ratings of our competitors;

 

   

the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our common stock;

 

   

investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives;

 

   

the inclusion, exclusion, or removal of our common stock from any trading indices;

 

   

future sales of our common stock by our officers, directors, and significant stockholders;

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from system failures and disruptions, hurricanes, pandemics, wars, acts of terrorism, other natural disasters, or responses to such events;

 

   

changes in financial markets or general economic conditions, including, for example, due to the effects of recession or slow economic growth in the United States and abroad, interest rates, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations, corruption, political instability, acts of war, including the conflict involving Russia and Ukraine and in the Middle East, acts of terrorism, and pandemics or other public health crises;

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole; and

 

   

changes in accounting principles.

These and other factors may lower the market price of our common stock, regardless of its actual operating performance. As a result, our common stock may trade at prices significantly below the price at which shares were purchased.


In addition, the stock markets, including Nasdaq, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and use significant resources, and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

Exhibit 99.3

TechTarget, Inc. Business

TechTarget, Inc. (“we”, “us” or “our”) is a leading business-to-business (“B2B”) growth accelerator, informing and influencing technology buyers and sellers globally. We were formed through the combination of the businesses of TechTarget Holdings Inc. (former TechTarget, Inc.) and the digital businesses of Informa PLC’s (“Informa”) Informa Tech division (the “Informa Tech Digital Businesses”).

We sit at the intersection of tech and B2B marketing in an area estimated to be worth $20 billion annually with approximately 45,000 potential customers. We compete in the Demand and Intent, Brand and Content, and Intelligence and Advisory markets.

We have powerful scale in permissioned B2B first-party data and a unique end-to-end portfolio of data-driven solutions that services the full B2B product lifecycle, from R&D to ROI: from strategy, messaging and content development to in-market activation via brand, demand generation, purchase intent data and sales enablement. We leverage both inbound and outbound audience development strategies through our search engine optimization techniques and our ability to create relevant content to attract audiences that are of interest to our customers.

For technology buyers and business professionals, which we refer to as audiences, our strategy calls for us to deliver trusted, independent research, primary data, analysis and high-quality editorial content that uniquely informs and has the potential to influence technology buyers. We believe we are well positioned to deliver on this strategy; after giving pro forma effect to the combination, as of September 30, 2024, we have employed over 2,100 industry and market experts across more than 220 B2B brands, positioning it at the heart of a permissioned audience of more than 50 million technology and business professionals.

For technology sellers, which we refer to as clients, our strategy is to offer expert-led, data-driven, digitally enabled products that help those clients to identify and influence technology buyers through the full product journey, and based on this value proposition, for us to be a strategic partner to many of the technology industry’s largest and most successful, fastest and most innovative disruptors, shortening those clients’ time to market and, critically, to revenue. We have the ambition to become a leading B2B growth accelerator, with a target to double revenues within five years.

We focus on four core growth drivers when executing on these strategies:

 

  1.

Enterprise IT market acceleration: The enterprise IT market is forecast to grow at a 6% compounded annual growth rate over the next five years, driven by easing inflation, improving gross domestic product trends and accelerated growth in research and development investment and innovation, underpinned by the rapid expansion of artificial intelligence applications.

 

  2.

International expansion: We estimate that technology sellers based outside the United States represent approximately 40% of the global market opportunity for the products we offer. We believe we are well positioned to exploit that market opportunity and intend to do so. Through our Specialist Tech Research business and a portfolio of localized specialist content websites, we have a significant presence in the United Kingdom, India, Spain, France, China, Australia, Singapore, Japan and other countries.

 

  3.

Growth in Industry Technology Markets: We plan to expand our product set into adjacent, tech-driven growth markets, including for example AutoTech, GameTech, HealthTech and FinTech, by leveraging our data sharing agreement (the “Data Sharing Agreement”) with Informa, to extensive B2B datasets covering these growth markets.

 

  4.

New product and platform development: We intend to exploit our newly expanded scale, reach and talent to accelerate platform enhancements and new product launches to deliver richer data-driven insights and deeper market access. The new products we intend to develop include audience focused services, such


  as new content websites, newsletters, and research, that are designed to expand and enrich B2B audiences, and go-to-market products and services intended to accelerate client time to market and to revenue, including Intelligence & Advisory, Brand & Content and Intent & Demand. We also intend to evolve our Priority Engine into a unified platform for insights and activation that integrates our entire solution portfolio to drive more effective customer sales and marketing outreach.

In addition to pursuing these growth opportunities, we expect to expand our businesses and market presence by opportunistically acquiring complementary businesses that add additional data, audiences, content and go-to-market and/or new capabilities that further differentiate our product offerings. We expect to fund these potential acquisitions using our operating cash flow.

The legacy business that comprise our current operations have historically offered products to customers on a subscription basis, including annual contracts paid in advance (attracting strong cash characteristics) and other long-term contracts that are subject to the customers’ right of termination. We expect to grow our subscription and long-term contract revenues, allowing us to work more closely with customers over a longer time period and provide more stable, visible revenue streams.

Strong long-term market fundamentals for Technology and B2B Marketing

We sit at the intersection of tech and B2B marketing, each dynamic and innovative markets in their own right, and each with compelling structural growth drivers. We estimate that the participants in these interconnected markets collectively generate revenues from these markets of approximately $20 billion per year. We believe the strength and growth potential of these markets will represent a robust and growing market opportunity for us.

We believe our analysis of this market opportunity is consistent with society’s embrace of technology. Technology is present in all aspects of daily life, work, and business. Enterprise technology, incorporating software and hardware systems used by large organizations for anything from customer relationship management to networking and cyber security, is central to operating effectively and efficiently. The pace of innovation and change is rapid, creating a constant cycle of investments in enhancing, upgrading and replacing technology. Our immediate and prospective future clients are deeply involved in that cycle, and the products we offer are designed to optimize our clients’ ability to address the opportunities presented by this cycle.

We believe that investment in innovation and growth in the research and development budgets of our clients are expected to provide a leading indicator of demand for our products and services. Of the top 1,700 corporate R&D spenders in 2022, ICT hardware, software and ICT services were the segments attracting the greatest R&D investment, with software and ICT Services increasing 19% year-on-year. This growth in technology-related R&D is driving a new wave of investment and innovation, enhancing existing products and inspiring the next generation of products and services.

Over time, the scale of technology purchasing has grown in size, resulting in B2B buying behavior becoming more complex. This complexity has led to longer sales cycles as more research is undertaken prior to purchasing technology products and platforms. Typically, large technology purchasing decisions will involve a number of people across an organization from technology professionals to chief information officers, chief financial officers and often chief executive officers. Research for purchasing technology takes many forms, with an increasing amount conducted online, including by reading specialist digital content, reviews, information, product profiles and bespoke research, as well as through webinars and online discussions.

We estimate that as much as 80% of the B2B buyer’s product selection process is now completed before the buyer makes contact with the sales team of a vendor. For technology vendors, online presence and digital brand visibility are therefore critical and have led to more companies focusing spend on branded content services, thought leadership and whitepaper distribution, digital event participation and advertising on the most relevant platforms and media.


We believe we are at the center of this shift in B2B buyer behavior, delivering highly relevant content and research to technology buyers that informs, educates and influences them along the different stages of their buyer journey.

Our core value proposition centers on the concept that these interactions with our content — who reads what, who clicks to find out more, how long buyers spend on specific websites, etc. — and general online behavior, when captured, enriched and analyzed, can provide deep insights into who potential customers are, what products and services they might be interested in, where they are in their purchasing cycle and how significant is the intent to purchase. Moreover, through content marketing and custom content services, technology vendors can not only identify prospective buyers but also engage and influence them by developing bespoke content that profiles relevant products in areas they have been researching.

For the B2B sales and marketing teams at technology vendors, this information is critical to targeting the right buyers at the right time, raising brand awareness and positioning products with the right audiences to secure leads that turn into sales. As a result, technology marketers and sales teams are increasingly using audience data to drive decisions and determine which prospective accounts should be prioritized for follow up. With increasing scrutiny and focus on return on investment (“ROI”), data-driven B2B marketing is becoming ever more relevant given it is typically more measurable, with more efficiency than more traditional advertising and marketing services, helping to increase lead conversion rates, reduce the cost of customer acquisition and generate more revenue per dollar of marketing spend.

Furthermore, as awareness and scrutiny of data privacy and data protection becomes more prominent as third-party cookies are phased out, marketers will increasingly insist upon solutions that are built upon permissioned audience data.

Key Strategic Strengths

We are a dynamic player in a large and growing area and expect to benefit from a number of key strategic strengths:

 

   

Scale in Audience Development: Our recently completed combination has expanded our scale in segmented B2B audiences through our portfolio of specialist B2B tech media brands and our leading specialist tech research business, Omdia. After giving pro forma effect to the combination, as of September 30, 2024, our business is estimated to have approximately 50 million registered members and users of our own media brands. The targeted nature of this member/user base enables B2B technology companies to reach highly specified audiences with interests in specific products and services. We intend to leverage both inbound and outbound audience development strategies through our search engine optimization techniques and our ability to create relevant content to attract audiences that are of interest to our customers.

 

   

Scale in Specialist Technology Research: We believe we have a leading position in specialist technology research through Omdia, which is currently one of the largest players in this market, among the likes of Gartner, Forrester, IDC and Frost and Sullivan. Omdia employs expert analysts to create data-driven intelligence products and custom research and advisory services for product managers, corporate strategists and the C-suite, challenging market strategies, sharpening product roadmaps and accelerating time to market and revenue. Tracking activity across this type of research provides different insights into the purchasing intent and behavior of technology buyers, including early insight into strategic intent and investments. We believe this helps increase the relevance of our content offer to our audiences and deliver better insights and prospects to our customers.

 

   

Scale in First-Party B2B Data: Our analytical platforms collect information on millions of audience interactions with our content, both through our websites and via email. We believe this first-party data provides valuable insights into the preferences of these audiences and their purchasing intent. We have significant scale in permissioned first-party B2B data, with access to a total B2B audience of more than 50 million professionals. This includes all registered members, users and other readers of content from our


 

portfolio of specialist brands and through our access to the B2B audiences and related data captured by the Informa Goup’s IIRIS proprietary data platform, which will be available through the Data Sharing Agreement. This includes attendee information and behavior from Informa’s face-to-face events, which serve a range of different segments beyond enterprise. Data gathered from face-to-face events is expected to add a different type of first-party data, providing further depth and breadth to our customer insights, increasing the relevance of our content offer to our audiences and delivering better insights and prospects to customers, further improving ROI.

 

   

Brand reputation and Scale in customer relationships: We are one of the most established and best recognized brands in the market, both as a source of high-quality specialist technology content for buyers doing research, and also for our data-driven B2B solutions that deliver demand generation and buyer intent data for technology vendors.

 

   

Scale in leading B2B technology: Our legacy businesses have experience in developing effective technology platforms to serve both technology buyers and vendors. This includes a leading buyer intent data platform, Priority Engine, leading demand generation platforms, TechTarget/NetLine (a leading video content marketing platform) BrightTALK, SEO-enabled content platforms and a growing number of AI-enabled tools that improve efficiency and enhance customer experience.

 

   

Scale and diversification in product portfolio: We believe we have a compelling value proposition for B2B technology companies, offering a full end-to-end portfolio of solutions to support all phases of go-to-market, from R&D to ROI, which helps position us as the leading B2B growth accelerator for technology companies. Our newly expanded scale and cashflows are expected to provide significant capacity for new product investment as we compete in the Demand and Intent, Brand and Content and Intelligence and Advisory markets.

 

   

International Presence and Reach: We have significant international presence and reach, with customers in more than 20 countries and with around 30% of our revenue generated from outside the United States of America. We leverage that reach to exploit the growth opportunities that exist outside the United States. Expanding overseas will continue to diversify our business and broaden the scope of our first-party data.

 

   

Operating efficiencies: We believe our newly expanded scale and reach provide cost efficiencies in sales, editorial and product operations.

 

   

Potential for inorganic expansion: We believe our newly expanded scale and reach also provide us a greater opportunity to pursue inorganic growth opportunities, using our cash flows to acquire complementary businesses that add further scale in data, audiences, content and go-to-market and/or new capabilities that further differentiate our product offer.

Accelerating growth through a portfolio of expert-led, data-driven, digitally enabled B2B Solutions

To our audiences, we deliver trusted, independent research, primary data, analysis and high-quality editorial that uniquely informs and influences purchase decision makers. After giving pro forma effect to the combination, as of September 30, 2024, we employed over 2,100 industry and market experts across more than 220 B2B brands. We believe this expertise positions us as a key provider of decision support information to our permissioned audience of more than 50 million technology and business professionals.

To our clients, we offer expert-led, data-driven, digitally-enabled products that service the product lifecycle from R&D to ROI, which we believe makes us a strategic partner to many of the technology industry’s largest companies and its most successful, fastest and most innovative disruptors, accelerating time to market and to revenue.

LOGO


Audience Development: We benefit from our ability to leverage both inbound and outbound audience development strategies through our search engine optimization techniques and our ability to create relevant newsletters to attract audiences our customers are interested in.

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

We deliver solutions in the following areas:

Intelligence & Advisory: Expert analyst, data-driven intelligence products and advisory services to Product Managers, Corporate Strategists and the C-suite, challenging market strategies and sharpening product roadmaps. These offerings help clients determine where to play, what products and services to offer, and how to compete and win. Examples of our specific offerings in this area include:

 

   

Specialist Technology Research: Through the Omdia brand, the specialist brands Canalys and Wards Intelligence and our Enterprise Strategy Group, we provide research and intelligence services to technology providers based on expert analysis and data-driven intelligence and reports. These services are designed to enable vendors, which include many of the industry’s most significant innovators and providers, to better understand their current and future target markets, quantify customer trends, assess the competition and spot gaps and opportunities, ultimately shaping their product roadmap and go-to-market strategies.

 

   

Advisory Services: As part of the Specialist Research business, we deliver advisory services based on the expertise of our sector-specialist analysts and data-driven market intelligence. These services are bespoke to individual customers and leverage expertise and data to provide insight and value to providers’ go-to-market approach, competitive positions, product innovation and market entry and growth strategies.

Brand & Content: Expert editorial, data-driven brand products and content marketing services for brand marketers, product marketers and content marketers that reach high value audiences across channels with content that engages, and prompts action. Our offerings in this area deliver clients brand awareness, thought leadership, and market impact. Examples of our specific offerings in this area include:

 

   

Brand Solutions: Brand solutions offers B2B marketers the opportunity to grow brand awareness through direct exposure to specialist technology and business audiences. We draw on an enlarged combined portfolio of media brands and properties from our legacy TechTarget business and our legacy Informa Tech Digital Businesses, as well as our Activity IntelligenceTM platform, which is designed to enable segmentation and behavioral targeting of audiences to improve the relevancy of digital adverting to the researcher’s needs. Brand solutions includes the Industry Dive portfolio of brands, which deliver high quality business journalism in a range of specialist end markets, providing brands with a route to reach these audiences through outbound email sponsorship and content marketing in particular. Brand solutions also includes on-network banner advertising and digital sponsorships, off-network banner targeting, and broader email marketing. With brand solutions, technology vendors will gain exposure to target audiences who are actively engaging with content or researching relevant information, and benefit from association with specialist media brands and high-quality editorial content.

 

   

Custom Content Creation: We offer custom content creation programs that leverage our award-winning and deep industry content and search engine optimization expertise. These support marketers with their end-to-end content strategy, with solutions that involve conceiving, designing and developing and producing original content in the form of white papers, infographics, case studies, videos, webinars and microsites, informed by audience research. This content can be leveraged to support product launches, enable demand-generation campaigns, and establish thought leadership. Customized content assets can be promoted to our audiences, and marketers can also license content to distribute on their own channels, aligning themselves with top voices in their industries.

 

   

Video Content Creation and Virtual Events: We have expertise in video content and virtual events, established through BrightTalk, and allow customers to create and host webinars, virtual events and video content that generate brand awareness, educate around their solutions and establish thought leadership, promoting it to BrightTALK’s community of in-market accounts and individuals. BrightTALK integrates with CRM and MAP systems and content can be embedded into corporate websites, providing customers with a seamless experience that makes the capture of data simple.


Intent & Demand: Data-driven, AI-enabled buyer intent products and demand generation services for Demand Marketers, Field Marketing and Sales Teams. Identifying prospects who are in market and ready to buy, and generating qualified leads that accelerate the sales pipeline. Our specific offerings in this area include:

 

   

Priority Engine: A subscription service powered by our Activity IntelligenceTM platform, which integrates with customer relationship management and marketing automation platforms to create a seamless experience for marketing and sales teams. It also includes IntentMail AITM, an AI-powered messaging feature launched in December 2023 which enables sellers to automatically generate personalized email copy. Priority Engine leverages the extensive permissioned audience data generated by our network of content and media platforms and properties, our NetLine demand generation and Intentive behavioral data platforms, and the first-party B2B customer data licensed to us from Informa, which includes data from attendance and behavior at face-to-face events. This provides us with a unique blend of online and offline data, comprising contact and behavioral insight. We also leverage the proprietary data-capture and scoring methodologies created by our legacy TechTarget business which help customers prioritize accounts and contacts to engage with.

 

   

Qualified Sales OpportunitiesTM: A product which profiles specific in-progress purchase projects via surveys and interviews with business technology professionals whose research activity and content consumption is indicative of a pending technology purchase.

 

   

Demand Solutions: We offer powerful solutions that enable customers to stimulate and generate demand for their products. These enable marketers to target, engage, influence and attract prospective buyers to their solutions through content marketing programs, which may include white papers, webcasts, podcasts, videocasts, virtual trade shows, and editorial sponsorships. To syndicate customer content, we draw on NetLine’s publisher network within the Informa Tech Digital Businesses, its BrightTALK video and webinar platform, and its extensive network of owned B2B media properties, offering marketers access to enormous scale of specialist audiences and the ability to track ROI.

Unified platform for insights and activation

Beyond the opportunity associated with our individual solution areas, we believe our work to integrate these solutions within a unified customer-facing platform, our Priority Engine platform, will position us well to serve this purpose. Our legacy businesses have historically demonstrated core competencies in delivering technology-enabled platforms that facilitate their solutions and we plan to continue to invest in these capabilities which can be applied to a broader set of target markets and a larger overall addressable universe of potential customers.

Our Priority Engine platform allows customers to leverage our proprietary Activity Intelligence intent data for direct marketing and sales outreach. The intent data accessed directly through Priority Engine is at the core of our entire solution portfolio and we expect that we will evolve Priority Engine to provide our customers with a consolidated view around the impact of their programs across all solution areas as well as actionable insights about how best to direct their outreach going forward. We believe future releases will allow customers to view key insights about their individual go-to-market focus areas leveraging our Intelligence and Analysis resources, understand how their Demand Solutions programs are performing in the context of overall market dynamics, and determine how best to target their Brand and Content Creation efforts based on what persona and account targets are currently active. In this way, we expect Priority Engine will provide a holistic view of the overall buying team at target accounts, and how individual components of their programs are impacting their ability to drive engagement with those buying teams.

By utilizing the Priority Engine platform to help customers visualize and take action upon key insights for the entire solution portfolio, we believe we are able to take advantage of product-led-growth dynamics leading to further upsell and cross-sell in the customer base. Customers will have a better understanding of the additional ways in which we can assist their go-to-market efforts, and the impact of their current programs. This evolution of the platform will also serve to highlight our unique position as an end-to-end provider of data-driven solutions that service the full B2B product lifecycle.


Delivering decision support content to key audiences that drive purchase behavior

We deliver trusted, independent research, primary data, analysis and high-quality editorial content to technology and business professionals that drive purchase behavior in the markets it serves. After giving pro forma effect to the combination, we would have employed over 2,100 industry and market experts across more than 220 B2B brands on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2024, positioning it at the heart of a permissioned audience of more than 50 million technology and business professionals.

Our products offer technology buyers and other business professionals the following key benefits:

 

   

Access to Specialist Sector-Specific Content: We provide technology buyers and other business professionals with sector-specific content to support them as they research potential technology investments, including three key sources of content: industry experts, peers and vendors. We have significant capacity for generating relevant sector-specific content for technology buyers, including keeping them up to date with the latest technology developments. This is combined with content generated by our network of third-party industry experts as well as custom content created by B2B technology vendors looking to promote their products. In addition, webinars provide technology buyers the opportunity to network and learn from each other through online discussions and interactions.

 

   

Highly Efficient Purchasing Decisions: By accessing specialist sector-specific information, business professionals are able to research important purchasing decisions more effectively. We offer integrated content offerings across all major online content formats, aligning to different stages of the buying cycle and designed to minimize the time enterprise technology and business professionals spend searching for and evaluating content, and maximize the time available for assimilating quality information.

Delivering B2B growth acceleration in 20 industry verticals

Our scale and product offerings, including our ability to identify, reach and influence key decision makers, enable us to retain and develop a broad customer base. We have an established customer base of B2B technology customers focused on enterprise technology, including key C-suite technology decision makers.

Our current customer base includes some of the largest technology vendors in the market as well as small and medium businesses (“SMEs”). After giving pro forma effect to the combination, for the year ended December 31, 2023, the top 50 customers would have accounted for approximately 36% of revenue and no single customer contributed more than 4% of revenue. After giving pro forma effect to the combination, we would have had 70 plus customers spend in excess of $1 million annually and approximately 760 customers spend in excess of $100,000 annually during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Our products and services are delivered to customers via short-term contracts across a specific marketing/sales program, typically six months, and/or through integrated, longer-term contracts in excess of 270 days, which typically cover a broader set of needs. We also deliver some products, most significantly within our Specialist Technology Research business, on an annual subscription basis, paid in advance, providing paid access to research, content and advisory services throughout the forward twelve-month period.

Our products offer technology vendors the following key benefits:

 

   

Access to Unique First-Party Data and Analysis on Potential Buyers: Our Activity IntelligenceTM analytical platform captures and interprets the content consumption behaviors of technology buyers and other business professionals as they undertake research. We believe this is highly valuable to technology vendors and provides powerful insights about who is in-market and where they are on their buying journey, all of which can be fed into marketing and sales go-to-market strategies.


   

Ability to Target Active Buyers Efficiently: We use the insights gleaned from our first-party B2B data about who is in-market and where they are on their buying journey to provide technology vendors with buyer intent data and highly qualified leads. Furthermore, we are able to support the vendors’ engagement with these potential buyers through custom content and marketing programs designed to help influence prospective buyers’ decision making.

 

   

Trusted Advice and Intelligence Through Specialist Technology Research: The combination of Omdia, Canalys, Wards Intelligence and the Enterprise Strategy Group gives us a leading position in specialist technology research, with expert analysts providing data-driven intelligence products, custom research and advisory services for product managers, corporate strategists and the C-suite, challenging market strategies, sharpening product roadmaps and accelerating time to market and revenue. We believe this makes us a trusted advisor to B2B technology vendors, providing unique perspectives of the market and different product segments.

 

   

Measurable Results and ROI: We build profiles of potential buyers’ technology interests and their broader company interests as they evolve over time, potentially enabling us to identify patterns of purchasing intent. We leverage this insight into products designed to improve ROI on marketing and sales programs by focusing on buyers where active demand exists. We provide this intelligence directly to B2B technology vendors for their own use, helping to drive continuous improvement in their own marketing and sales workflows, whether focused specifically on prospects we provide them or on those they have otherwise obtained, which our information will enrich and make more actionable.

 

   

More Efficient and Effective Sales Outreach: We are a leading distributor of B2B enterprise technology white papers, webcasts, videocasts, virtual events and podcasts, offering technology vendors the opportunity to educate and influence technology buyers during the research process, prior to any interaction with sales teams. Vendor sales teams can login direct to the Priority EngineTM platform or via CRM platform integration, enabling them to quickly identify relevant new prospects and tailor their outreach according to interests. The combination of granular purchase intent intelligence and platform automation creates a stronger, more personalized and efficient connection between technology buyers and technology vendors looking to do business with them.

Delivering B2B growth acceleration in more than a dozen technology categories

We deliver our range of B2B products and solutions to more than a dozen technology categories, as detailed below. Each of these categories can be broadly characterized by high levels of innovation and rapid product development, where trends move quickly and purchasing decisions are typically high value. These dynamics make expert insight critical for professionals and data-driven B2B products essential for vendors looking to hone their strategy and product approach, and reach interested buyers.

Analytics and Artificial Intelligence. Businesses of all kinds are looking to capitalize on the new possibilities presented by evolving AI technologies and the application of machine learning, whether it is to improve internal processes and tools or develop new business models and services to transform their enterprises. From combining the applied intelligence group of our legacy Informa Tech Digital Businesses and the leading brands of our legacy TechTarget business, we deliver market insights, facilitate meaningful connections, and offer digital demand generation services for those working with transformative and future technologies and in the field of information management.

Application Architecture and Development. For the community of developers, architects and project managers that build, customize and integrate software for their businesses, we deliver a broad landscape of specialist content, tools and languages that help them capitalize on innovation in software approaches and stay up to date on critical matters such as performance testing and data security.


Automotive. With the convergence of the automotive and technology markets, a traditionally closed ecosystem is rapidly evolving amongst new market entrants, developing consumer needs and geopolitical instability. Our trusted automotive brands from our legacy Informa Tech Digital Businesses and our legacy TechTarget business provide expert insight at the intersection of the automotive and technology markets, with unrivalled opportunities to shape company positions in auto-tech through marketing services, events and research.

Business Applications. Any mid- or large-sized enterprise will have a host of business applications that are mission critical for their operations and success, including enterprise resource planning platforms (“ERP”), databases and business intelligence software, content management platforms, customer facing applications and CRM software. This creates a high demand for specialized information from IT and business professionals involved in their purchase, implementation, and ongoing support. We provide expert insights and leading online resources on business applications, through a range of online properties including TechTarget Customer Experience, TechTarget HR Software, and TechTarget ERP.

Channel. We are home to a comprehensive suite of products serving the channel ecosystem, with a broad reach across technology advisors/agents, value-added resellers, solution providers, managed service providers, independent software vendors and consultants. Focused on the future of the indirect sales channels – a specialist market where B2B technology companies actively seek alliances with channel partners – we provide expert analyst, intelligence and advisory services, including through specialist research provider Canalys, that inform vendors’ go-to-market strategies and deliver specialist information, insight and content to channel professionals.

CIO/IT Strategy. We deliver specialist content specifically targeted at chief information officers (“CIOs”), senior enterprise technology executives and business executives with technology responsibility, enabling them to make informed enterprise technology purchases throughout the critical stages of the purchase decision process. Their areas of interest generally align with the major sectors of the IT market: AI, BI and big data, business applications, cloud, data center, DevOps, end user computing, networking, outsourcing, risk management, security and storage. The challenge for senior technology executives and those with responsibility for technology is how to use new and major technologies, including AI and big data, to gain a competitive edge. Post-pandemic, their interests are increasingly broad too, from customer experience and digital workplace experience to the strategically important cybersecurity and data privacy. We provide a range of solutions addressing the specific segment and customer market of CIO and IT Strategy, through expert intelligence, advisory services, editorial and media properties such as the CIO/IT Strategy site.

Components and Devices. Components and devices power the digital world and participants in this ecosystem are delivering the technologies that drive 5G, AI, IoT, and cybersecurity transformations. We deliver expert-led analysis and advisory services, data-driven brand products, content marketing and specialist content that drives industry expansion.

Compute, IT Operations and DevOps. The high pace of digital transformation within enterprises means IT strategies are continually being reshaped. IT decision makers are required to navigate a diverse set of IT platforms, servers, desktop solutions and virtual environments, work out how to scale to meet the demand of today’s cloud native applications while being future-ready for new applications and mindful of sustainability, including data center energy efficiency. We deliver a comprehensive suite of brands, products and services that educate, guide and connect the community, including trusted independent research, specialist media sites, expert editorial, training, data-driven brand products and demand generation services.

Cyber Security. Every aspect of enterprise computing depends on secure connectivity, data and applications. As businesses worldwide continue to adapt to new forms of online threat from hackers, criminals, and other nations, they are making an unprecedented investment in online defense. Equally, technology providers are looking to bring to market increasingly sophisticated security solutions that supplement or replace traditional perimeter security solutions. We offer a powerful combination of leading market intelligence, events, and media.

Environmental, Social and Governance in Technology (“ESG”): Changing consumer and employee expectations, investor scrutiny and government regulations are driving corporate leaders and technology providers to focus more on environmental, social and governance matters. In the Tech industry, this has a particular focus on how enterprises and their partners manage energy efficiency, carbon footprints and environmental impacts. We bring expert editorial, specialist content and content marketing services that deliver value-added insight to business leaders.


Healthcare Technology. The healthcare industry is undergoing continued digital transformation, as it looks to capture patient outcome and efficiency benefits from how technology, information and data is applied. We have a suite of high-quality, content-led brands that bring essential insight and connections to the healthcare technology community, including brands/properties such as Xtelligent Healthcare Media, HealthITSecurity.com and MedTech Dive.

Media and Entertainment. The media and entertainment industry is global and fast moving, with technology providers, media platforms, service providers and device manufacturers looking to anticipate consumer trends and find competitive edge. Our media and entertainment group provides expert research, analysis and data-driven intelligence that shape strategies and uncover new commercial and partnership opportunities.

Networking. In the segment for networking — which comprises hardware, software and services that support data and voice networks — new sectors have emerged and become an investment focus for networking professionals within enterprises. We deliver specialist, targeted content and expert market insights to networking professionals and service providers that directly support purchasing and product development decisions, through brands and online properties that include TechTarget Networking and TechTarget Unified Communications.

Service Providers. Telecommunications is a complex and changing industry, with regulation, transformation and digital disruption ever-present. We provide specialist content, facilitate industry connections and offer demand generation services to the diverse ecosystem of operators, cloud service players, hyperscalers and enterprise, consumer and industry suppliers, including through Omdia and targeted media brands from the Informa Tech Digital Businesses.

Storage. As the world creates more data and enterprises need to store it securely and compliantly, whether in the cloud or solid state, the data storage market is rapidly growing and innovating, through new technologies such as data deduplication and storage virtualization. We provide expert insights for professionals looking for the latest information and provider intelligence, through online properties including TechTarget Storage, TechTarget Data Backup, and TechTarget Disaster Recovery.

Industry technology-enabled sectors: There are many industries where growth and transformation are being driven by digital innovation and the application of technology. Our Industry Dive portfolio of vertical market communities and its Xtelligent portfolio of healthcare technology web sites provide a strong basis for servicing the information needs of audiences outside of core enterprise technology categories. We provide specialist content, news, insights and in-depth analysis that help professionals in industries such as healthcare, life sciences, manufacturing, logistics and supply chain, energy and sustainability, financial technology, and retail stay up to date and make critical decisions. It also provides data-driven brand and content marketing services and demand generation services for vendors looking to reach high value audiences in these sectors.

Strong positions in competitive growth areas

We sit at the intersection of technology and B2B Marketing, a large and growing market worth an estimated $20 billion annually. As this area has grown in scale, it has become even more competitive, with more companies targeting the marketing and sales budgets of technology companies with a range of products and services similar to ours. These companies can be categorized into (i) media companies, (ii) providers of specialist technology research and intelligence, (iii) demand generation and intent data providers, and (iv) marketing technology and software companies. We have the advantage of offering effective solutions across all of these areas, creating efficiencies for its customers.


We face competition from companies that produce content specifically for enterprise technology and business professionals on the basis of target audience, quality and uniqueness of information content, ease of use of its websites for business professionals, and the quality and quantity of sales leads generated for B2B technology companies. These companies also compete for readers and registered members based on the quality and specificity of content. Some of the largest current competitors in this category include Ziff Davis, Inc., and Foundry, an IDG, Inc. company, among other competitors.

Providers of specialist tech research include several larger, established players such as Gartner, IDC, Forrester, Frost and Sullivan, and others. We compete against these companies based on the specificity of our analysis, content creation capabilities, and analyst coverage against specific technology categories.

We also compete with a number of companies that offer demand generation and intent data on the basis of our ability to delivery highly qualified prospects, to meet customer requirements around delivery scale and specificity, and based on the usefulness of delivered leads or intent data to a customer’s sales and marketing efforts. In addition to the media companies that offer these services as part of their product portfolio, examples of these providers would include Bombora, Inc., Madison Logic, Inc., and Demand Science, Inc.

There are many companies that offer software that help customers automate and create efficiencies in their sales and marketing outreach efforts. Our Demand and Intent related offerings may be used by customers very effectively as a source of quality data inputs to these solutions. In some cases, customers may see certain of our offerings as competitive to these providers. Examples of companies in this category would include 6Sense Inc., Demandbase, Inc., and ZoomInfo Technologies Inc. In the webinar and virtual event space, software-based competitors include ON24, Inc.

Specialist content and audience acquisition

We have a portfolio of specialist brands providing high quality, relevant and targeted research and content to business professionals and technology-decision makers, which will be delivered in multiple formats, including through research reports, data and analysis, specialist journalism, informative websites, digital newsletters, webinars and video channels.

We believe that the quality and relevance of these brands and specialist content build engaged audiences, and in turn, allow us to provide B2B technology vendors with a highly effective platform for targeted marketing and sales campaigns capable of generating measurable ROI. In addition to the existing registered members and readers that we have today, we aim to grow audiences through non-paid traffic sources, particularly organic search engine traffic. We supplement our non-paid traffic sources strategy with keyword advertising on major search engines and targeted list rentals of e-mail subscribers from a variety of targeted partners, media sources, and data providers.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales, marketing and go-to-market capabilities are a key strength and differentiator from our competitors. After giving pro forma effect to the combination, as of September 30, 2024, our sales and marketing staff consisted of over 700 people. The majority of such sales and marketing staff is located in the United States and the United Kingdom, with staff located in 15 additional countries.

We organize our sales capabilities around customer sectors, which we believe allows our sales personnel to become experts in specific sectors, more deeply knowledgeable about customer needs in those areas, and them recommend and deliver more tailored solutions from across our full product and service offering. We employ an internal direct sales department that works closely with existing and potential customers which is supplemented by a global accounts team, serving our largest customers, and a Customer Success Team, helping customers maximize their use of our products and making the renewal process efficient. We also employ a marketing team that focuses on driving brand awareness among B2B technology clients and marketers and positioning us as a key player and “thought leader” in ROI-based marketing.


We focus our marketing initiatives on digital sponsorships on platforms that reach technology marketers, direct communications about new and existing solutions using the contact databases of our legacy TechTarget business and our legacy Informa Tech Digital Businesses, and the creation and distribution of owned content including videocasts, blogs and white papers that inform and engage marketers. We also undertake press and public relations activities to maintain positive brand awareness and nurture relationships with key analysts, publications and influencers who create content on B2B marketing and sales topics.

Talent and Human Capital

We believe we are able to draw on the current considerable talent that lies within our legacy TechTarget business and our legacy Informa Tech Digital Businesses. Central to our competitive strength is the sector expertise of our people and a culture that encourages ownership and innovation, appropriately challenges and empowers employees to deliver results and celebrates success.

After giving pro forma effect to the combination, as of September 30, 2024, we have approximately 2,134 full-time employees worldwide. None of our U.S. employees are represented by a labor union and only a small number of our international employees in France, Brazil and the Netherlands are represented by workers’ councils and/or have the benefits of collective bargaining agreements. Our legacy businesses have not experienced interruptions of operations or work stoppages due to labor disagreements.

Our environment is dynamic, collaborative and inclusive. We value our employees, integrate diversity, equity and inclusion principles and practices, are clear on objectives and goals, equip our people with the right tools and resources to succeed including learning and development opportunities and well-being support, and encourage them to contribute ideas that drive us forward.

Technology Infrastructure

We prioritize the resilience and scalability of our technology infrastructure, investing and further developing this infrastructure to support future growth in the business, customers and traffic, ongoing platform security, and product and system availability.

We use leading Cloud infrastructure providers and off-site data centers to maintain our websites and online offerings. Critical system components have in-built redundancy to minimize the impact of any unexpected failure and allow for maintenance and upgrades, with critical data regularly backed up. As part of a comprehensive cyber security program, we use industry standard network and perimeter defense technologies, DDoS protection systems, web application firewalls, and enterprise grade DNS services across multiple vendors, and maintain a quality assurance process to constantly monitor our servers, processes, and network connectivity.

Seasonality in Trading and Revenues

We do not expect to be exposed to major seasonal variability through the calendar year, with the primary movements reflecting the normal phasing of increases or decreases in customer demand. For example, marketing and sales activity among B2B clients typically dips during summer months. Similarly, annual budget approvals and the timing of customers’ product launches mean revenues are generally lower during the first quarter relative to subsequent quarters in a given year.

These movements are also reflected in the recognition of revenue. Our specialist research business, Omdia, continues to generate a substantial portion of revenues through subscriptions to its research and analysis, which will typically be annual contracts, booked and paid for in advance. While the cash is received upfront under these arrangements, the revenue for these subscriptions is recognized equally over the twelve-month period of the subscription.

The timing of our expenses also does not fluctuate seasonally or vary directly with revenues. The majority of our expenses are personnel-related and include salaries, stock-based compensation, benefits and incentive-based compensation plan expenses.


Outside of seasonal factors, because a significant proportion of our customers are B2B technology companies, the success of our business is linked to the health and market conditions of the enterprise technology industry. Our customers and B2B technology companies more generally have been, and are likely to continue to be, impacted by challenging macroeconomic conditions including historically high inflation, higher interest rates and customer uncertainty surrounding the U.S. political landscape, monetary policy of the United States, and geopolitical issues.

Both our legacy TechTarget business and our legacy Informa Tech Digital Businesses felt the impact of these macroeconomic headwinds during 2023 and 2024 with elongated sales cycles, budget cuts and budget freezes at many of their customers. While we expect our near-term results to continue to be impacted by these macroeconomic headwinds, we believe we benefit from a number of strategic advantages and long-term market trends, which will support the sustained growth of our range of data-driven products and services.

Member and User Privacy

We gather in-depth business information about our registered members and users who provide us or our partners with such information through e-mail, telephone, or other means, including through the submission of webforms displayed on our websites. We also gather information about readers of certain content on our websites by tracking their content consumption or the content consumption of the companies they work for. We post our privacy policy on our websites so that our members, users and others who visit our websites can access and understand the terms and conditions applicable to the collection and use of their information.

Our privacy policy discloses the types of information that we gather, how we use the information, and how a member or user can correct or change this information, including how a member or user can unsubscribe from our communications and those of our partners. Our privacy policy also explains the circumstances under which we share a member’s or user’s information and with whom. Members and users who register receive offers via e-mail, telephone, and other means, such as targeted advertising online or on mobile devices regarding areas of specific interest to them and that are relevant to their professional interests; these offers contain content created either by us or our third party B2B technology customers. To uphold our obligations to our members and users, we impose constraints that are consistent with our privacy policy on the customers and third parties to whom we provide member and user data, including through the use of contractual terms and conditions or data processing agreements, where applicable, that are generally consistent with our obligations to members and users and as set forth in our privacy policies.

Consumer Protection and Privacy Regulation

General. Advertising and promotional activities presented to members, users and visitors to our websites will be subject to federal and state consumer protection laws that regulate unfair and deceptive practices. We are also subject to various other federal and state consumer protection laws, including the ones described below, and are subject to the laws and regulations of various other jurisdictions in which we target members, users and website visitors.

CAN-SPAM Act. The Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003 (the “CAN-SPAM Act”) regulates commercial e-mails and provides a right on the part of the recipient to request the sender to stop sending commercial electronic marketing messages (“commercial e-mails”) and establishes penalties for the sending of e-mail messages that are intended to deceive the recipient as to source or content. Under the CAN-SPAM Act, senders of commercial e-mails (and other persons who initiate those e-mails) are required to make sure that those e-mails do not contain false or misleading transmission information. Commercial e-mails are required to include a valid return e-mail address and other subject heading information so that the sender and the internet location from which the message has been sent are accurately identified. Recipients must be furnished with an electronic method of informing the sender of the recipient’s decision not to receive further commercial e-mails. In addition, the e-mail must include a postal address of the sender and notice that the e-mail is an advertisement. The CAN-SPAM Act may apply to the e-newsletters that our websites distribute to registered members and to some of our other commercial e-mail communications. The U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) has issued regulations related to the CAN-SPAM Act, including interpretations of such act that indicate that e-newsletters, such


as those we distribute to our registered members, will be exempt from most of the provisions of the CAN-SPAM Act, provided that they do not contain predominantly marketing content. The CAN-SPAM Act and the FTC’s CAN-SPAM trade regulation rule allow for civil penalties that run into the millions of dollars. Several states have enacted additional, more restrictive and punitive laws regulating commercial email. Foreign legislation exists as well, including Canada’s Anti-Spam Legislation and the European laws that have been enacted pursuant to the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) and European Union Directive 2002/58/EC and its amendments. We use email as a significant means of communicating with our existing members and users as well as potential website visitors and members and users. We apply the applicable legal requirements to e-newsletters and all other e-mail communications and believe that our e-mail practices comply with the requirements of the CAN-SPAM Act, state laws and applicable foreign legislation.

Telemarketing Rules. Laws regulating telemarketing in the United States, including the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (the “TCPA”), the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) rules thereunder, the Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act and the FTC’s Telemarketing Sales Rule, including their do-not call provisions, and in the other jurisdictions where we do business, could apply to our calls to members, users and individuals who visit our websites. If any of these laws apply to our telemarketing, and we are found liable for violating them, we could be subject to financial penalties.

Other Consumer Protection Regulation and Privacy. The FTC and many state attorneys general are applying federal and state consumer protection laws to require that the online collection, use and dissemination of data, and the presentation of web site content, comply with certain standards for notice, choice, security and access. In many cases, the specific limitations imposed by these standards are subject to interpretation by courts and other governmental authorities, and courts may adopt these developments as law. The FTC has actively been bringing enforcement actions against companies from improperly disclosing personal information to third parties for targeted advertising purposes. Through these enforcement actions, the FTC is creating new substantive limitations on how companies are permitted to use and disclose information. The agency may also look to codify these new privacy requirements (and other data processing obligations) through its “Trade Regulation Rule on Commercial Surveillance and Data Security”. It began the formal process to develop this set of rules in 2022, and it is still ongoing. These new rules and future FTC enforcement/guidance may significantly impact our business depending on how the limitations the agency creates for the use of personal information for targeted advertising purposes. The FTC also has expanded its views of appropriate consent and related practices in an evolving manner. These practices as well as potential legislation at the state and federal level may restrict or prohibit behavioral advertising within the state. In the absence of a federal law pre-empting their enforcement, even individual state legislation would likely have the practical effect of regulating behavioral advertising nationwide because of the difficulties behind implementing state-specific policies. In addition, states are considering new and/or have implemented comprehensive privacy laws (such as the California Consumer Privacy Act) which may have an impact on how we can conduct our business. In addition, the European Union (“EU”) and its member states, the United Kingdom, Canada and numerous other countries have laws, rules and/or regulations dealing with the collection and use of personal information obtained from their citizens. Regulations have focused on, among other things, the collection, use, disclosure and security of information that may be used to identify or that actually identifies an individual, such as an e-mail address, a name, or in some cases, an IP address. These laws also provide consumers the right to access the information a company has collected on them, correct it, request that it be deleted, or to stop the sale of such information to third parties. Additionally, the EU requires informed consent for the placement of a cookie on a user device.

While we believe we operate our business in compliance with the laws and regulations that apply to us, such laws and regulations continue to be the focus of legislative bodies, courts, and regulators at the state and federal level as well as in other countries. This enhanced focus may result in amendments to existing laws and regulations, the enactment of new laws and regulations, and new guidance and interpretation by governmental agencies or the courts. All of these factors could materially impact our business and results of operations.


Intellectual Property

Our copyrights, domain names, trademarks, trade secrets and similar intellectual property are important to our success, and we rely upon copyright, trademark and trade secrets laws, as well as confidentiality agreements with our employees and others, and protective contractual provisions, to protect the proprietary technologies and content that we have developed and may develop in the future. We expect to pursue the registration of our material trademarks in the United States and elsewhere. Currently, the TechTarget, BrightTALK Canalys, Omdia, Industry Dive and NetLine trademarks and logos, as well as certain other marks and logos, are registered in the United States with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and in select foreign jurisdictions and our legacy businesses have applied for U.S. and foreign registrations for various other marks. In addition, after giving pro forma effect to the combination we have registered approximately 2,300 domain names, as of September 30, 2024 that are, or may be, relevant to our business, including “www.informatechtarget.com,” “www.techtarget.com,” “www.knowledgestorm.com,” “www.bitpipe.com,” and those leveraging the “search” prefix used in the branding of many of our websites. We also incorporate a number of third-party software products into our technology platform pursuant to relevant licenses. We use third party software to maintain and enhance, among other things, the content generation upon these third-party software licenses, and we believe the licensed software will generally be replaceable, by either licensing or purchasing similar software from another vendor or building the software functions internally.

Available Information

We are required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our filings with the SEC are available to the public through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

You also can find more information about us online at our website located at https://investor.informatechtarget.com. The information contained on the website is not included or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our filings with the SEC are made available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.